Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 24, 2015

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 

 

 

Texas   6022   26-0589597

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification No.)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

8847 West Sam Houston Parkway N., Suite 200

Houston, Texas 77040

(281) 894-3200

(Address, Including Zip Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

George Martinez, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Steven F. Retzloff, President

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.

8847 West Sam Houston Parkway N., Suite 200

Houston, Texas 77040

(281) 894-3200

(Name, Address and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

William S. Anderson

Jason M. Jean

Bracewell & Giuliani LLP

711 Louisiana, Suite 2300

Houston, Texas 77002

(713) 223-2300

(713) 437-5370 (facsimile)

 

Aaron M. Kaslow

Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP

607 14 th Street, NW, Suite 900

Washington, D.C. 20005

(202) 508-5800

(202) 508-5858 (facsimile)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. (check one)

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x    Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities To Be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum

Aggregate

Offering Price (1)

 

Amount Of

Registration Fee

Common Stock, $1.00 par value per share

  $60,000,000   $6,972

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933. Includes offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file an amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated August 24, 2015

PROSPECTUS

             Shares

 

LOGO

COMMON STOCK

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., the holding company for Allegiance Bank, a Texas banking association headquartered in Houston, Texas.

We are offering              shares of our common stock. No public market currently exists for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ABTX.”

We anticipate that the initial public offering price per share of our common stock will be between $         and $        .

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and are subject to reduced public company disclosure standards.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 16 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before investing in our common stock.

 

     Per
share
     Total  

Initial public offering price of our common stock

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

     

Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)

     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding the underwriting discounts and commissions and certain expenses payable to the underwriters by us.

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock from us within 30 days of the date of this prospectus on the same terms and conditions set forth above.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, any state securities commission, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Texas Department of Banking nor any other regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

These securities are not deposits, savings accounts or other obligations of any bank or savings association and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2015, subject to customary closing conditions.

 

 

 

Baird   Stephens Inc.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods   Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.
                               A Stifel Company  

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2015


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LOGO


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     16   

Forward-Looking Statements

     39   

Use of Proceeds

     41   

Capitalization

     42   

Dilution

     44   

Dividend Policy

     46   

Business

     47   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     60   

Unaudited Selected Pro Forma Combined Financial Data

     95   

Regulation and Supervision

     98   

Management

     112   

Executive Compensation and Other Matters

     120   

Principal Shareholders

     126   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     128   

Description of Capital Stock

     129   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     133   

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

     135   

Underwriting

     138   

Legal Matters

     142   

Experts

     142   

Where You Can Find More Information

     142   

Index to Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

About this Prospectus

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us or on our behalf to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information other than the information contained in this prospectus. If anyone provides you with additional, different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, and only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. We are not making an offer of these securities in any state, country or other jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date of the applicable document regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sales of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may have changed since the date of the applicable document.

 

i


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

Market Data

This prospectus includes industry and trade association data, forecasts and information that is based, in part, upon data, forecasts and information obtained from independent trade associations, industry publications and surveys, government agencies and other information available to us, which information may be specific to particular markets or geographic locations. Industry publications and surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable. Although we believe these sources are reliable, we have not independently verified the information. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding our industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources.

 

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the “JOBS Act.” We will continue to be an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering; (2) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues; (3) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the “Exchange Act;” or (4) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities. Until we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements generally unavailable to other public companies. Those provisions allow us to present only two years of audited financial statements in an initial public offering registration statement, discuss only our results of operations for two years in related Management’s Discussions and Analyses and provide less than five years of selected financial data in an initial public offering registration statement; not to provide an auditor attestation of our internal control over financial reporting; to choose not to comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the “PCAOB,” requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and our audited financial statements; to provide reduced disclosure regarding our executive compensation arrangements pursuant to the rules applicable to smaller reporting companies, which means we do not have to include a compensation discussion and analysis and certain other disclosure regarding our executive compensation; and not to seek a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of these reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements. We have elected in this prospectus to take advantage of scaled disclosure relating to the presentation of financial information and the reduced disclosure requirements relating to executive compensation arrangements.

The JOBS Act also permits an “emerging growth company” to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. However, we have “opted out” of the extended transition period and will comply with new or revised accounting standards to the same extent that compliance is required for non-emerging growth companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

 

ii


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the following summary together with the entire prospectus, including the more detailed information regarding us, the common stock being sold in this offering and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus before deciding to invest in our common stock. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. See “Forward-Looking Statements.”

Except where the context otherwise requires or where otherwise indicated, in this prospectus the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “ Company” and “our business” refer to Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. and our wholly-owned banking subsidiary, Allegiance Bank, a Texas banking association, and the terms “Allegiance Bank” or the “Bank” refer to Allegiance Bank. In this prospectus, we refer to the Houston-The Woodlands-Sugar Land metropolitan statistical area as the “Houston metropolitan area.”

Overview

We are a Texas corporation and a registered bank holding company headquartered in Houston, Texas. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Allegiance Bank, we provide a diversified range of commercial banking services primarily to Houston metropolitan area-based small to medium-sized businesses and individual customers. We believe the size, growth and increasing economic diversity of the Houston metropolitan area, when combined with our super-community banking strategy, provides us with excellent opportunities for long-term, sustainable growth. Our super-community banking strategy, which we describe in more detail below, is designed to foster strong customer relationships while benefitting from a platform and scale that is competitive with larger local and regional banks. We believe this strategy presents a significant market advantage when serving small to medium-sized business customers and enables us to attract talented bankers.

We currently operate 16 full-service banking locations in the Houston metropolitan area and two full-service banking locations in Central Texas. We have experienced significant growth since we began banking operations in 2007, through both organic growth, including de novo branching, and two whole-bank acquisitions. Most recently, on January 1, 2015, we completed the acquisition of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. (“F&M Bancshares”) and its subsidiary bank, Enterprise Bank (“Enterprise Bank”). As of June 30, 2015, we had total assets of $1.95 billion, total loans of $1.56 billion, total deposits of $1.63 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $201.8 million.

Our History and Growth

We commenced banking operations as Allegiance Bank in October 2007. We are led by our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, George Martinez, and co-founder and President, Steven F. Retzloff, who founded Allegiance Bank on the premise that a significant opportunity existed for a bank employing their super-community banking strategy in the Houston metropolitan area. Mr. Martinez is an experienced banker who previously co-founded and led Houston-based Sterling Bancshares, Inc. (“Sterling Bancshares”), a multi-billion dollar in assets publicly traded bank holding company acquired by Comerica Bank in 2011. Mr. Martinez led Sterling Bancshares from its inception in 1980 to 2001 serving as its Chief Executive Officer, and continued as Chairman of the Board until 2004. Mr. Retzloff served on the board of directors of Sterling Bancshares from 1987 to 2006, including as Chairman of the Board from 1990 to 1992 and 2004 to 2005. Messrs. Martinez and Retzloff oversee an experienced senior management team, many of whom they worked with at Sterling Bancshares, including Ramon A. Vitulli, III, the President of Allegiance Bank, and Daryl D. Bohls, the Chief Credit Officer of Allegiance Bank.

 



 

1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Since we began operations in 2007, we have expanded our footprint to 18 branch locations and developed a strong lending team of approximately 60 lenders. We experienced strong growth from our formation and achieved profitability beginning in 2010, our third full year of operations. From December 31, 2007 to June 30, 2015, our book value per common share has increased from $9.62 to $19.37 per share, and our tangible book value per common share has increased from $9.62 to $14.79 per share.

As part of our continued growth, we intend to continue to expand our market position through organic growth, including the establishment of de novo branch locations and select acquisitions of other financial institutions. The following table summarizes our two acquisitions to date, both of which were Houston-based banks:

 

Institution Acquired

   Date Completed    Acquired
Assets
     Acquired
Loans
     Acquired
Deposits
     Number of
Branches
 
          (Dollars in millions)         

Independence Bank, N.A.

   November 13, 2013    $ 222.1       $ 132.4       $ 199.4         3   

F&M Bancshares

   January 1, 2015    $ 569.7       $ 410.2       $ 488.9         9

 

* Promptly following the closing, we consolidated two of the F&M Bancshares branches with two of our existing branches. In addition to the consolidation, we intend to sell two former F&M Bancshares branches and their related assets located in Central Texas if we can agree on terms satisfactory to us. We are actively marketing these two branches and expect to sell them in the next twelve months. We currently do not have a definitive agreement to sell these two branches.

The following illustrates the impact of each of these acquisitions on our overall growth:

 

 

LOGO

Note: For illustrative purposes, the assets acquired in the 2013 Independence acquisition and the F&M Bancshares acquisition are assumed to have stayed the same since each acquisition, respectively. The Company was formed on April 30, 2008 to serve as the holding company of the Bank.

 



 

2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Strategy

Our objective is to grow and strengthen our community banking franchise by deploying our super-community banking strategy and pursuing select strategic acquisitions in the Houston metropolitan area. We are positioning the Bank to be a leading provider of personalized commercial banking services by emphasizing the strength and capabilities of local bank office management and providing superior customer service. We have made the strategic decision to focus on the Houston metropolitan area because of our deep roots and experience operating through a variety of economic cycles in this large and vibrant market.

Super-community banking strategy . We focus on establishing personal relationships with customers through superior service, which we provide through responsive decision-making and empowering personnel to respond quickly to customers’ needs. We focus on lending to and banking with small to medium-sized businesses, for which we believe loans can be priced on terms that are more attractive to us than we would achieve by lending to larger businesses. We operate full-service decentralized branches and employ lenders with strong underwriting credentials who we authorize to make loan and underwriting decisions at the branch level up to prescribed limits. We support our branch operations with a centralized credit approval process for larger credit relationships, loan operations, information technology, core data processing, accounting, finance, treasury and treasury management support, deposit operations and executive/board oversight. Our strategy emphasizes community involvement by our directors, officers and employees, which further allows us to be responsive in developing products and services. This approach produces clear competitive advantages by delivering an extraordinary customer experience and fostering a culture dedicated to achieving both superior external and internal service levels.

We plan to continue to emphasize our super-community banking strategy to organically grow our presence in the Houston metropolitan area through:

 

    increasing the productivity of our existing bankers, as measured by loans, deposits and fee income per banker, while enhancing profitability by leveraging our existing operating platform;

 

    focusing on individualized and local decision-making, allowing us to provide customers with rapid decisions on loan requests, which we believe allows us to effectively compete with larger financial institutions;

 

    identifying and hiring additional seasoned bankers in our existing and target markets in the Houston metropolitan area who will thrive under our super-community banking model, and opening additional branches where we are able to attract seasoned bankers; and

 

    developing new products designed to serve an increasingly diversified Houston economy, while preserving our strong risk management culture.

Select strategic acquisitions . We intend to complement our strong organic growth by continuing to pursue a disciplined acquisition strategy within the Houston metropolitan area. Our focus is on like-minded community banks with similar lending strategies. We believe that our management’s experience in assessing, executing and integrating target institutions will allow us to capitalize on acquisition opportunities.

Our Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to execute our super-community banking strategy as a result of the following competitive strengths:

 

   

Experienced senior management team . Our senior management team has a demonstrated track record of managing profitable organic growth, successfully executing and integrating acquisitions, improving operating efficiencies, maintaining a strong risk management culture and implementing a community-and service-focused approach to banking. Many of our senior management executives, lenders and

 



 

3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

employees served with Messrs. Martinez and Retzloff at Sterling Bancshares, overseeing its strong and profitable growth, which included numerous acquisitions. Our board of directors has many years of combined experience in serving as directors and/or officers of financial institutions. Our directors have a wide array of business experience and, as residents of our primary market area, participate in and support community activities, which is a significant asset to our business development efforts and enables our directors to be responsive to the needs of our customers. The interests of our executive officers and directors are aligned with our shareholders through meaningful ownership in us, with beneficial ownership by our executive officers and directors amounting to approximately 15.7% of our common stock as of August 3, 2015.

 

    Scalable banking and operational platform designed to foster and accommodate significant growth . Utilizing the significant prior experience of our management team and employees, we believe that we have built a capable and knowledgeable staff; and we have made significant investments in the technology and systems necessary to build a scalable corporate infrastructure with the capacity to support continued growth. We believe that our strong capital and asset quality position will allow us to grow and that our scalable operating platform will allow us to manage that growth effectively, resulting in greater efficiency and enhanced profitability. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, our efficiency ratio was 67.0%. Excluding merger related expenses of $867 thousand in the first quarter of 2015 and $72 thousand in the second quarter of 2015 related to the F&M Bancshares acquisition, our efficiency ratio was 64.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

    Community-focused, full service relationships . We believe that our super-community banking strategy facilitates strong relationships with our customers. We actively solicit the deposit business of our consumer and commercial loan customers and seek to further leverage these relationships by cross-selling our products and services. We are able to achieve favorable loan yields and deposit rates that result in strong levels of net interest margin, which for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was 4.76% on a tax-equivalent basis and 4.49% without acquisition accounting adjustments.

 

    Loans —By focusing on what we believe is an underserved segment of the market and providing rapid decisions on loan requests, we have been able to obtain favorable loan rates. Our average yield on loans was 5.77% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

    Deposits —Our emphasis on establishing a full service relationship with our customers has provided us with a significant supply of core deposits, including noninterest-bearing deposits. Noninterest-bearing deposits represented 34.2% of total deposits as of June 30, 2015. Low cost core deposits are an important driver of our profitability, as our average cost of deposits was 0.43% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

    Focus on seasoned lenders . Our team of seasoned lenders has been a significant component of our organic growth. Our officer compensation structure, which includes equity grants, profit sharing and various incentive programs, motivates our lenders to increase the size of their loan and deposit portfolios and generate fee income while maintaining strong credit quality. We believe that our officer compensation programs attract talented lenders to us.

 

    Disciplined underwriting and credit administration . Our management, lending officers and credit administration team emphasize a strong risk management culture supported by comprehensive policies and procedures for credit underwriting, funding and administration that we believe has enabled us to maintain sound asset quality. Our underwriting methodology emphasizes analysis of global cash flow coverage, loan to collateral value, and obtaining personal guaranties in all but a few well-secured cases. Our tiered underwriting structure includes progressive levels of individual loan authority, concurrence authority and senior loan committee approval. We intend to continue to emphasize and adhere to these procedures and controls, which we believe have helped to minimize our level of loan charge-offs. Our average annual net charge-offs to average loans for 2012 through 2014 was 0.11%.

 



 

4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Diversified loan portfolio. Our focus on loans to small to medium-sized businesses results in a more diversified portfolio of relatively smaller loan relationships, thus reducing the risk that results from dependence on larger lending relationships. As of June 30, 2015, our average funded loan size was approximately $260 thousand. We do not lend directly to oil and gas exploration and production companies and roughly 2.5% of our total loan portfolio is to customers in the oilfield services industry. Although we operate in the Houston metropolitan area, we believe that our lack of direct lending to oil and gas exploration and production companies and reserve-based lending will reduce the effect to our business in the event of a prolonged period of lower oil and gas prices.

Our Market Area

Our primary market is the Houston metropolitan area, which has consistently been one of the most attractive metropolitan markets in the United States over the last 10 years in terms of both demographic and economic growth. The Houston metropolitan area has demonstrated strong population and employment trends, and an economy supported by a diverse range of businesses.

Population Size and Growth Center. The Houston metropolitan area is the fifth most populous metropolitan area in the United States with 6.2 million people as of 2014 according to U.S. Census Bureau. The population of the Houston metropolitan area is projected to grow by 7.72% from 2015 to 2020, compared to 6.70% for the state of Texas and 3.52% for the United States, according to SNL Financial.

Leading Employment Growth. Since 2007, the Houston metropolitan area has grown nonagricultural employment 14%, well above the national average of 2.5% according to the BLS. In 2014 alone, the Houston metropolitan area added 120,600 jobs, outpacing national job growth in every measured sector according to the BLS. The Greater Houston Partnership or “GHP” reports that the Houston metropolitan area was also the first major metropolitan market to recover from the recession that began in late 2008 and has regained 381.6% of jobs lost since the trough, the highest of the 20 most populous metropolitan statistical areas. In addition, Houston’s unemployment rate has been resilient over the past few months. At the end of November 2014, when the price of West Texas Intermediate Crude (“WTI”) was approximately $60 a barrel, Houston unemployment was 4.5%, the eighth lowest for major metropolitan areas in the United States, and compared favorably to the national rate of 5.8%. At the end of June 2015, when the price of WTI was approximately $60 a barrel, unemployment was stable at 4.5% below the national average of 5.3% giving Houston the 11th lowest unemployment rate among major metropolitan areas in the United States.

Robust Small Business Environment. Small businesses are a key driver of the Houston metropolitan area economy. According to the Houston Business Journal, there were 120,183 small businesses operating in Houston as of April 2014. Of these businesses, 119,005 were businesses with fewer than 100 employees, the ninth most nationwide. Houston also has the fourth most entrepreneurs per 100,000 people of any city in the country and consistently ranks as one of the top metropolitan areas for entrepreneurs according to Forbes. The GHP indicates that in 2013, the Houston metropolitan area had the fastest growing economy of the nation’s 50 most populous metropolitan areas.

Economic Diversity . The Houston metropolitan area has a robust and increasingly diversified economy outside of the energy sector. According to the GHP, no single industry contributes more than 21% of gross area product in the Houston metropolitan area, with seven industries contributing at least 5%. In 2014, the largest number of new jobs came from the health care/education and construction sectors, which added 23,100 and 14,900 jobs, respectively, according to the BLS. The health care industry has been a long-term growth engine for the Houston metropolitan area, which is home to 80 hospitals, including the world’s largest medical complex, the Texas

 



 

5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Medical Center. Colliers International reports that more than 7.2 million patients visit the Texas Medical Center annually, with an estimated regional annual economic impact of $15 billion. Construction experienced the fastest annual rate of job growth of any sector in 2014 of just under 20% according to the GHP. The GHP also indicates that the city of Houston issued $8.7 billion in construction permits in 2014, a 41% increase from 2013, and absorbed 5.5 million square feet of office space. Additionally, 17,600 multifamily units were delivered in Houston in 2014 with another 20,000 expected in 2015 according to the CBRE Group, and 2.4 million square feet of retail were delivered in 2014 with another 3.7 million square feet in 2015 according to the GHP, via Wulfe & Co. The following charts depict Houston’s gross area product and employment by industry segment as of summer 2014 and June 2015, respectively:

 

 

LOGO

Source: GHP, via The Perryman Group and the BLS.

Houston’s increasingly diverse economy is important, particularly during times of lower oil and gas prices. Oil prices have been volatile in recent months, punctuated by a dramatic and rapid decline in prices for WTI Crude from nearly $105 per barrel in June 2014 to $53 per barrel at the end of 2014, a nearly 50% decline in six months. Despite a modest decline in oil prices through July 2015, we cannot predict whether prices have stabilized and whether or when prices will increase. Because the decline in oil and gas prices is still relatively recent, it is unclear how and to what degree such decline, or any prolonged period of lower oil and gas prices will impact Houston’s economy. Greater economic diversity and lower dependence on the energy sector in the future should mitigate the effect of oil price volatility on the Houston economy.

Country’s Largest Exporter. The Port of Houston was the nation’s largest export market, handling $353 billion of trade in 2014 according to the GHP. According to the GHP, the Port of Houston supports more than one million jobs and generates more than $56.5 billion in personal income, $17.9 billion in business revenue, and $4.5 billion of state and local taxes. According to Port of Houston Authority, the Port Authority has handled nearly 14 million tons of cargo between January 1 and July 28, 2015, up 20% for the year, while import steel was up more than 26% for the year through April. In 2011, the last year data is available from the Department of Commerce, 11,940 companies exported from Houston. Of those 11,940 companies, 11,068 were small or medium-sized exporters with fewer than 500 employees according to the Department of Commerce. The imminent completion of the Panama Canal expansion is expected to further increase activity at the Port of Houston.

 



 

6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Challenges

Our ability to implement our super-community banking strategy and the success of our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, the information under the heading “Risk Factors,” prior to making an investment in our common stock. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

    Our business concentration in Texas, and specifically in the Houston metropolitan area, exposes us to risks and may magnify the consequences of any local or regional downturn affecting Houston, including the most recent decline in oil and gas prices;

 

    Our ability to implement our growth strategy and maintain historical earnings trends, through generation of new loans and deposits within acceptable risk and expense tolerances as well as identification of acquisition candidates that will be accretive to our financial condition and results of operations;

 

    We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and we could be harmed by the loss of their services;

 

    We focus on decision-making authority at the branch and market level, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be negatively affected if our local teams do not follow our internal policies or are negligent in their decision-making; and

 

    Many of our customers are small to medium-sized businesses that may have fewer resources to weather adverse market conditions, which may impact their ability to repay loans and in turn have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 8847 West Sam Houston Parkway N., Suite 200, Houston, Texas 77040, and our telephone number is (281) 894-3200. Our website is www.allegiancebank.com. The information contained on or accessible from our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein.

 



 

7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Offering

 

Common stock we are offering

               shares (            shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

               shares (            shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Use of proceeds

   We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of common stock in the offering will be approximately $        million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the net proceeds to us will be approximately $        million. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering, in part, to repay $28.1 million of outstanding indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, plus accrued and unpaid interest. We intend to use any remaining net proceeds from this offering to support our continued growth, including organic growth and potential future acquisitions, and for general corporate purposes. We have no current plans, arrangements or understandings to make any acquisitions. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Dividend policy

   We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.”

Rank

   Our common stock is subordinate to junior subordinated debentures (and related TruPS) with an aggregate original principal (and liquidation) amount of $11.3 million with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, which we assumed in connection with our acquisition of F&M Bancshares on January 1, 2015. In addition, our common stock is subordinate to balances outstanding under our revolving credit facility and any debt that we may issue in the future and may be subordinate to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future.

 



 

8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Directed share program

   At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the common stock being offered by this prospectus, for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, employees and certain other persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing our common stock in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

Risk factors

   See “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Stock exchange symbol

   We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ABTX.”

 

 

Except as otherwise indicated, all of the information in this prospectus:

 

    assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock from us;

 

    excludes approximately 895,992 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $17.05 per share (452,042 shares of which are currently exercisable) as of June 30, 2015;

 

    excludes 445,564 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance in connection with restricted stock awards and stock options available for issuance under our Amended and Restated Equity Plan as of June 30, 2015; and

 

    assumes an initial offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 



 

9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. You should read this information together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 (except as otherwise noted below) are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 have been derived from our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results shown below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance.

 

    As of and for the Six
Months Ended

June 30,
  As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
    2015   2014   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

Selected Period End Balance Sheet Data:

                           

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 138,685       $ 156,950       $ 167,540       $ 213,076       $ 151,691       $ 119,962       $ 81,861  

Available for sale securities

      151,662         90,273         84,962         87,007         36,927         23,437         12,991  

Loans held for sale

      25,629         —           —           —           —           —           —    

Loans held for investment

      1,536,028         933,134         1,002,054         836,694         576,589         462,862         321,720  

Allowance for loan losses

      10,312         7,462         8,246         6,655         6,539         5,543         4,026  

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

      45,034         13,050         12,891         13,044         —           —           —    

Total assets

      1,945,156         1,205,632         1,280,008         1,164,759         774,308         616,467         428,445  

Noninterest-bearing deposits

      556,502         341,648         373,795         325,410         216,577         146,420         77,150  

Interest-bearing deposits

      1,068,822         734,907         759,889         719,921         487,499         416,377         305,519  

Total deposits

      1,625,324         1,076,555         1,133,684         1,045,331         704,076         562,797         382,669  

Total stockholders’ equity

      201,830         116,071         131,778         109,736         68,085         52,907         45,392  

Total common stockholders’ equity

      190,280         116,071         131,778         109,736         68,085         52,907         45,392  

Selected Income Statement Data:

                           

Net interest income

    $ 38,504       $ 22,101       $ 46,834       $ 33,891       $ 29,126       $ 21,198       $ 15,380  

Provision for loan losses

      2,103         900         2,150         240         2,337         2,454         1,692  

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

      36,401         21,201         44,684         33,651         26,789         18,744         13,688  

Noninterest income

      1,813         1,321         2,607         1,639         1,193         843         610  

Noninterest expense

      27,008         15,269         33,458         24,598         20,927         16,391         12,403  

Net income before income taxes

      11,206         7,253         13,833         10,692         7,055         3,196         1,895  

Net income

      7,354         4,684         9,005         6,839         4,555         2,995         2,013  

Net income attributable to common stockholders

      6,968         4,684         9,005         6,839         4,555         2,995         2,013  

Selected Per Share Data:

                           

Earnings per common share, basic

    $ 0.71       $ 0.67       $ 1.29       $ 1.25       $ 0.92       $ 0.69       $ 0.48  

Earnings per common share, diluted

      0.70         0.66         1.26         1.22         0.90         0.68         0.48  

Book value per common share

      19.37         16.64         17.62         15.78         13.14         11.61         10.47  

Tangible book value per common share (1)

      14.79         14.77         15.90         13.91         13.14         11.61         10.47  

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

      9,823,630         6,969,261         6,978,025         5,449,700         4,931,401         4,344,607         4,182,343  

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

      10,001,099         7,122,942         7,142,377         5,621,042         5,050,603         4,407,983         4,214,585  

Shares outstanding at end of period

      9,822,950         6,976,059         7,477,309         6,953,125         5,182,734         4,557,992         4,333,782  

 



 

10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    As of and for the Six
Months Ended
June 30,
  As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
    2015   2014   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010
    (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

Selected Performance Metrics:

                           

Return on average assets (2)(5) (7)

      0.80 %       0.82 %       0.75 %       0.78 %       0.65 %       0.60 %       0.53 %

Return on average common equity (2)(5) (7)

      7.88 %       8.30 %       7.73 %       9.02 %       7.38 %       6.30 %       4.76 %

Return on average tangible common equity (1)(2)(5) (7)

      9.83 %       9.38 %       8.70 %       9.22 %       7.38 %       6.30 %       4.76 %

Tax equivalent net interest margin (3)(5)

      4.76 %       4.26 %       4.32 %       4.19 %       4.44 %       4.33 %       4.24 %

Efficiency ratio (4)

      66.99 %       65.19 %       67.67 %       69.23 %       69.02 %       74.36 %       77.57 %

Loans to deposits ratio

      96.08 %       86.68 %       88.39 %       80.04 %       81.89 %       82.24 %       84.07 %

Noninterest expense to average assets (2)(5) (7)

      2.95 %       2.67 %       2.80 %       2.82 %       2.99 %       3.26 %       3.30 %

Selected Credit Quality Ratios:

                           

Nonperforming assets to total assets

      0.32 %       0.28 %       0.25 %       0.25 %       0.82 %       0.30 %       1.08 %

Nonperforming loans to total loans

      0.37 %       0.36 %       0.32 %       0.31 %       0.94 %       0.02 %       0.59 %

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

      180.22 %       224.42 %       258.98 %       258.75 %       121.00 %       7,918.57 %       211.34 %

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

      0.66 %       0.80 %       0.82 %       0.80 %       1.13 %       1.20 %       1.25 %

Provision for loan losses to average loans (7)

      0.29 %       0.21 %       0.23 %       0.04 %       0.44 %       0.65 %       0.59 %

Net charge-offs to average loans (5) (7)

      0.01 %       0.02 %       0.06 %       0.02 %       0.25 %       0.25 %       0.29 %

Capital Ratios:

                           

Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio

      8.68 %       N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A         N/A  

Leverage capital ratio (6)

      9.34 %       8.92 %       9.55 %       9.61 %       8.09 %       8.71 %       10.75 %

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (6)

      9.88 %       10.86 %       11.96 %       11.60 %       11.04 %       11.39 %       13.74 %

Total risk-based capital ratio (6)

      10.48 %       11.65 %       12.80 %       12.39 %       12.19 %       12.61 %       14.94 %

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (1)

      7.64 %       8.64 %       9.38 %       8.40 %       8.79 %       8.58 %       10.59 %

Average common stockholders’ equity to average total assets (2)(5)

      10.20 %       9.88 %       9.76 %       8.69 %       8.84 %       9.46 %       11.24 %

 

(1) For information on how we calculate tangible stockholders’ equity and other non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—GAAP Reconciliation and Management’s Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Except as otherwise indicated in this footnote, we calculate our average assets and average common equity for a period by dividing the sum of our total assets or total common stockholders’ equity, as the case may be, as of the close of business on each day in the relevant period, by the number of days in the period. We have calculated our return on average assets and return on average common equity for a period by dividing net income for that period by our average assets and average common equity, as the case may be, for that period.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(4) Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding net gains and losses on the sale of assets and securities. Additionally, taxes and provision for loan losses are not part of this calculation.
(5) As a result of system conversions, we are unable to calculate daily average balances for 2012, 2011 or 2010. For these periods, average loans, securities, deposits in other financial institutions, assets and equity are calculated by averaging the ending balance of the prior month and the ending balance of the current month and multiplying the average by the number of days in the current month. The twelve resulting products were then added together and the resulting sum is divided by the number of days in the year.
(6) Total assets as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 were less than $1 billion. As a result of our asset size during 2012, 2011 and 2010, we did not file consolidated regulatory reports during these periods. The capital ratios for these years represent the ratios for Allegiance Bank only.
(7) Interim periods annualized.

 



 

11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The selected historical consolidated financial data for dates indicated and have been derived from our unaudited historical consolidated financial statements. The comparability of our consolidated results of operations and our consolidated financial condition presented herein is significantly affected by our acquisition of F&M Bancshares in January 2015. Our consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2015 show the effect of the acquisition. Our consolidated results of operations for the three months ended June 30, 2015 fully reflect the impact of the acquisition. As a result, the average balances, average income and average expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2015 reflect a partial, but not full, effect of the changes to our assets, liabilities and operations resulting from the acquisition. Additionally, our historical results may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

     Three Months Ended  
     June 30, 2015      March 31, 2015  
    

(Dollars in thousands, except

share and per share data)

 

Selected Period End Balance Sheet Data:

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 138,685       $ 252,558   

Available for sale securities

     151,662         96,910   

Loans held for sale

     25,629         33,409   

Loans held for investment

     1,536,028         1,411,323   

Allowance for loan losses

     10,312         8,940   

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

     45,034         45,241   

Total assets

     1,945,156         1,884,886   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

     556,502         554,624   

Interest-bearing deposits

     1,068,822         1,089,095   

Total deposits

     1,625,324         1,643,719   

Total stockholders’ equity

     201,830         199,024   

Total common stockholders’ equity

     190,280         187,474   

Selected Income Statement Data:

     

Net interest income

   $ 19,734       $ 18,770   

Provision for loan losses

     1,420         683   

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     18,314         18,087   

Noninterest income

     947         866   

Noninterest expense

     13,422         13,586   

Net income before income taxes

     5,839         5,367   

Net income

     3,883         3,471   

Net income attributable to common stockholders

     3,623         3,345   

Selected Per Share Data:

     

Earnings per common share, basic

   $ 0.37       $ 0.34   

Earnings per common share, diluted

     0.36         0.33   

Book value per common share

     19.37         19.08   

Tangible book value per common share (1)

     14.79         14.48   

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic

     9,824,537         9,822,714   

Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted

     10,003,664         9,998,507   

Shares outstanding at end of period

     9,822,950         9,824,116   

 



 

12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Three Months Ended  
     June 30, 2015     March 31, 2015  
     (Dollars in thousands, except
share and per share data)
 

Selected Performance Metrics:

    

Return on average assets (2)(5)

     0.84     0.77

Return on average common equity (2)(5)

     8.20     7.56

Return on average tangible common equity (1)(2)(5)

     10.04     9.62

Tax equivalent net interest margin (3)(5)

     4.79     4.72

Efficiency ratio (4)

     64.90     69.19

Loans to deposits ratio

     96.08     87.89

Noninterest expense to average assets (2)(5)

     2.90     3.00

Selected Credit Quality Ratios:

    

Nonperforming assets to total assets

     0.32     0.36

Nonperforming loans to total loans

     0.37     0.47

Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans

     180.22     130.47

Allowance for loan losses to total loans

     0.66     0.62

Provision for loan losses to average loans (5)

     0.39     0.20

Net charge-offs to average loans (5)

     0.01     0.00

Capital Ratios:

    

Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio

     8.68     8.98

Leverage capital ratio

     9.34     9.22

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

     9.88     10.25

Total risk-based capital ratio

     10.48     10.80

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (1)

     7.64     7.73

Average common stockholders’ equity to average assets (2)

     10.24     10.78

 

(1) For information on how we calculate tangible stockholders’ equity and other non-GAAP financial measures and a reconciliation to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—GAAP Reconciliation and Management’s Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(2) Except as otherwise indicated in this footnote, we calculate our average assets and average common equity for a period by dividing the sum of our total assets or total common stockholders’ equity, as the case may be, as of the close of business on each day in the relevant period, by the number of days in the period. We have calculated our return on average assets and return on average common equity for a period by dividing net income for that period by our average assets and average common equity, as the case may be, for that period.
(3) Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(4) Efficiency ratio represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding net gains and losses on the sale of assets and securities. Additionally, taxes and provision for loan losses are not part of this calculation.
(5) Interim periods annualized.

 



 

13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNAUDITED SUMMARY PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The following unaudited summary pro forma combined financial data combines data from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and the historical consolidated financial statements of F&M Bancshares, giving effect to the merger of the two institutions.

The following unaudited summary pro forma combined statement of income data for the year ended December 31, 2014 combines data from the historical consolidated statement of income of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the historical consolidated statement of income of F&M Bancshares for the year ended December 31, 2014, giving effect to the merger as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2014. See “Unaudited Selected Pro Forma Combined Financial Data” beginning on page 95 for information regarding the actual results of the Company and F&M Bancshares, the adjustments thereto and the pro forma results of the combined company for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The following unaudited summary pro forma combined financial data give effect to the merger using the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The following unaudited summary pro forma combined financial data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto of each of the Company and F&M Bancshares contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following unaudited summary pro forma combined financial data are provided for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the actual results that might have been achieved for the periods indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of the future results of the combined company. The unaudited summary pro forma combined financial data are based on estimates and assumptions which are noted on page 97.

In connection with the integration of F&M Bancshares into the Company, the Company has incurred and will incur costs associated with systems implementation, severance and other costs related to exit or disposal activities. The following unaudited summary pro forma combined financial data do not reflect these transaction costs or cost savings expected to be realized from the elimination of certain expenses and from synergies expected to be created or the costs to achieve such cost savings or synergies. Transaction costs not yet incurred or cost savings not yet realized will be recorded when incurred, are non-recurring and are thus not reflected in the calculations of pro forma income.

 

     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2014
    

(Dollars in thousands,

except share and per share data)

Summary pro forma combined income statement data:

    

Interest income

     $ 79,939  

Interest expense

       8,275  
    

 

 

 

Net interest income

       71,664  

Provision for loan losses

       2,150  
    

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

       69,514  

Noninterest income

       3,965  

Noninterest expenses

       48,965  
    

 

 

 

Net income before income tax

       24,514  

Income tax expense

       8,466  
    

 

 

 

Net income

     $ 16,048  
    

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

       (1,049 )
    

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

     $ 14,999  
    

 

 

 

 



 

14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     For the Year Ended
December 31, 2014
    

(Dollars in thousands,

except share and per share data)

Summary pro forma per share data:

    

Basic earnings per common share

     $ 1.53  

Diluted earnings per common share

       1.51  

See accompanying notes to unaudited selected pro forma combined financial data in “Unaudited Selected Pro Forma Combined Financial Data.”

 



 

15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe the events described below are the risks that are material to us as of the date of this prospectus. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be materially and adversely affected. In such an event, the value of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements, estimates and projections that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements, estimates and projections as a result of specific factors, including the risk factors described below.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our business concentration in Texas, specifically in the Houston metropolitan area, imposes risks and may magnify the consequences of any regional or local economic downturn affecting Houston, including any downturn in the energy or real estate sectors.

We conduct our operations almost exclusively in the Houston metropolitan area. As of June 30, 2015, the substantial majority of the loans in our loan portfolio were made to borrowers who live and/or conduct business in Texas, and specifically, in the Houston metropolitan area, and the substantial majority of our secured loans were secured by collateral located in the Houston metropolitan area. Accordingly, we are significantly exposed to risks associated with a lack of geographic diversification. The economic conditions in the Houston metropolitan area are dependent on the energy sector generally and the price of oil and gas specifically. Any downturn or adverse development in the energy sector or continued low oil or gas prices could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations, and future prospects. Adverse economic developments, among other things, could negatively affect the volume of loan originations, increase the level of non-performing assets, increase the rate of foreclosure losses on loans and reduce the value of our loans and loan servicing portfolio. The decline in oil prices of nearly 50% during the six months from the end of June 2014 to the end of 2014 and an extended period of low oil prices following those declines has, and is expected to continue to have, a significant negative impact on the overall Texas economy. Any regional or local economic downturn that affects the Houston metropolitan area or Texas, our existing or prospective borrowers or property values in our market area may affect us and our profitability more significantly and more adversely than those of our competitors, whose operations are less geographically focused.

We may not be able to implement aspects of our growth strategy, which may affect our ability to maintain our historical earnings trends.

Our strategy focuses on organic growth, supplemented by acquisitions. We may not be able to execute on aspects of our growth strategy to sustain our historical rate of growth or may not be able to grow at all. More specifically, we may not be able to generate sufficient new loans and deposits within acceptable risk and expense tolerances, obtain the personnel or funding necessary for additional growth or find suitable acquisition candidates. Various factors, such as economic conditions, in particular, the current environment of low oil prices, and competition, may impede or prohibit the growth of our operations, the opening of new branches and the consummation of acquisitions. Further, we may be unable to attract and retain experienced bankers, which could adversely affect our growth. The success of our strategy also depends on our ability to effectively manage growth, which is dependent upon a number of factors, including our ability to adapt our existing credit, operational, technology and governance infrastructure to accommodate expanded operations. If we fail to implement one or more aspects of our strategy, we may be unable to maintain our historical earnings trends, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We are dependent on our executive officers and other key individuals to continue the implementation of our long-term business strategy and the loss of one or more of these key individuals could curtail our growth and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our continued success is dependent upon the skills, experience and continued service of our executive management team and board of directors. Our goals, strategies and continued growth are closely tied to the banking philosophy and strengths of our executive management team, including our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, George Martinez, and our President, Steven F. Retzloff. Successful implementation of our business strategy is also dependent in part on the continued service of our branch presidents. The community involvement and diverse and extensive local business relationships and experience in the Houston market of our officers are important to our success. The loss of services of any of these key personnel in the future could have a negative impact on our business because of their skills, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel who are experienced in the specialized aspects of our business or who have ties to the communities within our market areas. Currently, it is generally our policy not to have employment agreements with our officers. While we do not anticipate any changes in our executive management team as a result of this offering, the unexpected loss of any of these members of management could have a material effect on us and our ability to implement our business strategy.

Our ability to retain bankers and recruit additional successful bankers is critical to the success of our business strategy and any failure to do so could impair our customer relationships and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our ability to retain and grow our loans, deposits and fee income depends upon the business generation capabilities, reputation and relationship management skills of our lenders. If we were to lose the services of any of our bankers, including successful bankers employed by banks that we may acquire, to a new or existing competitor or otherwise, we may not be able to retain valuable relationships and some of our customers could choose to use the services of a competitor instead of our services.

Our success and growth strategy also depends on our continued ability to attract and retain experienced loan officers and support staff, as well as other management personnel. We may face difficulties in recruiting and retaining lenders and other personnel of our desired caliber, including as a result of competition from other financial institutions. Competition for loan officers and other personnel is strong and we may not be successful in attracting or retaining the personnel we require. In particular, many of our competitors are significantly larger with greater financial resources, and may be able to offer more attractive compensation packages and broader career opportunities. Additionally, we may incur significant expenses and expend significant time and resources on training, integration and business development before we are able to determine whether a new loan officer will be profitable or effective. If we are unable to attract and retain successful loan officers and other personnel, or if our loan officers and other personnel fail to meet our expectations in terms of customer relationships and profitability, we may be unable to execute our business strategy and our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects may be negatively affected.

A key piece of our strategic growth plan is a focus on decision-making authority at the branch and market level, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be negatively affected if our local teams do not follow our internal policies or are negligent in their decision-making.

We attract and retain our management talent by empowering them to make certain business decisions on a local level. Lending authorities are assigned to branch presidents and their banking teams based on their experience. Additionally, all loan relationships in excess of internal specified maximums are reviewed by the Bank’s Executive Loan Committee, comprised of senior management of the Bank, or the Bank’s board of directors, as the case may be. Our local lenders may not follow our internal procedures or otherwise act in our best interests with respect to their decision-making. A failure of our employees to follow our internal policies, or actions taken by our employees that are negligent could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

 

17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The integration of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. may be costly and time consuming and we may not realize all of the anticipated benefits of the acquisition of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc.

We acquired F&M Bancshares and its wholly-owned subsidiary bank, Enterprise Bank, effective January 1, 2015 and are continuing to integrate our businesses. We will need to successfully combine and integrate the business of F&M Bancshares into our existing business in order to fully realize the benefits of this acquisition. The combination and integration of separate businesses is a complex, costly and time-consuming process. As a result, we will be required to devote significant management attention and resources to integrating the business of F&M Bancshares into our existing business, which may divert the attention of our management from day-to-day operations. If the integration of F&M Bancshares into our existing business is not implemented effectively, we may not realize all of the expected benefits of the transaction. If we fail to meet the challenges involved in integrating successfully the business of F&M Bancshares into our existing business or otherwise fail to realize any of the anticipated benefits of the transaction, we could experience an interruption of, or a loss of momentum in, our business activities, which could harm our results of operations. In addition, in integrating F&M Bancshares into our existing business, we may experience unanticipated problems, expenses, liabilities, competitive responses, loss of client relationships, and diversion of management’s attention.

Even if the business of F&M Bancshares is integrated successfully into our business, we may not fully realize the expected benefits of the transaction, including the synergies, cost savings, or growth opportunities. These benefits may not be achieved within the anticipated time frame, or at all. As a result, we cannot assure you that the acquisition of F&M Bancshares will result in the realization of the full benefits anticipated from the transaction.

Even as we continue to integrate our recent acquisition of F&M Bancshares, our strategic growth plan includes pursuing acquisitions, which could expose us to financial, execution and operational risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

With the acquisition of F&M Bancshares on January 1, 2015, we have acquired two financial institutions and we intend to continue to pursue a strategy that includes future acquisitions. An acquisition strategy involves significant risks, including the following:

 

    discovering proper candidates for acquisition;

 

    incurring time and expense associated with identifying and evaluating potential acquisitions and negotiating potential transactions, resulting in management’s attention being diverted from the operation of our existing business;

 

    using inaccurate estimates and judgments to evaluate credit, operations, management, compliance and market risks with respect to the target institution or assets;

 

    conducting adequate due diligence and managing known and unknown risks and uncertainties;

 

    obtaining necessary regulatory approvals;

 

    integrating the operations and personnel of the combined businesses, creating an adverse short-term effect on results of operations;

 

    attracting and retaining qualified management and key personnel, including lenders;

 

    maintaining asset quality;

 

    attracting and retaining customers;

 

    attracting funding to support additional growth within acceptable risk tolerances; and

 

    maintaining adequate regulatory capital.

The market for acquisition targets is highly competitive, which may adversely affect our ability to find acquisition candidates that fit our strategy and standards. To the extent that we are unable to find suitable

 

18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

acquisition targets, an important component of our growth strategy may not be realized. Acquisitions of financial institutions involve operational risks and uncertainties, such as unknown or contingent liabilities with no available manner of recourse, exposure to unexpected problems such as asset quality, the retention of key employees and customers, and other issues that could negatively affect our business. Acquisitions of financial institutions are also subject to regulatory approvals that can be delayed, in some cases, for a lengthy period of time. We may not be able to complete future acquisitions or, if completed, we may not be able to successfully integrate the operations, technology platforms, management, products and services of the entities that we acquire or to realize our attempts to eliminate redundancies. The integration process may also require significant time and attention from our management that would otherwise be directed toward servicing existing business and developing new business. Further, acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and market values and, therefore, some dilution of our tangible book value and net income per common share may occur in connection with any future acquisition, and the goodwill that we currently maintain or may recognize in connection with future transactions may be subject to impairment in future periods.

Challenging market conditions and economic trends have adversely affected the banking industry and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are a business operating in the challenging and uncertain financial services environment. The success of our business and operations is sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. and locally in our industry and market. If the U.S. economy weakens and a lack of growth in population, income levels, deposits and business investment in our local markets occurs, our growth and profitability from our lending, deposit and asset management services could be constrained. Although economic conditions have improved in recent years, financial institutions continue to be affected by volatility in the real estate market in some parts of the country and uncertain regulatory and interest rate conditions. We retain direct exposure to the residential and commercial real estate market in Texas, particularly in the Houston metropolitan area, and are affected by these events.

Uncertain market and economic conditions can make our ability to assess the creditworthiness of customers and estimate the losses in our loan portfolio more complex. Another national economic recession or continued deterioration of conditions in our market could drive losses beyond that which is provided for in our allowance for loan losses and result in the following consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business:

 

    loan delinquencies may rise;

 

    nonperforming assets and foreclosures may increase;

 

    demand for our products and services may decline; and

 

    collateral securing our loans, especially real estate, may decline in value, which could reduce customers’ borrowing power and repayment ability.

The current environment of low oil prices could have an adverse impact on economic conditions in the U.S. generally and specifically, in the Houston metropolitan area. Declines in real estate values, volume of home sales and financial stress on borrowers as a result of the current environment of low oil prices, including job losses, could have an adverse effect on our borrowers or their customers, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The small to medium-sized businesses that we lend to may have fewer resources to weather adverse business developments, which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan, and such impairment could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We focus our business development and marketing strategy primarily on small to medium-sized businesses. We had loans totaling approximately $1.12 billion to small to medium-sized businesses, or 72.0%, of our total loans, as of June 30, 2015 and $749.6 million, or 74.8%, of our total loans as of December 31, 2014. Small to

 

19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

medium-sized businesses frequently have smaller market shares than their competition, may be more vulnerable to economic downturns, often need substantial additional capital to expand or compete and may experience substantial volatility in operating results, any of which may impair a borrower’s ability to repay a loan. In addition, the success of a small and medium-sized business often depends on the management skills, talents and efforts of one or two people or a small group of people, and the death, disability or resignation of one or more of these people could have a material adverse impact on the business and its ability to repay its loan. If general economic conditions negatively impact the Houston metropolitan area or Texas and small to medium-sized businesses are adversely affected, or our borrowers are otherwise affected by adverse business developments, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be negatively affected.

If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings may be affected.

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred loan losses. We establish our allowance for loan losses and maintain it at a level considered adequate by management to absorb probable incurred loan losses in our loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses represents our estimate of probable losses in the portfolio at each balance sheet date and is based upon relevant information available to us, such as, past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions and other factors. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited back to the allowance. Our allowance for loan losses consists of a general component based upon probable incurred but unidentified losses in the portfolio and a specific component based on individual loans that are considered impaired. In determining the collectability of certain loans, management also considers the fair value of any underlying collateral. The amount ultimately realized may differ from the carrying value of these assets because of economic, operating or other conditions beyond our control, and any such differences may be material.

As of June 30, 2015, our allowance for loan losses was $10.3 million, which represents 0.66% of our total loans and 180.22% of our total nonperforming loans. As of December 31, 2014, our allowance for loan losses was $8.2 million, which represented 0.82% of our total loans and 258.98% of our total nonperforming loans as of the same date. Additional loan losses will likely occur in the future and may occur at a rate greater than we have previously experienced. We may be required to take additional provisions for loan losses in the future to further supplement the allowance for loan losses, either due to management’s decision to do so or requirements by our banking regulators. In addition, federal and state bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and the value attributed to nonaccrual loans or to real estate acquired through foreclosure. Such regulatory agencies may require us to recognize future charge-offs. These adjustments may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The acquisition method of accounting requires that acquired loans are initially recorded at fair value at the time of acquisition, which includes an estimate of loan losses expected to be realized over the remaining lives of the loans, and therefore no corresponding allowance for loan losses is recorded for these loans at acquisition because credit quality, among other elements, was considered in the determination of fair value. To the extent that our estimates of fair value are too high, we will incur losses associated with the acquired loans.

As a significant percentage of our loan portfolio is comprised of real estate loans, an adverse change in the economic conditions of the real estate market where we operate could affect real estate values and may result in losses to our business.

As of June 30, 2015, $1.11 billion, or 70.9%, of our total loans, were comprised of loans with real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower and may deteriorate in value over the term of the loan, limiting our ability to realize the full value of the collateral anticipated at the time of the originating loan. A weakening of the real estate market in our

 

20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

primary market area could have an adverse effect on the demand for new loans, the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, the value of real estate and other collateral securing the loans and the value of our business. Collateral may have to be sold for less than the outstanding balance of the loan, which could result in losses on such loans. Such declines and losses in real estate values may cause us to experience increases in provisions for loan losses, and charge-offs, which could adversely affect our profitability. While it is still too early to tell whether the decline in oil and gas prices through the end of 2014 and a prolonged period of lower oil and gas prices will have a material adverse effect on the Houston real estate market, preliminary indications suggest the market, although at a slower rate, continues to grow.

Our commercial real estate and construction, land development and other land loan portfolios expose us to credit risks that may be greater than the risks related to other types of loans.

As of June 30, 2015, $691.8 million, or 44.3%, of our total loans, was comprised of commercial real estate loans (including owner-occupied commercial real estate loans) and $140.4 million, or 9.0%, of our total loans, was comprised of construction, land development and other land loans. Commercial real estate loans generally involve relatively large balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers. These loans typically involve repayment dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. The availability of such income for repayment may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. These loans expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by other types of collateral because the collateral securing these loans is typically more difficult to liquidate due to the fluctuation of real estate values. Unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our commercial real estate loan portfolio could require us to increase our allowance for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Real estate construction, land development and other land loans involve risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are secured by a project under construction, and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. These risks include: the viability of the contractor; the value of the project being subject to successful completion; the contractor’s ability to complete the project, to meet deadlines and time schedules and to stay within our estimates; and concentration of such loans with a single contractor and its affiliates. Real estate construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan and also present risks of default in the event of declines in property values or volatility in the real estate market during the construction phase. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, we may be unable to recover the entire unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, we may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A large portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of commercial and industrial loans secured by receivables, inventory, equipment or other commercial collateral, the deterioration in value of which could increase the potential for future losses.

As of June 30, 2015, $437.2 million, or 28.0%, of our total loans, was comprised of commercial and industrial loans to businesses that are typically based on the borrowers’ ability to repay the loans from the cash flow of their businesses. These loans may involve greater risk because the availability of funds to repay each loan depends substantially on the success of the business itself as these loans are typically larger in amount and, therefore, have the potential for larger losses on a single loan basis. Commercial and industrial loans are collateralized by general business assets including, among other things, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment and generally backed by a personal guaranty of the borrower or principal. This collateral may decline in value more rapidly than we anticipate exposing us to increased credit risk. Significant adverse changes in the economy or local market conditions in which our commercial lending customers operate could cause rapid declines in loan collectability and the values associated with general business assets resulting in inadequate collateral coverage that may expose us to credit losses and could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

A lack of liquidity could adversely affect our operations and jeopardize our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Liquidity is essential to our business. We rely on our ability to generate deposits and effectively manage the repayment and maturity schedules of our loans and investment securities, respectively, to ensure that we have adequate liquidity to fund our operations. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of our investment securities, the sale of loans, and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our most important source of funds is deposits. Deposit balances can decrease when customers perceive alternative investments as providing a better risk/return tradeoff. If customers move money out of bank deposits and into other investments such as money market funds, we would lose a relatively low-cost source of funds, increasing our funding costs and reducing our net interest income and net income.

Other primary sources of funds consist of cash flows from operations, maturities and sales of investment securities, and proceeds from the issuance and sale of our equity and debt securities to investors. Additional liquidity is provided by the ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas and the Federal Home Loan Bank (the “FHLB”) and our ability to raise brokered deposits. We also may borrow funds from third-party lenders, such as other financial institutions. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance or capitalize our activities, or on terms that are acceptable to us, could be impaired by factors that affect us directly or the financial services industry or economy in general, such as disruptions in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry. Our access to funding sources could also be affected by a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the Houston metropolitan area economy or by one or more adverse regulatory actions against us.

As of June 30, 2015, $519.6 million, or 32.0%, of our deposits consisted of interest-bearing demand deposits and money market and savings accounts. Based on our experience, we believe that our deposit accounts are relatively stable sources of funds. If we increase interest rates paid to retain deposits, our earnings may be adversely affected, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or to fulfill obligations such as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands, any of which could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we fail to maintain sufficient capital, whether due to losses, an inability to raise additional capital or otherwise, our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as our ability to maintain regulatory compliance, could be adversely affected.

We, on a consolidated basis, and the Bank, on a stand-alone basis, must meet certain regulatory capital requirements and maintain sufficient liquidity. Importantly, regulatory capital requirements could increase from current levels, which could require us to raise additional capital or reduce our operations. Our ability to raise additional capital depends on conditions in the capital markets, economic conditions and a number of other factors, including investor perceptions regarding the banking industry, market conditions and governmental activities, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to raise additional capital if needed or on terms acceptable to us. If we fail to maintain capital to meet regulatory requirements, our liquidity, business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Fluctuations in interest rates may adversely impact our earnings and capital levels and overall results of operations.

Like most financial institutions, our earnings and cash flows depend to a great extent upon the level of our net interest income, or the difference between the interest income we earn on loans, investments and other interest-earning assets, and the interest expense we pay on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing

 

22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

liabilities. Therefore, any change in general market interest rates, such as a change in the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve or otherwise, can have a significant effect on our net interest income. The majority of our banking assets are monetary in nature and subject to risk from changes in interest rates. Changes in interest rates can increase or decrease our net interest income, because different types of assets and liabilities may react differently, and at different times, to market interest rate changes. When interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-earning assets in a period, an increase in interest rates could reduce net interest income. Similarly, when interest-earning assets mature or reprice more quickly, or to a greater degree than interest-bearing liabilities, falling interest rates could reduce net interest income.

Additionally, an increase in interest rates may, among other things, adversely affect the demand for loans and our ability to originate loans and decrease loan repayment rates. Conversely, a decrease in the general level of interest rates may affect us through, among other things, increased prepayments on our loan and mortgage-backed securities portfolio and increased competition for deposits. Accordingly, changes in the general level of market interest rates may adversely affect our net yield on interest-earning assets, loan origination volume, loan portfolio and our overall results.

Although our asset-liability management strategy is designed to control and mitigate exposure to the risks related to changes in market interest rates, those rates are affected by many factors outside of our control, including various governmental and regulatory monetary policies, inflation, recession, changes in unemployment, the money supply, international disorder and instability in domestic and foreign financial markets. Adverse changes in the Federal Reserve interest rate policies or other changes in monetary policies and economic conditions could materially and adversely affect us. We may not be able to accurately predict the likelihood, nature and magnitude of those changes or how and to what extent they may affect our business. We also may not be able to adequately prepare for or compensate for the consequences of such changes. Any failure to predict and prepare for changes in interest rates or adjust for the consequences of these changes may adversely affect our earnings and capital levels and overall results.

We could recognize losses on securities held in our securities portfolio, particularly if interest rates increase or economic and market conditions deteriorate.

We invest in available for sale securities with the primary objectives of providing a source of liquidity, providing an appropriate return on funds invested, managing interest rate risk, meeting pledging requirements and meeting regulatory capital requirements. As of June 30, 2015, the book value of our securities portfolio was $151.8 million, which represented 7.8% of total assets. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. For example, fixed-rate securities are generally subject to decreases in market value when interest rates rise. Additional factors include, but are not limited to, rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults by the issuer or individual borrowers with respect to the underlying securities, and continued instability in the credit markets. Any of the foregoing factors could cause other-than-temporary impairment in future periods and result in realized losses. The process for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary usually requires difficult, subjective judgments about the future financial performance of the issuer and any collateral underlying the security in order to assess the probability of receiving all contractual principal and interest payments on the security. Factors beyond our control can significantly influence the fair value of securities in our portfolio and can cause potential adverse changes to the fair value of these securities. Because of changing economic and market conditions affecting interest rates, the financial condition of issuers of the securities and the performance of the underlying collateral, we may recognize realized and/or unrealized losses in future periods, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We face strong competition to attract and retain customers from other companies that offer banking services, which could impact our business by preventing us from obtaining customers and adversely affecting our growth and profitability.

We conduct our operations almost exclusively in the Houston metropolitan area. Many of our competitors offer the same, or a wider variety of, banking services within our market area. These competitors include banks with nationwide operations, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including savings banks, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based non-bank lenders and certain other non-financial entities, such as retail stores which may maintain their own credit programs and certain governmental organizations which may offer more favorable financing or deposit terms than we can. In addition, a number of out-of-state financial intermediaries have opened production offices, or otherwise solicit deposits, in our market area. Increased competition in our market may result in reduced loans and deposits, as well as reduced net interest margin, fee income and profitability. Ultimately, we may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we may be unable to continue to grow our loan and deposit portfolios, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including, among other things:

 

    the ability to develop, maintain and build long-term customer relationships based on top quality service, high ethical standards and safe, sound assets;

 

    the scope, relevance and pricing of products and services offered to meet customer needs and demands;

 

    the rate at which we introduce new products and services relative to our competitors;

 

    customer satisfaction with our level of service;

 

    the ability to expand our market position; and

 

    industry and general economic trends.

Failure to perform in any of these areas could significantly weaken our competitive position, which could adversely affect our growth and profitability, which, in turn, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We also face competition for acquisition opportunities in connection with the implementation of our acquisition strategy. Because there are a limited number of acquisition opportunities in our target market, we face competition from other banks and financial institutions, many of which possess greater financial, human, technical and other resources than we do. Our ability to compete in acquiring target institutions will depend on our available financial resources to fund the acquisitions, including the amount of cash and cash equivalents we have and the liquidity and market price of our common stock. In addition, increased competition may also drive up the acquisition consideration that we will be required to pay in order to successfully capitalize on attractive acquisition opportunities.

Negative public opinion regarding our company or failure to maintain our reputation in the community we serve could adversely affect our business and prevent us from growing our business.

As a community bank, our reputation within the community we serve is critical to our success. We have set ourselves apart from our competitors by building strong personal and professional relationships with our customers and being active members of the communities we serve. As such, we strive to enhance our reputation by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve and delivering superior service to our customers. If our reputation is negatively affected by the actions of our employees or otherwise, we may be less successful in attracting new customers, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

 

24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Further, negative public opinion can expose us to litigation and regulatory action as we seek to implement our growth strategy. While we actively work to minimize reputation risk in dealing with our customers, this risk will always be present given the nature of our business.

If we fail to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Ensuring that we have adequate disclosure controls and procedures, including internal controls over financial reporting, in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is costly and time-consuming and needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for evaluating and reporting on our system of internal control. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statement for external purposes in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). We are in the process of documenting, reviewing and, if appropriate, improving our internal controls and procedures in anticipation of being a public company and being subject to the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), which will require annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and, when we cease to be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act, a report by our independent auditors addressing our internal controls over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are not effective due to our failure to cure any identified material weakness or otherwise. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may not conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. In the course of their review, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be satisfied with our internal controls over financial reporting or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or it may interpret the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, during the course of the evaluation, documentation and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting, we may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Any such deficiencies may also subject us to adverse regulatory consequences. If we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and we may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of listing standards. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, customer or employee fraud and data processing system failures and errors.

We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of fraud by employees and outsiders, clerical recordkeeping errors and transactional errors. Our business is dependent on our employees as well as third-party service providers to process a large number of increasingly complex transactions. We could be materially adversely affected if one of our employees causes a significant operational breakdown or failure, either as a result of human error or where an individual purposefully sabotages or fraudulently manipulates our operations or systems or if one of our third-party service providers experiences an operational breakdown or failure. Employee errors and employee or customer misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of our customers or improper use of confidential information. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

 

25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We maintain a system of internal controls to mitigate against operational risks, including data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud, as well as insurance coverage designed to protect us from material losses associated with these risks including losses resulting from any associated business interruption. However, if our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or if any resulting loss is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, when we originate loans, we rely upon information supplied by loan applicants and third parties, including the information contained in the loan application, property appraisal and title information, if applicable, and employment and income documentation provided by third parties. If any of this information is misrepresented and such misrepresentation is not detected prior to loan funding, we generally bear the risk of loss associated with the misrepresentation. Any of these occurrences could result in a diminished ability of us to operate our business, potential liability to customers, reputational damage and regulatory intervention, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have a continuing need for technological change, and we may not have the resources to effectively implement new technology, or we may experience operational challenges when implementing new technology.

The financial services industry is changing rapidly, and to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality and features of our products, services and technologies. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, at least in part, upon our ability to respond to future technological changes and the ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands for convenience as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations as we continue to grow and expand our products and service offerings. We may experience operational challenges as we implement these new technology enhancements or products, which could result in us not fully realizing the anticipated benefits from such new technology or require us to incur significant costs to remedy any such challenges in a timely manner.

These changes may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate. Many of our larger competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. As a result, they may be able to offer additional or superior products to those that we will be able to provide, which would put us at a competitive disadvantage. Accordingly, we may not be able to effectively implement new technology driven products and services or be successful in marketing such products and services to our customers.

Our operations could be interrupted if our third-party service providers experience difficulty, terminate their services or fail to comply with banking regulations.

We depend on a number of relationships with third-party service providers. Specifically, we receive certain third-party services including, but not limited to, core systems processing, essential web hosting and other Internet systems, our online banking services, deposit processing and other processing services. If these third-party service providers experience difficulties, or terminate their services, and we are unable to replace them with other service providers, particularly on a timely basis, our operations could be interrupted. If an interruption were to continue for a significant period of time, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected, perhaps materially. Even if we are able to replace third party service providers, it may be at a higher cost to us, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

System failure or breaches of our cyber security measures could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.

The computer systems and network infrastructure we use, including the systems and infrastructure of our third-party service providers, could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment, and the information stored therein, against damage from physical

 

26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes breakdowns or disruptions in our general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, including enforcement action that could restrict our operations, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability and reputational harm to us and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. In addition, advances in computer capabilities could result in a compromise or breach of the systems we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the goodwill that we have recorded in connection with a business acquisition becomes impaired, it could require charges to earnings, which would have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

Goodwill represents the amount by which the cost of an acquisition exceeded the fair value of net assets we acquired in connection with the purchase of another financial institution. We review goodwill for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if a triggering event occurs which indicates that the carrying value of the asset might be impaired.

We determine impairment by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. Any such adjustments are reflected in our results of operations in the periods in which they become known. As of June 30, 2015, our goodwill totaled $39.4 million. While we have not recorded any impairment charges since we initially recorded the goodwill, our future evaluations of goodwill may result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to environmental liabilities and associated costs in connection with the foreclosure on real estate assets securing our loan portfolio, which could adversely affect us.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is comprised of loans collateralized by real estate. There is a risk that hazardous or toxic waste could be discovered on the properties that secure our loans. If we acquire such properties as a result of foreclosure, we could be held responsible for the cost of cleaning up or removing this waste, and this cost could exceed the value of the underlying properties and materially and adversely affect us. Although we have not historically and do not currently hold a material amount of real property in our loan portfolio that presents a potential for such environmental risks, we do lend to borrowers in segments of the economy that may expose us to heightened environmental risk if we were forced to foreclose on a material amount of real property securing such loans.

Risks Related to Our Industry and Regulation

Our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, corporate governance, executive compensation and accounting principles, or changes in any of them.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to extensive examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by various federal and state agencies that govern almost all aspects of our operations. These laws and regulations are not intended to protect our shareholders. Rather, these laws and regulations are intended to protect customers, depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) and the overall financial stability of the U.S. These laws and regulations, among other matters, prescribe minimum capital requirements, impose limitations on the business activities in which we can engage, limit the dividend or distributions that the Bank can pay to us,

 

27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

restrict the ability of institutions to guarantee our debt, and impose certain specific accounting requirements on us that may be more restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than generally accepted accounting principles would require. Compliance with these laws and regulations is difficult and costly, and changes to these laws and regulations often impose additional compliance costs. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the failure follows good faith effort or reflects a difference in interpretation, could subject us to restrictions on our business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, capital base and the price of our securities. Further, any new laws, rules and regulations could make compliance more difficult or expensive.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 may have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Recent economic conditions, particularly in the financial markets, have resulted in government regulatory agencies and political bodies placing increased focus and scrutiny on the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) significantly changed the regulation of financial institutions and the financial services industry. The Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations thereunder affect both large and small financial institutions, including several provisions that will affect how community banks, thrifts and small bank and thrift holding companies will be regulated in the future. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law, and the process of implementation is ongoing. There remains significant uncertainty surrounding the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will ultimately be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and the full extent of the impact of the requirements on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, require the development of new compliance infrastructure, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. Failure to comply with the new requirements or with any future changes in laws or regulations may negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our management is reviewing the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, many of which are to be phased-in over the next several months and years, and assessing its probable impact on our operations. However, the ultimate effect of the Dodd-Frank Act on the financial services industry in general, and us in particular, is uncertain at this time.

New capital rules that were recently issued generally require insured depository institutions and their holding companies to hold more capital. The impact of the new rules on our financial condition and operations is uncertain but could be materially adverse.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies to establish stricter risk-based capital requirements and leverage limits to apply to banks and bank and savings and loan holding companies. In July 2013, the federal banking agencies published the final Basel III Capital Rules (as defined in “Regulation and Supervision—Regulatory Capital Requirements and Capital Adequacy—US Implementation of Basel III”) that revised their risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets. The Basel III Capital Rules will apply to banking organizations, including us and the Bank. As a result of the enactment of the Basel III Capital Rules, we and the Bank will become subject to increased required capital levels. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective as applied to us and the Bank on January 1, 2015 with a phase-in period that generally extends through January 1, 2019.

The final rules increase capital requirements and generally include two new capital measurements that will affect us, a risk-based common equity Tier 1 ratio and a capital conservation buffer. Common Equity Tier 1 (“CET1”) capital is a subset of Tier 1 capital and is limited to common equity (plus related surplus), retained earnings, accumulated other comprehensive income and certain other items. Other instruments that have historically qualified for Tier 1 treatment, including non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, are consigned to a

 

28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

category known as Additional Tier 1 capital and must be phased out over a period of nine years beginning in 2014. The rules permit bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets (such as us) to continue to include trust preferred securities and non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock issued before May 19, 2010 in Tier 1 capital, but not CET1. Tier 2 capital consists of instruments that have historically been placed in Tier 2, as well as cumulative perpetual preferred stock.

The final rules adjust all three categories of capital by requiring new deductions from and adjustments to capital that will result in more stringent capital requirements and may require changes in the ways we do business. Beginning January 1, 2015, our minimum capital requirements are (1) a CET1 ratio of 4.5%, (2) a Tier 1 capital (CET1 plus Additional Tier 1 capital) of 6.0% (up from 4.0%) and (3) a total capital ratio of 8% (the current requirement). Our leverage ratio requirement will remain at the 4.0% level now required. Beginning in 2016, a capital conservation buffer will phase in over three years, ultimately resulting in a requirement of 2.5% on top of the CET1, Tier 1 and total capital requirements, resulting in a required CET1 ratio of 7.0%, a Tier 1 ratio of 8.5%, and a total capital ratio of 10.5%. Failure to satisfy any of these three capital requirements will result in limits on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases and paying discretionary bonuses. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions. While the final rules will result in higher regulatory capital standards, it is difficult at this time to predict when or how any new standards will ultimately be applied to us.

In addition to the higher required capital ratios and the new deductions and adjustments, the final rules increase the risk weights for certain assets, meaning that we will have to hold more capital against these assets. For example, commercial real estate loans that do not meet certain new underwriting requirements now must be risk-weighted at 150%, rather than the previous 100%. There are also new risk weights for unsettled transactions and derivatives. We also will be required to hold capital against short-term commitments that are not unconditionally cancelable; currently, there are no capital requirements for these off-balance sheet assets. All changes to the risk weights take effect in full in 2015. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk-based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital or additional capital conservation buffers, could result in management modifying our business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or buying back our shares.

State and federal banking agencies periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations, and our failure to comply with any supervisory actions to which we are or become subject as a result of such examinations may adversely affect us.

Texas and federal banking agencies, including the Texas Department of Banking (the “TDB”) and the Federal Reserve, periodically conduct examinations of our business, including compliance with laws and regulations. If, as a result of an examination, a Texas or federal banking agency were to determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of any of our operations had become unsatisfactory, or that we, the Bank or our respective management were in violation of any law or regulation, it may take a number of different remedial actions as it deems appropriate. These actions include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative actions to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in our and/or the Bank’s capital, to restrict our growth, to assess civil monetary penalties against us, the Bank or our respective officers or directors, to remove officers and directors and, if it is concluded that such conditions cannot be corrected or there is an imminent risk of loss to depositors, to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance. If we become subject to such regulatory actions, our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and reputation may be negatively impacted.

We may be unable to identify and consummate our new activities and expansion plans and successfully implement our growth strategy, which will require regulatory approvals, and failure to obtain them may restrict our growth.

We intend to continue to grow our business through strategic acquisitions of financial institutions coupled with organic growth. Generally, we must receive state and federal regulatory approval before we can acquire an

 

29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FDIC-insured depository institution or related business. In determining whether to approve a proposed acquisition, federal banking regulators will consider, among other factors, the effect of the acquisition on competition, our financial condition, liquidity, our future prospects, and the impact of the proposal on U.S. financial stability. The regulators also review current and projected capital ratios and levels, the competence, experience and integrity of management and its record of compliance with laws and regulations, the convenience and needs of the communities to be served (including the acquiring institution’s record of compliance under the Community Reinvestment Act) and the effectiveness of the acquiring institution in combating money laundering activities. Such regulatory approvals may not be granted on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, or may be granted only after lengthy delay. We may also be required to sell branches as a condition to receiving regulatory approval, which condition may not be acceptable to us or, if acceptable to us, may reduce the benefit of any acquisition.

In addition to the acquisition of existing financial institutions, as opportunities arise, we plan to continue de novo branching as a part of our organic growth strategy. De novo branching and any acquisitions carry with them numerous risks, including the inability to obtain all required regulatory approvals. The failure to obtain these regulatory approvals for potential future strategic acquisitions and de novo branches may impact our business plans and restrict our growth.

We face a risk of noncompliance and enforcement action with the Bank Secrecy Act and other anti-money laundering statutes and regulations.

The federal Bank Secrecy Act, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 and other laws and regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and file suspicious activity and currency transaction reports as appropriate. The federal Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, established by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (“Treasury Department”) to administer the Bank Secrecy Act, is authorized to impose significant civil money penalties for violations of those requirements, and has recently engaged in coordinated enforcement efforts with the individual federal banking regulators, as well as the U.S. Department of Justice (the “Department of Justice”), Drug Enforcement Administration, and Internal Revenue Service. There is also increased scrutiny of compliance with the sanctions programs and rules administered and enforced by the Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

We provide banking services to customers located outside the United States, primarily in Guatemala. These banking services are primarily deposit accounts, including checking, money market and short term certificates of deposit. As of June 30, 2015, our deposits from foreign nationals, primarily residents in Guatemala, accounted for less than 6.0% of our total deposits.

In order to comply with regulations, guidelines and examination procedures in this area, we have dedicated significant resources to our anti-money laundering program. If our policies, procedures and systems are deemed deficient, we could be subject to liability, including fines and regulatory actions such as restrictions on our ability to pay dividends and the necessity to obtain regulatory approvals to proceed with certain aspects of our business plans, including acquisitions and de novo branching. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could also have serious reputational consequences for us.

We are subject to numerous federal and state lending laws designed to protect consumers, including the Community Reinvestment Act and fair lending laws, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to material sanctions and penalties.

The Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations impose nondiscriminatory lending requirements on financial institutions. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Department of Justice and other federal and state agencies are responsible for enforcing these laws and regulations. A successful challenge to an institution’s performance under the CRA or fair lending laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including the required payment of damages and civil money penalties, injunctive relief, imposition of restrictions on mergers

 

30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

and acquisitions activity, and restrictions on expansion activity. Private parties may also have the ability to challenge an institution’s performance under fair lending laws in private class action litigation.

We may be required to pay significantly higher FDIC deposit insurance assessments, as a result of the FDIC’s restoration plan, which could adversely affect our earnings.

As a result of economic conditions and the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has increased the deposit insurance assessment rates and thus raised deposit premiums for insured depository institutions. If these increases are insufficient for the DIF to meet its funding requirements, further special assessments or increases in deposit insurance premiums may be required. We are generally unable to control the amount of premiums that we are required to pay for FDIC insurance. If there are additional financial institution failures that affect the DIF, we may be required to pay FDIC premiums higher than current levels. Our regulatory assessments and FDIC Insurance costs were $694 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2015, compared with $422 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and were $848 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with $602 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013. Any future additional assessments, increases or required prepayments in FDIC insurance premiums may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The Federal Reserve may require us to commit capital resources to support the Bank.

A bank holding company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support its subsidiary banks. The Federal Reserve may require a bank holding company to make capital injections into a troubled subsidiary bank and may charge the bank holding company with engaging in unsafe and unsound practices for failure to commit resources to such a subsidiary bank. Under these requirements, in the future, we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank if it experiences financial distress.

A capital injection may be required at times when our resources are limited and we may be required to borrow the funds to make the required capital injection. In the event of a bank holding company’s bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee will assume any commitment by the holding company to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a subsidiary bank. Moreover, bankruptcy law provides that claims based on any such commitment will be entitled to a priority of payment over the claims of the holding company’s general unsecured creditors, including the holders of any note obligations. Thus, any borrowing that must be done by the holding company in order to make the required capital injection becomes more difficult and expensive and will adversely impact the holding company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be materially and adversely affected by the soundness, creditworthiness and liquidity of other financial institutions.

Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, and routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutional customers. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty or customer. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due to us. Any such losses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, our earnings and growth are affected by the policies of the Federal Reserve. An important function of the Federal Reserve is to regulate the U.S. money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used by the Federal Reserve to implement these objectives

 

31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

are open market operations in U.S. government securities, adjustments of both the discount rate and the federal funds rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall economic growth and the distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits. Their use also affects interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits. The monetary policies and regulations of the Federal Reserve have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. Although we cannot determine the effects of such policies on us at this time, such policies could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to this Offering and an Investment in our Common Stock

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not develop, which may impair your ability to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price.

Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market for shares of our common stock may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling your shares of common stock at an attractive price, or at all. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representative of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price or at any other price or at the time that you would like to sell. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock and may impair our ability to expand our business by using our common stock as consideration in an acquisition.

The market price of our common stock could be volatile and may fluctuate significantly, which could cause the value of an investment in our common stock to decline.

The market price of our common stock could fluctuate substantially due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including, but not limited to:

 

    general economic conditions and overall market fluctuations;

 

    actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

    operating and stock price performance of other companies that investor deem comparable to us;

 

    the perception that investment in Texas is unattractive or less attractive during periods of low oil prices;

 

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, dispositions, innovations or new programs and services;

 

    the public reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

    changes in financial estimates and recommendations by securities analysts following our stock, or the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering;

 

    changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates;

 

    the trading volume of our common stock;

 

    changes in governmental monetary policies, including the policies of the Federal Reserve;

 

    changes in business, legal or regulatory conditions, or other developments affecting participants in our industry, and publicity regarding our business or any of our significant customers or competitors;

 

    changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; and

 

    future sales of our common stock by us, directors, executives and significant shareholders.

The realization of any of the risks described in this “Risk Factors” section could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and cause the value of your investment to decline. In addition,

 

32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

the stock market experiences extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These types of broad market fluctuations may adversely affect investor confidence and could affect the trading price of our common stock over the short, medium or long term, regardless of our actual performance. If the market price of our common stock reaches an elevated level following this offering, it may materially and rapidly decline. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, shareholders have often instituted securities class action litigation. If we were to be involved in a class action lawsuit, we could incur substantial costs and it could divert the attention of senior management and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention.

As a public company, we will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company. After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition and proxy and other information statements, and the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the PCAOB and The NASDAQ Stock Market, each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. As a public company, we will be required to:

 

    prepare and distribute periodic reports, proxy statements and other shareholder communications in compliance with the federal securities laws and rules;

 

    expand the roles and duties of our board of directors and committees thereof;

 

    maintain an internal audit function;

 

    institute more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance procedures;

 

    involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the activities listed above;

 

    enhance our investor relations function;

 

    establish new internal policies, including those relating to trading in our securities and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

    retain additional personnel;

 

    comply with The NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards; and

 

    comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We expect these rules and regulations and changes in laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, which have created uncertainty for public companies, to increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Our investment in compliance with existing and evolving regulatory requirements will result in increased administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. These increased costs may require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives.

You will incur immediate dilution as a result of this offering.

If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the net tangible book value per share immediately prior to consummation of this offering. As a result, you will incur immediate

 

33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

dilution of $         per share representing the difference between the offering price of $        , the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2015 of $14.79 per share of common stock. This represents     % dilution from the initial public offering price. Accordingly, if we were to be liquidated at our book value immediately following this offering, you would not receive the full amount of your investment.

If equity research industry analysts do not initiate or continue coverage on our common stock or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock if our operating results do not meet their expectations, the price and trading volume of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock could be affected by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about us or our business. We cannot predict whether any research analysts will cover us and our common stock nor do we have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline and our common stock to be less liquid. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, either absolutely or relative to our competitors, our stock price could quickly decline.

Future issuances of a substantial amount of our common stock may depress the market price of shares of our common stock.

Sales or the availability for sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock and could limit our future ability to raise capital through future sales or an offering of equity securities.

Our amended and restated certificate of formation authorizes us to issue 40,000,000 shares of common stock, of which             will be outstanding upon consummation of this offering (assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). This number includes         shares that we are selling in this offering (assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), which will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). A substantial portion of the remaining         shares of our common stock outstanding, including the shares of common stock retained by members of our management, will be restricted from immediate resale under lock-up agreements between our executive officers, directors and certain other current shareholders and the underwriters, which generally provide for a lock-up period of 180 days following this offering (unless the representative of the underwriters waives such lock-up period), but may be sold in the near future. Following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, all these shares of our common stock will be eligible for resale under
Rule 144 of the Securities Act, subject to volume limitations and applicable holding period requirements.

We may issue shares of our common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments and pursuant to compensation and incentive plans. If any such acquisition or investment is significant, the number of shares of our common stock, or the number or aggregate principal amount, as the case may be, of other securities that we may issue may in turn be substantial. We may also grant registration rights covering those shares of our common stock or other securities in connection with any such acquisitions and investments.

We cannot predict the size of future issuances of our common stock or the effect, if any, that future issuances and sales of our common stock will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock (including shares of our common stock issued in connection with an acquisition or under a compensation or incentive plan), or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities.

 

34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We may issue shares of preferred stock in the future, which could make it difficult for another company to acquire us or could otherwise adversely affect the rights of the holders of our common stock, which could depress the price of our common stock.

Our amended and restated certificate of formation authorizes us to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of one or more series of preferred stock. Our board of directors, in its sole discretion, has the authority to determine the preferences, limitations and relative rights of shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series, the designation of such series, and the dividend rate for each series, without any further vote or action by our shareholders. Our preferred stock may be issued with voting, liquidation, dividend and other rights superior to the rights of our common stock. The potential issuance of preferred stock may delay or prevent a change in control of us, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price, and materially adversely affect the market price and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

The holders of our debt obligations and shares of our preferred stock will have priority over our common stock with respect to payment in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up and with respect to the payment of interest and preferred dividends.

As of June 30, 2015, we had approximately $28.1 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility. In connection with the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, we incurred approximately $29.3 million in indebtedness, including borrowing approximately $18.0 million under our revolving credit facility to repay debt that F&M Bancshares owed to its shareholders and the assumption of junior subordinated debentures with an aggregate original principal and liquidation amount of $11.3 million. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of our common stock will not be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets until after all of our obligations to our debt holders have been satisfied and holders of the related trust preferred securities have received any payment or distribution due to them. In addition, we are required to pay interest on our outstanding indebtedness before we pay any dividends on our common stock.

Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts is uncertain. Thus, common shareholders bear the risk that our future issuances of debt or equity securities or our incurrence of other borrowings will negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

We currently have no plans to pay dividends on our common stock, so you may not receive funds without selling your common stock.

We have not paid dividends on our common stock in the past, and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is dependent on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us, which is limited by applicable laws and banking regulations. Our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is also restricted by the terms of the subordinated debentures we assumed from F&M Bancshares and may in the future be restricted by the terms of any debt or preferred securities we may incur or issue. Payments of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Accordingly, shares of common stock should not be purchased by persons who need or desire dividend income from their investment.

We are dependent upon the Bank for cash flow, and the Bank’s ability to make cash distributions is restricted, which could impact our ability to satisfy our obligations.

Our primary tangible asset is the Bank. As such, we depend upon the Bank for cash distributions (through dividends on the Bank’s stock) that we use to pay our operating expenses and satisfy our obligations (including

 

35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

debt obligations). There are numerous laws and banking regulations that limit the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to the Company. If the Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Company, we will not be able to satisfy our obligations. These statutes and regulations require, among other things, that the Bank maintain certain levels of capital in order to pay a dividend. Further, federal and state banking authorities have the ability to restrict the Bank’s payment of dividends through supervisory action.

Our management team may allocate the proceeds of this offering in ways in which you may not agree.

We have broad discretion in applying the net proceeds we will receive in this offering. We intend to retain all of our earnings to promote growth and build capital. As part of your investment decision, you will not be able to assess or direct how we apply these net proceeds. If we do not apply these funds effectively, we may lose significant business opportunities. Furthermore, our stock price could decline if the market does not view our use of the net proceeds from this offering favorably.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions allow us, among other things,

 

    to present only two years of audited financial statements and discuss our results of operations for only two years in related Management’s Discussions and Analyses in our initial public offering registration statement;

 

    not to provide an auditor attestation of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

    to choose not to comply with any new requirements adopted by the PCAOB requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and our audited financial statements;

 

    to provide reduced disclosure regarding our executive compensation arrangements pursuant to the rules applicable to smaller reporting companies, which means we do not have to include a compensation discussion and analysis and certain other disclosure regarding our executive compensation; and

 

    not to seek a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

In addition, even if we comply with the greater disclosure obligations of public companies that are not emerging growth companies immediately after this offering, we may avail ourselves of these reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies from time to time in the future, so long as we are an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, though we may cease to be an emerging growth company earlier under certain circumstances, including if, before the end of such five years, we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC (which depends on, among other things, having a market value of common stock held by non-affiliates in excess of $700.0 million). Investors and securities analysts may find it more difficult to evaluate our common stock because we may rely on one or more of these exemptions, and, as a result, investor confidence and the market price of our common stock may be materially and adversely affected.

Our corporate governance documents and certain corporate and banking provisions of Texas law applicable to us could have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, make more difficult or prevent an attempted acquisition of the Company and other actions that you may favor.

Our amended and restated certificate of formation and bylaws contain certain provisions that may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change of control of the Company. These provisions include:

 

    staggered terms for directors, who may be removed from office only for cause;

 

36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    a provision establishing certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates for election as directors and for shareholder proposals; and

 

    a provision that any special meeting of our shareholders may be called only by a majority of the board of directors, the President or a holder or group of holders of at least 50% of our shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

Our amended and restated certificate of formation does not provide for cumulative voting for directors and authorizes the board of directors to issue shares of its preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as the board of directors may determine. The issuance of our preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third-party from acquiring, a controlling interest in us. In addition, certain provisions of Texas law, including a provision which restricts certain business combinations between a Texas corporation and certain affiliated shareholders, may delay, discourage or prevent an attempted acquisition or change in control.

In addition, banking laws impose notice, approval, and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”) and the Change in Bank Control Act. These laws could delay or prevent an acquisition.

Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of formation provides that the state and federal courts located in Harris County, Texas, the county in which the City of Houston lies, will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; (c) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the TBOC, our certificate of formation, or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. By becoming a shareholder of our Company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of formation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our amended and restated certificate of formation may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of formation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.

Shareholders may be deemed to be acting in concert or otherwise in control of us, which could impose notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements and result in adverse regulatory consequences for such holders.

We are a bank holding company regulated by the Federal Reserve. Banking laws impose notice, approval, and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution or a company that controls an FDIC-insured depository institution, such as a bank holding company. These laws include the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act. The determination whether an investor “controls” a depository institution or holding company is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment.

As a general matter, a party is deemed to control a depository institution or other company if the party (1) owns or controls 25.0% or more of any class of voting stock of the bank or other company, (2) controls the election of a majority of the directors of the bank or other company, or (3) has the power to exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of the bank or other company. In addition, subject to rebuttal, a party may be presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 10.0% or more of any class of voting stock. Ownership by affiliated parties, or parties acting in concert, is typically aggregated for these purposes. “Acting in concert” generally means knowing participation in a joint activity or

 

37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

parallel action towards the common goal of acquiring control of a bank or a parent company, whether or not pursuant to an express agreement. The manner in which this definition is applied in individual circumstances can vary and cannot always be predicted with certainty.

Any shareholder that is deemed to “control” us for regulatory purposes would become subject to notice, approval, and ongoing regulatory requirements and may be subject to adverse regulatory consequences. Potential investors are advised to consult with their legal counsel regarding the applicable regulations and requirements.

An investment in our common stock is not an insured deposit and is not guaranteed by the FDIC, so you could lose some or all of your investment.

An investment in our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss or guaranteed by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. An investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described herein. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you could lose some or all of your investment.

 

38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on various facts and derived utilizing numerous important assumptions and are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These statements preceded by, followed by or that otherwise include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “projects,” “estimates,” “plans” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “will,” “should,” “would,” “may” and “could” are generally forward-looking in nature and not historical facts, although not all forward looking statements include the foregoing. Forward-looking statements include the information concerning our future financial performance, business and growth strategy, projected plans and objectives, as well as projections of macroeconomic and industry trends, which are inherently unreliable due to the multiple factors that impact economic trends, and any such variations may be material. You should understand that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these statements are reasonable as of the date made, actual results may prove to be materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

The following important factors could affect our future results and cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated in these forward-looking statements, include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    risks related to the concentration of our business in Houston, Texas, including risks associated with the recent decrease in oil and gas prices;

 

    general market conditions and economic trends nationally, regionally and particularly in Houston, Texas;

 

    our ability to retain executive officers and key employees and their customer and community relationships;

 

    our ability to recruit and retain successful bankers that meet our expectations in terms of customer and community relationships and profitability;

 

    risks related to our strategic focus on lending to small to medium-sized businesses;

 

    our ability to implement our growth strategy, including through the identification of acquisition candidates that will be accretive to our financial condition and results of operation;

 

    risks related to the integration of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. and any businesses we acquire in the future, including exposure to potential asset quality and credit quality risks and unknown or contingent liabilities, the time and costs associated with integrating systems, technology platforms, procedures and personnel, the need for additional capital to finance such transactions, and possible failures in realizing the anticipated benefits from acquisitions;

 

    potential impairment on the goodwill we have recorded or may record in connection with business acquisitions;

 

    risks associated with our owner-occupied commercial real estate loan and other commercial real estate loan portfolios, including the risks inherent in the valuation of the collateral securing such loans;

 

    risks associated with our commercial and industrial loan portfolio, including the risk for deterioration in value of the general business assets that generally secure such loans;

 

    the accuracy and sufficiency of the assumptions and estimates we make in establishing reserves for potential loan losses and other estimates;

 

    risk of deteriorating asset quality and higher loan charge-offs;

 

    time and effort necessary to resolve nonperforming assets;

 

39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    potential changes in the prices, values and sales volumes of commercial and residential real estate securing our real estate loans;

 

    changes in market interest rates that affect the pricing of our loans and deposits and our net interest income;

 

    potential fluctuations in the market value and liquidity of the securities we hold for sale;

 

    risk of impairment of investment securities, goodwill, other intangible assets or deferred tax assets;

 

    the effects of competition from a wide variety of local, regional, national and other providers of financial, investment and insurance services, which may adversely affect our pricing and terms;

 

    our ability to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting;

 

    risks associated with fraudulent and negligent acts by our customers, employees or vendors;

 

    our ability to keep pace with technological change or difficulties when implementing new technologies;

 

    risks associated with system failures or failures to protect against cybersecurity threats, such as breaches of our network security;

 

    risks associated with data processing system failures and errors;

 

    the institution and outcome of litigation and other legal proceeding against us or to which we become subject;

 

    our ability to maintain adequate liquidity and to raise necessary capital to fund our acquisition strategy and operations or to meet increased minimum regulatory capital levels;

 

    our ability to comply with various governmental and regulatory requirements applicable to financial institutions;

 

    the impact of recent and future legislative and regulatory changes, including changes in banking, securities and tax laws and regulations and their application by our regulators, such as the Dodd-Frank Act;

 

    governmental monetary and fiscal policies, including the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”);

 

    our ability to comply with supervisory actions by federal and state banking agencies;

 

    changes in the scope and cost of Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insurance and other coverage; and

 

    systemic risks associated with the soundness of other financial institutions.

Further, these forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they were made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which these statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, unless required to do so under the federal securities laws. Other factors not identified above, including those described under the headings “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” may also cause actual results to differ materially from those described in our forward-looking statements. Most of these factors are difficult to anticipate and are generally beyond our control. You should consider these factors in connection with considering any forward-looking statements that may be made by us.

 

40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by us will be approximately $        million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and offering expenses. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the net proceeds to us will be approximately $         million.

We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering, in part, to repay $         million of outstanding indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, plus accrued and unpaid interest, which outstanding indebtedness was $28.1 million as of June 30, 2015. On December 22, 2014, we entered into a $30.0 million revolving credit facility to refinance our existing term loan and for certain costs related to the acquisition of F&M Bancshares and to repay approximately $18.0 million of debt owed by F&M Bancshares to certain of its shareholders. Our revolving credit facility matures in December 2021 and our borrowings bear interest at the Prime Rate minus 25 basis points per annum, which equated to approximately 3.00% at June 30, 2015. For more information regarding our revolving credit agreement, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition—Other Borrowed Funds.”

We plan to use any remaining net proceeds to us from this offering to support our long-term growth by enhancing our capital ratios to permit growth initiatives and future strategic acquisitions and for general working capital and other corporate expenses. At any given time, we may be evaluating and conducting due diligence with respect to potential acquisition candidates. We cannot assure you that we will enter into any definitive agreements in respect of any such potential transactions. Other than net proceeds used to repay a portion of our revolving credit facility, we have not specifically allocated the amount of net proceeds to us that will be used for these purposes, and our management will have broad discretion over how these proceeds are used.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by us by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A 1,000,000 share increase (decrease) in the number of shares of common stock offered by us, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by us by approximately $        , assuming an initial public offering price of
$         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2015:

 

    On an actual basis; and

 

    On an as adjusted basis to give effect to the sale of         shares of common stock by us in this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their purchase option), at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, application of the estimated net proceeds of this offering, and to reflect the redemption of all of our shares of preferred stock on July 15, 2015.

You should read this table in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of June 30, 2015
         Actual       As
    Adjusted    
     (Dollars in thousands,
except share and per share data)

Other borrowings:

        

Short-term borrowings

     $ 75,000       $ 75,000  

Long-term borrowings (6)

       28,069         —    

Subordinated debentures (1)

       9,032         9,032  

Stockholders’ Equity:

        

Preferred stock, $1.00 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding; 11,000 shares of Series A and 550 shares of Series B, each with a $1,000 liquidation value, actual, and no shares on an as adjusted basis (2)

       11,550         —    

Common Stock $1.00 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 9,824,696 shares issued and 9,822,950 shares outstanding, and         shares issued and         shares outstanding on an as adjusted basis

       9,825      

Capital surplus

       154,428      

Retained earnings

       26,152      

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

       (87 )    

Treasury stock, at cost, 1,746 shares

       (38 )    
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

       201,830      
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total capitalization

     $ 313,931       $               
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

        

Book value per common share

     $ 19.37       $               

Tangible book value per common share (3)

       14.79      

Capital Ratios:

        

Common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (4)

       8.68 %    

Tier 1 capital to average assets

       9.34 %            %

Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets (4)

       9.88 %            %

Total capital to risk-weighted assets (4)

       10.48 %            %

Tangible common equity to tangible assets (5)

       7.64 %            %

 

(1) Consists of junior subordinated debentures (and related TruPs) with an aggregate original principal (and liquidation) amount of $11.3 million issued to two unconsolidated subsidiary trusts of F&M Bancshares, the obligations of which we assumed in connection with the merger. Amount includes a fair value adjustment.

 

42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(2) On July 15, 2015, we redeemed all of our outstanding shares of Series A and B preferred stock for an aggregate redemption price of $11.7 million. We issued our Series A and Series B preferred stock in connection with the F&M Bancshares acquisition, which had preferred stock outstanding pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program. We funded the redemption with cash on hand.
(3) For information on how we calculate tangible book value per common share and a reconciliation of this and other non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—GAAP Reconciliation and Management’s Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(4) We calculate our risk-weighted assets using the standardized method of the Basel III Framework, as implemented by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC.
(5) For information on how we calculate tangible equity and a reconciliation of this and other non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—GAAP Reconciliation and Management’s Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
(6) We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering, in part, to repay all $28.1 million of outstanding indebtedness under a revolving credit facility, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

A $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (or decrease) the “as adjusted” amounts of each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A 1,000,000 share increase (or decrease) in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (or decrease) the “as adjusted” amounts of each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $        , assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The “as adjusted” amounts discussed above are illustrative only and subject to the actual initial public offering price and the actual number of shares sold by us in this offering.

 

43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of common stock upon completion of this offering.

Net tangible book value per common share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 was $145.2 million, or $14.79 per share of common stock, based upon 9,822,950 shares of common stock outstanding as of such date.

Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate, substantial dilution. After giving effect to the sale of         shares of our common stock by us at the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 would have been approximately $        , or approximately $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $         per share to existing common shareholders, and an immediate dilution of $         per share to investors participating in this offering. If the initial public offering price is higher or lower, the dilution to new shareholders will be greater or less, respectively.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock

      $                

Tangible book value per common share as of June 30, 2015

   $ 14.79      

Increase in tangible book value per common share attributable to this offering

     
  

 

 

    

As adjusted net tangible book value per common share after this offering

     
     

 

 

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per common share to new investors (1)

      $                
     

 

 

 

 

(1) Dilution is determined by subtracting net tangible book value per common share after giving effect to this offering from the initial public offering price paid by a new investor.

A $1.00 increase (or decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (or decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value per common share after this offering by approximately $        , and dilution in net tangible book value per common share to new investors by approximately $        , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering, the as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be $         per share, the increase in net tangible book value to existing shareholders would be $         per share and the dilution to new investors would be $         per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2015, the differences between our existing shareholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid. The calculations with respect to shares purchased by new

 

44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

investors in this offering reflect the initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percentage     Amount      Percentage    

Existing shareholders

     9,822,950                $ 161,299,000                $ 16.43   

New investors

       
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

        100   $                      100   $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Except as otherwise indicated, the discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, and no exercise of any outstanding options. In addition, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing shareholders, will be further reduced to     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to         shares or     % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

The discussion and tables above exclude 895,992 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $17.05 per share (452,042 shares of which are currently exercisable) and 445,564 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated Equity Plan in each case as of June 30, 2015. To the extent any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering.

 

45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Payments of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our business, operating results and financial condition, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and any legal or contractual limitations on our ability to pay dividends.

As a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is affected by the regulations promulgated by and the policies and enforcement powers of the Federal Reserve. In addition, because we are a holding company, we are dependent upon the payment of dividends by the Bank to us as our principal source of funds to pay dividends in the future, if any, and to make other payments. The Bank is also subject to various legal, regulatory and other restrictions on its ability to pay dividends and make other distributions and payments to us. See “Regulation and Supervision—Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions.”

In connection with the F&M Bancshares acquisition, we assumed junior subordinated debentures that allow us to defer interest payments thereunder for a period of time. To the extent we elect to defer any interest payments under the junior subordinated debentures, we will be prohibited by the terms of the junior subordinated debentures from making dividend payments on our common stock until we retire the arrearages on the junior subordinated debentures. In addition, our existing credit agreement restricts our ability to pay dividends.

 

46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a Texas corporation and a registered bank holding company headquartered in Houston, Texas. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Allegiance Bank, we provide a diversified range of commercial banking services primarily to Houston metropolitan area-based small to medium-sized businesses and individual customers. We believe the size, growth and increasing economic diversity of the Houston metropolitan area, when combined with our super-community banking strategy, provides us with excellent opportunities for long-term, sustainable growth. Our super-community banking strategy, which we describe in more detail below, is designed to foster strong customer relationships while benefitting from a platform and scale that is competitive with larger local and regional banks. We believe this strategy presents a significant market advantage when serving small to medium-sized business customers and enables us to attract talented bankers.

We currently operate 16 full-service banking locations in the Houston metropolitan area and two full-service banking locations in Central Texas. We have experienced significant growth since we began banking operations in 2007, through both organic growth, including de novo branching, and two whole-bank acquisitions. Most recently, on January 1, 2015, we completed the acquisition of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. (“F&M Bancshares”) and its subsidiary bank, Enterprise Bank (“Enterprise Bank”). As of June 30, 2015, we had total assets of $1.95 billion, total loans of $1.56 billion, total deposits of $1.63 billion and total stockholders’ equity of $201.8 million.

Our History and Growth

We commenced banking operations as Allegiance Bank in October 2007. We are led by our co-founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, George Martinez, and co-founder and President, Steven F. Retzloff, who founded Allegiance Bank on the premise that a significant opportunity existed for a bank employing their super-community banking strategy in the Houston metropolitan area. Mr. Martinez is an experienced banker who previously co-founded and led Houston-based Sterling Bancshares, Inc. (“Sterling Bancshares”), a multi-billion dollar in assets publicly traded bank holding company acquired by Comerica Bank in 2011. Mr. Martinez led Sterling Bancshares from its inception in 1980 to 2001 serving as its Chief Executive Officer, and continued as Chairman of the Board until 2004. Mr. Retzloff served on the board of directors of Sterling Bancshares from 1987 to 2006, including as Chairman of the Board from 1990 to 1992 and 2004 to 2005. Messrs. Martinez and Retzloff oversee an experienced senior management team, many of whom they worked with at Sterling Bancshares, including Ramon A. Vitulli, III, the President of Allegiance Bank, and Daryl D. Bohls, the Chief Credit Officer of Allegiance Bank.

Since we began operations in 2007, we have expanded our footprint to 18 branch locations and developed a strong lending team of approximately 60 lenders. We experienced strong growth from our formation and achieved profitability beginning in 2010, our third full year of operations. From December 31, 2007 to June 30, 2015, our book value per common share has increased from $9.62 to $19.37 per share, and our tangible book value per common share has increased from $9.62 to $14.79 per share.

As part of our continued growth, we intend to continue to expand our market position through organic growth, including the establishment of de novo branch locations and select acquisitions of other financial institutions. The following table summarizes our two acquisitions to date, both of which were Houston-based banks:

 

Institution Acquired

  

Date Completed

   Acquired
Assets
     Acquired
Loans
     Acquired
Deposits
     Number of
Branches
 
          (Dollars in millions)         

Independence Bank, N.A.

   November 13, 2013    $ 222.1       $ 132.4       $ 199.4         3   

F&M Bancshares

   January 1, 2015    $ 569.7       $ 410.2       $ 488.9         9

 

47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
* Promptly following the closing, we consolidated two of the F&M Bancshares branches with two of our existing branches. In addition to the consolidation, we intend to sell two former F&M Bancshares branches and their related assets located in Central Texas if we can agree on terms satisfactory to us. We are actively marketing these two branches and expect to sell them in the next twelve months. We currently do not have a definitive agreement to sell these two branches.

The following illustrates the impact of each of these acquisitions on our overall growth:

 

LOGO

Note: For illustrative purposes, the assets acquired in the 2013 Independence acquisition and the F&M Bancshares acquisition are assumed to have stayed the same since each acquisition, respectively. The Company was formed on April 30, 2008 to serve as the holding company of the Bank.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to grow and strengthen our community banking franchise by deploying our super-community banking strategy and pursuing select strategic acquisitions in the Houston metropolitan area. We are positioning the Bank to be a leading provider of personalized commercial banking services by emphasizing the strength and capabilities of local bank office management and providing superior customer service. We have made the strategic decision to focus on the Houston metropolitan area because of our deep roots and experience operating through a variety of economic cycles in this large and vibrant market.

Super-community banking strategy . We focus on establishing personal relationships with customers through superior service, which we provide through responsive decision-making and empowering personnel to respond quickly to customers’ needs. We focus on lending to and banking with small to medium-sized businesses, for which we believe loans can be priced on terms that are more attractive to us than we would achieve by lending to larger businesses. We operate full-service decentralized branches and employ lenders with strong underwriting credentials who we authorize to make loan and underwriting decisions at the branch level up to prescribed limits. We support our branch operations with a centralized credit approval process for larger credit relationships, loan operations, information technology, core data processing, accounting, finance, treasury and treasury management support, deposit operations and executive/board oversight. Our strategy emphasizes community involvement by our directors, officers and employees, which further allows us to be responsive in developing products and services. This approach produces a clear competitive advantage by delivering an extraordinary customer experience and fostering a culture dedicated to achieving both superior external and internal service levels. Greater efficiency results from being focused on serving a select, but significant, portion of the overall banking market and on the operational leverage that results from a market share driven by geographic concentration.

 

48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We plan to continue to emphasize our super-community banking strategy to organically grow our presence in the Houston metropolitan area through:

 

    increasing the productivity of our existing bankers, as measured by loans, deposits and fee income per banker, while enhancing profitability by leveraging our existing operating platform;

 

    focusing on individualized and local decision-making, allowing us to provide customers with rapid decisions on loan requests, which we believe allows us to effectively compete with larger financial institutions;

 

    identifying and hiring additional seasoned bankers in our existing and target markets in the Houston metropolitan area who will thrive under our super-community banking model, and opening additional branches where we are able to attract seasoned bankers; and

 

    developing new products designed to serve an increasingly diversified Houston economy, while preserving our strong risk management culture.

Select strategic acquisitions . We intend to complement our strong organic growth by continuing to pursue a disciplined acquisition strategy within the Houston metropolitan area. Our focus is on like-minded community banks with similar lending strategies. We believe that our management’s experience in assessing, executing and integrating target institutions will allow us to capitalize on acquisition opportunities.

Our Strengths

We believe that we are well positioned to execute our super-community banking strategy as a result of the following competitive strengths:

 

    Experienced senior management team . Our senior management team has a demonstrated track record of managing profitable organic growth, successfully executing and integrating acquisitions, improving operating efficiencies, maintaining a strong risk management culture and implementing a community-and service-focused approach to banking. Many of our senior management executives, lenders and employees served with Messrs. Martinez and Retzloff at Sterling Bancshares, overseeing its strong and profitable growth, which included numerous acquisitions. Our board of directors has many years of combined experience in serving as directors and/or officers of financial institutions. Our directors have a wide array of business experience and, as residents of our primary market area, participate in and support community activities, which is a significant asset to our business development efforts and enables our directors to be responsive to the needs of our customers. The interests of our executive officers and directors are aligned with our shareholders through meaningful ownership in us, with beneficial ownership by our executive officers and directors amounting to approximately 15.7% of our common stock as of August 3, 2015.

 

    Scalable banking and operational platform designed to foster and accommodate significant growth . Utilizing the significant prior experience of our management team and employees, we believe that we have built a capable and knowledgeable staff; and we have made significant investments in the technology and systems necessary to build a scalable corporate infrastructure with the capacity to support continued growth. We believe that our strong capital and asset quality position will allow us to grow and that our scalable operating platform will allow us to manage that growth effectively, resulting in greater efficiency and enhanced profitability. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, our efficiency ratio was 67.0%. Excluding merger related expenses of $867 thousand in the first quarter of 2015 and $72 thousand in the second quarter of 2015 related to the F&M Bancshares acquisition, our efficiency ratio was 64.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

   

Community-focused, full service relationships . We believe that our super-community banking strategy facilitates strong relationships with our customers. We actively solicit the deposit business of our consumer and commercial loan customers and seek to further leverage these relationships by cross-

 

49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

selling our products and services. We are able to achieve favorable loan yields and deposit rates that result in strong levels of net interest margin, which for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was 4.76% on a tax-equivalent basis.

 

    Loans —By focusing on what we believe is an underserved segment of the market and providing rapid decisions on loan requests, we have been able to obtain favorable loan rates. Our average yield on loans was 5.77% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

    Deposits —Our emphasis on establishing a full service relationship with our customers has provided us with a significant supply of core deposits, including noninterest-bearing deposits. Noninterest-bearing deposits represented 34.2% of total deposits as of June 30, 2015. Low cost core deposits are an important driver of our profitability, as our average cost of deposits was 0.43% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

 

    Focus on seasoned lenders . Our team of seasoned lenders has been a significant component of our organic growth. Our officer compensation structure, which includes equity grants, profit sharing and various incentive programs, motivates our lenders to increase the size of their loan and deposit portfolios and generate fee income while maintaining strong credit quality. We believe that our officer compensation programs attract talented lenders to us.

 

    Disciplined underwriting and credit administration . Our management, lending officers and credit administration team emphasize a strong risk management culture supported by comprehensive policies and procedures for credit underwriting, funding and administration that we believe has enabled us to maintain sound asset quality. Our underwriting methodology emphasizes analysis of global cash flow coverage, loan to collateral value, and obtaining personal guaranties in all but a few well-secured cases. Our tiered underwriting structure includes progressive levels of individual loan authority, concurrence authority and senior loan committee approval. We intend to continue to emphasize and adhere to these procedures and controls, which we believe have helped to minimize our level of loan charge-offs. Our average annual net charge-offs to average loans for 2012 through 2014 was 0.11%.

 

    Diversified loan portfolio. Our focus on loans to small to medium-sized businesses results in a more diversified portfolio of relatively smaller loan relationships, thus reducing the risk that results from dependence on larger lending relationships. As of June 30, 2015, our average funded loan size was approximately $260 thousand. We do not lend directly to oil and gas exploration and production companies and roughly 2.5% of our total loan portfolio is to customers in the oilfield services industry. Although we operate in the Houston metropolitan area, we believe that our lack of direct lending to oil and gas exploration and production companies and reserve-based lending will reduce the effect to our business in the event of a prolonged period of lower oil and gas prices.

Our Market Area

Our primary market is the Houston metropolitan area, which has consistently been one of the most attractive metropolitan markets in the United States over the last 10 years in terms of both demographic and economic growth. The Houston metropolitan area has strong population and employment trends, and an economy supported by a diverse range of businesses.

Population Size and Growth Center. The Houston metropolitan area is the fifth most populous metropolitan area in the United States with 6.5 million people as of 2014 according to U.S. Census Bureau. The population of the Houston metropolitan area is projected to grow by 7.72% from 2015 to 2020, compared to 6.70% for the state of Texas and 3.52% for the United States, according to SNL Financial.

Leading Employment Growth. Since 2007, the Houston metropolitan area has grown nonagricultural employment 13.4%, well above the national average of 0.8% according to the BLS. In 2014 alone, the Houston metropolitan area added 120,600 jobs, outpacing national job growth in every measured sector according to the

 

50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

BLS. The Greater Houston Partnership or “GHP” reports that the Houston metropolitan area was also the first major metropolitan market to recover from the recession that began in late 2008 and has regained 381.6% of jobs lost since the trough, the highest of the 20 most populous metropolitan statistical areas. In addition, Houston’s unemployment rate has been resilient over the past few months. At the end of November 2014, when the price of West Texas Intermediate Crude (“WTI”) was approximately $66 a barrel, Houston unemployment was 4.5%, the eighth lowest for major metropolitan areas in the United States, and compared favorably to the national rate of 5.8%. At the end of April 2015, when the price of WTI was approximately $59 a barrel, unemployment improved to 4.0%, well below the national average of 5.4% giving Houston the 10th lowest unemployment rate among major metropolitan areas in the United States. During the twelve months ended April 30, 2015, the Houston metropolitan area was ranked seventh out of the 12 largest metropolitan areas in terms of nonagricultural employment growth, with growth of 2.4% compared to the national average of 2.2% according to the BLS.

 

LOGO

Source: U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics

Robust Small Business Environment. Small businesses are a key driver of the Houston metropolitan area economy. According to the Houston Business Journal, there were 120,183 small businesses operating in Houston as of April 2014. Of these businesses, 119,005 were businesses with fewer than 100 employees, the ninth most nationwide. Houston also has the fourth most entrepreneurs per 100,000 people of any city in the country and consistently ranks as one of the top metropolitan areas for entrepreneurs according to Forbes. The GHP indicates that in 2013, the Houston metropolitan area had the fastest growing economy of the nation’s 50 most populous metropolitan areas.


Economic Diversity . The Houston metropolitan area has a robust and increasingly diversified economy outside of the energy sector. According to the GHP, no single industry contributes more than 21% of gross area product in the Houston metropolitan area, with seven industries contributing at least 5%. In 2014, the largest number of new jobs came from the health care/education and construction sectors, which added 23,100 and 14,900 jobs, respectively, according to the BLS. The health care industry has been a long-term growth engine for the Houston metropolitan area, which is home to 80 hospitals, including the world’s largest medical complex, the Texas Medical Center. Colliers International reports that more than 7.2 million patients visit the Texas Medical Center annually, with an estimated regional annual economic impact of $15 billion. Construction experienced the

 

51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

fastest annual rate of job growth of any sector in 2014 of just under 20% according to the GHP. The GHP also indicates that the city of Houston issued $8.7 billion in construction permits in 2014, a 41% increase from 2013, and absorbed 5.5 million square feet of office space. Additionally, 17,600 multifamily units were delivered in Houston in 2014 with another 20,000 expected in 2015 according to the CBRE Group, and 2.4 million square feet of retail were delivered in 2014 with another 3.7 million square feet in 2015 according to the GHP, via Wulfe & Co. The following charts depict Houston’s gross area product and employment by industry segment as of summer 2014 and June 2015, respectively:

 

 

LOGO

Source: GHP, via The Perryman Group and the BLS.

Houston’s increasingly diverse economy is important, particularly during times of lower oil and gas prices. Oil prices have been volatile in recent months, punctuated by a dramatic and rapid decline in prices for WTI Crude from nearly $105 per barrel in June 2014 to $53 per barrel at the end of 2014, a nearly 50% decline in six months. Despite a modest decline in oil prices through July 2015, we cannot predict whether prices have stabilized and whether or when prices will increase. Because the decline in oil and gas prices is still relatively recent, it is unclear how and to what degree such decline, or any prolonged period of lower oil and gas prices will impact Houston’s economy. Greater economic diversity and lower dependence on the energy sector in the future should mitigate the effect of oil price volatility on the Houston economy.

Country’s Largest Exporter. The Port of Houston was the nation’s largest export market, handling $353 billion of trade in 2014 according to the GHP. According to the GHP, the Port of Houston supports more than one million jobs and generates more than $56.5 billion in personal income, $17.9 billion in business revenue, and $4.5 billion of state and local taxes. According to Port of Houston Authority, the Port Authority has handled nearly 14 million tons of cargo between January 1 and July 28, 2015, up 20% for the year, while import steel was up more than 26% for the year through April. In 2011, the last year data is available from the Department of Commerce, 11,940 companies exported from Houston. Of those 11,940 companies, 11,068 were small or medium-sized exporters with fewer than 500 employees according to the Department of Commerce. The imminent completion of the Panama Canal expansion is expected to further increase activity at the Port of Houston.

Our Banking Services

We are focused on delivering a wide variety of high-quality, relationship-driven commercial and community-oriented banking products and services tailored to meet the needs of small to medium-sized businesses, professionals and individuals in the Houston metropolitan area. We provide our customers with a variety of banking services including checking accounts, savings accounts, certificates of deposit, bank-by-mail, cashier’s checks, travelers checks, gift cards, savings bonds, personal loans, automobile loans, commercial loans, mortgage loans, home improvement loans and online banking services. We also offer safe deposit boxes,

 

52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

automated teller machines, drive-through services and 24-hour depository facilities. Our deposits are insured by the FDIC to the fullest extent permitted by law. A general discussion of the range of our community banking products and other services we offer is presented in this “Business” section.

We believe that recent acquisitions of local financial institutions in the Houston metropolitan area by larger, more regionally focused competitors have led to a reduced number of locally based competitors. We believe this has created an underserved base of small and middle-market businesses and professionals that are interested in banking with a company headquartered in, and with decision-making authority based in, the Houston metropolitan area. We believe our management team’s long-standing presence and experience in the Houston metropolitan area gives us valuable insight into the local market and the ability to successfully recruit talented lenders. We seek to develop comprehensive, long-term banking relationships by cross-selling loans and core deposits, offering an array of products and services and delivering high quality customer service. Our products and services are tailored to the needs of our targeted customers.

We focus on continual internal growth, as each banking location is operated as a separate profit center, maintaining separate data with respect to its net interest income, efficiency ratio, deposit growth, loan growth and overall profitability. Bank office presidents and managers are accountable for performance in these areas and are compensated accordingly. We have centralized many of our critical operations, which are invisible to our customers, such as data and loan processing.

Lending Activities

We offer a wide range of commercial and retail lending services, including commercial loans, mortgage loans, home equity loans, personal loans and automobile loans, among others, specifically designed for small to medium-sized businesses and companies, professionals and individuals generally located within Texas and primarily in Houston. At June 30, 2015, we had total loans of approximately $1.56 billion, representing approximately 80.3% of our total assets.

The table below indicates the composition of our loan portfolio by type along with the outstanding balances, net of unearned income and fees, of each loan type in our portfolio as of the date indicated:

 

     As of June 30, 2015     As of December 31, 2014  
     Amount of Loans     Percentage     Amount of Loans     Percentage  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans held for sale (1)

   $ 25,629        1.6   $ —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

   $ 427,958        27.4   $ 270,363        27.0

Real Estate:

        

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     678,979        43.6     429,986        42.9

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     140,437        9.0     85,484        8.5

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     178,635        11.4     135,127        13.5

Residential construction

     94,167        6.0     72,402        7.2

Consumer and other

     15,852        1.0     8,692        0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

     1,536,028        98.4     1,002,054        100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     1,561,657        100.0     1,002,054        100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

     (10,312       (8,246  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

   $ 1,551,345        $ 993,808     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1)

Consists of loans at two former F&M Bancshares locations in Central Texas acquired on January 1, 2015. We are actively marketing and intend to sell these two branches and their related assets if we can agree on terms satisfactory to us. As of June 30, 2015, loans held for sale consists of $9.2 million of commercial

 

53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
  and industrial loans, $12.9 million of commercial real estate (including multifamily residential) loans, $2.7 million of l-4 family residential (including home equity) loans and $838 thousand of consumer and other loans. Loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or fair value.

Loan Types . A general description of the types of loans we offer (including loans held for sale) follows below.

Commercial and Industrial . We make commercial and industrial loans in our market area that are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. We take as collateral a lien on any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and typically obtain a personal guaranty of the borrower or principal. In general, commercial loans involve more credit risk than residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans and therefore typically bear a higher interest rate. The increased risk in commercial loans derives from the expectation that commercial and industrial loans generally are serviced principally from the operations of the business, which may not be successful, and from the type of collateral securing these loans. As a result, commercial and industrial loans require more extensive underwriting and servicing than other types of loans. Our commercial and industrial loans at June 30, 2015 totaled $437.2 million.

Commercial Real Estate (Including Multi-Family Residential) . We make loans are primarily loans secured by real estate, including commercial and residential construction, owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied and multi-family commercial real estate, raw land and other real estate based loans.

Our nonowner-occupied and multi-family commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. We generally require the borrower to establish a deposit relationship with us or, if already an existing customer, have a proven record of success. In addition, these loans are guaranteed by individual owners of the borrower and have typically lower loan to value ratios.

Loans secured by owner-occupied properties generally involve less risk and represented $364.7 million, or 52.7% of the outstanding principal balance of our commercial real estate (including multi-family) loans at June 30, 2015. We are dependent on the cash flows of the business occupying the property and its owners and require these loans to be secured by property with adequate margins and to be guaranteed by the individual owners. Our owner-occupied commercial real estate loans collateralized by first liens on real estate, typically have fixed interest rates and amortize over a 10 to 20 year period. Our commercial real estate (including multi-family residential) loans at June 30, 2015 totaled $691.8 million.

Commercial Real Estate Construction and Land Development and Residential Construction. We make loans to finance the construction of residential and, to a lesser extent, nonresidential properties. Construction loans generally are collateralized by first liens on real estate and generally have fixed interest rates. Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in our construction lending activities.

Construction loans involve additional risks as they often involve the disbursement of funds with the repayment dependent on the successful completion of the project. We conduct periodic inspections, either directly or through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on these loans. Sources of repayment for these loans may be pre-committed permanent financing or sale of the developed property. The loans in this portfolio are monitored closely by management. Due to uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property; it can be difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan to value ratio. As a result of these uncertainties, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, there is no assurance that we will be

 

54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, we may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time. Our commercial real estate construction and land development loans and residential construction loans at June 30, 2015 totaled $140.4 million and $94.2 million, respectively.

1-4 Family Residential (Including Home Equity). Our lending activities also include the origination of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans (including home equity, home improvement and home equity line of credit, or “HELOC,” loans) collateralized by owner-occupied residential properties located in our market areas. We offer a variety of mortgage loan portfolio products which have a term of 5 to 7 years and generally amortize over 10 to 20 years. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 90% of appraised value. Our 1-4 family residential (including home equity) loans at June 30, 2015 totaled $181.4 million.

Consumer and Other. We make a variety of loans to individuals for personal and household purposes including secured and unsecured installment and term loans, home improvement loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. Consumer loans are underwritten based on the individual borrower’s income, current debt level, past credit history and the value of any available collateral. Our consumer and other loans at June 30, 2015 totaled $16.7 million.

Credit Administration and Loan Review

Certain credit risks are inherent in making loans and managing these risks is a company-wide process. These include repayment risks, risks resulting from uncertainties in the future value of collateral, risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing with individual borrowers. We attempt to mitigate repayment risks by adhering to internal credit policies and procedures.

We have several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. Our strategy for credit risk management includes a conservative underwriting process. Our board of directors has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our officers, and we monitor delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that our loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions or other factors.

We implement our underwriting policy through a tiered system of individual loan authority for our loan officers and a loan committee approval structure. Lending officers are assigned various levels of authority based upon their respective levels of experience and expertise. Loans with relationships over the lending authority of the loan officer must be approved by a structured concurrence approval process or, based on the loan relationship size, by the Bank’s Executive Loan Committee, comprised of senior management of the Bank. Loans exceeding the authority of the Bank’s Executive Loan Committee must be approved by the Bank’s board of directors. The Bank’s Executive Loan Committee meets weekly or more frequently if required to evaluate applications for new and renewed loans, or modifications to loans, in which the loan relationship is above an individual loan officer’s approval authority. Our strategy in considering a loan is to follow conservative and consistent underwriting practices, which include:

 

    knowing our customers to ensure a complete understanding of their financial condition and ability to repay the loan;

 

    verifying that primary and secondary sources of repayment are adequate in relation to the amount of the loan;

 

    developing and maintaining targeted levels of diversification for our loan portfolio as a whole and for loans within each category; and

 

    ensuring that each loan is properly documented with perfected liens on collateral, and that any insurance coverage requirements are satisfied.

As part of the underwriting process, we seek to minimize risk in a variety of ways, including the following:

 

    analyzing the borrower’s financial condition, cash flow, liquidity, and leverage;

 

    assessing the company’s operating history, operating projections, location and condition;

 

55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    reviewing appraisals, title commitment and environmental reports;

 

    considering the management experience and financial strength of the principals of the borrower; and

 

    evaluating economic trends and industry conditions.

Lending Limits

Our lending activities are subject to a variety of lending limits imposed by state and federal law. In general, we are subject to a legal limit on loans to a single borrower equal to 25% of the Bank’s Tier 1 capital or 40% of its Tier 1 capital if the amount that exceeds 25% is secured by readily marketable collateral, as determined by reliable and continuously available price quotations. This limit increases or decreases as the Bank’s capital increases or decreases. In order to ensure compliance with legal lending limits and in accordance with our strong risk management culture, we maintain internal lending limits that are significantly less than the legal lending limits. We are able to sell participations in our larger loans to other financial institutions, which allows us to manage the risk involved in these loans and to meet the lending needs of our customers requiring extensions of credit in excess of these limits. Regulatory and supervisory loan-to-value limits are established by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991. The Bank’s internal loan-to-value limitations follow these limits.

Deposit Products

Deposits are our principal source of funds for use in lending and other general banking purposes. We offer a variety of deposit products and services that are consistent with the goal of attracting a wide variety of customers, with an emphasis on small to medium-sized businesses. The types of deposit accounts that we offer are typical of most commercial banks and consist of checking accounts, commercial accounts, savings accounts and other time deposits of various types, ranging from daily money market accounts to longer-term certificates of deposit. We actively pursue business checking accounts by offering our business customers competitive rates, telephone banking, online banking and other convenient services to our business customers.

Other Banking Services

We offer basic banking products and services that we believe are attractively priced and easily understood by the customer. We focus on making our products and services convenient and readily accessible to the customer. In addition to banking during normal business hours, we offer extended drive-through hours, ATMs, and banking by telephone, mail, internet and personal appointment. We also provide debit card services, cash management services, wire transfer services and offer night depository, direct deposits, cashier’s and travelers checks and letters of credit. We have continued our established relationships with correspondent banks and other independent financial institutions to provide other services requested by customers, including loan participations sold where the requested loan amount exceeds the lending limits in our lending policies. We offer customers convenient telephonic access to their accounts. We maintain an internet banking website that allows customers to obtain account balances and transfer funds among accounts. The website also provides online bill payment and electronic delivery of customer statements.

Competition

We compete in the highly competitive commercial banking industry solely through the Bank and firmly believe that the Bank’s presence in the community and personal service philosophy enhances our ability to attract and retain customers. The Bank faces strong direct competition for deposit funds, lending opportunities, talented lenders, acquisition candidates and other financial-related services. We compete with other commercial banks, thrifts and credit unions.

We compete for loans primarily with other commercial banks, savings banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms, asset-based nonbank lenders and certain other nonfinancial entities, including retail stores which may maintain their own credit programs and certain governmental organizations, all of which are actively engaged in providing various types of loans and other financial services that may offer more favorable financing than we are able to

 

56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

offer. Although some of our competitors are situated locally, others have statewide or nationwide presence. We believe that we are able to compete effectively with other financial institutions because of our banking professionals, the range and quality of products that we offer, our responsive decision-making with respect to loans and our emphasis on customer service, establishing strong customer relationships and building customer loyalty that distinguishes us from our competitors.

We rely heavily on the continued business generation of our bankers and the efforts of our officers and directors for the solicitation and referral of potential customers and we expect this to continue for the foreseeable future. According to the FDIC, as of June 30, 2014, we had the 6th largest deposit market share in the zip codes in which we operate. We believe that our strong market share in our zip codes of operation is a reflection of our ability to compete with more prominent banking franchises in our markets.

Our Employees

As of June 30, 2015, we employed approximately 289 full time and 15 part time employees. None of our employees were represented by a collective bargaining unit or party to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relationships with our employees are good.

 

57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our Properties

Our principal executive offices are located at our West Belt Corporate office at 8847 W. Sam Houston Parkway N., Suite 200, Houston, Texas 77040. We currently lease approximately 15,248 square feet of office space at this location, which houses our corporate and back office operations. This office includes a drive through facility attached to the building. As of June 30, 2015, we had 19 locations, one of which is our corporate office, 16 branches located in the Houston metropolitan area and two branches located in Central Texas. The following table sets forth a list of our 18 branch locations and one corporate support office.

 

    

Houston Metropolitan Area Locations

Office

  

Location

   Own or Lease    Square Feet

290 Office

  

13100 Northwest Freeway, Suite 100

Houston, Texas 77040

       Lease          11,312  

Bellaire Office

  

5410 Bellaire Blvd., Suite B

Bellaire, Texas 77401

       Lease          4,010  

Brookshire Office

  

550 FM 1489

Brookshire, Texas 77423

       Own          4,000  

Clear Lake Office

  

2200 NASA Road One, Suite 100

Houston, Texas 77058

       Lease          5,945  

Eldridge Office

  

2401 Eldridge Parkway South

Houston, Texas 77077

       Own          4,530  

Galleria Office

  

1455 West Loop South, Suite 150

Houston, Texas 77027

       Lease          4,864  

Gulf Freeway Office

  

7125 Gulf Freeway

Houston, Texas 77087

       Own          4,900  

Heights Office

  

2222 North Durham

Houston, Texas 77008

       Own          4,666  

Katy Office

  

520 Westgreen Blvd.

Katy, Texas 77450

       Own          4,811  

Katy-Pin Oak Office

  

722 Pin Oak Road

Katy, Texas 77494

       Lease          5,102  

Kirby Office

  

3963 Kirby Drive

Houston, Texas 77098

       Lease          4,938  

Memorial Spring Branch Office

  

8800 Katy Freeway, Suite 110

Houston, Texas 77024

       Lease          8,348  

North Loop Office

  

1405 North Loop West

Houston, Texas 77008

       Own          6,000  

Town & Country Office

  

650 W. Bough Lane, Suite 140

Houston, Texas 77024

       Lease          1,663  

West Belt Office

  

8727 W. Sam Houston Parkway N.

Houston, Texas 77040

       Lease          22,412  

West Belt Corporate Office*

  

8847 W. Sam Houston Parkway N., Suite 200

Houston, Texas 77040

       Lease          15,248  

Woodway West Office

  

6363 Woodway Drive

Houston, Texas 77057

       Lease          6,123  

 

58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    

Central Texas Locations**

Office

  

Location

   Own or Lease    Square Feet

Mart Office**

  

714 E. Texas Avenue

Mart, Texas 76664

   Own        3,100  

Rosebud Office**

  

339 Main Street

Rosebud, Texas 76570

   Own        3,000  

 

* Our West Belt Corporate Office is not a banking location.
** We intend to sell these two former F&M Bancshares branches and their related assets located in Central Texas, which we acquired on January 1, 2015, if we can agree on terms satisfactory to us. We are actively marketing these two branches and expect to sell them in the next twelve months. We currently do not have a definitive agreement to sell these two branches.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are subject to claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. At this time, in the opinion of management, we are not party to any legal proceedings the resolution of which we believe would have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition, liquidity, results of operation, cash flows or capital levels. However, one or more unfavorable outcomes in any claim or litigation against us could have a material adverse effect for the period in which such claim or litigation is resolved. In addition, regardless of their merits or their ultimate outcomes, such matters are costly, divert management’s attention and may materially adversely affect our reputation, even if resolved in our favor. We intend to defend ourselves vigorously against any future claims or litigation.

 

59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that are subject to certain risks and uncertainties and are based on certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable but may prove to be inaccurate. Certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected results discussed in the forward-looking statements appearing in this discussion and analysis. We assume no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a Texas corporation and a registered bank holding company headquartered in Houston, Texas. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Allegiance Bank, we provide a diversified range of commercial banking services primarily to Houston metropolitan area-based small to medium-sized businesses and individual customers. We currently operate 16 full-service banking locations in the Houston metropolitan area and two full-service banking locations in Central Texas.

On January 1, 2015, we completed the acquisition of F&M Bancshares and its subsidiary bank, Enterprise Bank. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 reflect the combined entity. The impact of this acquisition is not reflected in the discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition to the impact of the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, the comparability of our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is affected by our acquisition of Independence Bank, National Association (“Independence”) during the fourth quarter of 2013. The results of the acquired operations of Independence were included in our results of operations for only a portion of 2013, as compared to the full year in 2014.

We generate most of our revenues from interest income on loans, service charges on customer accounts and interest income from investments in securities. We incur interest expense on deposits and other borrowed funds and noninterest expenses such as salaries and employee benefits and occupancy expenses. Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets such as loans and securities and interest expense on liabilities such as deposits and borrowings that are used to fund those assets. Net interest income is our largest source of revenue. To evaluate net interest income, we measure and monitor (1) yields on our loans and other interest-earning assets, (2) the interest expenses of our deposits and other funding sources, (3) our net interest spread and (4) our net interest margin. Net interest spread is the difference between rates earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin is calculated as net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets. Because noninterest-bearing sources of funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and stockholders’ equity also fund interest-earning assets, net interest margin includes the benefit of these noninterest-bearing sources.

Our net interest income is affected by changes in the amount and mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, referred to as a “volume change.” Periodic changes in the volume and types of loans in our loan portfolio are affected by, among other factors, economic and competitive conditions in Texas and specifically in the Houston metropolitan area, as well as developments affecting the real estate, technology, financial services, insurance, transportation, manufacturing and energy sectors within our target market and throughout the state of Texas. We have recognized increased net interest income due primarily to an increase in the volume of our interest-earning assets.

 

60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our net interest income is also affected by changes in yields earned on interest-earning assets and rates paid on interest-bearing deposits and other borrowed funds, referred to as a “rate change.” Fluctuations in market interest rates are driven by many factors, including governmental monetary policies, inflation, deflation, macroeconomic developments, changes in unemployment, the money supply, political and international conditions and conditions in domestic and foreign financial markets.

Recent Developments

On July 15, 2015, we redeemed all of the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock for an aggregate redemption price of $11.7 million (which is the sum of the liquidation amount plus accrued and unpaid dividends up to, but excluding the redemption date). We issued the shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock in connection with the F&M Bancshares acquisition, which had preferred stock outstanding pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program. We funded the redemption with cash on hand.

Acquisition of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc.

On January 1, 2015, we completed our acquisition of F&M Bancshares and its wholly-owned subsidiary Enterprise Bank. In connection with the acquisition, we acquired seven additional banking locations in the Houston metropolitan area as well as two banking locations in Central Texas. During the first quarter of 2015, we consolidated two of the seven Houston metropolitan area locations that we acquired due to the close proximity of these locations to our existing banking locations. In addition to the consolidation, we intend to sell two former F&M Bancshares branches and their related assets located in Central Texas if we can agree on terms satisfactory to us. We currently do not have a definitive agreement to sell these two branches. With the acquisition, we continued to expand our geographic footprint within attractive areas of the Houston metropolitan area and added 18 lenders to our team. As of December 31, 2014, F&M Bancshares, on a consolidated basis, reported total assets of $569.7 million, total loans of $410.2 million and total deposits of $488.9 million. Because the acquisition closed on January 1, 2015, our historical financial condition and results of operations as of and for periods ending on or before December 31, 2014 contained in this prospectus do not reflect the financial condition and results of operations of F&M Bancshares.

In connection with the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, we incurred approximately $29.3 million in indebtedness, including borrowing approximately $18.0 million under our revolving credit facility to repay debt that F&M Bancshares owed to its shareholders and the assumption of junior subordinated debentures with an aggregate original principal amount of $11.3 million issued to two statutory trusts.

As of June 30, 2015, we are actively marketing the two Central Texas locations for sale. The loans are presented as loans held for sale on the balance sheet. The branch assets held for sale are reported on the balance sheet and include accrued interest receivable and premises and equipment for these two respective locations.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies are integral to understanding our results of operations. Our accounting policies are described in greater detail in Note 1 to our annual and interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere is this prospectus. We believe that of our accounting policies, the following may involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity:

Securities

Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized. Securities within the available for sale portfolio may be used as part of our asset/liability strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rate risk, prepayment risk or other similar economic factors.

 

61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Interest earned on these assets is included in interest income. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method, except for mortgage backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

Management evaluates debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: (1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement, and (2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the security.

Loans Held for Investment

Loans held for investment are those that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Loans are typically secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance.

Nonperforming and Past Due Loans

Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when payment in full of principal or interest is not expected or upon which principal or interest has been in default for a period of 90 days or more unless the asset is both well secured and in the process of collection. If the decision is made to continue accruing interest on the loan, periodic reviews are made to confirm the accruing status of the loan. Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

When available information confirms that specific loans, or portions thereof, are uncollectible, these amounts are charged off against the allowance. All loan types are considered delinquent after 30 days past due and are typically charged off no later than 120 days past due, with consideration of the following guidelines in determining the need and ultimate timing of the charge-off: 1) the Bank is in the process of repossession and there appears to be a likely deficiency, 2) the collateral securing the loan has been sold and there is an actual deficiency, 3) the Bank is proceeding with lengthy legal action to collect its balance, 4) the borrower has left the service area and is unable to be located, or 5) the borrower has filed bankruptcy and the Bank is either in an unsecured or weak collateral position. Confirming events requiring charge-offs occur when a shortfall is identified between the recorded investment in the loan and the underlying value of the collateral on a collateral dependent loan.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance that is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. The amount of the allowance for loan losses is affected by the following: (1) charge-off of loans that decrease the allowance, (2) subsequent recoveries on loans previously charged off that increase the allowance and (3) provisions for loan losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance.

 

62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Throughout the year, management estimates the probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio to determine if the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb such losses. The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. We follow a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the loan portfolio. Loans that have been identified as impaired are reviewed on a quarterly basis in order to determine whether a specific reserve is required. The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on industry and our specific historical loan loss experience, volume, growth and composition of the loan portfolio, the evaluation of our loan portfolio through our internal loan review process, general current economic conditions both internal and external to us that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay, value of collateral and other qualitative relevant risk factors. Based on a review of these estimates, we adjust the allowance for loan losses to a level determined by management to be adequate. Estimates of loan losses are inherently subjective as they involve an exercise of judgment.

Our allowance for loan losses, both in dollars and as a percentage of total loans, may not be comparable to other similar sized institutions due to the impact of acquisition accounting. As part of acquisition accounting, acquired loans are initially recognized at fair value with no corresponding allowance for loan losses. Initial fair value of the loans includes consideration of expected credit losses.

Loans, for which the terms have been modified, and for which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, are considered troubled debt restructurings and therefore classified as impaired. Subsequent to identification as a troubled debt restructuring, such loans are then evaluated for impairment on an individual basis whereby we determine the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the impaired loans as part of our allowance for loan losses calculation. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral.

Accounting for Acquired Loans

At acquisition, we evaluate loans to determine if they are purchase credit impaired loans. Purchased credit impaired loans are those acquired loans with evidence of credit deterioration for which it was probable at acquisition that we would be unable to collect all contractual payments. We make this determination by considering past due and/or nonaccrual status, prior designation of a troubled debt restructuring, or other factors that may suggest we will not be able to collect all contractual payments. Purchased credit impaired loans are initially recorded at fair value with the difference between fair value and estimated future cash flows accreted over the expected cash flow period as income only to the extent we can reasonably estimate the timing and amount of future cash flows. In this case, these loans would be classified as accruing. In the event we are unable to reasonably estimate timing and amount of future cash flows, the loan is classified as non-accrual. An acquired loan previously classified by the seller as a troubled debt restructuring is no longer classified as such at the date of acquisition. Past due status is reported based on contractual payment status.

Our purchase credit impaired loans have generally been de minimis and comprised 0.1% of our loan portfolio at June 30, 2015. Historically, purchased credit impaired loans have been placed on nonaccrual status and reported as such until we are able to reasonably estimate the timing and amount of future expected cash flows. Income associated with purchased credit impaired loans for 2015 and prior periods has been immaterial.

All loans not otherwise classified as purchase credit impaired are recorded at fair value with the discount to contractual value accreted over the life of the loan. When determining the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans, we bifurcate the allowance between legacy loans and acquired loans. Loans remain designated as acquired until either (i) loan is renewed or (ii) loan is substantially modified whereby modification results in a new loan. When determining the allowance on acquired loans, the Company estimates principal losses as compared to the Company’s recorded investment, with the recorded investment being net of any unaccreted discounts from the acquisition. At June 30, 2015, we had $387.7 million in acquired loans that have not been renewed or substantially modified which is net of an unaccreted discount of $3.5 million or 0.91%.

 

63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Goodwill

Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is assessed annually for impairment or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.

Goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination that is determined to have an indefinite useful life, is not amortized, but tested for impairment as described above. We perform our annual impairment test on October 1st. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our balance sheet.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contract with Customers (Topic 606).”  ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 is effective for us beginning after January 1, 2018, subject to delay that has been proposed by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, with retrospective application to each prior reporting period presented. We are still evaluating the potential impact on our financial statements.

ASU 2014-04 “Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40)—Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” ASU 2014-04 intends to reduce diversity by clarifying that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs when a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. ASU 2014-04 became effective for us on January 1, 2015 and did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with six months ended June 30, 2014 . Net interest income before the provision for loan losses for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was $38.5 million compared with $22.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $16.4 million, or 74.2%. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to the increase in average interest-earning assets of $593.8 million or 56.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in our average interest-earning assets during the first six months of 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014 was primarily the result of the acquisition of F&M Bancshares which was completed on January 1, 2015, as well as organic growth in our loan portfolio.

Interest income was $42.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of $17.9 million compared with the six months ended June 30, 2014 primarily due to an increase of $17.7 million of interest income and fees on loans during the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same period in 2014 as a result of the increase in average loans outstanding of $574.5 million for the same period. Additionally, during the six months ended June 30, 2015, we benefitted from acquisition accounting loan discount accretion of $2.4 million.

Interest expense was $4.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of $1.5 million compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase was primarily due to an increase in average interest-bearing liabilities of $377.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase was also impacted by the addition of $18.0 million, on our borrowing

 

64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

agreement with another financial institution, on January 1, 2015, to repay debt acquired from F&M Bancshares. Additionally, we assumed $11.3 million of junior subordinated debentures as part of the acquisition of F&M Bancshares on January 1, 2015.

Tax equivalent net interest margin, defined as net interest income adjusted for tax-free income divided by average interest-earning assets, for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was 4.76%, an increase of 50 basis points compared to 4.26% for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Tax equivalent adjustments to net interest margin are the result of increasing income from tax-free securities by an amount equal to the taxes that would have been paid if the income were fully taxable based on a 35% federal tax rate, thus making tax-exempt yields comparable to taxable asset yields. The impact of acquisition accounting adjustments of $2.6 million on the tax equivalent net interest margin was an increase of 34 basis points for the six months ended June 30, 2015. The tax equivalent net interest margin for the three months ended June 30, 2015 was 4.79% compared to 4.72% for the three months ended March 31, 2015. Excluding acquisition accounting adjustments of $1.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015, would have resulted in tax equivalent net interest margins of 4.49% and 4.38%, respectively.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of average balances, interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates. Average outstanding balances were calculated in accordance with the description previously provided in the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data”. Any nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015     2014  
     Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Interest
Paid
     Average
Yield/Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Interest
Paid
     Average
Yield/Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets

              

Interest-Earning Assets:

              

Loans (3)

   $ 1,447,629      $ 41,385         5.77   $ 873,150      $ 23,698         5.47

Securities

     110,355        1,160         2.12     89,469        929         2.09

Deposits in other financial institutions

     85,162        124         0.29     86,747        173         0.40
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-earning assets

     1,643,146      $ 42,669         5.24     1,049,366      $ 24,800         4.77
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Allowance for loan losses

     (8,881          (6,742     

Noninterest-earning assets

     210,533             109,122        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total assets

   $ 1,844,798           $ 1,151,746        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

              

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:

              

Interest-bearing demand deposits

   $ 103,744      $ 80         0.15   $ 63,363      $ 76         0.24

Money market and savings deposits

     413,287        858         0.42     248,137        540         0.44

Certificates and other time deposits

     548,679        2,454         0.90     410,579        2,008         0.99

Short-term borrowings

     2,238        2         0.16     —          —           0.00

Subordinated debt

     8,940        325         7.33     —          —           0.00

Other borrowed funds

     28,243        446         3.18     5,239        75         2.88
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     1,105,131        4,165         0.76     727,318        2,699         0.75
  

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

   

 

 

    

Noninterest-Bearing liabilities:

              

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

     533,098             307,825        

Other liabilities

     6,907             2,858        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities

     1,645,136             1,038,001        

Stockholders’ equity

     199,662             113,745        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,844,798           $ 1,151,746        
  

 

 

        

 

 

      

Net interest rate spread

          4.48          4.02

Net interest income and margin (1)

     $ 38,504         4.73     $ 22,101         4.25
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

Net interest income and margin (tax equivalent) (2)

     $ 38,762         4.76     $ 22,192         4.26
    

 

 

        

 

 

    

 

65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
(1) The net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(2) In order to make pretax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt investments and loans comparable to those on taxable investments and loans, a tax equivalent adjustment has been computed using a federal income tax rate of 35% for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and other applicable effective tax rates.
(3) Includes loans held for sale at June 30, 2015.

Year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. Net interest income before the provision for loan losses for 2014 was $46.8 million compared with $33.9 million for 2013, an increase of $12.9 million, or 38.2%. The increase in net interest income was primarily due to the increase in average interest-earning assets of $279.9 million, or 34.5%, during 2014. The increase in our average interest-earning assets during 2014 as compared to 2013 was primarily the result of the full year effect of the Independence acquisition, which was completed in November 2013, as well as organic growth in our loan portfolio. From 2013 to 2014, average loans as a percentage of average interest-earning assets increased from 80.1% to 84.1%. The organic growth in our loan portfolio in 2014 was largely driven by higher production from our existing loan producers, including former Independence lenders who were able to expand their loan portfolios through our banking and operational platform, which we believe demonstrates the strength of our platform and super-community banking strategy. We also benefited from the late 2013 opening of our new banking location in Clear Lake within the Houston metropolitan area, which further contributed to our loan growth during 2014. Our net interest income also benefited from our capital position, which, consistent with our deposit strategy, allowed us to grow our loan portfolio at a faster rate than we grew our deposits.

Interest income for 2014 was $52.4 million compared with $38.3 million for 2013, an increase of $14.1 million, or 36.7%. This increase was primarily due to an increase in interest income and fees on loans of $13.3 million for 2014 compared to 2013 as a result of the increase in average loans outstanding of $267.9 million for 2014 compared to 2013. This increase in average loans outstanding was primarily the result of the full year effect of the Independence acquisition, increased productivity of our existing lenders and the opening of our Clear Lake banking location, slightly offset by a 21 basis point decrease in average yield on our loan portfolio.

Interest expense for 2014 was $5.6 million compared to $4.4 million for 2013, an increase of $1.1 million, or 25.3%. This increase was primarily due to an increase in average interest-bearing liabilities of $182.4 million for 2014 compared to 2013, partially offset by the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities decreasing to 0.79% from 0.75% for the same period. Our growth in average interest-bearing liabilities was largely the result of a $109.6 million, or 37.2%, increase in certificates and other time deposits, which was primarily the result of the full year effect of certificates of deposit acquired in the Independence acquisition.

Tax equivalent net interest margin, defined as net interest income adjusted for tax-free income divided by average interest-earning assets, for 2014 was 4.32%, an increase of 13 basis points compared with 4.19% for 2013. This net interest margin increase was primarily due to growth of higher-yielding interest-earning assets, namely in our loan portfolio. Tax equivalent adjustments to net interest margin are the result of increasing income from tax-free securities by an amount equal to the taxes that would have been paid if the income were fully taxable based on a 35% federal tax rate, thus making tax-exempt yields comparable to taxable asset yields.

 

66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of average balances, interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates. Average outstanding balances were calculated in accordance with the description previously provided in the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data”. Any nonaccruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield.

 

    For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2012  
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Interest
Paid
    Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Interest
Paid
    Average
Yield/
Rate
    Average
Outstanding
Balance
    Interest
Earned/
Interest
Paid
    Average
Yield/
Rate
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Assets

                 

Interest-Earning Assets:

                 

Loans

  $ 917,218      $ 50,243        5.48   $ 649,362      $ 36,960        5.69   $ 533,809      $ 31,772        5.95

Securities

    91,318        1,851        2.03     53,441        1,026        1.92     30,977        762        2.46

Deposits in other financial institutions

    81,839        311        0.38     107,675        352        0.33     91,849        367        0.40
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-earning assets

    1,090,375      $ 52,405        4.81     810,478      $ 38,338        4.73     656,635      $ 32,901        5.01
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Allowance for loan losses

    (7,276         (6,674         (6,310    

Noninterest-earning assets

    109,852            68,281            47,948       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 1,192,951          $ 872,085          $ 698,273       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

                 

Interest-Bearing Liabilities:

                 

Interest-bearing demand deposits

  $ 69,139      $ 135        0.20   $ 41,162      $ 77        0.19   $ 30,948      $ 60        0.19

Money market and savings deposits

    263,277        1,126        0.43     225,436        1,159        0.51     200,867        1,096        0.55

Certificates and other time deposits

    404,006        4,081        1.01     294,413        3,196        1.09     225,426        2,619        1.16

Other borrowed funds

    7,536        229        3.04     504        15        2.98     14        —          0.00
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    743,958        5,571        0.75     561,515        4,447        0.79     457,255        3,775        0.83
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Noninterest-Bearing liabilities:

                 

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

    328,743            232,197            177,064       

Other liabilities

    3,790            2,586            2,255       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    1,076,491            796,298            636,574       

Stockholders’ equity

    116,460            75,787            61,699       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 1,192,951          $ 872,085          $ 698,273       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest rate spread

        4.06         3.94         4.18

Net interest income and margin (1)

    $ 46,834        4.30     $ 33,891        4.18     $ 29,126        4.44
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

Net interest income and margin (tax equivalent) (2)

    $ 47,079        4.32     $ 33,925        4.19     $ 29,134        4.44
   

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

(1) The net interest margin is equal to net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.
(2) In order to make pretax income and resultant yields on tax-exempt investments and loans comparable to those on taxable investments and loans, a tax equivalent adjustment has been computed using a federal income tax rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and other applicable effective tax rates.

 

67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents information regarding the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the periods indicated for each major component of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and distinguishes between the changes attributable to changes in volumes and changes attributable to changes in interest rates. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume that cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate.

 

     For the Six Months Ended June 30,     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2015 vs. 2014     2014 vs. 2013  
     Increase
(Decrease)
Due to Change in
          Increase
(Decrease)
Due to Change in
       
        Volume           Rate          Total         Volume         Rate         Total    
    

(Dollars in thousands)

    (Dollars in thousands)  

Interest-Earning assets:

            

Loans

   $ 15,592      $ 2,095      $ 17,687      $ 15,246      $ (1,963   $ 13,283   

Securities

     217        14        231        727        98        825   

Deposits in other financial institutions

     (3     (46     (49     (84     43        (41
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest income

     15,806        2,063        17,869        15,889        (1,822     14,067   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-Bearing liabilities:

            

Interest-bearing demand deposits

     48        (44     4        52        6        58   

Money market and savings deposits

     359        (41     318        195        (228     (33

Certificates and other time deposits

     676        (230     446        1,190        (305     885   

Short-term borrowings

     2        —          2        —          —          —     

Subordinated debt

     325        —          325        —          —          —     

Other borrowed funds

     328        43        371        221        (7     214   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total increase (decrease) in interest expense

     1,738        (272     1,466        1,658        (534     1,124   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income

   $ 14,068      $ 2,335      $ 16,403      $ 14,231      $ (1,288   $ 12,943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

Our provision for loan losses is established through charges to income in the form of the provision in order to bring our allowance for loan losses to a level deemed appropriate by management. The allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was $10.3 million and $8.2 million, respectively, representing 0.66% and 0.82% of total loans as of such dates. Acquired loans are recorded at fair value based on a discounted cash flow valuation methodology that considers, among other things, projected default rates, losses given existing defaults, and recovery rates. No carryover of any allowance for loan losses occurs when loans are acquired. We recorded a $2.1 million provision for loan losses for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and a $900 thousand provision for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in the provision was related to the increase in the allowance of $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to December 31, 2014. The increase in the allowance was primarily due to an increase in required reserves associated with organic loan growth and an increase of $208 thousand of allowance on loans individually evaluated for impairment.

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $2.2 million compared with $240 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in the provision was largely the result of the growth in our loan portfolio. Additionally, the provision in 2013 reflected improvement in credit quality, relative to prior years, in our portfolio as a result of improved economic conditions in 2013.

Noninterest Income

Our primary sources of noninterest income are service charges on deposit accounts and nonsufficient funds fees. Noninterest income does not include loan origination fees which are recognized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to yield using the interest method.

 

68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with six months ended June 30, 2014 . Noninterest income totaled $1.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $492 thousand or 37.2%. This increase was primarily due to the effect of the additional accounts acquired in the acquisition of F&M Bancshares.

Year ended December 31, 2014 compared with year ended December 31, 2013. Noninterest income totaled $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $968 thousand, or 59.1%, compared with the same period in 2013. This increase was mainly due to the full year effect of the Independence acquisition, which was completed in November 2013.

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest income:

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
     Increase
(Decrease)
    For the Years Ended
December 31,
     Increase
(Decrease)
 
       2015         2014          2014      2013     
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Nonsufficient funds (NSF) fees

   $ 333      $ 217       $ 116      $ 455       $ 331       $ 124   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     351        253         98        490         329         161   

Debit card and ATM card income

     292        157         135        369         224         145   

Gain on sales of other real estate

     (6     188         (194     188         201         (13

Gain on sale of securities

     —          —           —          83         —           83   

Bank owned life insurance income

     266        —           266        —           —           —     

Rebate from correspondent bank

     101        181         (80     294         305         (11

Other (1)

     476        325         151        728         249         479   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   $ 1,813      $ 1,321       $ 492      $ 2,607       $ 1,639       $ 968   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Other includes wire transfer and letter of credit fees, among other items.

Noninterest Expense

Six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with six months ended June 30, 2014 . Noninterest expense was $27.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $15.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $11.7 million or 76.9%. This increase is primarily attributable to merger related expenses of approximately $939 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2015 incurred in connection with the F&M Bancshares acquisition in addition to significant personnel, facilities and infrastructure acquired on January 1, 2015.

Year ended December 31, 2014 compared with year ended December 31, 2013 . Noninterest expense totaled $33.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $8.9 million, or 36.0%, compared with 2013. This increase was primarily due to increased salaries and benefits, occupancy and data processing expenses to support our growth and as a result of the full year effect of the Independence acquisition, which was completed in November 2013.

 

69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the major categories of noninterest expense:

 

     For the Six Months Ended
June 30,
     Increase
(Decrease)
     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     Increase
(Decrease)
 
         2015              2014             2014      2013     
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Salaries and employee benefits (1)

   $ 17,423       $ 9,503       $ 7,920       $ 20,179       $ 15,371       $ 4,808   

Net occupancy and equipment

     2,358         1,581         777         3,316         2,420         896   

Data processing and software amortization

     1,453         833         620         1,658         1,202         456   

Professional fees

     877         529         348         2,294         1,681         613   

Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance

     694         422         272         848         602         246   

Core deposit intangibles amortization

     415         148         267         298         37         261   

Depreciation

     776         503         273         1,084         813         271   

Communications

     692         306         386         684         432         252   

Advertising

     322         278         44         601         582         19   

Other real estate expense

     44         6         38         6         86         (80

Printing and supplies

     188         90         98         159         122         37   

Other

     1,766         1,070         696         2,331         1,250         1,081   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   $ 27,008       $ 15,269       $ 11,739       $ 33,458       $ 24,598       $ 8,860   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Total salaries and employee benefits includes $642 thousand and $326 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $731 thousand and $375 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, in stock based compensation expense.

Salaries and Employee Benefits . Salaries and benefits were $17.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $9.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014, an increase of $7.9 million or 83.3%. The increase is attributable to the increase in the total size of our workforce between these periods as our full-time employees increased from 195 employees at December 31, 2014 to 289 employees at June 30, 2015. This increase is primarily a result of a combination of the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, and additional employees hired to support our growth. Additionally the company incurred pre-tax merger related severance expenses of approximately $555 thousand related to the F&M Bancshares acquisition during the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Salaries and benefits were $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $4.8 million, or 31.3%, compared to 2013. This increase was primarily due to the full year effect of the Independence acquisition completed during 2013 which resulted in an increase of 35 employees. In addition, due to our growth, we added experienced banking and accounting professionals in 2014 which contributed to the increase in our employees from 168 at December 31, 2013 to 195 at December 31, 2014.

Net Occupancy and Equipment . Net occupancy and equipment expenses were $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase is primarily attributable to the cost of the retail branches acquired in the acquisition of F&M Bancshares including utilities, rent, and other occupancy expenses.

Net occupancy and equipment expenses were $3.3 million and $2.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase of $896 thousand, or 37.0%, for 2014 compared with 2013 was due primarily to the full year effect of the Independence acquisition completed during 2013 and the opening of our banking location in Clear Lake in late 2013.

Data Processing and Software Amortization . Data processing and software amortization were $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $833 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase is primarily attributable to the additional hardware and software expenses acquired as part of the acquisition of F&M Bancshares and the resulting increase in transaction volume.

 

70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Data processing and software amortization expenses were $1.7 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The increase of $456 thousand, or 38.0%, for 2014 compared with 2013 was due primarily to increased transaction volume and a portion of the Independence conversion fee.

Core Deposit Intangibles Amortization . Core deposit intangibles amortization increased $267 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2015 to $415 thousand compared to $148 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase is attributable to the acquisition of F&M Bancshares.

Core deposit intangibles amortization increased $261 thousand to $298 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with $37 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in 2014 was attributable to the addition of Independence in November 2013. Core deposit intangibles are amortized using a straight-line amortization method over its estimated useful life of 7 years.

Professional Fees . Professional fees were $877 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $529 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase is primarily attributable to pre-tax merger related expenses of approximately $248 thousand incurred to complete the conversion of F&M Bancshares during the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Professional fees were $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $613 thousand, or 36.5%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to approximately $500 thousand related to system conversions during the year. In 2014, we converted to a new accounting system, completed the conversion of Independence and incurred costs in preparation for the first quarter of 2015 conversion of F&M Bancshares, which was acquired on January 1, 2015.

Efficiency Ratio . The efficiency ratio is a supplemental financial measure utilized in management’s internal evaluation of our performance and is not defined under generally accepted accounting principles. We calculate our efficiency ratio by dividing total noninterest expense, excluding loan loss provisions, by net interest income plus noninterest income, excluding net gains and losses on the sale of securities and assets. Additionally, taxes are not part of this calculation. An increase in the efficiency ratio indicates that more resources are being utilized to generate the same volume of income, while a decrease would indicate a more efficient allocation of resources. Our efficiency ratio was 67.0% for the six months ended June 30, 2015, compared with 65.2% for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The efficiency ratio for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was impacted by merger expenses related to the F&M Bancshares acquisition of approximately $867 thousand in the first quarter of 2015 and $72 thousand in the second quarter of 2015. Excluding these merger expenses, our efficiency ratio was 64.7% for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Our efficiency ratio was 67.7% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with 69.2% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The efficiency ratios for 2014 and 2013 were impacted by merger-related expenses of approximately $630 thousand and $240 thousand, respectively.

We monitor the efficiency ratio in comparison with changes in our total assets and loans, and we believe that maintaining or reducing the efficiency ratio during periods of growth, as we did from 2013 to 2014, demonstrates the scalability of our operating platform. We expect to continue to benefit from our scalable platform in future periods as we believe we have already incurred a significant portion of the overhead expense necessary to support our growth.

Income Taxes

The amount of federal and state income tax expense is influenced by the amount of pre-tax income, the amount of tax-exempt income and the amount of other nondeductible expenses. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, income tax expense was $3.9 million compared to $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2014, income tax expense was $4.8 million compared with $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increases in income tax expense quarter over quarter and year over year were primarily attributable to higher pre-tax net earnings.

 

71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The effective income tax rates for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 were 34.4% and 35.4%, respectively, and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were 34.9% and 36.0%, respectively.

Financial Condition

Loan Portfolio

At June 30, 2015 total loans (including loans held for sale) were $1.56 billion, an increase of $559.6 million, or 55.9% compared with December 31, 2014 primarily due to $404.6 million of loans, net of acquisition accounting adjustments, acquired in the F&M Bancshares acquisition as well as organic growth in our loan portfolio. At December 31, 2014, total loans were $1.00 billion, an increase of $165.4 million, or 19.8%, compared with $836.7 million at December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to higher production from our existing lenders, including increased productivity of former Independence lenders, the addition of loan producers in connection with opening of our Clear Lake banking location, and growth in the Houston market. We believe the increased productivity of former Independence lenders demonstrates the scalability of our banking and operational platform and the strength of our growth strategy.

Total loans (including loans held for sale) as a percentage of deposits were 96.1%, 88.4% and 80.0% as of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Our capital positions in 2015 and 2014 allowed us to grow our loan portfolio at a faster rate than we grew our deposits. Total loans as a percentage of assets were 80.3%, 78.3% and 71.8% as of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Lending activities originate from the efforts of our lenders, with an emphasis on lending to small to medium-sized businesses and companies, professionals and individuals located in the Houston metropolitan area.

The following table summarizes our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated. All loans in our loan portfolio are held for investment.

 

    As of June 30,     As of December 31,  
    2015     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans held for sale (1)

  $ 25,629        1.6   $ —          0.0   $ —          0.0   $ —          0.0   $ —          0.0   $ —          0.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

  $ 427,958        27.4   $ 270,363        27.0   $ 227,382        27.2   $ 169,952        29.5   $ 150,617        32.5   $ 82,683        25.7

Real Estate:

                       

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    678,979        43.6     429,986        42.9     401,048        47.9     268,810        46.5     205,445        44.4     150,047        46.6

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    140,437        9.0     85,484        8.5     71,633        8.6     36,097        6.3     24,020        5.2     19,886        6.2

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    178,635        11.4     135,127        13.5     89,334        10.7     69,204        12.0     51,905        11.2     39,021        12.1

Residential construction

    94,167        6.0     72,402        7.2     38,891        4.6     22,352        3.9     19,968        4.3     22,052        6.9

Consumer and other

    15,852        1.0     8,692        0.9     8,406        1.0     10,174        1.8     10,907        2.4     8,031        2.5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

    1,536,028        98.4     1,002,054        100.0     836,694        100.0     576,589        100.0     462,862        100.0     321,720        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

    1,561,657        100.0     1,002,054        100.0     836,694        100.0     576,589        100.0     462,862        100.0     321,720        100.0
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

    (10,312       (8,246       (6,655       (6,539       (5,543       (4,026  
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

  $ 1,551,345        $ 993,808        $ 830,039        $ 570,050        $ 457,319        $ 317,694     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1)   Consists of loans at two former F&M Bancshares locations acquired on January 1, 2015. We intend to sell two former F&M Bancshares branches and their related assets located in Central Texas if we can agree on terms satisfactory to us. As of June 30, 2015, loans held for sale consists of $9.2 million of commercial and industrial loans, $12.9 million of commercial real estate (including multifamily residential) loans, $2.7 million of l-4 family residential (including home equity) loans and $838 thousand of consumer and other loans. Loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or fair value.

 

72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The principal categories of our loan portfolio (including loans held for sale) are discussed below:

Commercial and Industrial. We make commercial loans in our market area that are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. Our commercial and industrial loan portfolio increased $166.8 million, or 61.7%, to $437.2 million as of June 30, 2015 compared to $270.4 million as of December 31, 2014. This increase was primarily the result of the F&M Bancshares acquisition. In addition, we experienced organic loan growth in the commercial and industrial portfolio of $87.6 million during the first six months of 2015, of this amount, $52.9 million of growth was related to the mortgage warehouse portfolio. Our commercial and industrial loan portfolio increased $43.0 million, or 18.9%, to $270.4 million as of December 31, 2014 from $227.4 million as of December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily the result of increased lending activity due to an increase in demand in the growing Houston metropolitan area.

Commercial Real Estate (Including Multi-Family Residential). We make loans collateralized by owner-occupied, nonowner-occupied and multi-family real estate to finance the purchase or ownership of real estate. As of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013, 52.7%, 59.7% and 55.8%, respectively, of our commercial real estate loans were owner-occupied. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio increased $261.9 million, or 60.9%, to $691.8 million as of June 30, 2015 from $430.0 million as of December 31, 2014, as a result of loans acquired in the F&M Bancshares acquisition. In addition, we experienced organic loan growth in the commercial real estate portfolio of $49.3 million during the first six months of 2015. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio increased $28.9 million, or 7.2%, to $430.0 million as of December 31, 2014 from $401.0 million as of December 31, 2013, as a result of the increased demand for commercial real estate loans within our market and from increased lending activity resulting from the addition of experienced lending officers.

Commercial Real Estate Construction and Land Development. We make commercial real estate construction and land development loans to fund commercial construction, land acquisition and real estate development construction. Commercial real estate construction and land development land loans increased $55.0 million, or 64.3% to $140.4 million as of June 30, 2015 compared to $85.5 million as of December 31, 2014 as a result of the loans acquired from F&M Bancshares. In addition, we experienced organic loan growth in the commercial real estate construction portfolio of $38.2 million during the first six months of 2015. Commercial real estate construction and land development loans increased $13.9 million, or 19.3%, to $85.5 million as of December 31, 2014 from $71.6 million as of December 31, 2013 as a result of the increased demand for such loans.

1-4 Family Residential (Including Home Equity). Our residential real estate loans include the origination of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans (including home equity and home improvement loans and home equity lines of credit) collateralized by owner-occupied residential properties located in our market areas. Our residential real estate portfolio (including home equity) increased $46.2 million, or 34.2%, to $181.4 million as of June 30, 2015 from $135.1 million as of December 31, 2014 as a result of the loans acquired in the F&M Bancshares acquisition. In addition, we experienced organic loan growth in the 1-4 family residential portfolio of $13.8 million during the first six months of 2015. Our residential real estate portfolio (including home equity) increased $45.8 million, or 51.3%, to $135.1 million as of December 31, 2014 from $89.3 million as of December 31, 2013. The home equity portion of our residential real estate portfolio increased $1.8 million, or 55.3%, to $5.0 million as of December 31, 2014 from $3.2 million as of December 31, 2013. These increases were primarily the result of increased lending activity due to an increase in demand in the growing Houston metropolitan area.

Residential Construction. We make residential construction loans to home builders and individuals to fund the construction of single-family residences with the understanding that such loans will be repaid from the proceeds of the sale of the homes by builders or with the proceeds of a mortgage loan. These loans are secured by the real property being built and are made based on our assessment of the value of the property on an as-completed basis. Our residential construction loans portfolio increased $21.8 million, or 30.1%, to $94.2% million as of June 30, 2015 from $72.4 million as of December 31, 2014 as a result of the loans acquired in the F&M Bancshares acquisition. In addition, we experienced organic loan growth in the residential construction portfolio of $18.8 million during the first six months of 2015. Our residential construction loans portfolio

 

73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

increased $33.5 million, or 86.2%, to $72.4 million as of December 31, 2014 from $38.9 million as of December 31, 2013, as a result of the increase in demand for new housing and an increase in new home construction in the growing Houston metropolitan area.

Consumer and Other. Our consumer and other loan portfolio is made up of loans made to individuals for personal purposes. Our consumer and other loan portfolio increased $8.0 million, or 92.0%, to $16.7 million as of June 30, 2015 from $8.7 million as of December 31, 2014. The increase in our consumer and other loan portfolio is primarily due to the additional loans acquired from F&M Bancshares. Our consumer and other loan portfolio increased $286 thousand, or 3.4%, to $8.7 million as of December 31, 2014 from $8.4 million as of December 31, 2013.

For a more detailed discussion of the types of loans in our loan portfolio see “Business—Lending Activities—Loan Types.”

The contractual maturity ranges of loans held for investment in our loan portfolio and the amount of such loans with predetermined interest rates in each maturity range and the amount of loans with predetermined interest rates and floating interest rates in each maturity range, in each case as of the date indicated, are summarized in the following tables:

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Due in
One Year
or Less
     Due After
One Year
Through
Five Years
     Due After
Five Years
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 236,134       $ 154,812       $ 37,012       $ 427,958   

Real Estate:

           

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     67,028         481,778         130,173         678,979   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     43,283         77,453         19,701         140,437   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     36,799         94,345         47,491         178,635   

Residential construction

     90,362         3,805         —           94,167   

Consumer and other

     7,410         8,391         51         15,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

   $ 481,016       $ 820,584       $ 234,428       $ 1,536,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with fixed rates

   $ 284,560       $ 665,090       $ 108,948       $ 1,058,598   

Loans with floating rates

     196,456         155,494         125,480         477,430   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

   $ 481,016       $ 820,584       $ 234,428       $ 1,536,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     As of December 31, 2014  
     Due in
One Year
or Less
     Due After
One Year
Through
Five Years
     Due After
Five Years
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 129,710       $ 107,238       $ 33,415       $ 270,363   

Real Estate:

           

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     34,632         309,395         85,959         429,986   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     28,316         38,139         19,029         85,484   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     28,964         62,911         43,252         135,127   

Residential construction

     72,001         401         —           72,402   

Consumer and other

     4,442         4,177         73         8,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

   $ 298,065       $ 522,261       $ 181,728       $ 1,002,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with fixed rates

   $ 176,779       $ 461,863       $ 77,755       $ 716,397   

Loans with floating rates

     121,286         60,398         103,973         285,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

   $ 298,065       $ 522,261       $ 181,728       $ 1,002,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Due in
One Year
or Less
     Due After
One Year
Through
Five Years
     Due After
Five Years
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 93,809       $ 109,382       $ 24,191       $ 227,382   

Real Estate:

           

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     41,057         293,068         66,923         401,048   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     26,056         35,664         9,913         71,633   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     21,213         52,769         15,352         89,334   

Residential construction

     33,311         5,580         —           38,891   

Consumer and other

     3,273         4,926         207         8,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 218,719       $ 501,389       $ 116,586       $ 836,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loans with fixed rates

   $ 105,365       $ 428,102       $ 48,721       $ 582,188   

Loans with floating rates

     113,354         73,287         67,865         254,506   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 218,719       $ 501,389       $ 116,586       $ 836,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Concentrations of Credit

The vast majority of our lending activity occurs in the Houston metropolitan area. Our loans are primarily loans secured by real estate, including commercial and residential construction, owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied and multi-family commercial real estate, raw land and other real estate based loans in respect of real estate located in the Houston metropolitan area. As of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, commercial real estate and commercial construction loans represented approximately 53.3%, 51.4% and 56.5%, respectively, of our total loans including loans held for sale.

Asset Quality

Nonperforming Loans

We have several procedures in place to assist us in maintaining the overall quality of our loan portfolio. We have established underwriting guidelines to be followed by our officers, and monitor our delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends.

 

75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We had $5.7 million, $3.2 million and $2.6 million in nonperforming loans as of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively. At June 30, 2015, $1.8 million of purchase credit impaired loans acquired from F&M Bancshares were classified as nonperforming loans. If interest on nonaccrual loans had been accrued under the original loan terms, would have been recorded as income for the six months ended June 30, 2015, $187 thousand would have been recorded as income for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $263 thousand would have been recorded as income for the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following table presents information regarding nonperforming assets as of the dates indicated:

 

     As of
June 30,
    As of December 31,  
     2015     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
           (Dollars in thousands)  

Nonaccrual loans:

            

Loans held for sale

   $ 1,130      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Commercial and industrial

     3,186        1,527        2,290        2,524        10        —     

Real Estate:

            

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     974        1,653        —          2,687        —          —     

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     —          —          —          —          —          1,905   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     343        —          83        87        —          —     

Residential construction

     —          —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer and other

     89        4        199        106        60        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonaccrual loans (2)

     5,722        3,184        2,572        5,404        70        1,905   

Accruing loans 90 or more days past due

     —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans

     5,722        3,184        2,572        5,404        70        1,905   

Other real estate

     21        —          332        914        1,798        2,723   

Other repossessed assets

     491        —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 6,234      $ 3,184      $ 2,904      $ 6,318      $ 1,868      $ 4,628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Restructured loans (1 )

   $ —        $ —        $ 1,503      $ 1,074      $ 2,124      $ 23   

Nonperforming assets to total assets (3)

     0.32     0.25     0.25     0.82     0.30     1.08

Nonperforming loans to total loans (4)

     0.37     0.32     0.31     0.94     0.02     0.59

 

(1) Restructured loans represent the balance at the end of the respective period for those loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring that are not already reported as a nonperforming loan.
(2) Includes $1.8 million of loans acquired from F&M Bancshares as of June 30, 2015.
(3) At June 30, 2015, this ratio would have been 0.23% excluding nonperforming loans acquired from F&M Bancshares.
(4) At June 30, 2015, this ratio would have been 0.25% excluding nonperforming loans acquired from F&M Bancshares.

Allowance for loan losses

The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance that is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. The amount of the allowance for loan losses is affected by the following: (1) charge-offs of loans that occur when loans are deemed uncollectible and decrease the allowance, (2) recoveries on loans previously charged off that increase the allowance and (3) provisions for loan losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance.

 

76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

All loans were acquired at fair value without a carryover of the F&M Bancshares allowance for loan losses. The discount recognized on acquired loans is prospectively accreted, increasing the Company’s basis in such loans. Due to acquisition accounting, our allowance for loan losses to total loans may not be comparable to our peers particularly as it relates to the allowance to gross loan percentage and the allowance to non-performing loans. Recognizing that acquired purchased credit impaired loans have been de minimis, the Company monitors credit quality trends on a post-acquisition basis with an emphasis on past due, charge-off, classified loan, and non-performing trends. The amount of discount recorded by the Company on the acquisition date of the F&M Bancshares acquisition was $6.0 million, or 1.47% on loans acquired. The remaining discount on F&M Bancshares acquired loans as of June 30, 2015 was $3.6 million, or 1.14%. The unaccreted discount represents additional protection against potential losses and is presented as a reduction of the recorded investment in the loans rather than an allowance for loan losses.

At June 30, 2015, our allowance for loan losses amounted to $10.3 million, or 0.66% of total loans compared with $8.2 million, or 0.82% as of December 31, 2014.

The decrease in the December 31, 2014 to June 30, 2015 allowance for loan losses ratio to total loans is attributable to loans acquired in the F&M Bancshares acquisition that was recorded at fair value and did not have an allowance as of June 30, 2015 as there has been no evidence of credit deterioration since acquisition date. Excluding the acquired loans at June 30, 2015, the allowance would have been 0.88% of total loans. The increase in the allowance of $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was primarily due to an increase in required reserves associated with organic loan growth and an increase of $208 thousand of allowance on loans individually evaluated for impairment. We believe that the allowance for loan losses at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 was adequate to cover probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio as of such dates. Nevertheless, we could sustain losses in future periods that could be substantial in relation to the size of the allowance at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

The ratio of annualized net charge-offs to average loans outstanding decreased to 0.01% for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to 0.02% for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and 0.06% for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table presents, as of and for the periods indicated, an analysis of the allowance for loan losses and other related data:

 

    As of and for
the Six Months Ended
June 30,
  As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
    2015   2014   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010
    (Dollars in thousands)

Average loans outstanding

    $ 1,447,629       $ 873,150       $ 917,218       $ 649,362       $ 533,809       $ 376,270       $ 289,180  

Gross loans outstanding at end of period

      1,561,657         933,134         1,002,054         836,694         576,589         462,862         321,720  

Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period

      8,246         6,655         6,655         6,539         5,543         4,026         3,180  

Provision for loan losses

      2,103         900         2,150         240         2,337         2,454         1,692  

Charge-offs:

                           

Commercial and industrial

      (82 )       (74 )       (567 )       (369 )       (1,411 )       (155 )       (329 )

Real Estate:

                           

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

      —           —           —           —           —           —           —    

Commercial real estate construction and land development

      —           —           —           —           —           (622 )       (247 )

14 family residential (including home equity)

      —           —           —           —           —           —           (241 )

Residential construction

      —           —           —           —           —           (182 )       —    

Consumer and other

      (18 )       (40 )       (40 )       (19 )       (2 )       —           (30 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total charge-offs for all loan types

      (100 )       (114 )       (607 )       (388 )       (1,413 )       (959 )       (847 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Recoveries:

                           

Commercial and industrial

      39         20         32         33         12         —           —    

Real Estate:

                           

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

      —           —           —           —           —           —           —    

Commercial real estate construction and land development

      —           —           —           —           —           20         —    

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

      —           —           —           228         13         —           —    

Residential construction

      22         —           —           1         47         —           —    

Consumer and other

      2         1         16         2         —           2         1  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total recoveries for all loan types

      63         21         48         264         72         22         1  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

    $ (37 )     $ (93 )     $ (559 )     $ (124 )     $ (1,341 )     $ (937 )     $ (846 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses at end of period

    $ 10,312       $ 7,462       $ 8,246       $ 6,655       $ 6,539       $ 5,543       $ 4,026  

Allowance to total loans

      0.66 %       0.80 %       0.82 %       0.80 %       1.13 %       1.20 %       1.25 %

Provision for loan losses to average loans (1)

      0.29 %       0.21 %       0.23 %       0.04 %       0.44 %       0.65 %       0.59 %

Net charge-offs to average loans (1)

      0.01 %       0.02 %       0.06 %       0.02 %       0.25 %       0.25 %       0.29 %

Allowance to nonperforming loans (2)

      180.22 %       224.42 %       258.98 %       258.75 %       121.00 %       7,918.57 %       211.34 %

 

(1) Interim period annualized.
(2) At June 30, 2015, this ratio would have been 262.53% excluding nonperforming loans acquired from F&M Bancshares.

 

78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

In connection with our review of our loan portfolio, we consider the following risk elements attributable to particular loan types or categories in assessing the quality of individual loans:

 

    for commercial and industrial loans, the operating results of the commercial, industrial or professional enterprise, the borrower’s business, professional and financial ability and expertise, the specific risks and volatility of income and operating results typical for businesses in that category and the value, nature and marketability of collateral;

 

    for commercial real estate (including multi-family residential) loans, the debt service coverage ratio (income from the property in excess of operating expenses compared to loan payment requirements), operating results of the owner in the case of owner-occupied properties, the loan to value ratio, the age and condition of the collateral and the volatility of income, property value and future operating results typical of properties of that type;

 

    for commercial real estate construction and land development and residential construction loans, the perceived feasibility of the project including the ability to sell developed lots or improvements constructed for resale or the ability to lease property constructed for lease, the quality and nature of contracts for presale or prelease, if any, experience and ability of the developer and loan to value ratio;

 

    for 1-4 family residential (including home equity) loans, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, including a consideration of the debt to income ratio and employment and income stability, the loan to value ratio, and the age, condition and marketability of collateral; and

 

    for consumer and other loans, the individual borrower’s income, current debt level, past credit history and the value of any available collateral.

Based on our review of our loan portfolio, we classify our loans by credit risk and track risk ratings. The following is a general description of the risk ratings we use:

 

    loans classified as “watch” loans may still be of high quality, but have an element of risk added to the credit such as declining payment history, deteriorating financial position of the borrower or a decrease in collateral value.

 

    loans classified as “special mention” have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of our credit position at some future date. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

    loans classified as “substandard” have well-defined weaknesses on a continuing basis and are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower, impaired or declining collateral values, or a continuing downturn in their industry which is reducing their profits to below zero and having a significantly negative impact on their cash flow. These loans so classified are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

 

    loans classified as “doubtful” have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually are considered to be pass rated loans.

See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Allowance for Loan Losses” for additional information regarding how we estimate and evaluate the credit risk in our loan portfolio.

 

79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table shows the allocation of the allowance for loan losses among our loan categories and certain other information as of the dates indicated. The allocation is made for analytical purposes and is not necessarily indicative of the categories in which future losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any loan category.

 

    As of June 30,   As of December 31,
    2015   2014   2014   2013   2012   2011   2010
    Amount   Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
  Amount   Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
  Amount   Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
  Amount   Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
  Amount   Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
  Amount   Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
  Amount   Percent
of Loans
to Total
Loans
    (Dollars in thousands)

Balance of allowance for loan losses applicable to:

                                                       

Commercial and industrial loans

    $ 2,905         28.0 %     $ 2,083         24.8 %     $ 2,334         27.0 %     $ 2,729         27.2 %     $ 2,713         29.5 %     $ 2,969         32.5 %     $ 1,822         25.7 %

Real Estate:

                                                       

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

      4,533         44.3 %       3,396         46.6 %       3,799         42.9 %       2,175         47.9 %       2,124         46.5 %       1,077         44.4 %       595         46.6 %

Commercial real estate construction and land development

      842         9.0 %       615         8.9 %       578         8.5 %       357         8.6 %       225         6.3 %       126         5.2 %       206         6.2 %

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

      1,255         11.6 %       875         12.5 %       1,008         13.5 %       558         10.7 %       608         12.0 %       475         11.2 %       419         12.1 %

Residential construction

      710         6.0 %       441         6.4 %       475         7.2 %       598         4.6 %       560         3.9 %       566         4.3 %       834         6.9 %

Consumer and other

      67         1.1 %       52         0.8 %       52         0.9 %       238         1.0 %       309         1.8 %       330         2.4 %       150         2.5 %
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

    $  10,312         100.0 %     $ 7,462         100.0 %     $ 8,246         100.0 %     $ 6,655         100.0 %     $ 6,539         100.0 %     $ 5,543         100.0 %     $ 4,026         100.0 %
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Securities

We use our securities portfolio to provide a source of liquidity, to provide an appropriate return on funds invested, to manage interest rate risk, to meet pledging requirements and to meet regulatory capital requirements. As of June 30, 2015, the carrying amount of investment securities totaled $151.7 million, an increase of $66.7 million or 78.5% compared with $85.0 million as of December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2014, the carrying amount of investment securities totaled $85.0 million, a decrease of $2.0 million, or 2.3%, compared with $87.0 million at December 31, 2013, due in part to growth in our loan portfolio and redeploying capital in connection therewith. Securities represented 7.8%, 6.6% and 7.5% of total assets as of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively.

All of the securities in our securities portfolio are classified as available for sale. Debt securities classified as available for sale are measured at fair value in the financial statements with unrealized gains and losses reported, net of tax, as accumulated comprehensive income or loss until realized. Interest earned on debt securities is included in interest income.

 

80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of the securities in our securities portfolio as of the dates shown:

 

     June 30, 2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  
    

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Available for Sale

        

U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ 8,641       $ 351       $ —         $ 8,992   

Municipal securities

     108,009         316         (928      107,397   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     32,771         467         (262      32,976   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     2,374         19         (96      2,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 151,795       $ 1,153       $ (1,286    $ 151,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

        

U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ 14,080       $ 442       $ (45    $ 14,477   

Municipal securities

     35,272         283         (74      35,481   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     32,191         472         (188      32,475   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     2,587         21         (79      2,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84,130       $ 1,218       $ (386    $ 84,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 1,848       $ —         $ (44    $ 1,804   

U.S. Government and agency securities

     14,397         30         (264      14,163   

Municipal securities

     30,337         4         (94      30,247   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     38,428         287         (833      37,882   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     3,011         22         (122      2,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 88,021       $ 343       $ (1,357    $ 87,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Certain investment securities are valued at less than their historical cost. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. See “—Critical Accounting Policies—Securities” for additional information regarding how and when management evaluates securities for OTTI.

As of June 30, 2015, we do not intend to sell any debt securities classified as available for sale with unrealized losses; and management believes that we more likely than not will not be required to sell any debt securities before their anticipated recovery at which time we will receive full value for the securities. The unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available at the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of June 30, 2015, management believes any impairment in our securities is temporary, and no impairment loss has been realized in our consolidated statements of income.

 

81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of securities and their weighted average yields as of the dates indicated. The contractual maturity of a mortgage-backed security is the date at which the last underlying mortgage matures. Available for sale securities are shown at amortized cost. For purposes of the table below, municipal securities are calculated on a tax equivalent basis.

 

     June 30, 2015  
     Within One
Year
    After One Year
but Within Five
Years
    After Five Years
but Within Ten
Years
    After Ten Years     Total  
     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Amount      Yield     Total      Yield  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

                         

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ —           0.00   $ 2,008         1.46   $ 6,633         3.86   $ —           0.00   $ 8,641         3.30

Municipal securities

     7,770         1.23     12,657         1.99     21,896         3.17     65,686         4.49     108,009         3.69

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     —           0.00     —           0.00     3,424         2.16     29,347         2.52     32,771         2.49

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           0.00     —           0.00     —           0.00     2,374         2.02     2,374         2.02
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    

Total

   $ 7,770         1.23   $ 14,665         1.92   $ 31,953         3.20   $ 97,407         3.84   $ 151,795         3.38
  

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

    
                         

 

    As of December 31, 2014
    Within One
Year
  After One Year
but within Five
Years
  After Five Years
but Within Ten
Years
  After Ten Years   Total
    Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Total   Yield
    (Dollars in thousands)

Available for Sale

                                   

U.S. government and agency securities

    $ —           —         $ 2,006         1.46 %     $ 7,966         3.19 %     $ 4,108         2.72 %     $ 14,080         2.82 %

Municipal securities

      7,228         0.70 %       22,655         1.23 %       2,497         2.05 %       2,892         3.60 %       35,272         1.55 %

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

      —           —           —           —           2,894         1.81 %       29,297         2.54 %       32,191         2.47 %

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

      —           —           —           —           —           —           2,587         2.02 %       2,587         2.02 %
   

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

     

Total

    $ 7,228         0.70 %     $ 24,661         1.26 %     $ 13,357         2.46 %     $ 38,884         2.60 %     $ 84,130         2.13 %
   

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

     

 

    As of December 31, 2013
    Within One
Year
  After One Year
but Within Five
Years
  After Five Years
but Within Ten
Years
  After Ten Years   Total
    Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Amount   Yield   Total   Yield
    (Dollars in thousands)

Available for Sale

                                   

U.S. Treasury securities

    $ —           —         $ —           —         $ 1,848         2.67 %     $ —           —         $ 1,848         2.67 %

U.S. government and agency securities

      —           —           2,002         1.46 %       6,979         3.13 %       5,416         2.88 %       14,397         2.82 %

Municipal securities

      4,284         0.61 %       18,496         0.94 %       4,149         2.37 %       3,408         3.42 %       30,337         1.38 %

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

      —           —           —           —           146         3.73 %       38,282         2.36 %       38,428         2.36 %

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

      —           —           —           —           —           —           3,011         2.08 %       3,011         2.08 %
   

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

     

Total

    $ 4,284         0.61 %     $ 20,498         1.00 %     $ 13,122         2.85 %     $ 50,117         2.48 %     $ 88,021         2.10 %
   

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

         

 

 

     

 

82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The contractual maturity of mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and asset backed securities is not a reliable indicator of their expected life because borrowers may have the right to prepay their obligations. Mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and asset-backed securities are typically issued with stated principal amounts and are backed by pools of mortgage loans and other loans with varying maturities The term of the underlying mortgages and loans may vary significantly due to the ability of a borrower to pre-pay and, in particular, monthly pay downs on mortgage-backed securities tend to cause the average life of the securities to be much different than the stated contractual maturity. During a period of increasing interest rates, fixed rate mortgage-backed securities do not tend to experience heavy prepayments of principal and, consequently, the average life of this security will be lengthened. If interest rates begin to fall, prepayments may increase, thereby shortening the estimated life of this security.

As of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013, we did not own securities of any one issuer (other than the U.S. government and its agencies or sponsored entities) for which the aggregate adjusted cost exceeded 10% of our consolidated stockholders’ equity.

The average yield of our securities portfolio was 2.12% during the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with 2.03% for the year ended December 31, 2014. The increase in average yield during 2014 compared to 2013 was primarily due to cash flows from lower-yielding, shorter-term securities that were reinvested in higher-yielding, longer-duration securities.

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles

Our goodwill as of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $39.4 million, $11.1 million and $11.0 million, respectively, and increases resulted from the F&M Bancshares acquisition, completed in January 2015, and the Independence acquisition, completed in November 2013. The slight increase in goodwill between December 31, 2013 and 2014 was the result of a measurement period adjustment recorded during 2014 related to the Independence acquisition. Goodwill resulting from business combinations represents the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the net assets acquired. Goodwill is assessed annually for impairment or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.

Our core deposit intangibles, net as of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013, was $5.6 million, $1.7 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and increased as a result of the F&M Bancshares acquisition, completed in January 2015, and the Independence acquisition, completed in November 2013. Core deposit intangibles arising from the Independence and F&M Bancshares acquisitions are amortized using a straight-line amortization method over its estimated useful life of 7 to 9 years.

Deposits

Our lending and investing activities are primarily funded by deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms including demand, savings, money market and certificates and other time accounts. We rely primarily on convenient locations, personalized service and our customer relationships to attract and retain these deposits. At present, we do not attempt to attract deposits by offering high rates. Rather, we seek customers that will both engage in a lending and deposit relationship with us.

Total deposits at June 30, 2015 were $1.63 billion, an increase of $491.6 million, or 43.4%, compared with $1.13 billion at December 31, 2014. Noninterest-bearing deposits at June 30, 2015 were $556.5 million, an increase of $182.7 million, or 48.9%, compared with $373.8 million at December 31, 2014. Interest-bearing deposits at June 30, 2015 were $1.07 billion, an increase of $308.9 million, or 40.7%, compared with $759.9 million at December 31, 2014. The increase in deposits was primarily due to the deposits acquired in the F&M acquisition.

Total deposits at December 31, 2014 were $1.13 billion, an increase of $88.4 million, or 8.5%, compared with $1.05 billion at December 31, 2013. Noninterest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2014 were $373.8 million, an increase of $48.4 million, or 14.9%, compared with $325.4 million at December 31, 2013. Interest-

 

83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

bearing deposits at December 31, 2014 were $759.9 million, an increase of $40.0 million, or 5.6%, compared with $719.9 million at December 31, 2013. We did not actively seek to grow deposits in 2014. The deposit growth we experienced was largely the result of the growth in our customer lending base, many of whom also establish a deposit relationship with us.

The following table presents the daily average balances and weighted average rates paid on deposits for the periods indicated:

 

    For the Six Months Ended June 30,     For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2015     2014     2014     2013  
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Average
Rate
 
   

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Interest-bearing demand

  $ 103,744        0.15   $ 63,363       0.24   $ 69,139        0.20   $ 41,162        0.19

Money market and savings

    413,287        0.42     248,137       0.44     263,277        0.43     225,436        0.51

Certificates and other time

    548,679        0.90     410,579       0.99     404,006        1.01     294,413        1.09
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total interest-bearing deposits

    1,065,710        0.64     722,079       0.73     736,422        0.73     561,011        0.79

Noninterest-bearing deposits

    533,098        —          307,825       —          328,743        —          232,197        —     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total deposits

  $ 1,598,808        0.43   $ 1,029,904       0.51   $ 1,065,165        0.50   $ 793,208        0.56
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Our ratio of average noninterest-bearing deposits to average total deposits for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 33.3%, 30.9% and 29.3%, respectively.

The following table sets forth the amount of our certificates of deposit that are $100 thousand or greater by time remaining until maturity:

 

     As of June 30,
2015
     As of December 31,
2014
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Three months or less

   $ 113,799       $ 74,431   

Over three months through six months

     61,187         52,651   

Over six months through 12 months

     120,423         62,696   

Over 12 months through three years

     97,350         79,168   

Over three years

     29,876         33,606   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 422,635       $ 302,552   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Borrowings

The Company has an available line of credit with the FHLB of Dallas, which allows us to borrow on a collateralized basis. FHLB advances are short-term, overnight borrowings and are used to manage liquidity as needed. Maturing advances are replaced by drawing on available cash, making additional borrowings or through increased customer deposits. At June 30, 2015, we had total funds of $548.6 million available under this agreement, of which $76.5 million was outstanding. Short-term overnight FHLB advances of $75.0 million were outstanding at June 30, 2014, at a weighted average rate of rate of 0.16%.

As of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had $28.1 million, $10.1 million and $5.0 million, respectively, of indebtedness owed to another financial institution. On December 22, 2014, in connection with the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, we entered into a revolving credit agreement. Pursuant to our new revolving credit agreement, we borrowed approximately $10.1 million in December 2014 to pay off the prior indebtedness. In January 2015, we borrowed an additional $18.0 million under our revolving credit agreement to repay debt that F&M Bancshares owed to its shareholders. Our borrowings under the revolving credit agreement mature in

 

84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

December 2021. Interest accrues on borrowed funds at the Prime Rate minus 25 basis points, which equated to approximately 3.00% at June 30, 2015. Interest payments are due quarterly. In December 2015, we will begin paying annual payments on the principal amount outstanding. The revolving credit agreement is secured by 100% of the capital stock of the Bank.

The maximum commitment to advance funds under our revolving credit agreement is $30.0 million, which is reduced by $4.3 million on each December 22nd, beginning on December 22, 2015. We are required to repay any outstanding balance in excess of the then-current maximum commitment amount.

Our revolving credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or engage in certain fundamental corporate transactions, such as mergers, reorganizations and recapitalizations. Additionally, the Bank is required to maintain a “well-capitalized” rating, a minimum return on assets of 0.65%, measured quarterly, a ratio of loan loss reserve to non-performing loans equal to or greater than 75%, measured quarterly, and a ratio of non-performing assets to aggregate equity plus loan loss reserves minus intangible assets of less than 35%, measured quarterly. As of June 30, 2015, we believe we are in compliance with these debt covenants and the lender has not delivered any notice of noncompliance under the terms of the credit documents.

Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk

Our asset liability and funds management policy provides management with the guidelines for effective funds management, and we have established a measurement system for monitoring our net interest rate sensitivity position. We manage our sensitivity position within our established guidelines.

As a financial institution, our primary component of market risk is interest rate volatility. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact both the level of income and expense recorded on most of our assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, other than those which have a short term to maturity. Interest rate risk is the potential of economic losses due to future interest rate changes. These economic losses can be reflected as a loss of future net interest income and/or a loss of current fair market values. The objective is to measure the effect on net interest income and to adjust the balance sheet to minimize the inherent risk while at the same time maximizing income.

We have not entered into instruments such as leveraged derivatives, interest rate swaps, financial options, financial future contracts or forward delivery contracts for the purpose of reducing interest rate risk. Based upon the nature of our operations, we are not subject to foreign exchange or commodity price risk. We do not own any trading assets. We manage our exposure to interest rates by structuring our balance sheet in the ordinary course of a community banking business.

Our exposure to interest rate risk is managed by our Asset Liability Committee (“ALCO”), which is composed of certain members of our board of directors and Bank management, in accordance with policies approved by our board of directors. The ALCO formulates strategies based on appropriate levels of interest rate risk. In determining the appropriate level of interest rate risk, the ALCO considers the impact on earnings and capital of the current outlook on interest rates, potential changes in interest rates, regional economies, liquidity, business strategies and other factors. The ALCO meets regularly to review, among other things, the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to interest rate changes, the book and market values of assets and liabilities, unrealized gains and losses, purchase and sale activities, commitments to originate loans and the maturities of investments and borrowings. Additionally, the ALCO reviews liquidity, cash flow flexibility, maturities of deposits and consumer and commercial deposit activity. Management uses two methodologies to manage interest rate risk: (1) an analysis of relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities; and (2) an interest rate shock simulation model. We have traditionally managed our business to reduce our overall exposure to changes in interest rates.

We use an interest rate risk simulation model and shock analysis to test the interest rate sensitivity of net interest income and the balance sheet, respectively. Contractual maturities and repricing opportunities of loans are incorporated in the model as are prepayment assumptions, maturity data and call options within the

 

85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

investment portfolio. Assumptions based on past experience are incorporated into the model for nonmaturity deposit accounts. The assumptions used are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various management strategies.

We utilize static balance sheet rate shocks to estimate the potential impact on net interest income of changes in interest rates under various rate scenarios. This analysis estimates a percentage of change in the metric from the stable rate base scenario versus alternative scenarios of rising and falling market interest rates by instantaneously shocking a static balance sheet.

The following table summarizes the simulated change in net interest income over a 12-month horizon as of the dates indicated:

 

     Percent Change in Net Interest Income  
     As of June 30,     As of December 31,  

Change in Interest Rates (Basis Points)

   2015     2014     2013  

+300

     2.9     10.0     9.0

+200

     1.0     5.8     4.0

+100

     (0.5 )%      2.2     0.0

Base

     0.0     0.0     0.0

-100

     2.5     2.4     0.0

The results are primarily due to behavior of demand, money market and savings deposits during such rate fluctuations. We have found that, historically, interest rates on these deposits change more slowly than changes in the discount and federal funds rates. This assumption is incorporated into the simulation model and is generally not fully reflected in an interest rate sensitivity analysis. The assumptions incorporated into the model are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the model cannot precisely measure future net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in market interest rates on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the model’s simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions and the application and timing of various strategies.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

Liquidity is the measure of our ability to meet the cash flow requirements of depositors and borrowers, while at the same time meeting our operating, capital, strategic cash flow needs and to maintain reserve requirements to operate on an ongoing basis and manage unexpected events, all at a reasonable cost. During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, our liquidity needs have been met by core deposits, security and loan maturities and amortizing investment and loan portfolios. The Bank has access to purchased funds from correspondent banks and overnight advances from the FHLB are available under a security and pledge agreement to take advantage of investment opportunities.

 

86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Average assets totaled $1.84 billion for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $1.19 billion and $872.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The following table illustrates, during the periods presented, the mix of our funding sources and the average assets in which those funds are invested as a percentage of our average total assets for the period indicated.

 

     For the Six Months
Ended June 30,
    For the Years
Ended
December 31,
 
     2015     2014     2013  

Sources of Funds:

      

Deposits:

      

Noninterest-bearing

     28.9     27.6     26.6

Interest-bearing

     57.8     61.7     64.3

Short-term borrowings

     0.1     0.0     0.0

Subordinated debt

     0.5     0.0     0.0

Other borrowed funds

     1.5     0.6     0.1

Other liabilities

     0.4     0.3     0.3

Stockholders’ equity

     10.8     9.8     8.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Uses of Funds:

      

Loans

     78.5     76.8     74.5

Securities

     6.0     7.7     6.1

Deposits in other financial institutions

     4.6     6.9     12.3

Noninterest-earning assets

     10.9     8.6     7.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100.0     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average noninterest-bearing deposits to average deposits

     33.3     30.9     29.3

Average loans to average deposits

     90.5     86.1     81.9

Our largest source of funds is deposits and our largest use of funds is loans. We do not expect a change in the source or use of our funds in the foreseeable future. Our average loans increased $530.4 million, or 57.8%, for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with the year ended December 31, 2014. Our average loans increased $267.9 million, or 41.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared with the year ended December 31, 2013. We predominantly invest excess deposits in Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas balances, securities, interest bearing deposits at other banks or other short-term liquid investments until the funds are needed to fund loan growth. Our securities portfolio had a weighted average life of 7.0 years and a modified duration of 5.9 years at June 30, 2015, a weighted average life of 5.2 years and a modified duration of 4.5 years at December 31, 2014 and a weighted average life of 4.9 years and a modified duration of 4.4 years at December 31, 2013.

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, we had outstanding $490.2 million and $393.0 million, respectively, in commitments to extend credit and $6.4 million and $4.0 million, respectively, in commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the total outstanding may not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

As of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and 2013, we had no exposure to future cash requirements associated with known uncertainties or capital expenditures of a material nature.

As of June 30, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents of $138.7 million compared with $167.5 million at December 31, 2014, a decrease of $28.9 million. This decrease in cash and cash equivalents was primarily due to the purchase of securities of $542.3 million, an increase in total loans of $152.7 million and the purchase of bank owned life insurance of $10.0 million partially offset by proceeds from the maturities and paydowns of securities of $474.2 million, cash acquired in the F&M Bancshares acquisition of $106.5 million and proceeds from short-term borrowings of $75.0 million from FHLB.

 

87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $167.5 million compared with $213.1 million at December 31, 2013, a decrease of $45.4 million. This decrease was primarily due to an increase in loans held for investment of $165.4 million partially offset by an increase in deposits of $88.4 million, proceeds from the common stock offering in 2014 of $10.5 million, net earnings of $9.0 million and $5.1 million in net proceeds from a long-term borrowing.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations and other commitments to make future payments as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 (other than deposit obligations), which consist of our future cash payments associated with our contractual obligations pursuant to our non-cancelable future operating leases and our indebtedness owed to another financial institution. Payments related to leases are based on actual payments specified in underlying contracts.

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
     5 years
or more
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Bank loan

   $ 2,354       $ 8,570       $ 8,570       $ 8,575       $ 28,069   

Operating leases

     2,798         2,600         4,564         5,629         15,591   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,152       $ 11,170       $ 13,134       $ 14,204       $ 43,660   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2014  
     Less than
1 year
     1-3
Years
     3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
     5 years
or more
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Bank loan

   $ —         $ —         $ 1,494       $ 8,575       $ 10,069   

Operating leases

     2,281         4,664         3,072         3,867         13,884   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,281       $ 4,664       $ 4,566       $ 12,442       $ 23,953   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Off-Balance Sheet Items

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, are not included in our consolidated balance sheets. We enter into these transactions to meet the financing needs of our customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit, which involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.

 

88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Our commitments associated with outstanding standby letters of credit and commitments to extend credit expiring by period are summarized below. Since commitments associated with letters of credit and commitments to extend credit may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements:

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
     5 years
or more
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 135,540       $ 224,340       $ 26,708       $ 103,635       $ 490,223   

Standby letters of credit

     4,056         2,382         —           —           6,438   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 139,596       $ 226,722       $ 26,708       $ 103,635       $ 496,661   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     As of December 31, 2014  
     Less than
1 year
     1-3
years
     3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
     5 years
or more
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 285,641       $ 32,049       $ 34,354       $ 40,954       $ 392,998   

Standby letters of credit

     3,839         167         —           —           4,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 289,480       $ 32,216       $ 34,354       $ 40,954       $ 397,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to Extend Credit. We enter into contractual commitments to extend credit, normally with fixed expiration dates or termination clauses, at specified rates and for specific purposes. Substantially all of our commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit standards at the time of loan funding. We minimize our exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and monitoring procedures. The amount and type of collateral obtained, if considered necessary by us, upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer. Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for loan losses.

Standby Letters of Credit. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. If the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, we would be required to fund the commitment and we would have the rights to the underlying collateral. The maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount of the commitment. Our policies generally require that standby letter of credit arrangements contain security and debt covenants similar to those contained in loan agreements.

Capital Resources

Capital management consists of providing equity to support our current and future operations. We are subject to capital adequacy requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve and the Bank is subject to capital adequacy requirements imposed by the FDIC. Both the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have adopted risk-based capital requirements for assessing bank holding company and bank capital adequacy. These standards define capital and establish minimum capital requirements in relation to assets and off-balance sheet exposure, adjusted for credit risk. The risk-based capital standards currently in effect are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among bank holding companies and banks, to account for off-balance sheet exposure and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance sheet items are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate relative risk weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance sheet items.

 

89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Under current guidelines, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (which are primarily the credit risk equivalents of balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet items such as standby letters of credit) is 8.0%. At least half of total capital must be composed of tier 1 capital, which includes common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), less goodwill, other disallowed intangibles, and disallowed deferred tax assets, among other items. The Federal Reserve also has adopted a minimum leverage ratio, requiring tier 1 capital of at least 4.0% of average quarterly total consolidated assets, net of goodwill and certain other intangible assets, for all by the most highly rated bank holding companies. The federal banking agencies have also established risk-based and leverage capital guidelines that FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to meet. These regulations are generally similar to those established by the Federal Reserve for bank holding companies.

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the federal bank regulatory agencies must take “prompt corrective action” against undercapitalized U.S. depository institutions. U.S. depository institutions are assigned one of five capital categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized,” and are subjected to different regulation corresponding to the capital category within which the institution falls. A depository institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if the banking institution has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% and a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater, and the institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific level for any capital measure. Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution may be treated as if the institution were in the next lower capital category.

Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject the institution to a variety of enforcement remedies by federal bank regulatory agencies, including: termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, restrictions on certain business activities, and appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. As of June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Bank was well-capitalized.

Total stockholder’s equity was $201.8 million at June 30, 2015, compared with $131.8 million at December 31, 2014, an increase of $70.1 million, or 53.2%. This increase was primarily the result of $61.9 million of common stock issued in connection with the acquisition of F&M Bancshares and, the concurrent equity offering and net income of $7.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Total stockholders’ equity increased to $131.8 million at December 31, 2014, compared with $109.7 million at December 31, 2013, an increase of $22.1 million, or 20.1%. This increase was primarily the result of $10.5 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock in 2014 to support our capital position and net income in 2014 of $9.0 million.

 

90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table provides a comparison our leverage and risk-weighted capital ratios as of the dates indicated to the minimum and well-capitalized regulatory standards:

 

    Actual    For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
  To Be Categorized As
Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective

Action Provisions
    Amount   Ratio      Amount       Ratio (1)          Amount         Ratio  
    (Dollars in thousands)

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC. (Consolidated)

                        

As of June 30, 2015

                        

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

    $ 179,614         10.48 %      $ 137,141         8.00 %       N/A         N/A  

Common Equity Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

      148,719         8.68 %        77,142         4.50 %       N/A         N/A  

Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

      169,301         9.88 %        102,856         6.00 %       N/A         N/A  

Tier I Capital (to Average Tangible Assets)

      169,301         9.34 %        72,521         4.00 %       N/A         N/A  

As of December 31, 2014 (2)

                        

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

    $ 126,584         12.80 %      $ 79,127         8.00 %       N/A         N/A  

Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

      118,338         11.96 %        39,564         4.00 %       N/A         N/A  

Tier I Capital (to Average Tangible Assets)

      118,338         9.55 %        49,549         4.00 %       N/A         N/A  

 

    Actual    For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
  To Be Categorized As
Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective

Action Provisions
    Amount   Ratio      Amount       Ratio (1)          Amount         Ratio  
    (Dollars in thousands)

ALLEGIANCE BANK

                        

As of June 30, 2015

                        

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

    $ 195,666         11.42 %      $ 137,067         8.00 %     $ 171,333         10.00 %

Common Equity Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

      185,354         10.82 %        77,100         4.50 %       102,800         6.50 %

Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

      185,354         10.82 %        102,800         6.00 %       102,800         8.00 %

Tier I Capital (to Average Tangible Assets)

      185,354         10.23 %        72,489         4.00 %       90,611         5.00 %

As of December 31, 2014 (2)

                        

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

    $ 124,472         12.59 %      $ 79,066         8.00 %     $ 98,833         10.00 %

Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

      116,226         11.76 %        39,533         4.00 %       59,300         6.00 %

Tier I Capital (to Average Tangible Assets)

      116,226         9.38 %        49,549         4.00 %       61,936         5.00 %

 

(1) The Federal Reserve may require the Company and the FDIC may require the Bank to maintain capital ratios above the required minimums.
(2) Does not reflect impact of acquisition of F&M Bancshares and/or Enterprise Bank.

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies published final rules establishing a new comprehensive capital framework for U.S. banking organizations. These rules became effective as applied to us on January 1, 2015, with a phase in period from January 1, 2015 through January 1, 2019. See “Regulation and Supervision—US Implementation of Basel III.”

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

For information regarding the market risk of our financial instruments, see “—Interest Rate Sensitivity and Market Risk.” Our principal market risk exposure is to changes in interest rates.

 

91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

GAAP Reconciliation and Management’s Explanation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We identify certain financial measures discussed in this prospectus as being “non-GAAP financial measures.” In accordance with the SEC’s rules, we classify a financial measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that have the effect of excluding or including amounts, that are included or excluded, as the case may be, in the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States in our statements of income, balance sheet or statements of cash flows. Non-GAAP financial measures do not include operating and other statistical measures or ratios or statistical measures calculated using exclusively either financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP, operating measures or other measures that are not non-GAAP financial measures or both.

The non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss in this prospectus should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the most directly comparable or other financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, the manner in which we calculate the non-GAAP financial measures that we discuss in this prospectus may differ from that of other companies reporting measures with similar names. You should understand how such other banking organizations calculate their financial measures similar or with names similar to the non-GAAP financial measures we have discussed in this prospectus when comparing such non-GAAP financial measures.

Our management uses these non-GAAP financial measures in its analysis of our performance.

 

    Tangible Stockholders’ Equity ” is stockholders’ equity reduced by goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization.

 

    Tangible Book Value Per Share ” is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. Tangible book value per share is defined as total equity reduced by goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization, divided by total shares outstanding. This measure is important to investors interested in changes from period to period in book value per share, exclusive of changes in intangible assets. For tangible book value per share, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is our book value per share.

 

    Tangible Equity to Tangible Assets ” is a non-GAAP measure generally used by financial analysts and investment bankers to evaluate financial institutions. Tangible equity to tangible assets is defined as the ratio of total stockholders’ equity less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization, divided by tangible assets, which are total assets less goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net of accumulated amortization. This measure is important to investors interested in changes from period to period in equity and total assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. For tangible equity to tangible assets, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated in accordance with GAAP is total stockholders’ equity to total assets. We believe that this measure is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in the relative changes from period to period in common equity and total assets, each exclusive of changes in intangible assets. Goodwill and other intangible assets have the effect of increasing both total stockholders’ equity and assets while not increasing our tangible common equity or tangible assets.

 

92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP; however, we acknowledge that our non-GAAP financial measures have a number of limitations. As such, you should not view these disclosures as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, and they are not necessarily comparable to non-GAAP financial measures that other companies use. The following reconciliation tables provides a more detailed analysis of these non-GAAP financial measures:

 

     As of and for the Six
Months Ended June 30,
    As of and for the Years Ended December 31,  
     2015     2014     2014     2013     2012     2011     2010  
                 (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 201,830      $ 116,071      $ 131,778      $ 109,736      $ 68,085      $ 52,907      $ 45,392   

Less:

              

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net

     45,034        13,050        12,891        13,044        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 156,796      $ 103,022      $ 118,887      $ 96,692      $ 68,085      $ 52,907      $ 45,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less:

              

Preferred stock

     11,550        —          —          —          —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common stockholders’ equity

   $ 145,246      $ 103,022      $ 118,887      $ 96,69   $ 68,085      $ 52,907      $ 45,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares outstanding at end of period (1)

     9,822,950        6,977,246        7,477,309        6,953,125        5,182,734        4,557,992        4,333,782   

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 14.79      $ 14.77      $ 15.90      $ 13.91      $ 13.14      $ 11.61      $ 10.47   

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 6,968      $ 4,684      $ 9,005      $ 6,839      $ 4,555      $ 2,995      $ 2,013   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common stockholders’ equity

     188,112        113,745      $ 116,460      $ 75,787      $ 61,699      $ 47,523      $ 42,297   

Less:

              

Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net

     45,205        13,049        13,007        1,615        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible common stockholders’ equity

   $ 142,907      $ 100,696      $ 103,453      $ 74,172      $ 61,699      $ 47,523      $ 42,297   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average tangible common equity (2)(3)

     9.83     9.38     8.70     9.22     7.38     6.30     4.76

Total assets

   $ 1,945,156      $ 1,205,632      $ 1,280,008      $ 1,164,759      $ 774,308      $ 616,467      $ 428,445   

Less:

              

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net

     45,034        13,050        12,891        13,044        —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

   $ 1,900,122      $ 1,192,582      $ 1,267,117      $ 1,151,715      $ 774,308      $ 616,467      $ 428,445   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity to tangible assets

     7.64     8.64     9.38     8.40     8.79     8.58     10.59

 

(1) Does not include 1,746, 3,467, 7,199, 11,426, 8,366 and 3,500 shares of treasury stock as of June 30, 2015 and 2014 and December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2010, respectively. There were no shares of treasury stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014 or December 31, 2011.
(2) As a result of system conversions, we are unable to calculate daily average balances for 2012, 2011 or 2010. For these periods, average loans, securities, deposits in other financial institutions, assets and equity are calculated by averaging the ending balance of the prior month and the ending balance of the current month and multiplying the average by the number of days in the current month. The twelve resulting products were then added together and the resulting sum is divided by the number of days in the year.
(3) Interim periods annualized.

 

93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
     Three Months Ended  
     June 30,
2015
    March 31,
2015
 
              

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 201,830      $ 199,024   

Less:

    

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net

     45,034        45,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible stockholders’ equity

   $ 156,796      $ 153,783   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less:

    

Preferred stock

     11,550        11,550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common stockholders’ equity

   $ 145,246      $ 142,233   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shares outstanding at end of period (1)

     9,822,950        9,824,116   

Tangible book value per common share

   $ 14.79      $ 14.48   

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 3,623      $ 3,345   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average common stockholders’ equity

     189,907        186,294   

Less:

    

Average goodwill and other intangible assets, net

     45,150        45,260   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average tangible common stockholders’ equity

   $ 144,757      $ 141,034   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Return on average tangible common equity (2)

     10.04     9.62

Total assets

   $  1,945,156      $ 1,884,886   

Less:

    

Goodwill and core deposit intangibles, net

     45,034        45,241   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

   $ 1,900,122      $ 1,839,645   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity to tangible assets

     7.64     7.73

 

(1) Does not include 1,746 shares of treasury stock as of June 30, 2015. There were no shares of treasury stock

outstanding as of March 31, 2015.

(2) Interim periods annualized.

 

94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNAUDITED SELEC TED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

The following unaudited selected pro forma combined financial data combines data from the historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and the historical consolidated financial statements of F&M Bancshares, giving effect to the merger of the two institutions.

The following unaudited selected pro forma combined statement of income data for the year ended December 31, 2014 combines data from the historical consolidated statement of income of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the historical consolidated statement of income of F&M Bancshares for the year ended December 31, 2014, giving effect to the merger as if it had been consummated on January 1, 2014.

The following unaudited selected pro forma combined financial data give effect to the merger using the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations as required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

The following unaudited selected pro forma combined financial data should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto of each of the Company and F&M Bancshares contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following unaudited selected pro forma combined financial data are provided for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the actual results that might have been achieved for the periods or dates indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of the future results of the combined company. The following unaudited selected pro forma combined financial data are based on estimates and assumptions set forth below.

In connection with the integration of F&M Bancshares into the Company, the Company has incurred and will incur costs associated with systems implementation, severance and other costs related to exit or disposal activities. The following unaudited selected pro forma combined financial data do not reflect these transaction costs or cost savings expected to be realized from the elimination of certain expenses and from synergies expected to be created or the costs to achieve such cost savings or synergies. Transaction costs not yet incurred or cost savings not yet realized will be recorded when incurred, are non-recurring and are thus not reflected in the calculations of pro forma income.

 

95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Unaudited Selected Pro Forma Combined Income Statement (1)

 

     For the Year Ended December 31, 2014  
     Allegiance      F&M
Bancshares
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
   Combined  
     (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)  

Interest income

            

Interest and fees on loans

   $ 50,243       $ 23,104      $ 3,916      (A)    $ 77,263   

Interest on investment securities

     1,851         378        —             2,229   

Interest on deposits at other financial institutions

     311         136        —             447   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total interest income

     52,405         23,618        3,916           79,939   

Interest expense on deposits

     5,342         2,020        (507   (B)      6,855   

Interest expense on subordinated debt

     —           309        329      (C)      638   

Interest expense on borrowings

     229         1,273        (720   (D)      782   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net interest income

     46,834         20,016        4,814           71,664   

Provision for loan losses

     2,150         —          —        (E)      2,150   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for loan losses

     44,684         20,016        4,814           69,514   

Noninterest income

            

Service charges and NSF fees on deposit accounts

     945         888        —             1,833   

Other income

     1,662         470        —             2,132   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     2,607         1,358        —             3,965   

Noninterest expenses

            

Salaries and employee benefits

     20,179         12,026        (2,217   (F)      29,988   

Net occupancy and equipment

     3,316         1,197        —             4,513   

Data processing and software amortization

     1,658         670        (2   (F)      2,326   

Depreciation

     1,084         271        —             1,355   

Professional fees

     2,294         2,355        (976   (F)      3,673   

Regulatory assessments and FDIC Insurance

     848         402        —             1,250   

Core deposit intangibles and amortization

     298         —          533      (G)      831   

Other

     3,781         1,266        (18   (F)      5,029   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total noninterest expenses

     33,458         18,187        (2,680        48,965   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Income before income tax

     13,833         3,187        7,494           24,514   

Income tax expense

     4,828         1,015        2,623      (H)      8,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 9,005       $ 2,172      $ 4,871         $ 16,048   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

     —           (1,049     —             (1,049
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 9,005       $ 1,123      $ 4,871         $ 14,999   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

      

 

 

 

Earnings per common share:

            

Basic

   $ 1.29              $ 1.53   

Diluted

   $ 1.26              $ 1.51   

Average common shares outstanding:

            

Basic

     6,978,025                9,796,389   

Diluted

     7,142,377                9,960,742   

 

(1) The acquisition of F&M Bancshares was closed on January 1, 2015, which was a bank holiday and a day on which no business was transacted. We have not included pro forma combined income statement information for the six months ended June 30, 2015 in this prospectus as our historical consolidated income statement information for the three months ended June 30, 2015 includes F&M Bancshares.

 

96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Notes to Unaudited Selected Pro Forma Combined Financial Data

The following pro forma adjustments have been reflected in the unaudited selected pro forma combined financial information. Certain adjustments are based on assumptions and valuations performed by a third party, which are subject to change, and are part of the acquisition accounting transactions.

 

(A) Adjustment represents the change in loan interest income for the year ended December 31, 2014 that would have resulted had the loans been acquired as of January 1, 2014. We evaluated the acquired loan portfolio to estimate the necessary credit and interest rate fair value adjustments. Subsequently, the accretable portion of the fair value adjustment will be accreted into earnings using the level yield method over the remaining maturity of the underlying loans. The adjustment represents interest accretion for a full year.
(B) We have evaluated the acquired certificate of deposit portfolio to estimate the necessary fair value adjustments. Subsequently, the fair value adjustment will be accreted into earnings using the level yield method over the estimated lives of the acquired certificates of deposit.
(C) We have evaluated the acquired junior subordinated debentures to estimate the necessary fair value adjustments. Subsequently, the fair value adjustment will be amortized into earnings using the level yield method.
(D) F&M Bancshares had related party borrowings at 7.00%. As part of the acquisition, we entered into a borrowing agreement at 3.00%. This adjustment represents the difference in interest expense between F&M Bancshares’ borrowing rate and our borrowing rate.
(E) Provision for loan losses does not reflect any potential impact of the fair value adjustments related to loans which include an estimate of credit losses.
(F) Adjustments eliminate $3.2 million of direct, incremental costs of the F&M Bancshares acquisition that were previously recognized in the historical financial statements of the Company and F&M Bancshares. These costs primarily include $2.2 million of bonus payments related to the cancellation of stock options held by F&M Bancshares employees, $763 thousand associated with professional consulting fees and $213 thousand of legal fees related to the transaction.
(G) Adjustment reflects the change in amortization for the year ended December 31, 2014 that would have resulted from the amortization of the core deposit intangible had the deposits been acquired as of January 1, 2014. The amortization of the core deposit intangible was calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of eight years.
(H) Adjustment reflects the tax impact of the pro forma acquisition adjustments to our marginal income tax rate of 35%.

 

97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

The U.S. banking industry is highly regulated under federal and state law. These laws and regulations affect the operations and performance of us and our subsidiaries.

Statutes, regulations and policies limit the activities in which we may engage and how we conduct certain permitted activities. Further, the bank regulatory system imposes reporting and information collection obligations. We incur significant costs relating to compliance with these laws and regulations. Banking statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by federal and state legislatures and regulatory agencies, and a change in them, including changes in how they are interpreted or implemented, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

The material statutory and regulatory requirements that are applicable to us are summarized below. The description below is not intended to summarize all laws and regulations applicable to us and our subsidiaries, and is based upon the statutes, regulations, policies, interpretive letters and other written guidance that are in effect as of the date of this prospectus.

Bank and Bank Holding Company Regulation

The Bank is currently a Texas-chartered banking association, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund up to applicable legal limits. The Bank is subject to ongoing and comprehensive supervision, regulation, examination and enforcement by the Texas Department of Banking (the “TDB”) and the FDIC.

Any entity that directly or indirectly controls a bank must be approved to become a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “BHC Act”). Bank holding companies are subject to regulation, inspection, examination, supervision and enforcement by the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act. The Federal Reserve’s jurisdiction also extends to any company that is directly or indirectly controlled by a bank holding company.

As a bank holding company, we are subject to ongoing and comprehensive supervision, regulation, examination and enforcement by the Federal Reserve. As a bank holding company of a Texas state chartered bank, we are also subject to supervision, regulation, examination and enforcement by the TDB.

Broad Supervision, Examination and Enforcement Powers

A principal objective of the U.S. bank regulatory system is to protect depositors by ensuring the financial safety and soundness of banking organizations. To that end, the banking regulators have broad regulatory, examination and enforcement authority. The regulators regularly examine the operations of banking organizations. In addition, banking organizations are subject to periodic reporting requirements. Insured depository institutions with total assets of $500 million or more must submit annual audit reports prepared by independent auditors to federal and state regulators. In some instances, the audit report of the insured depository institution’s bank holding company can be used to satisfy this requirement. Auditors must receive examination reports, supervisory agreements and reports of enforcement actions.

The regulators have various remedies available if they determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity or other aspects of a banking organization’s operations are unsatisfactory. The regulators may also take action if they determine that the banking organization or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation. The regulators have the power to, among other things:

 

    enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices;

 

    require affirmative actions to correct any violation or practice;

 

98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    issue administrative orders that can be judicially enforced;

 

    direct increases in capital;

 

    direct the sale of subsidiaries or other assets;

 

    limit dividends and distributions;

 

    restrict growth;

 

    assess civil monetary penalties;

 

    remove officers and directors; and

 

    terminate deposit insurance.

The FDIC may terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s bank regulators. Engaging in unsafe or unsound practices or failing to comply with applicable laws, regulations and supervisory agreements could subject us and our subsidiaries or their officers, directors and institution-affiliated parties to the remedies described above and other sanctions.

The Dodd-Frank Act

On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act is having a broad impact on the financial services industry, and imposes significant regulatory and compliance requirements, including the designation of certain financial companies as systemically important financial companies, enhanced oversight of credit rating agencies, the imposition of increased capital, leverage, and liquidity requirements, and numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthen safety and soundness within, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act established a new framework of authority to conduct systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), and the FDIC.

The following items provide a brief description of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act that are most relevant to us and the Bank.

 

    Source of strength . Under Federal Reserve policy, bank holding companies have historically been required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to each of their banking subsidiaries, and the Dodd-Frank Act codified this policy as a statutory requirement. The Dodd-Frank Act requires all companies, including bank holding companies, that directly or indirectly control an insured depository institution to serve as a source of strength for the institution. As a result of this requirement, in the future we could be required to provide financial assistance to the Bank should it experience financial distress.

 

   

Mortgage loan origination . The Dodd-Frank Act authorized the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages, including a determination of the borrower’s ability to repay a residential mortgage loan. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, financial institutions may not make a residential mortgage loan unless they make a “reasonable and good faith determination” that the consumer has a “reasonable ability” to repay the loan. The Dodd-Frank Act allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure but provides a full or partial safe harbor from such defenses for loans that are “qualified mortgages.” The CFPB has promulgated final rules to, among other things, specify the types of income and assets that may be considered in the ability to repay determination, the permissible sources for verification and the

 

99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

required methods of calculating the loan’s monthly payments. The rules extend the requirement that creditors verify and document a borrower’s income and assets to include all information that creditors rely on in determining repayment ability. The rules also provide further examples of third party documents that may be relied on for such verification, such as government records and check cashing or funds transfer service receipts. The new rules became effective on January 10, 2014. The rules also define “qualified mortgages,” imposing both underwriting standards—for example, a borrower’s debt to income ratio may not exceed 43%—and limits on the terms of their loans. Points and fees are subject to a relatively stringent cap, and the terms include a wide array of payments that may be made in the course of closing a loan. Certain loans, including interest only loans and negative amortization loans, cannot be qualified mortgages.

 

    Risk retention . On October 22, 2014, the OCC, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the SEC, the Federal Housing Finance Agency and the Department of Housing and Urban Development issued a final rule in connection with the risk retention requirement mandated by Section 941 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The risk retention requirement generally requires a securitizer to retain no less than 5% of the credit risk in assets it sells into a securitization and prohibits a securitizer from directly or indirectly hedging or otherwise transferring the credit risk that the securitizer is required to retain, subject to limited exemptions. One significant exemption is for securities entirely collateralized by “qualified residential mortgages” (“QRMs”), which are loans deemed to have a lower risk of default. The final rule defines QRMs to have the same meaning as the term “qualified mortgage,” as defined by the CFPB. In addition, the final rule provides for reduced risk retention requirements for qualifying commercial loan, commercial real estate loan and auto loan securitizations.

 

    Imposition of restrictions on certain activities . The Dodd-Frank Act imposes a new regulatory structure on the over-the-counter derivatives market, including requirements for clearing, exchange trading, capital, margin, reporting and record keeping. In addition, certain swaps and other derivatives activities are required to be “pushed out” of insured depository institutions and conducted in separately capitalized non-bank affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires certain persons to register as a “major swap participant,” “swap dealer,” “major security-based swap participant” or a “security-based swap dealer.” The U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission has substantially completed adopting regulations to implement much of the new derivatives regulatory structure of the Dodd-Frank Act. The SEC and other U.S. regulators are still in the process of adopting regulations to implement the new derivatives regulatory structure of the Dodd-Frank Act. With regard to security-based swaps, it is anticipated that this further rulemaking will further clarify, among other things, reporting and recordkeeping obligations, margin and capital requirements, the scope of registration requirements, and what swaps are required to be centrally cleared and exchange-traded. Rules will also be issued to enhance the oversight of clearing and trading entities. As these remaining rules are implemented, new restrictions or limitations may affect our ability to manage certain risks in our business.

 

    Expanded FDIC resolution authority . While insured depository institutions have long been subject to the FDIC’s resolution process, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new mechanism for the FDIC to conduct the orderly liquidation of certain “covered financial companies,” including bank and thrift holding companies and systemically significant non-bank financial companies. Upon certain findings being made, the FDIC may be appointed receiver for a covered financial company, and would conduct an orderly liquidation of the entity. The FDIC liquidation process is modeled on the existing Federal Deposit Insurance Act and generally gives the FDIC more discretion than in the traditional bankruptcy context. The FDIC has issued final rules implementing the orderly liquidation authority.

 

   

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB, which is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The CFPB has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank and thrift consumers. For banking organizations with assets of $10 billion or more, the CFPB has exclusive rule-making, examination, and primary enforcement authority under federal consumer financial laws.

 

100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
 

In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are stricter than those regulations promulgated by the CFPB. Compliance with any such new regulations would increase our cost of operations.

 

    Deposit insurance . The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the general $250 thousand deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDIA”) also revised the assessment base against which an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the FDIC’s Deposit Insurance Fund will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base is no longer the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act made changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the Deposit Insurance Fund, increasing the minimum from 1.15% to 1.35% of the estimated amount of total insured deposits, and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. Several of these provisions may impact the FDIC deposit insurance premiums paid by the Bank.

 

    Transactions with affiliates and insiders . The Dodd-Frank Act generally enhanced the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and clarification regarding the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivatives transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institution’s board of directors.

 

    Corporate governance . The Dodd-Frank Act addresses many investor protection, corporate governance and executive compensation matters that will affect most U.S. publicly traded companies, including us. The Dodd-Frank Act (i) grants shareholders of U.S. publicly traded companies an advisory vote on executive compensation; (ii) enhances independence requirements for compensation committee members; (iii) requires companies listed on national securities exchanges to adopt incentive-based compensation clawback policies for executive officers; and (iv) provides the SEC with authority to adopt proxy access rules that would allow shareholders of publicly traded companies to nominate candidates for election as a director and have those nominees included in a company’s proxy materials. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of the provisions of the JOBS Act allowing us to not seek a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

The requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act are in the process of being implemented and many of the requirements remain subject to regulations implemented over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on our operations is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make any changes necessary to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.

Failure to comply with the new requirements may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Volcker Rule

On December 10, 2013, the federal bank regulatory agencies, together with the SEC and the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission, adopted a final rule, commonly known as the “Volcker Rule,” under Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act that generally prohibits “banking entities” from engaging in “proprietary trading” and making investments and conducting certain other activities with “private equity funds and hedge funds.” Although the final rule provides some tiering of compliance and reporting obligations based on size, the fundamental prohibitions of the Volcker Rule apply to banking entities of any size, including us and the Bank. The final regulations became effective April 1, 2014; however, at the time the agencies released the final Volcker Rule, the Federal Reserve announced an extension of the conformance period for all banking entities until July 21, 2015.

In response to industry questions regarding the final Volcker Rule, the OCC, Federal Reserve, FDIC, SEC and CFTC issued a clarifying interim final rule on January 14, 2014, permitting banking entities to retain interests in certain collateralized debt obligations backed by trust preferred securities if the collateralized debt obligations meet certain requirements.

We have reviewed the scope of the Volcker Rule and have determined that we do not have any investments that meet the requirements of the rule at this time.

Notice and Approval Requirements Related to Control

Federal and state banking laws impose notice, approval and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act. Among other things, these laws require regulatory filings by a shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. The determination whether an investor “controls” a depository institution is based on all of the facts and circumstances surrounding the investment. As a general matter, a party is deemed to control a depository institution or other company if the party owns or controls 25% or more of any class of voting stock. Subject to rebuttal, a party may be presumed to control a depository institution or other company if the investor owns or controls 10% or more of any class of voting stock. Ownership by affiliated parties, or parties acting in concert, is typically aggregated for these purposes. If a party’s ownership of us were to exceed certain thresholds, the investor could be deemed to “control” us for regulatory purposes. This could subject the investor to regulatory filings or other regulatory consequences.

In addition, except under limited circumstances, bank holding companies are prohibited from acquiring, without prior approval:

 

    control of any other bank or bank holding company or all or substantially all the assets thereof; or

 

    more than 5% of the voting shares of a bank or bank holding company which is not already a subsidiary.

Permissible Activities and Investments

Banking laws generally restrict our ability to engage in, or acquire 5% or more of the voting shares of a company engaged in, activities other than those determined by the Federal Reserve to be so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Modernization Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”) expanded the scope of permissible activities for a bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company. Under the regulations implementing the GLB Act, a financial holding company may engage in additional activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to a financial activity. Those activities include, among other activities, certain insurance and securities activities. Qualifications for becoming a financial holding company include, among other things, meeting certain specified capital standards and

 

102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

achieving certain management ratings in examinations. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, bank holding companies and their subsidiaries must be well-capitalized and well-managed in order for the bank holding company and its non-bank affiliates to engage in the expanded financial activities permissible only for a financial holding company.

In addition, as a general matter, we must receive prior regulatory approval before establishing or acquiring a depository institution or, in certain cases, a non-bank entity.

The Texas Constitution, as amended in 1986, provides that a Texas-chartered bank has the same rights and privileges that are or may be granted to national banks domiciled in Texas. To the extent that the Texas laws and regulations may have allowed state-chartered banks to engage in a broader range of activities than national banks, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (the “FDICIA”), has operated to limit this authority. The FDICIA provides that no state bank or subsidiary thereof may engage as a principal in any activity not permitted for national banks, unless the institution complies with applicable capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity poses no significant risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. In general, statutory restrictions on the activities of banks are aimed at protecting the safety and soundness of depository institutions.

Branching

Texas law provides that a Texas-chartered bank can establish a branch anywhere in Texas provided that the branch is approved in advance by the TDB. The branch must also be approved by the FDIC, which considers a number of factors, including financial history, capital adequacy, earnings prospects, character of management, needs of the community and consistency with corporate powers. The Dodd-Frank Act permits insured state banks to engage in de novo interstate branching if the laws of the state where the new branch is to be established would permit the establishment of the branch if it were chartered by such state.

Regulatory Capital Requirements and Capital Adequacy

The federal bank regulators view capital levels as important indicators of an institution’s financial soundness. As a general matter, FDIC-insured depository institutions and their holding companies are required to maintain minimum capital relative to the amount and types of assets they hold. The final supervisory determination on an institution’s capital adequacy is based on the regulator’s assessment of numerous factors.

As a BHC and a state-chartered member bank, we and the Bank are subject to regulatory capital requirements. In addition to the federal requirements set forth below, the TDB has issued a policy which generally requires state chartered banks to maintain a leverage ratio (defined in accordance with federal capital guidelines) of 5.0%.

The Federal Reserve has established risk-based and leverage capital guidelines for bank holding companies and state member banks, including us and the Bank. The risk-based capital guidelines were based upon the 1988 capital accord of the International Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), a committee of central banks and bank supervisors, as implemented by the U.S. federal banking agencies. The original framework was commonly referred to as “Basel I.” The federal banking agencies subsequently adopted separate risk-based capital guidelines for so-called “core banks” based upon the Revised Framework for the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards (“Basel II”) issued by the Basel Committee in November 2005, and most recently have implemented the recently revised framework referred to as “Basel III.”

Basel I

Under Basel I, the minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets (which are primarily the credit risk equivalents of balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet items such as standby letters of credit) was 8%. At least half of total capital had to be composed of tier 1 capital, which included common shareholders’ equity

 

103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

(including retained earnings), qualifying non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (and, for bank holding companies only, a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of trust preferred securities), and minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less goodwill, other disallowed intangibles, and disallowed deferred tax assets, among other items. The Federal Reserve also had adopted a minimum leverage ratio for bank holding companies, requiring tier 1 capital of at least 3% of average quarterly total consolidated assets (as defined for regulatory purposes), net of goodwill and certain other intangible assets.

The federal banking agencies also established risk-based and leverage capital guidelines that FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to meet. These regulations are generally similar to those established by the Federal Reserve for bank holding companies.

Basel II

Under the final U.S. Basel II rules issued by the federal banking agencies, there were a small number of “core” banking organizations that were required to use the advanced approaches under Basel II for calculating risk-based capital related to credit risk and operational risk, instead of the methodology reflected in the regulations effective prior to adoption of Basel II. The rules also required core banking organizations to have rigorous processes for assessing overall capital adequacy in relation to their total risk profiles, and to publicly disclose certain information about their risk profiles and capital adequacy. We and the Bank are not among the core banking organizations required to use Basel II advanced approaches.

Under these previous guidelines, Federal Reserve regulations required state chartered member banks and bank holding companies generally to maintain three minimum capital standards: (i) a Tier 1 capital to total assets ratio, or “leverage capital ratio,” of at least 4.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio, or “Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio,” of at least 4.0%; and (iii) a total risk-based capital (Tier 1 plus Tier 2) to risk-weighted assets ratio, or “total risk-based capital ratio,” of at least 8.0%.

Basel III

On December 16, 2010, the Basel Committee released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, known as Basel III. The Basel III calibration and phase-in arrangements were previously endorsed by the Seoul G20 Leaders Summit in November 2010, and are subject to individual adoption by member nations, including the United States. Under these standards, when fully phased-in on January 1, 2019, banking institutions will be required to satisfy six risk-based capital ratios:

 

  (i) A common equity tier 1 ratio of at least 7.0%, inclusive of 4.5% minimum common equity tier 1 ratio, net of regulatory deductions, and the new 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” of common equity to risk-weighted assets;

 

  (ii) A tier 1 capital ratio of at least 8.5%, inclusive of the 2.5% capital conservation buffer; and

 

  (iii) A total capital ratio of at least 10.5%, inclusive of the 2.5% capital conservation buffer.

U.S. Implementation of Basel III

In July 2013, the federal banking agencies published final capital rules under Basel III (“Basel III Capital Rules”) that revised their risk-based and leverage capital requirements and their method for calculating risk-weighted assets to implement, in part, agreements reached by the Basel Committee and certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Basel III Capital Rules implemented the Basel Committee’s December 2010 framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, known as Basel III, which substantially revised the existing capital requirements for banking organizations. While some provisions are tailored to larger institutions, the Basel III Capital Rules generally apply to all banking organizations, including

 

104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

us and the Bank. The Basel III Capital Rules also address risk weights and other issues affecting the denominator in banking institutions’ regulatory capital ratios and replace the existing risk-weighting approach, which was derived from the Basel I capital accords of the Basel Committee, with a more risk-sensitive approach based, in part, on the standardized approach in the Basel Committee’s 2004 “Basel II” capital accords. The Basel III Capital Rules also implement the requirements of Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act to remove references to credit ratings from the federal banking agencies’ rules. The Basel III Capital Rules became effective for us and the Bank on January 1, 2015, subject to a phase-in period for certain provisions.

Among other things, the Basel III Capital Rules: (i) introduce a new capital measure entitled “Common Equity Tier 1,” or CET1; (ii) specify that Tier 1 capital consist of CET1 and additional financial instruments satisfying specified requirements that permit inclusion in Tier 1 capital; (iii) define CET1 narrowly by requiring that most deductions or adjustments to regulatory capital measures be made to CET1 and not to the other components of capital; and (4) expand the scope of the deductions or adjustments from capital as compared to the existing regulations.

Under the Basel III Capital Rules, banking organizations were provided a one-time option in their initial regulatory financial report filed after January 1, 2015, to remove certain components of accumulated other comprehensive income from the computation of common equity regulatory capital. The Basel III Capital Rules also provide a permanent exemption from the proposed phase out of existing trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock from regulatory capital for banking organizations with less than $15 billion in total assets, while also implementing stricter eligibility requirements for regulatory capital instruments that should serve to disallow the inclusion of all non-exempt issuances of trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock from Tier 1 capital. The Basel III Capital Rules also provide additional constraints on the inclusion of minority interests, mortgage servicing assets, deferred tax assets and certain investments in the capital of unconsolidated financial institutions in Tier 1 capital, as well as providing stricter risk weighting rules to these assets.

The initial minimum capital ratios under the Basel III Capital Rules that became effective as of January 1, 2015, are (i) 4.5% CET1 to risk-weighted assets, (ii) 6.0% Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets, (iii) 8.0% Total capital to risk-weighted assets, and (iv) 4.0% Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets. As of June 30, 2015, we exceeded these initial minimum capital ratio requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules .

The Basel III Capital Rules additionally require institutions to retain a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% above these required minimum capital ratio levels. Banking organizations that fail to maintain the minimum 2.5% capital conservation buffer could face restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executive officers, with distributions and discretionary bonus payments being completely prohibited if no capital conservation buffer exists, or in the event of the following: (i) the banking organization’s capital conservation buffer was below 2.5% at the beginning of a quarter; and (ii) its cumulative net income for the most recent quarterly period plus the preceding four calendar quarters is less than its cumulative capital distributions (as well as associated tax effects not already reflected in net income) during the same measurement period.

The Basel III Capital Rules also provide stricter rules related to the risk weighting of past due and certain commercial real estate loans, as well as on some equity investment exposures, and replaces the existing credit rating approach for determining the risk weighting of securitization exposures with an alternative approach.

Finally, the Basel III Capital Rules amended the thresholds under the prompt corrective action framework applicable to the Bank to reflect both (i) the generally heightened requirements for regulatory capital ratios, and (ii) the introduction of the CET1 capital measure.

Liquidity Requirements

Historically, regulation and monitoring of bank and bank holding company liquidity has been addressed as a supervisory matter, without required formulaic measures. The Basel III Capital Rules did not address the

 

105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

proposed liquidity coverage ratio called for by the Basel Committee’s Basel III framework. The Basel III liquidity framework requires banks and bank holding companies to measure their liquidity against specific liquidity tests that, although similar in some respects to liquidity measures historically applied by banks and regulators for management and supervisory purposes, will be required by regulation going forward. One of the liquidity tests included in the new rule, referred to as the liquidity coverage ratio (the “LCR”), is designed to ensure that a banking entity maintains an adequate level of unencumbered high-quality liquid assets equal to the entity’s expected net cash outflow for a 30-day time horizon (or, if greater, 25% of its expected total cash outflow) under an acute liquidity stress scenario. The other test, referred to as the net stable funding ratio (the “NSFR”), is designed to promote more medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. These requirements are predicted to encourage the covered banking entities to increase their holdings of U.S. Treasury securities and other sovereign debt as a component of assets, and also to increase the use of long-term debt as a funding source. Regulators may change capital and liquidity requirements including previous interpretations of practices related to risk weights that could require an increase to the allocation of capital to assets held by the Bank, and they could require banks to make retroactive adjustments to financial statements to reflect such changes. In September 2014, the federal banking agencies approved final rules implementing (i) the LCR for advanced approaches banking organizations (i.e., banking organizations with $250 billion or more in total consolidated assets or $10 billion or more in total on-balance sheet foreign exposure), and (ii) a modified version of the LCR for bank holding companies with at least $50 billion in total consolidated assets that are not advanced approach banking organizations. Neither rule would apply to us or the Bank. The federal banking agencies have not yet proposed rules to implement the NSFR or addressed the scope of bank organizations to which it will apply.

Prompt Corrective Action

Under the FDIA, the federal bank regulatory agencies must take prompt corrective action against undercapitalized U.S. depository institutions. U.S. depository institutions are assigned one of five capital categories: “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” and “critically undercapitalized,” and are subjected to different regulation corresponding to the capital category within which the institution falls. As of June 30, 2015, a depository institution is deemed to be “well capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 10.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a leverage ratio of 5.0% or greater and the institution is not subject to an order, written agreement, capital directive or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific level for any capital measure. A depository institution is deemed to be “adequately capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of 8.0% or greater, a CET1 capital ratio of 4.5% or greater; a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.0% or greater (4.0% prior to January 1, 2015); a leverage ratio of 4.0% or greater; and does not meet the criteria for a “well capitalized” bank. A depository institution is “under capitalized” if it has a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8.0%, a CET1 capital ratio less than 4.5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0% (4.0% prior to January 1, 2015) or a leverage ratio of less than 4.0%. Under certain circumstances, a well-capitalized, adequately capitalized or undercapitalized institution may be treated as if the institution were in the next lower capital category. A banking institution that is undercapitalized is required to submit a capital restoration plan. The capital restoration plan will not be accepted by the regulators unless each company having control of the undercapitalized institution guarantees the subsidiary’s compliance with the capital restoration plan up to a certain specified amount.

Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject the institution to a variety of enforcement remedies by federal bank regulatory agencies, including: termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, restrictions on certain business activities, and appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. As of June 30, 2015, the Bank met the requirements to be “well capitalized” under the prompt corrective action regulations.

Regulatory Limits on Dividends and Distributions

As a bank holding company, we are subject to certain restrictions on dividends under applicable banking laws and regulations. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement that provides that a bank holding

 

106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

company should not pay dividends unless (i) its net income over the last four quarters (net of dividends paid) has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, (ii) the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition of the bank holding company and its subsidiaries and (iii) the bank holding company will continue to meet minimum required capital adequacy ratios. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceeds its net income or that can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes, and Basel III results in, additional restrictions on the ability of banking institutions to pay dividends.

Substantially all of our income, and a principal source of our liquidity, are dividends from the Bank, and the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us is also restricted by federal and state laws, regulations and policies. Texas state law places limitations on the amount that state banks may pay in dividends, which the Bank must adhere to when paying dividends to us. Federal law also imposes limitations upon certain capital distributions by banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System, such as certain cash dividends, payments to repurchase or otherwise acquire its shares, payments to shareholders of another institution in a cash-out merger and other distributions charged against capital. The Federal Reserve and TDB regulate all capital distributions by the Bank directly or indirectly to us, including dividend payments.

Additionally, under federal law, the Bank may not pay dividends to us if, after paying those dividends, the Bank would fail to meet the required minimum levels under risk-based capital guidelines and the minimum leverage and tangible capital ratio requirements. Under the FDIA, an insured depository institution such as the Bank is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized.” The Federal Reserve may further restrict the payment of dividends by requiring the Bank to maintain a higher level of capital than would otherwise be required to be adequately capitalized for regulatory purposes. Payment of dividends by the Bank also may be restricted at any time at the discretion of the appropriate regulator if it deems the payment to constitute an unsafe and unsound banking practice. As noted above, the capital conservation buffer created under the Basel III Capital Rules, when fully implemented, may also have the effect of limiting the payment of capital distributions from the Bank.

Reserve Requirements

Pursuant to regulations of the Federal Reserve, all banking organizations are required to maintain average daily reserves at mandated ratios against their transaction accounts. In addition, reserves must be maintained on certain non-personal time deposits. These reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash or in an account at a Federal Reserve Bank.

Limits on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

Insured depository institutions are subject to restrictions on their ability to conduct transactions with affiliates and other related parties. Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act imposes quantitative limits, qualitative requirements, and collateral requirements on certain transactions by an insured depository institution with, or for the benefit of, its affiliates. Transactions covered by Section 23A include loans, extensions of credit, investment in securities issued by an affiliate, and acquisitions of assets from an affiliate. Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act requires that most types of transactions by an insured depository institution with, or for the benefit of, an affiliate be on terms at least as favorable to the insured depository institution as if the transaction were conducted with an unaffiliated third party.

As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act generally enhances the restrictions on transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and a clarification regarding the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered credit transactions must be satisfied. The ability of the Federal Reserve to grant exemptions from these restrictions is also narrowed by the Dodd-Frank Act, including by requiring coordination with other bank regulators.

 

107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The Federal Reserve’s Regulation O regulations impose restrictions and procedural requirements in connection with the extension of credit by an insured depository institution to directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their related interests.

Brokered Deposits

The FDIA restricts the use of brokered deposits by certain depository institutions. Under the applicable regulations, (i) a “well capitalized insured depository institution” may solicit and accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit without restriction, (ii) an “adequately capitalized insured depository institution” may not accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit unless it has applied for and been granted a waiver of this prohibition by the FDIC and (iii) an “undercapitalized insured depository institution” may not accept, renew or roll over any brokered deposit. The FDIC may, on a case-by-case basis and upon application by an adequately capitalized insured depository institution, waive the restriction on brokered deposits upon a finding that the acceptance of brokered deposits does not constitute an unsafe or unsound practice with respect to such institution.

Concentrated Commercial Real Estate Lending Guidance

The federal banking agencies, including the Federal Reserve, have promulgated guidance governing financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The guidance provides that a bank has a concentration in commercial real estate lending if (i) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm residential properties and loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 300% or more of total capital and the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months. Owner-occupied commercial real estate loans are excluded from this second category. If a concentration is present, management must employ heightened risk management practices that address the following key elements: including board and management oversight and strategic planning, portfolio management, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing and maintenance of increased capital levels as needed to support the level of commercial real estate lending.

Examination and Examination Fees

The FDIC periodically examines and evaluates state non-member banks. Based on such an evaluation, the Bank, among other things, may be required to revalue its assets and establish specific reserves to compensate for the difference between the Bank’s assessment and that of the FDIC. The TDB also conducts examinations of state banks but may accept the results of a federal examination in lieu of conducting an independent examination. In addition, the FDIC and TDB may elect to conduct a joint examination. The FDIC currently charges fees to recover the costs of examining member banks, processing applications and other filings and covering direct and indirect expenses in regulating member banks. The TDB charges fees to recover the costs of examining Texas chartered banks. The Dodd-Frank Act provides various agencies with the authority to assess additional supervision fees.

Deposit Insurance and Deposit Insurance Assessments

The FDIC is an independent federal agency that insures the deposits of federally insured depository institutions up to applicable limits. The FDIC also has certain regulatory, examination and enforcement powers with respect to FDIC-insured institutions. The deposits of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to applicable limits. As a general matter, the maximum deposit insurance amount is $250 thousand per depositor.

FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The amount of a particular institution’s deposit insurance assessment for institutions with less than $10 billion in

 

108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

assets is based on that institution’s risk classification under an FDIC risk based assessment system, with certain adjustments for any unsecured debt or brokered deposits held by the insured bank. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern the institution poses to the regulators. Institutions assigned to higher risk categories (that is, institutions that pose a higher risk of loss to the Deposit Insurance Fund) pay assessments at higher rates than institutions that pose a lower risk. An institution’s risk classification is assigned based on a combination of its financial ratios and supervisory ratings, reflecting, among other things, its capital levels and the level of supervisory concern that the institution poses to the regulators. Deposit insurance assessments fund the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is currently underfunded.

As noted above, the Dodd-Frank Act changed the way an insured depository institution’s deposit insurance premiums are calculated. Continued action by the FDIC to replenish the Deposit Insurance Fund, as well as these changes may impact assessment rates, which could impact the profitability of our operations.

Depositor Preference

The FDIA provides that, in the event of the “liquidation or other resolution” of an insured depository institution, the claims of depositors of the institution (including the claims of the FDIC as subrogee of insured depositors) and certain claims for administrative expenses of the FDIC as a receiver will have priority over other general unsecured claims against the institution. If we invest in or acquire an insured depository institution that fails, insured and uninsured depositors, along with the FDIC, will have priority in payment ahead of unsecured, non-deposit creditors, including us, with respect to any extensions of credit they have made to such insured depository institution.

Anti-Money Laundering and OFAC

Under federal law, financial institutions must maintain anti-money laundering programs that include established internal policies, procedures and controls; a designated compliance officer; an ongoing employee training program; and testing of the program by an independent audit function. Financial institutions are also prohibited from entering into specified financial transactions and account relationships and must meet enhanced standards for due diligence and customer identification in their dealings with non-U.S. financial institutions and non-U.S. customers. Financial institutions must take reasonable steps to conduct enhanced scrutiny of account relationships to guard against money laundering and to report any suspicious transactions, and law enforcement authorities have been granted increased access to financial information maintained by financial institutions. Bank regulators routinely examine institutions for compliance with these obligations and they must consider an institution’s compliance with such obligations in connection with the regulatory review of applications, including applications for banking mergers and acquisitions. The regulatory authorities have imposed “cease and desist” orders and civil money penalty sanctions against institutions found to be violating these obligations.

The U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), is responsible for helping to ensure that U.S. entities do not engage in transactions with certain prohibited parties, as defined by various Executive Orders and Acts of Congress. OFAC publishes lists of persons, organizations, and countries suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts, known as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. If we or the Bank find a name on any transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, we or the Bank must freeze or block such account or transaction, file a suspicious activity report and notify the appropriate authorities.

Consumer Laws and Regulations

Banking organizations are subject to numerous laws and regulations intended to protect consumers. These laws include, among others:

 

    Truth in Lending Act;

 

    Truth in Savings Act;

 

109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Electronic Funds Transfer Act;

 

    Expedited Funds Availability Act;

 

    Equal Credit Opportunity Act;

 

    Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act;

 

    Fair Housing Act;

 

    Fair Credit Reporting Act;

 

    Fair Debt Collection Act;

 

    Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act;

 

    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act;

 

    Right to Financial Privacy Act;

 

    Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act;

 

    laws regarding unfair and deceptive acts and practices; and

 

    usury laws.

Many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous to, and in addition to, those listed above. These federal, state and local laws regulate the manner in which financial institutions deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, or conducting other types of transactions. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could give rise to regulatory sanctions, customer rescission rights, action by state and local attorneys general and civil or criminal liability. The creation of the CFPB by the Dodd-Frank Act has led to enhanced enforcement of consumer financial protection laws.

The Community Reinvestment Act

The Community Reinvestment Act (the “CRA”), is intended to encourage banks to help meet the credit needs of their service areas, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods, consistent with safe and sound operations. The bank regulators examine and assign each bank a public CRA rating. The CRA then requires bank regulators to take into account the federally insured bank’s record in meeting the needs of its service area when considering an application by a bank to establish or relocate a branch or to conduct certain mergers or acquisitions. The Federal Reserve is required to consider the CRA records of a bank holding company’s controlled banks when considering an application by the bank holding company to acquire a banking organization or to merge with another bank holding company. When we or the Bank applies for regulatory approval to engage in certain transactions, the regulators will consider the CRA record of target institutions and our depository institution subsidiaries. An unsatisfactory CRA record could substantially delay approval or result in denial of an application. The regulatory agency’s assessment of the institution’s record is made available to the public. The Bank received an overall CRA rating of “satisfactory” on its most recent CRA examination.

Changes in Laws, Regulations or Policies

Federal, state and local legislators and regulators regularly introduce measures or take actions that would modify the regulatory requirements applicable to banks, their holding companies and other financial institutions. Changes in laws, regulations or regulatory policies could adversely affect the operating environment for us in substantial and unpredictable ways, increase our cost of doing business, impose new restrictions on the way in which we conducts our operations or add significant operational constraints that might impair our profitability. Whether new legislation will be enacted and, if enacted, the effect that it, or any implementing regulations, would have on us and our subsidiaries’ business, financial condition or results of operations cannot be predicted. The Dodd-Frank Act is in the process of imposing substantial changes to the regulatory framework applicable to

 

110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

us and our subsidiaries. The majority of these changes will be implemented over time by various regulatory agencies. The full effect that these changes will have on us and our subsidiaries remains uncertain at this time and may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Effect on Economic Environment

The policies of regulatory authorities, including the monetary policy of the Federal Reserve, have a significant effect on the operating results of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries. Among the means available to the Federal Reserve to affect the money supply are open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowings, and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These means are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of bank loans, investments and deposits, and their use may affect interest rates charged on loans or paid for deposits. Federal Reserve monetary policies have materially affected the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. We cannot predict the nature of future monetary policies and the effect of such policies on our business and earnings.

 

111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

   Term Expires  

George Martinez

     73       Chairman and Chief Executive Officer      2017   

Steven F. Retzloff

     59       Director and President and Chairman of the Bank      2018   

Daryl D. Bohls

     64       Director and Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank      2016   

Ramon A. Vitulli, III

     47       Director and Executive Vice President and President of the Bank      2018   

Laurence L. Lehman III

     55       Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer      N/A   

John Beckworth

     57       Director      2017   

Lawrence G. Fraser

     81       Director      2016   

Matthew H. Hartzell

     57       Director      2016   

Frances H. Jeter

     58       Director      2017   

James J. Kearney

     72       Director      2016   

P. Michael Mann, M.D.

     73       Director      2016   

David B. Moulton

     75       Director      2017   

William S. Nichols, III

     63       Director      2018   

Thomas A. Reiser

     63       Director      2017   

Raimundo Riojas E.

     74       Director      2018   

Fred S. Robertson

     65       Director      2018   

The following is a brief discussion of the business and banking background and experience of our directors and executive officers. No director has any family relationship, as defined in Item 401 of Regulation S-K, with any other director or with any of our executive officers.

George Martinez is one of the organizers of the Bank and has been the Chairman of our board and our Chief Executive Officer since 2008 and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since 2007. Mr. Martinez began his banking career in 1974 as the co-founder of Sterling Bank, where he served as an Executive Vice President from 1974 to 1980, and then as Chief Executive Officer of Sterling Bancshares from 1980-2001 and as Chairman from 1992-2004. From 1998 to 2008, Mr. Martinez served as President of Chrysalis Partners, LLC, a consulting firm. He currently serves the board of directors of NCI Building Systems, Inc., Landmark Worldwide Enterprises, Inc., the University of St. Thomas and the Collaborative for Children. Mr. Martinez received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Rice University. With over 50 years of business experience, Mr. Martinez’s significant leadership skills and extensive experience in community banking qualify him to serve on our board and as our Chairman.

Steven F. Retzloff is one of the organizers of the Bank and has been our President since 2008 and Chairman of the Bank since 2007. Mr. Retzloff has over 35 years of business experience. Mr. Retzloff served as a director of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. and Sterling Bank from 1987 to 2006, including terms as Chairman of the board of Sterling Bancshares from 1990 to 1992 and from 2004 to 2005. He is currently Chairman, President and a director of Retzloff Industries, Inc. From 1988 to 2007, Mr. Retzloff served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Travis Body & Trailer, Inc., a manufacturer specialized in truck trailers. Mr. Retzloff received a Bachelor of Industrial Engineering degree from the Georgia Institute of Technology and a Master of Business Administration degree (with distinction) from Wake Forest University. Mr. Retzloff’s significant experience as a director and officer of community banks and his extensive leadership skills qualify him to serve on our board.

 

112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Ramon A. Vitulli, III has been a Bank office president since 2007 and has been President of the Bank since 2013. He has served on our board since 2014 and has been a director of the Bank since 2008. Mr. Vitulli has over 23 years of banking experience. He started his career as a loan review examiner at Charter National Bank in Houston and worked as a senior credit analyst and later as bank manager for Charter until his move to Sterling Bank in 1996. Mr. Vitulli previously was the Market Chief Executive Officer at Sterling Bank, where he managed six bank offices with total assets in excess of $250 million. He presently serves on the St. Pius X High School Foundation and School Board and is a current member of the Dominican Sisters of Houston, Texas Finance Committee. Mr. Vitulli received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in finance from the University of Texas at Austin. Mr. Vitulli’s considerable business experience, and in particular his considerable experience in community banking, qualifies him to serve on our board.

Laurence L. Lehman III has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2013. Mr. Lehman has 31 years of banking experience in Houston. Previously, he served as Corporate Controller at Cadence Bancorp from January 2011 to May 2013 and worked at Amegy Bank for 17 years serving as the Controller for 7 of those years. He is a Certified Public Accountant and a Chartered Global Management Accountant. He is also a member of both the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Texas Society of Certified Public Accountants. Mr. Lehman serves on the Senior Council of St. Martin’s Episcopal Church. He is on the Board of Directors of the Open Door Mission Houston where he also served as a mentor for over 5 years. Mr. Lehman is also an advisor to the Pi Kappa Alpha fraternity. Mr. Lehman received his Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting from Texas A&M University.

Daryl D. Bohls is one of the organizers of the Bank and has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since 2007. Mr. Bohls has served on our board since 2008. Mr. Bohls has 35 years of banking experience in the Houston market, including 20 years with Sterling Bank, and he has been the president of four Houston banks. During his tenure with Sterling Bank, Mr. Bohls held the positions of President, Executive Vice President, Director, Chief Credit Officer, Senior Loan Officer, Regional CEO and Chairman of Senior Loan Committee, the latter a position he held for 17 years. Mr. Bohls currently serves as immediate past President and a board member of the Gulf Coast Chapter of the Risk Management Association, and recently served as a board member of the Independent Bankers Association of Texas. Mr. Bohls has been an appointed Civil Service Commissioner with the Harris County Sheriff’s Department since 1999. He serves on the Board of Trustees of the Cy-Fair Educational Foundation, the Merchandising Committee of the Houston Livestock Show and Rodeo and as an adjunct Finance Professor at Sam Houston State University, where he teaches courses on commercial lending and analyzing financial statements. He is a member of the Association of Real Estate Professionals and the Houston C-Club. Mr. Bohls received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree in accounting from the University of Texas, and a Master of Business Administration in banking from Sam Houston State University. Mr. Bohls diverse business experience qualifies him to serve on our board.

John Beckworth has served on our board since 2009. Mr. Beckworth practiced law in Houston for thirty years from 1983 until 2013. He commenced his law practice as an associate and then as a partner at Fulbright & Jaworski LLP, before leaving to start his own firm. Mr. Beckworth co-founded WattBeckworth in Houston where he remained a partner until March of 2015. In 2013, Mr. Beckworth left active law practice to become an Associate Dean at the University of Texas School of Law. He has served as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Kinkaid School in Houston and he is a Life Trustee of the school. He is a former Trustee of the University of Texas Law School Foundation, and he has served as President and Chairman of the Board of the University of Texas Ex Students’ Association. He is a director of the Kinkaid Investments Foundation and the Texas Exes Scholarship Foundation. Mr. Beckworth also operates family ranching, oil and gas, and investments interests. Mr. Beckworth received Bachelor of Arts and Juris Doctor degrees from The University of Texas at Austin and The University of Texas School of Law. Mr. Beckworth’s legal and business experience qualify him to serve on our board.

Lawrence G. Fraser has served on our board since our acquisition of Independence Bank in 2013. Mr. Fraser has been involved in the commercial banking business for over 50 years, the mortgage banking

 

113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

business for 5 years, and has started several Texas-based banks. Prior to our acquisition of Independence Bank, Mr. Fraser served as Chairman of the board of Independence. Mr. Fraser was founder, President and Chairman of Beltway Bank from 1972 until 1981 when it was sold to Allied Bancshares, Inc. Mr. Fraser also founded and served as President and Chairman of Texas Capital Bank from 1981 until in 1995 when it was sold to Coastal Banc, SSB. While at Texas Capital Bank, Mr. Fraser was instrumental in bringing branch banking to Texas. After a short retirement, he successfully reorganized two problem banks. Mr. Fraser received his degree from the University of Windsor, Ontario, Canada. Mr. Fraser’s considerable experience in the community banking industry qualifies him to serve on our board.

Matthew H. Hartzell has served on our board since our acquisition of Independence Bank in 2013. Prior to the acquisition, Mr. Hartzell served Independence Bank as the Vice Chairman of the board, the Chair of both the IT committee and the compensation committee for over five years each, and a member of the executive committee. Mr. Hartzell is presently Chief Administrative Officer of N.F. Smith & Associates, L.P., an independent distributor of computer hardware components, and served as their Chief Operating Officer for the six years prior. For the past 17 years, he has also served as General Counsel of Valid Management, LLC, one of the holdings in N.F. Smith’s diversified portfolio of technology businesses. Prior to joining Valid Management, Mr. Hartzell was a shareholder and associate with Hirsch & Westheimer, P.C., for more than a decade. Since 2010 he has served as a member of the SAE G-19 Committee, a committee dedicated to promulgating standards for the mitigation of counterfeit parts in electronic part purchasing. Mr. Hartzell is past president and a longtime board member of the Woodlands Heights Civic Association. He received a Bachelor of Arts degree from St. John’s College, Annapolis, Maryland and a Juris Doctor degree from the University of Houston. Mr. Hartzell’s extensive legal experience and business skills qualify him to serve on our board.

Frances H. Jeter has served on our board since 2014. She has more than 25 years of experience in marketing, public affairs and business and nonprofit management. Ms. Jeter is presently group Vice President of internal and external affairs for Spectra Energy. Before joining Spectra, Ms. Jeter served as Chief Marketing Officer for Bracewell & Giuliani LLP. She previously served as Vice President of public affairs for Duke Energy Gas Transmission, a predecessor company of Spectra. Ms. Jeter served as Director of marketing and customer service for the Metropolitan Transit Authority of Harris County and was manager of government relations for Geosource, Inc. She also served as assistant Vice President of institutional advancement for Rice University and as Associate Director of external relations at the Rice University James A. Baker III Institute of Public Policy. She is a life trustee and a past chair of The Kinkaid School board of trustees in Houston and a former trustee of The Hockaday School in Dallas. She is the founding Chair of Houston’s The Fay School and is also a founding board member and former chair of LIFE Houston, and is a former member of the board of directors of the Greater Houston Community Foundation, St. Luke’s Episcopal Health Charities and Park People. Ms. Jeter received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Ms. Jeter’s significant knowledge of marketing and business affairs in the Houston area qualifies her to serve on our board.

James J. Kearney has served on our board since 2013. Mr. Kearney is presently Senior Vice President for Raymond James & Associates, Inc., which provides brokerage, investment banking, trust, and other financial services. From 2001 through 2003, Mr. Kearney was Senior Vice President of the Houston office of Robert W. Baird & Co, a New York Stock Exchange investment banking and securities brokerage firm. From 1974 until December 2000, Mr. Kearney was Senior Vice President and Director of the Private Client Group for the Houston office of SG Cowen & Co. From 2006 to 2012 he was a director of First Community Bank of Fort Bend. He served as a Director on the board of Sterling Bank from 1985 to 1992 and the board of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. from 1992 to 2006. Mr. Kearney is a member of the Dominican Sisters Board and has served on the Investment Advisory Committee for the Sacred Heart Convent Retirement Trust since 1988. Mr. Kearney received his Master of Arts in economics from the University of Missouri, a Master of Arts from the University of London and a Doctor of Philosophy from the University of Missouri. Mr. Kearney’s diverse business experience and community involvement qualify him to serve on our board.

 

114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

P. Michael Mann, M.D. is one of the organizers of the Bank and has served on our board since 2008. Dr. Mann is the Chairman and co-owner of Mann Eye Center, P.A. From 1979 to 2004, Mr. Mann served as a director of Sterling Bank from 1997 to 2004. He has served on the board of trustees of the Houston Symphony and the Centenary College. He is a member of numerous medical professional organizations, including the American College of Surgeons, the American Academy of Ophthalmology, Windsor National Associates, and the Houston Ophthalmological Society. Dr. Mann received a Bachelor of Science degree from Centenary College of Louisiana and a Medical Degree from Louisiana State University in New Orleans, and he completed residency in Ophthalmology at Tulane University School of Medicine. Mr. Mann’s leadership skills and business experience qualify him to serve on our board.

David B. Moulton has served on our board since 2008 and the board of the Bank since 2007. Mr. Moulton is a retired banker. He began his career in banking in 1969 with Texas Commerce Bank. He was the Chairman and CEO of National Commerce Bank from 1986 to 1995, when it was acquired by Frost Bank. He was the Chairman and CEO of Almeda Bancshares, Inc. from 1996 to 1999, when it was acquired by Sterling Bancshares, Inc., and he served as a director of Sterling Bancshares until 2004. Mr. Moulton attended the University of Georgia and the Southwestern Graduate School of Banking at Southern Methodist University. Mr. Moulton’s extensive business experience, particularly in the community banking industry, qualifies him to serve on our board.

William S. Nichols, III is one of the organizers of the Bank and has served on our board since 2008 and the board of the Bank since 2007. He is the Chairman of our audit committee. Mr. Nichols is presently the President of Suncor Companies, LLC, a real estate development company that primarily focuses on the development of freestanding retail facilities throughout the United States. He is also general partner of numerous real estate development partnerships. From 1974 to 1984 he worked as an audit principal at Ernst & Young. He has held numerous board appointments, including advisory director at Community Bank, Katy, Texas. Additionally, he is the founder and director of the Nichols Foundation, a foundation to provide college scholarships to students on a need basis. He also serves on the development council of the Mays Business School at Texas A&M University. Mr. Nichols is a Certified Public Accountant and is a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the Texas Society of Certified Public Accountants. He received a Bachelor of Business Administration degree from Texas A&M University. Mr. Nichols’ understanding of the Houston business market and leadership experience qualify him to serve on our board.

Thomas A. Reiser is one of the organizers of the Bank and has served on our board since 2007 and the board of the Bank since 2007. Mr. Reiser has over 30 years of business experience. He is presently the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Upstream Insurance Brokers. He has over 20 years of board membership, including from 1994 to 2006 when he served as a Director of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. Mr. Reiser has served on numerous board committees, including audit, enterprise risk management and IT committees. Mr. Reiser received a Bachelor of Arts degree from the College of William and Mary. Mr. Reiser’s extensive business experience in the community banking industry qualifies him to serve on our board.

Raimundo Riojas E. has served on our board since 2012. Mr. Riojas is the President of Duwest, Inc., a joint venture of Westrade, Inc. and E.I. DuPont de Nemours, engaged in the distribution of crop protection products and the manufacture of industrial and automotive coatings. Mr. Riojas presently manages a group of companies in Central America, Colombia and the Caribbean. From 1994 to 2011, he served as a director of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. He has also served as a director of The American Brahman Breeders Association since 1996. Mr. Riojas received a Chemical Engineering degree from Texas A&M University. Mr. Riojas’ international business experience and relationships in the banking industry qualifies him to serve on our board.

Fred S. Robertson has served on our board since 2011. Mr. Robertson has over 30 years of experience overseeing institutional and retail investments. He has managed fixed income investments and designed extensive quantitative models for bond management. For the past five years, Mr. Robertson has been managing his personal investments. Mr. Robertson holds a number of board appointments, including with the Texas Presbyterian Foundation and the Houston Firefighters Relief and Retirement Fund, and volunteers with many

 

115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

organizations in Houston. Mr. Robertson received a Bachelor of Science from Cornell University and a Masters of Business Administration in finance from the College of William and Mary. Mr. Robertson’s significant experience in the banking industry and leadership skills qualify him to serve on our board.

Composition of the Board of Directors; Classes of Directors

Upon completion of the proposed offering, our board of directors will consist of 15 members, 10 of whom will qualify as independent directors under the corporate governance standards of The NASDAQ Stock Market.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes, denominated as class I, class II and class III. Members of each class hold office for staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of our shareholders, the successors to the directors whose term expires at that meeting will be elected to serve until the third annual meeting after their election or until their successors have been elected and qualified. Messrs. Bohls, Fraser, Hartzell, Kearney and Mann serve as class I directors whose terms expire at the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders. Ms. Jeter and Messrs. Beckworth, Martinez, Moulton and Reiser serve as class II directors whose terms expire at the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders. Messrs. Nichols, Retzloff, Riojas, Robertson and Vitulli serve as class III directors whose terms expire at the 2018 annual meeting of shareholders.

Director Independence

Under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, independent directors must comprise a majority of our board of directors within a specified period of time of this offering. The rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, as well as those of the SEC, also impose several other requirements with respect to the independence of our directors. Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director based upon these rules. Applying these standards, our board of directors has affirmatively determined that, with the exception of Messrs. Bohls, Fraser, Martinez, Retzloff and Vitulli, each of our current directors qualifies as an independent director under applicable rules. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Risk Management and Oversight

Our board of directors oversees our risk management process, including the company-wide approach to risk management, carried out by our management. Our full board determines the appropriate risk for us generally, assesses the specific risks faced by us, and reviews the steps taken by management to manage those risks. While our full board maintains the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees oversee risk in certain specified areas. In particular, our compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements, and the incentives created by the compensation awards it administers. Our audit committee oversees management of enterprise risks as well as financial risks and is also responsible for overseeing potential conflicts of interests. Our corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks associated with the independence of our board of directors. Pursuant to our board’s instruction, management regularly reports on applicable risks to the relevant committee or the full board, as appropriate, with additional review or reporting on risks conducted as needed or as requested by our board of directors and its committees.

Leadership Structure

Our board of directors meets quarterly, and the board of directors of the Bank meets monthly. Our board of directors does not have a policy regarding the separation of the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, as the board believes that it is in the best interests of our organization to make that determination from

 

116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

time to time based on the position and direction of our organization and the membership of the board. The board has determined that having our Chief Executive Officer serve as Chairman of the Board is in the best interests of our shareholders at this time. This structure makes best use of the Chief Executive Officer’s extensive knowledge of our organization and the banking industry. The board views this arrangement as also providing an efficient nexus between our organization and the board, enabling the board to obtain information pertaining to operational matters expeditiously and enabling our Chairman to bring areas of concern before the board in a timely manner.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established the following standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee consists of Messrs. Nichols, Mann and Reiser, with Mr. Nichols serving as chair of the audit committee. Our audit committee has responsibility for, among other things:

 

    selecting and hiring our independent registered public accounting firm, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

    monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to financial statements or accounting matters;

 

    reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control policies and procedures;

 

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our interim and year-end operating results; and

 

    preparing the audit committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement.

Rule 10A-3 promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act and applicable rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market require our audit committee to be composed entirely of independent directors upon the effective date of our registration statement. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that each of the members of our audit committee qualifies as independent directors under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market and for purposes of serving on an audit committee under applicable SEC rules. Our board of directors also has determined that Mr. Nichols qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the SEC.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our audit committee, which will be available on our corporate website upon completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Moulton, Beckworth, Nichols, Riojas and Robertson, with Mr. Moulton serving as chair of the compensation committee. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    reviewing and approving compensation of our executive officers including annual base salary, annual incentive bonuses, specific goals, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance and change in control arrangements, and any other benefits, compensation or arrangements;

 

    reviewing succession planning for our executive officers;

 

117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    reviewing and recommending compensation goals, bonus and stock compensation criteria for our employees;

 

    determining the compensation of our directors;

 

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our executive compensation disclosure required by SEC rules;

 

    preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

 

    administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans.

Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of the members of our compensation committee and has determined that each of the members of our compensation committee is independent under The NASDAQ Stock Market standards. The members of the compensation committee also qualify as “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our compensation committee, which will be available on our corporate website upon completion of this offering.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

Our corporate governance and nominating committee consists of Ms. Jeter and Messrs. Beckworth and Moulton, with Mr. Beckworth serving as chair of the corporate governance and nominating committee. The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

    assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual meeting of shareholders to the board of directors;

 

    reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and developing and recommending governance principles applicable to our board of directors;

 

    overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management; and

 

    recommending members for each board committee of our board of directors.

Our board of directors has evaluated the independence of the members of our corporate governance and nominating committee and has determined that each of the members of our corporate governance and nominating committee is independent under The NASDAQ Stock Market standards.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for our corporate governance and nominating committee, which will be available on our corporate website upon completion of this offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.

Corporate Governance Guidelines and Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors will adopt corporate governance guidelines, which will set forth a flexible framework within which our board of directors, assisted by board committees, will direct the affairs of the Company. The guidelines will address, among other things, the composition and functions of our board of directors, director independence, compensation of directors, management succession and review, board committees and selection of new directors.

 

118


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

We will adopt a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that code and the corporate governance guidelines will be available on our corporate website upon completion of this offering. We expect that any amendments to such code and guidelines, or any waivers of their requirements, will be disclosed on our corporate website.

 

119


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND OTHER MATTERS

We are providing compensation disclosure that satisfies the requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, as defined in the JOBS Act. Our named executive officers for 2014, which consists of our principal executive officer and the two other most highly compensated executive officers, are George Martinez, Steven F. Retzloff and Daryl D. Bohls.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended December 31, 2014. Except as set forth in the notes to the table, all cash compensation for each of our named executive officers was paid by the Bank, where each of the following persons also serve as an executive officer.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year   Salary (1)
($)
  Bonus (2)
($)
  Stock
Awards
($)
  Option
Awards

($)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($) (4)
  Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings

($)
  All Other
Compensation

($)
  Total
($)

George Martinez,

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company

      2014         350,000         —           —           —           19,040         —           1,200 (5)       370,240  

Steven F. Retzloff,

President of the Company and Chairman of the Bank

      2014         350,000         —           —           —           15,818         —           —           365,818  

Daryl D. Bohls,

Executive Vice President

      2014         232,771         24,451         16,340         6,780 (3)       13,941         47         4,223 (6)       298,553  

 

(1) The amounts shown in this column reflect salaries earned during 2014.
(2) The amounts shown reflect cash bonuses earned in 2014, but that were paid in 2015. See “—Officer Incentive Bonus” for additional information regarding how we determine our incentive bonuses.
(3) Stock option award to purchase 339 shares at an exercise price of $20.00 that vest in four annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date.
(4) The amounts in this column reflect matching contributions to the employee’s 401(k) and profit sharing plan.
(5) The amounts shown in this column include benefit received for not enrolling in company provided medical insurance.
(6) The amounts shown include club dues of $4,223.

Officer Incentive Bonus

Our executive officers, with the exception of our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer participate in an annual incentive bonus program, which is one component of our multifaceted compensation strategy. Our annual incentive bonus program and our overall compensation strategy is designed by our compensation committee with the goal of providing competitive compensation that rewards and incentivizes excellent performance and retains and attracts well qualified employees. Our overall approach to bonus compensation is to influence and reward our officers as a team, thus, all participate, while providing well-reasoned rewards to incentivize performance and asset quality.

The incentive bonus is based on the overall pre-tax profitability of the Bank, using a preset formula established by our compensation committee to create a cash bonus pool which is available for distribution at year end. The bonus is primarily cash, however, if the cash pool is determined by our board of directors to be insufficient to meet our strategic needs, our compensation committee may elect to supplement cash bonuses with restricted stock grants as part of the annual incentive bonus.

Distribution of the aforementioned pool to each of the offers is based on a “point” system. Each officer is awarded points based on his or her current level of responsibility, total base pay earned during a year and performance rating. Once each officer’s points are calculated, the total points for all officers is calculated. Eighty percent of the cash bonus pool is distributed to the officers based on their individual percentage of the total points for all of the officers. The remaining 20% of the cash bonus pool is distributed to officers based on a determination by the compensation committee. In determining the distribution of the remaining 20%, the compensation committee takes into consideration contribution and value of each officer to our overall success, among other things.

 

120


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year-End

The table below sets forth information relating to the unexercised options and outstanding stock awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014.

 

    Options Awards     Stock Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Exercisable
(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

Unexercisable
(#)
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options

(#)
    Option
Exercise
Price

($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested

(#)
    Market
value of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested

($) (2)
    Equity
incentive
plan

awards:
Number of
unearned
shares, units
or other
rights that
have not
vested

(#)
    Equity incentive
plan awards:

Market or
payout value of
unearned shares,
units or  other
rights that have
not vested

($)
 

George Martinez

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Steven F. Retzloff

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Daryl D. Bohls

    —          —          —          —          —          1,188 (1)         —          —     

 

(1) Mr. Bohls received a grant of 2,200 shares of restricted stock on June 30, 2011, the restrictions on which lapse in equal parts on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the grant date. Mr. Bohls also received a grant of 850 shares of restricted stock on January 2, 2013, the restrictions on which lapse in equal parts on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the grant date.
(2) Calculated based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

Amended and Restated Equity Plan

On February 27, 2015, our board of directors approved an amended and restated equity incentive plan (the “Amended and Restated Equity Plan”). The plan was approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock represented at our annual meeting of stockholders on March 23, 2015. The Amended and Restated Equity Plan is an amendment and restatement of our Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. 2008 Stock Awards and Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”), which we adopted in 2008 and was subsequently amended on March 24, 2014. The purpose of Amended and Restated Equity Plan is to provide incentive compensation opportunities that are competitive with those of similar companies in order to attract, retain and motivate those individuals eligible to participate in the Amended and Restated Equity Plan by providing for both the direct award or sale of shares and for the grant of options to purchase shares of our common stock.

The Amended and Restated Equity Plan amends the 2008 Plan by, among other things, increasing the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to stock grants or options from 1,040,000 shares to 1,460,000 shares. As of August 3, 2015, 394,044 shares remained available for future grant under the Amended and Restated Equity Plan. A summary of the material terms of the Amended and Restated Equity Plan are described below.

Plan Administration . A committee of the board administers the Amended and Restated Equity Plan and determines which employees, directors and other individuals shall receive grants of options and awards, and has the authority to determine the vesting, restrictions and other terms of the agreements representing such options or awards, as the case may be. The committee is also authorized to interpret the Amended and Restated Equity Plan and the respective award agreements executed under the Amended and Restated Equity Plan and to make all other determinations with respect to the Amended and Restated Equity Plan. The board of directors, in its discretion but subject to applicable laws, may amend any provision of an option or other award, including for the purpose of extending the date through which an award is exercisable, and/or accelerating the date on which an award becomes exercisable, vested, free from restrictions or payable.

Eligibility . Awards under the Amended and Restated Equity Plan may be granted to all employees of the Company and its affiliates, directors of the Company and its affiliates or other individuals who perform services for the Company and its affiliates; provided that incentive stock options may be granted only to employees of the Company or its affiliates.

 

121


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Shares Available for Issuance . The Amended and Restated Equity Plan provides for the grant of awards covering an aggregate of 1,460,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (to include awards granted prior to the effective date of the Amended and Restated Equity Plan) in any combination of the following:

 

    options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, which may be incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options;

 

    stock appreciation rights;

 

    restricted stock awards;

 

    performance compensation awards; and

 

    phantom stock awards.

If an option or award expires, is forfeited or is terminated or is settled in cash, the shares that were subject to the unexercised or unvested portion will be available for future awards granted under the Amended and Restated Equity Plan. Shares surrendered or withheld in payment of the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations will count against the aggregate share limit and will not again be available for the grant of awards. The number of shares covered by each outstanding option or award and the exercise price of outstanding options shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of the Company’s outstanding shares resulting from various changes in its capitalization, such as stock splits or stock dividends.

Types of Awards . The Amended and Restated Equity Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, performance compensation awards and phantom stock awards. A summary of each type of award is as follows:

Stock Options . A stock option confers upon the awardee the right to purchase a certain number of shares of the Company’s common stock at an established exercise price. The committee may authorize the grant of options that are incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code or options that do not constitute incentive stock options (nonqualified stock options). The exercise price of each incentive and nonqualified stock option granted under the Amended and Restated Equity Plan will be determined by the committee, and, except in the event of certain situations for, or assumption of other options in, compliance with applicable law, the exercise price cannot be less than the fair market value of the Company’s common stock at the grant date. For each option, the committee will establish (1) the term of the option, (2) the time or period of time in which the option will vest, (3) the form of payment due upon exercise of the option and (4) the treatment of the option upon the awardee’s termination of employment or service. At the time of a grant of stock options the committee may also prescribe additional terms, conditions or restrictions relating to the options, including, but not limited to, provisions relating to tax matters (including provisions covering applicable withholding requirements) and any other matters not inconsistent with the Amended and Restated Equity Plan. Each grant of stock options may have different terms and conditions. No more than 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be subject to stock options granted under the Amended and Restated Equity Plan to any one individual during any one year period.

Incentive stock options (“ISOs”) are subject to certain special rules under the Internal Revenue Code. Except as provided below, the maximum term of an ISO may not exceed ten years. Except as otherwise provided under the Code or applicable regulations, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the Company’s common stock with respect to which ISOs (determined without regard to this sentence) are exercisable for the first time by any employee during any calendar year under all plans of the Company and its affiliates exceeds $100 thousand, such options shall be treated as nonqualified stock options. No ISO may be granted to an individual if, at the time the option is granted, such individual owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its affiliates, unless (i) at the time the option is granted the exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of the Company’s common stock subject to the option and (ii) the option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

122


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Stock Appreciation Rights . A stock appreciation right (“SAR”) is the right to receive an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date the right is exercised over the exercise price of the SAR as determined by the committee as of the date of grant of the SAR, which shall not be less than the fair market value of one share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The committee will determine (1) the time or times at which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part, (2) whether payment upon exercise will be made in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination thereof and (3) the treatment of SARs upon the awardee’s termination of employment or service. At the time of an award of SARs, the committee may prescribe additional terms, conditions or restrictions relating to the SAR, including, but not limited to, provisions relating to (a) vesting of SARs, (b) tax matters (including provisions covering applicable wage withholding requirements) and (c) any other matters not inconsistent with the Amended and Restated Equity Plan. Each award of SARs may have different terms and conditions. SARs may be granted in connection with the grant of stock options, in which case the exercise of SARs will result in the surrender of the right to purchase the shares under the option as to which the SARs were exercised. No more than 50,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be subject to SARs granted under the Amended and Restated Equity Plan to any one individual during any one year period.

Restricted Stock Awards . A grant of shares of restricted stock represents shares of the Company’s common stock that are subject to restrictions on disposition and the obligation of the awardee to forfeit and surrender the shares under certain circumstances (forfeiture restrictions). The committee will have sole discretion to determine the forfeiture restrictions and may provide that such forfeiture restrictions shall lapse upon (1) the attainment of one or more performance targets established by the committee or (2) the awardee’s continued employment or service with the Company for a specified period of time. Each award of restricted stock may have different forfeiture restrictions. Except to the extent restricted under the terms of the Amended and Restated Equity Plan and any agreement relating to the award of restricted stock, an awardee granted restricted stock shall have all of the rights of a shareholder including, without limitation, the right to vote restricted stock or the right to receive dividends thereon.

At the time of the award of restricted stock, the committee may prescribe additional terms, conditions or restrictions including, but not limited to, rules related to the (1) vesting of restricted stock awards, (2) termination of employment or service of the awardee prior to the lapse of the forfeiture restrictions, (3) the amount and form of any payment for shares of the Company’s common stock received pursuant to a restricted stock award, (4) tax matters and (5) any other matters not inconsistent with the Amended and Restated Equity Plan. No more than 100,000 shares of the Company’s common stock may be granted under the Amended and Restated Equity Plan as a restricted stock award to any one individual during any one year period. Each grant of restricted stock may have different terms and conditions.

Performance Compensation Awards . The committee may designate any award or a portion of any award as a “performance compensation award,” other than options or SARs granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. In addition, the committee may make an award of a cash bonus to any awardee and designate the award as a performance compensation award. The maximum amount that can be paid in any calendar year to any awardee pursuant to such a cash bonus award is $500 thousand. The committee has discretion to select the length of the performance period, the type of performance compensation award to be issued, the performance criteria that will be used to establish the performance goals, the level of performance goals that must be achieved and any performance formula used to determine achievement. An awardee will be eligible to receive payment with respect to a performance compensation award only to the extent that the applicable performance goals are achieved, and the committee determines that the application of the performance formula results in some or all of the awardee’s award being earned for the performance period. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, an awardee must be employed by the Company or an affiliate on the last day of a performance period to be eligible for payment with respect to a performance compensation award for such performance period. Performance criteria include the following:

 

    the price of a share of the Company’s common stock;

 

    the Company’s earnings per share

 

123


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    the Company’s net earnings;

 

    the Company’s return on stockholders’ equity;

 

    the Company’s return on assets;

 

    the Company’s net interest margin; or

 

    the Company’s efficiency ratio.

The committee may adjust or modify the calculation of a performance goal for a performance period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants based on the following events: asset write-downs; litigation or claim judgments or settlements; the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; any reorganization and restructuring programs; extraordinary nonrecurring items; acquisitions or divestitures; any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; foreign exchange gains and losses; or a change in our fiscal year. For any award that is intended to constitute qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, such adjustment or modification may be made only to the extent permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.

Phantom Stock Awards . A phantom stock award is the right to receive shares of the Company’s common stock (or cash in an amount equal to the fair market value thereof), or an amount equal to any appreciation in the fair market value of the Company’s common stock over a specified period of time, which vest over a period of time or upon the occurrence of an event as established by the committee, without payment of any amounts by the awardee (except to the extent required by law) or satisfaction of any performance criteria or objectives. Each phantom stock award has a maximum value established by the committee at the time of the award grant. The committee will determine (1) the period over which, or the event upon which, the phantom stock award will vest, (2) whether payment upon vesting will be made in cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination thereof and (3) the treatment of the phantom stock award upon the awardee’s termination of employment or service. Each phantom stock award may have different terms and conditions.

Amendment and Termination . The board of directors may alter or amend the Amended and Restated Equity Plan at any time, except that it may not make any amendment which would impair any existing rights under an option or award without the consent of the holder. The board of directors may not, without approval of the Company’s shareholders, amend the Amended and Restated Equity Plan if shareholder approval is required to satisfy applicable laws, rules, regulations or securities exchange listing requirements. With respect to any shares for which awards have not been granted, the board of directors may terminate the Amended and Restated Equity Plan at any time. Except with respect to awards then outstanding, if not sooner terminated or extended, the Amended and Restated Equity Plan will terminate and no further awards shall be granted after the expiration of ten years from its effective date.

Employment Agreements

Currently, it is generally our policy to not have employment agreements with our employees. We do not have employment agreements with any of our named executive officers.

Director Compensation

We currently pay our directors, other than those directors who are employed by the Bank or us, based on the directors’ participation in board and committee meetings, and the Bank currently pays its directors in the same manner. Directors who are also employed by the Bank or us do not receive remuneration for serving as a director of the Bank or us, but are compensated in their capacity as employees. Additionally, we are party to a consulting agreement with Mr. Fraser pursuant to which we pay Mr. Fraser an annual fee of $185 thousand paid semi-monthly. The initial term of the consulting agreement expires on November 13, 2015 and renews automatically month-to-month unless terminated by either party prior to such renewal.

 

124


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to each non-employee director who served on our board of directors in 2014. The table also includes compensation earned by each director that is attributable to his service as a director of the Bank.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash ($) (1)
   Option Awards ($) (2)    Total ($)

John Beckworth

       4,650          —            4,650  

Lawrence G. Fraser (3)

       193,854          —            193,854  

Matthew H. Hartzell

       3,300          —            3,300  

Frances H. Jeter

       2,100          —            2,100  

James J. Kearney

       10,650          —            10,650  

P. Michael Mann, M.D.

       4,200          —            4,200  

David B. Moulton

       27,450          —            27,450  

William S. Nichols, III

       9,150          —            9,150  

Thomas A. Reiser

       5,550          —            5,550  

Raimundo Riojas E.

       2,250          —            2,250  

Fred S. Robertson

       11,700          —            11,700  

 

(1) The amounts shown in this column include fees for serving on the board of directors and any of its committees.
(2) No options were granted to directors during the year ended December 31, 2014.
(3) Includes $185 thousand paid pursuant to our consulting agreement with Mr. Fraser.

 

125


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 3, 2015, subject to certain assumptions set forth in the footnotes and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of our common stock offered in this offering for:

 

    each shareholder, or group of affiliated shareholders, who we know beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

 

    each of our current directors;

 

    each of our named executive officers; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting and/or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe the beneficial owners of the common stock listed below, based on information furnished by them, have sole voting and investment power with respect to the number of shares listed opposite their names.

We have based our calculation of beneficial ownership prior to this offering on 9,823,025 shares of our common stock outstanding on August 3, 2015. We have based our calculation of beneficial ownership after giving effect to this offering on             shares of our common stock outstanding, which gives effect to the issuance of             shares of common stock in this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named in the table below under “Executive Officers and Directors” is c/o Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., 8847 West Sam Houston Parkway N., Suite 200, Houston, Texas 77040.

 

     Shares
Beneficially Owned
Prior to this  Offering (1)
    Shares
Beneficially Owned
After Giving Effect

to this Offering (1)

Name

   Number     Percentage     Percentage

Executive Officers and Directors:

      

John Beckworth

     173,335 (2)       1.76  

Daryl D. Bohls

     36,512 (3)       *     

Lawrence G. Fraser

     34,912 (4)       *     

Matthew H. Hartzell

     9,227 (5)       *     

Frances H. Jeter

     —          —       

James J. Kearney

     22,166 (6)       *     

P. Michael Mann, M.D.

     255,636 (7)       2.60     

George Martinez

     281,167 (8)       2.86     

David B. Moulton

     25,833 (9)       *     

William S. Nichols, III

     80,800 (10)       *     

Thomas A. Reiser

     83,867 (11)       *     

Steven F. Retzloff

     288,501 (12)       2.94     

Raimundo Riojas E.

     155,455 (13)       1.58     

Fred S. Robertson

     62,000 (14)       *     

Ramon A. Vitulli III

     29,005 (15)       *     

Directors and Executive Officers as a group (16 persons)

     1,546,416 (16)       15.65  

 

126


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
* Amount represents less than 1% of outstanding common stock.
(1) Percentage is based on 9,823,025 shares of the Company’s common stock issued and outstanding and assumes the exercise by the shareholder or group named in each row of all vested options for the purchase of the Company’s common stock held by such shareholder that are exercisable within 60 days and all shares of restricted stock granted to date. The percentage for “Shares Beneficially Owned After Giving Effect to this Offering” assumes that none of our directors or executive officers participate in this offering.
(2) Consists of 6,667 shares held of record by Mr. Beckworth, 57,143 shares held of record by John Beckworth & Laura H. Beckworth Ten Com, 14,286 shares held of record by Mr. Beckworth’s son, Carter H. Beckworth, 14,286 shares held of record by his son, John P. Beckworth, 14,286 shares held of record by his son, William L. Beckworth, and 66,667 shares held of record by the Laura Hobby Beckworth 1999 WPH Trust, of which his spouse is trustee.
(3) Consists of 5,000 shares held of record by an IRA rollover account for the benefit of Mr. Bohls, 1,001 shares held of record by Mr. Bohls, 426 shares that can be acquired pursuant to the vesting of Restricted Stock Awards and 30,085 shares that can be acquired pursuant to the exercise of outstanding stock options.
(4) Consists of 8,918 shares held of record by Mr. Fraser, 22,096 shares held of record by Fraser Family Partnership Ltd., of which Mr. Fraser is a limited partner 3,816 shares in three trusts for his grandchildren (1,272 for each trust) and 82 shares held of record by Mr. Fraser’s son, Alfred Brian Fraser.
(5) Consists of 3,974 shares held of record by Mr. Hartzell and 5,253 shares held by an IRA account for the benefit of Mr. Hartzell.
(6) Consists of 20,166 shares held of record by Mr. Kearney and his wife, Kina. and 2,000 shares held of record by Mr. Kearney’s daughter Kara Elsik. All shares have been pledged as security for a loan.
(7) Consists of 37,500 shares held of record by White House Realty, LLC, of which Dr. Mann is President, 9,400 shares held of record by an IRA for the benefit of Dr. Mann, 31,773 shares of record by Paul Michael Mann, 153,001 shares held of record by MCRP Interests Ltd., of which Dr. Mann is President, and 23,962 shares held of record by Dr. Mann’s son Paul Michael Mann II.
(8) Consists of 280,167 shares held of record by Martinez 2007 Family Partnership Ltd., of which Mr. Martinez is a limited partner and 1,000 shares held of record by Mr. Martinez’s brother Julio Martinez.
(9) Consists of 12,500 shares held of record by Mr. Moulton and 13,333 shares held of record by an IRA account for the benefit of Mr. Moulton.
(10) Consists of 63,300 shares held of record by Nichols Realty Investments I, LTD., of which Mr. Nichols is the President of the managing partner, Nichols GP Investment, Inc., 16,000 shares held of record by Nichols Rising Star Partners II, LTD., of which Mr. Nichols is the President of the managing partner, Nichols GP Investment, Inc., 250 shares held of record by Mr. Nichols’ son, Jeremy Nichols, and 1,250 shares held of record by Mr. Nichols’ son, William S. Nichols IV.
(11) Consists of 82,417 shares held of record by Mr. Reiser and 1,450 shares held of record by Mr. Reiser’s sister Susan Lee Fontaine.
(12) Consists of 13,500 shares held of record by Mr. Retzloff and his wife, Barbara, 266,667 shares held of record by Retzloff Holdings, LTD., of which Mr. Retzloff is a limited partner, 1,667 shares held of record by Mr. Retzloff’s daughter and 6,667 shares held of record by Mr. Retzloff’s son.
(13) Consists of 155,455 shares held of record by Glencox Investments, Inc., of which Mr. Riojas is President.
(14) Consists of 62,000 shares held of record by The Robertson Family Trust, of which Mr. Robertson is the trustee.
(15) Consists of 6,667 shares held of record by an IRA account for the benefit of Mr. Vitulli, 1,648 shares held individually, 352 shares that can be acquired pursuant to vesting of Restricted Stock Awards, and 20,338 shares that can be acquired pursuant to the exercise of outstanding stock options.
(16) Includes 56,423 shares that can be acquired pursuant to outstanding stock options that are exercisable within 60 days.

 

127


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

General

Some of our officers, directors and principal shareholders and their affiliates are our customers. Such officers, directors and principal shareholders and their affiliates have had transactions in the ordinary course of business with us, including borrowings, all of which were effected on substantially the same terms and conditions, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing from time to time for comparable transactions with persons unaffiliated with us and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or other unfavorable features. We expect to continue to have such transactions on similar terms and conditions with such officers, directors and shareholders and their affiliates in the future.

Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons

Transactions by us with related parties are subject to a formal written policy, as well as regulatory requirements and restrictions. These requirements and restrictions include Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (which govern certain transactions by the Bank with its affiliates) and the Federal Reserve’s Regulation O (which governs certain loans by the Bank to its executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders). See “Regulation and Supervision—Limits on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders.” We have adopted policies to comply with these regulatory requirements and restrictions.

In connection with this offering, we intend to supplement our related party transaction policy in order to comply with all applicable requirements of the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market concerning related party transactions. Related party transactions will be referred for approval or ratification to our audit committee. In determining whether to approve a related party transaction, our audit committee will consider, among other factors, the fairness of the proposed transaction, the direct or indirect nature of the director’s, executive officer’s or related party’s interest in the transaction, the appearance of an improper conflict of interests for any director, executive officer or related party of the Company, taking into account the size of the transaction and the financial position of the director, executive officer or related party, whether the transaction would impair an outside director’s independence, the acceptability of the transaction to our regulators and the potential violations of other Company policies. A copy of our audit committee charter will be available on our corporate website upon completion of this offering.

 

128


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

The following discussion is a summary of the material rights of our shareholders, including the material terms and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of formation and bylaws in effect upon completion of this offering. This discussion does not purport to be a complete description of these rights and may not contain all of the information regarding our common stock that is important to you. You should refer to our amended and restated certificate of formation and bylaws included as exhibits to the registration statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus forms a part.

We are incorporated in the State of Texas. The rights of our shareholders are generally covered by Texas law and our amended and restated certificate of formation and bylaws. The terms of our capital stock are therefore subject to Texas law, including the Texas Business Organizations Code, and the common and constitutional law of Texas. We amended and restated our certificate of formation and bylaws prior to the consummation of this offering. Our amended and restated certificate of formation and bylaws have been filed with the SEC as Exhibit 3.1 and Exhibit 3.2 to the registration statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus is a part, and we encourage you to read those documents.

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 40,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $1.00 per share. As of August 3, 2015, we had 9,823,025 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by 865 shareholders of record. Additionally, as of that same date we had 947,437 outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock held by our employees, officers and directors, pursuant to our Amended and Restated Equity Plan. All of our shares outstanding at that date were fully paid and non-assessable. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding, not including shares that may be issued to the underwriters upon their exercise of their option to purchase additional shares.

Common Stock

Voting Rights . Subject to any special voting rights that may be given to any series of preferred stock that we may issue in the future, holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share in the election of directors and on all other matters submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders. No shareholder has the right of cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors. Directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

Liquidation Rights . On liquidation of the Company, the holders of the common stock are entitled to share pro rata with the holders of shares of other common stock of the Company in any distribution of the assets of the Company after the holders of shares of preferred stock have received the liquidation preference of their shares as determined by the board of directors plus any declared but unpaid dividends, if any, and after all other indebtedness of the Company has been retired.

Other . Our common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights and is not entitled to the benefits of any redemption or sinking fund provision.

Preferred Stock

Our amended and restated certificate of formation permits us to issue one or more series of preferred stock and authorizes our board of directors to designate the designations, preferences, limitations and relative rights of any such series of preferred stock, in each case, without any further action by our shareholders. Each share of a series of preferred stock will have the same relative rights as, and be identical in all respects with, all the other shares of the same series. Preferred stock may have voting rights, subject to applicable law and the determination at issuance by our board of directors. While the terms of preferred stock may vary from series to series, holders

 

129


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of our common stock should assume that all shares of preferred stock will be senior to our common stock in respect of distributions and on liquidation.

Although the creation and authorization of preferred stock does not, in and of itself, have any effect on the rights of the holders of our common stock, the issuance of one or more series of preferred stock may affect the holders of common stock in a number of respects, including the following:

 

    by subordinating our common stock to the preferred stock with respect to dividend rights, liquidation preferences, and other rights, preferences, and privileges;

 

    by diluting the voting power of our common stock;

 

    by diluting the earnings per share of our common stock; and

 

    by issuing common stock, upon the conversion of the preferred stock, at a price below the fair market value or original issue price of the common stock that is outstanding prior to such issuance.

As of the date of this prospectus, we had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Business Combinations under Texas Law

A number of provisions of Texas law and our amended and restated certificate of formation and bylaws could have an anti-takeover effect and make any potential acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise and the removal of incumbent directors more difficult. These provisions are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of the Company to negotiate first with our board of directors.

We are subject to the provisions of Title 2, Chapter 21, Subchapter M of the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “Texas Business Combination Law”), which provides that a Texas corporation that qualifies as an “issuing public corporation” (as defined in the Texas Business Combination Law) may not engage in specified types of business combinations, including mergers, consolidations and asset sales, with a person, or an affiliate or associate of that person, who is an “affiliated shareholder.” For purposes of this law, an “affiliated shareholder” is, or was, during the prior three years, the beneficial owner of 20.0% or more of the corporation’s voting shares. The prohibition on certain transactions with such affiliated shareholders extends for a three-year period from the date such shareholder first becomes an affiliated shareholder. These prohibitions do not apply if:

 

    the business combination or the acquisition of shares by the affiliated shareholder was approved by the board of directors of the corporation before the affiliated shareholder became an affiliated shareholder; or

 

    the business combination was approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation not beneficially owned by the affiliated shareholder or an affiliate or associate of the affiliated shareholder, at a meeting of shareholders called for that purpose, not less than six months after the affiliated shareholder became an affiliated shareholder.

As we currently have more than 100 shareholders, we are considered an “issuing public corporation” for purposes of this law. The Texas Business Combination Law does not apply to the following:

 

    the business combination of an issuing public corporation: where the corporation’s original certificate of formation or bylaws contain a provision expressly electing not to be governed by the Texas Business Combination Law; or that adopts an amendment to its certificate of formation or bylaws, by the affirmative vote of the holders, other than affiliated shareholders, of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation, expressly electing not to be governed by the Texas Business Combination Law and so long as the amendment does not take effect for 18 months following the date of the vote and does not apply to a business combination with an affiliated shareholder who became affiliated on or before the effective date of the amendment;

 

130


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    a business combination of an issuing public corporation with an affiliated shareholder that became an affiliated shareholder inadvertently, if the affiliated shareholder divests itself, as soon as possible, of enough shares to no longer be an affiliated shareholder and would not at any time within the three-year period preceding the announcement of the business combination have been an affiliated shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition;

 

    a business combination with an affiliated shareholder who became an affiliated shareholder through a transfer of shares by will or intestacy and continuously was an affiliated shareholder until the announcement date of the business combination; and

 

    a business combination of a corporation with its wholly owned subsidiary if the subsidiary is a Texas entity and not an affiliate or associate of the affiliated shareholder other than by reason of the affiliated shareholder’s beneficial ownership of voting shares of the corporation.

Neither our amended and restated certificate of formation nor our amended and restated bylaws contains any provision expressly providing that we will not be subject to the Texas Business Combination Law. As a result, the Texas Business Combination Law may prevent a non-negotiated merger or other business combination involving the Company, even if such a merger or combination would be beneficial to our shareholders.

Action by Consent

Under Texas law, no action required or permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting of shareholders may be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting of shareholders without the unanimous written consent of all shareholders entitled to vote on the action unless the certificate of formation specifically allows action to be taken by a written consent of the shareholders holding the minimum number of shares necessary to take the action that is subject to that consent at a meeting of shareholders, even though such consent is not signed by all of the corporation’s shareholders. Our amended and restated certificate of formation does not provide for shareholder action by less than unanimous written consent.

Certain Certificate of Formation and Bylaw Provisions Potentially Having an Anti-takeover Effect

Our amended and restated certificate of formation and bylaws contain certain provisions which may have an anti-takeover effect and thus discourage potential takeover attempts and make it more difficult for our shareholders to change management or receive a premium for their shares. These provisions include:

 

    staggered terms for directors, who may be removed from office only for cause;

 

    a prohibition on cumulative voting in the election of directors;

 

    authority for the board of directors to issue shares of our preferred stock without shareholder approval and upon such terms as the board of directors may determine;

 

    a provision establishing certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates for election as directors and for shareholder proposals; and

 

    a provision that any special meeting of our shareholders may be called only by a majority of the board of directors, the President or a holder or group of holders of at least 50 % of our shares entitled to vote at the meeting.

In addition to these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of formation and bylaws, banking laws impose notice, approval, and ongoing regulatory requirements on any shareholder or other party that seeks to acquire direct or indirect “control” of an FDIC-insured depository institution. These laws include the BHC Act and the Change in Bank Control Act. These laws could delay or prevent an acquisition. See “Regulation and Supervision—Notice and Approval Requirements Related to Control.”

 

131


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of formation provides that, subject to certain exceptions, the state and federal courts located in Harris County, Texas, the county in which the City of Houston lies, shall be the sole and exclusive forum for certain shareholder litigation matters. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Texas law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers and may limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us. However, it is possible that a court could rule that this provision is unenforceable or inapplicable to a particular dispute.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of formation provides that our directors and officers will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted under the Texas Business Organizations Code and applicable federal laws and regulations, against all reasonable expenses incurred in connection with their service for or on our behalf. Our amended and restated certificate of formation also makes mandatory the indemnification permitted under Section 8.101 of the Texas Business Organizations Code and makes mandatory the payment or reimbursement of reasonable expenses under Section 8.10 of the Texas Business Organizations Code, and extends this mandatory indemnification and mandatory payment or reimbursement of expenses to all former or present officers of the Company and all persons who were serving at the request of the Company as the director, officer, partner, agent or trustee of another foreign or domestic entity. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of formation provides that our directors and officers will not be personally liable for monetary damages to us to the fullest extent permitted by the Texas Business Organizations Code.

At the time of this offering, we will have entered into indemnification agreements with our officers and directors pursuant to which they are indemnified as described above and will be advanced costs and expenses subject to the condition that an indemnitee shall reimburse the indemnitor for all the amounts paid if a final judicial determination is made that the indemnittee is not entitled to be so indemnified under applicable law and regulation.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ABTX.”

 

132


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and no predictions can be made about the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of such shares for sale will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, the actual sale of, or the perceived potential for the sale of, our common stock in the public market may have a material adverse effect on the market price for our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through future sales of our securities.

Sale of Restricted Shares

Upon completion of this offering, we will have an aggregate of              shares of our common stock outstanding (or              shares of our common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). Of these shares, the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares which may be subsequently acquired by any of our affiliates as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As of August 3, 2015 the remaining 9,823,025 shares of our common stock outstanding will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144, and such shares and any unrestricted shares acquired by any of our affiliates may in the future be sold under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or any applicable exemption under the Securities Act.

Amended and Restated Equity Plan

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register 1,460,000 shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our Amended and Restated Equity Plan. The Form S-8 is expected to become effective immediately upon filing. Subject to expiration of any lock-up restrictions as described below and following the completion of any remaining vesting periods and other vesting requirements, shares of our common stock issued under our Amended and Restated Equity Plan and shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted or to be granted under our Amended and Restated Equity Plan will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless such shares are held by any of our affiliates.

As of August 3, 2015, time-based options to purchase a total of 947,437 shares of common stock under our Amended and Restated Equity Plan were outstanding, of which options to purchase 460,595 shares were exercisable. Additionally, as of that same date, and 25,180 shares of restricted stock were outstanding. See “Executive Compensation and Other Matters—Amended and Restated Equity Plan” for a description of our Amended and Restated Equity Plan.

Lock-up Agreements

Holders of approximately         % of the shares of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering, including all of our executive officers and directors and certain other current shareholders have agreed not to sell any shares of our common stock for a period of at least 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting—Lock-Up Agreements” for a description of the terms, including any exceptions to the provisions of these agreements.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 under the Securities Act as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this offering, a person who is not one of our affiliates who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months may sell shares without restriction, provided the current public information requirements of Rule 144 continue to be satisfied. If a person who is not one of our affiliates has beneficially owned the shares

 

133


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

of common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, then that person may sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, including the 90 day period described above. Other than shares of our common stock issued to former shareholders of F&M Bancshares in connection with our acquisition of F&M Bancshares, which we discuss below in “—Shares Issued to Former F&M Bancshares Shareholders,” we estimate that substantially all of the shares of common stock that are not subject to the lockup restrictions described above have been held by non-affiliates for at least one year and therefor may be freely sold by such persons upon the completion of this offering.

Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months may, in reliance on Rule 144, sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1.0% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares; and

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks immediately preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales of restricted shares by our affiliates under Rule 144 are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice, and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell shares of our common stock that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, most of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement are eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the holding period or certain other restrictions contained in Rule 144.

Shares Issued to Former F&M Bancshares Shareholders

The 2,338,520 shares of our common stock issued to former shareholders of F&M Bancshares on January 1, 2015 in connection with our acquisition of F&M Bancshares were issued in reliance on the federal exemption from registration found in Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Act and Rule 147 promulgated thereunder. Pursuant to Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Act and Rule 147 thereunder, the former shareholders of F&M Bancshares may not resell the shares of our common stock they received in the acquisition prior to October 1, 2015, other than resales to bona fide residents of the State of Texas.

 

134


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by “non-U.S. holders” that purchase our common stock pursuant to this offering and hold such common stock as a capital asset (generally, property held for investment). For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not treated as a partnership and is also not any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, including the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions, or (ii) that has in effect a valid election under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of any person treated as partner in such partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes will generally depend upon the status of such person and the activities of that entity. A partnership that holds our common stock and any person treated as a partner thereof should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of an investment in our common stock.

This discussion is based on currently existing provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and rulings and pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly on a retroactive basis. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax considerations described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax considerations to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

This discussion does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relevant to non-U.S. holders of the purchase, ownership and/or disposition of our common stock and does not address U.S. federal estate or gift considerations or considerations under the tax laws of any state, local, or non-U.S. jurisdiction. In addition, this discussion does not describe all aspects of U.S. federal income considerations that may be relevant to specific holders in light of their particular circumstances or status and does not address the tax consequences holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws including, without limitation: financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, retirement plans, partnerships (or other pass-through entities) and their partners, dealers in securities, brokers, U.S. expatriates, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who have acquired our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or persons holding our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment.

THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF OUR COMMON STOCK. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY SPECIFIC TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE U.S. FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, NON-U.S. OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

 

135


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Dividends and Distributions on our Common Stock

We do not currently expect to pay dividends (see “Dividend Policy” above). However, in the event that we do make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain distributions of our stock) in respect of our common stock, such distribution will be treated as a dividend to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain from the disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described below under “Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Common Stock.”

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, any dividends paid to non-U.S. holders generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, the non-U.S. holder must provide to the applicable withholding agent an IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) including a U.S. taxpayer identification number and certifying qualification for the reduced rate. A Non-U.S. Holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States) are exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax described above. In order to obtain this exemption, the non-U.S. holder must provide to the applicable withholding agent an IRS Form W-8ECI (or other applicable form) properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, generally are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits.

In addition, dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that are effectively connected with such holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of our Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or a fixed base of such non-U.S. holder);

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock and either (a) our common stock has ceased to be treated as traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the disposition occurs, or (b) the non-U.S. holder owns (actually or constructively) more than five percent of our common stock at some time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition and the period that the non-U.S. holder held our common stock.

 

136


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Although there can be no assurances, we believe that we are not currently, and do not anticipate becoming, a United States real property holding corporation. Furthermore, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be treated as regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above will be required to pay tax at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates on the net gain derived from the sale in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person, and a corporate non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above also may be subject to the branch profits tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses for the year. Any applicable income tax or other treaty may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Information returns will be filed with the IRS in connection with payments of dividends on our common stock. Unless the non-U.S. holder complies with certification procedures to establish that it is not a U.S. person, information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock and the non-U.S. holder may be subject to U.S. backup withholding on dividend payments on our common stock or on the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Legislation enacted in 2010 (commonly known as “FATCA”) and subsequent administrative guidance generally imposes withholding at a rate of 30% on certain payments to certain foreign entities (including financial intermediaries) of dividends on and, after December 31, 2016, the gross proceeds of dispositions of U.S. common stock, unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and the foreign entity’s jurisdiction may modify these requirements. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be includible in the U.S. taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent who owns or possesses certain powers or interests in our common stock (including through certain trusts), unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

 

137


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters for whom Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated and Stephens Inc. are acting as representatives of the several underwriters named below. We and the underwriters will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase, at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the respective number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite their respective names below:

 

Name

   Numbers of Shares

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

Stephens Inc.

  

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

  

Sandler O’Neill & Partners, L.P.

  

Total

  
  

 

If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or this offering may be terminated.

Discounts, Commissions and Expenses

The underwriters propose to offer shares of our common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus and to dealers at the initial public offering price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may re-allow, a concession not in excess of $         per share on sales to other brokers and dealers. After the public offering of our common stock, the underwriters may change the offering price, concessions and other selling terms.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions that we will pay to the underwriters and the proceeds we will receive before expenses. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ purchase option.

 

     Per
Share
     No
Exercise
     Full
Exercise
 

Initial public offering price

   $                $                $            

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us

        

Proceeds to us, before expenses

        

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, exclusive of the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $        , which are payable by us. The underwriters will be reimbursed for certain expenses attributable to filings with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and for the registration or qualification of the common stock under blue sky laws, in an amount up to $        .

Purchase Option

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional              shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to cover sales of shares by the underwriters that exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any of the additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the other shares are being offered. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. We will be obligated to sell these shares of common stock to the underwriters to the extent the purchase option is

 

138


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

exercised. The underwriters are not obligated to take or pay for the shares of our common stock covered by the underwriters’ purchase option described below, unless and until that option is exercised.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, our directors and officers, and certain other current shareholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under these agreements, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of the representatives, subject to limited exceptions,

 

    offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, or file any registration statement under the Securities Act, with respect to any of the foregoing; or

 

    enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of our common stock whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

These restrictions will be in effect for a period of 180 days after the date of the underwriting agreement. The representatives may, in its sole discretion, waive or release all or some of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

At present, the representatives do not intend to waive or release any of these securities prior to the expiration of the 180-day period. In addition, the restrictions described above will not apply to certain transfers of the locked-up shares, so long as the transferee agrees, among other things, to be bound by the terms of the lock-up agreement. Such transfers permitted under the lock-up agreement include, but are not limited to transfers of shares of our common stock:

 

(a) as a bona fide gift;

 

(b) by will or estate or intestate succession to a shareholder’s family, or to a trust, the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the shareholder or members of the shareholder’s family, or to a charitable foundation;

 

(c) if the shareholder is not a natural person, of shares of our common stock or any security convertible into common stock to limited partners, members, subsidiaries, stockholders or affiliates of the shareholder to the extent the shareholder is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation;

 

(d) involving the exercise of any options to purchase shares of our common stock or the vesting, award, delivery or settlement of shares of our common stock and the receipt by the shareholder from us of shares of common stock thereunder, in each case pursuant to our existing stock option or equity-based compensation plans; or

 

(e) to us to satisfy any tax withholding obligations upon the exercise or vesting of equity awards under our existing stock option or equity-based compensation plans.

These restrictions also apply to any shares of our common stock sold in the directed share program described below under “—Directed Share Program.”

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider, among other things, prevailing market conditions, our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and our earnings prospects, our book value, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the foregoing factors in relation to market valuation of comparable

 

139


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

companies. We offer no assurances that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to the offering or that an active trading market for our common stock will develop and continue after the offering.

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the common stock being offered by this prospectus, to our directors, officers and employees and other certain persons who have expressed an interest in purchasing our common stock in this offering. We will offer these shares to the extent permitted under applicable laws in the United States through a directed share program. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in the offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares. Any shares sold in the directed share program to directors, officers and employees will be subject to the 180-day lock-up agreements described above.

Listing

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ABTX.”

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters, and persons who control the underwriters, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of these liabilities.

Stabilization

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may, but are not obligated to, engage in stabilizing transactions, overallotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids.

 

    Overallotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position that may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares of common stock over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the purchase option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the purchase option. The underwriters may close out any short position by exercising their purchase option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the purchase option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the purchase option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

 

140


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or mitigating a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the websites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than this prospectus in electronic format, information on such websites and any information contained in any other website maintained by the underwriters or any of their affiliates is not part of this prospectus or registration statement of which the prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or the underwriters in their capacities as underwriters and should not be relied on by investors.

Our Relationship with the Underwriters

Certain of the underwriters and/or their affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in investment banking transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business. They have received, and expect to receive, customary compensation and expense reimbursement for these investment banking transactions.

 

141


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Bracewell & Giuliani LLP, Houston, Texas, and for the underwriters by Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP, Washington, D.C.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 included in this prospectus and included elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of Crowe Horwath LLP, independent registered public accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 included in this prospectus and included elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Seidel, Schroeder and Company, independent registered public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc., as of and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 included in this prospectus and included elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of Harper & Pearson Company, P.C., independent auditors, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act relating to the common stock that includes important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered with this prospectus. If we have made references in this prospectus to any contracts, agreements or other documents and also filed any of those contracts, agreements or other documents as exhibits to the registration statement, you should read the relevant exhibit for a more complete understanding of the document or the matter involved.

You may read and copy the registration statement and the related exhibits, and the reports, proxy statements and other information we will file with the SEC, at the SEC’s public reference room maintained by the SEC at Room 1580, 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also request copies of those documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file with the SEC. The site’s Internet address is www.sec.gov. We also maintain a website at www.allegiancebank.com. Upon completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. You should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our securities.

 

142


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

IND EX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as of and for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014

     F-2   

Consolidated Statement of Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

     F-3   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

     F-4   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

     F-5   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2015 and 2014

     F-6   

Condensed Notes to Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as of and for December 31, 2014 and 2013:

  

Report of Crowe Horwath LLP

     F-33   

Report of Seidel, Schroeder and Company

     F-34   

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-35   

Consolidated Statement of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-36   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-37   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholder’s Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2014 and 2013

     F-38   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-39   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-40   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements of Farmers & Merchant’s Bancshares, Inc. as of and for December 31, 2014 and 2013:

  

Report of Harper & Pearson Company, P.C.

     F-79   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-81   

Consolidated Statement of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-82   

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-83   

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholder’s Equity for the Years Ended December  31, 2014 and 2013

     F-84   

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

     F-85   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-86   

 

F-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

     June 30,
        2015        
    December 31,
        2014        
 
     (Unaudited)        
     (Dollars in thousands, except share data)  
ASSETS     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 85,042      $ 57,314   

Interest bearing deposits at other institutions

     53,643        110,226   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     138,685        167,540   

Available for sale securities, at fair value

     151,662        84,962   

Loans held for sale

     25,629        —     

Loans held for investment

     1,536,028        1,002,054   

Less: allowance for loan losses

     (10,312     (8,246
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

     1,551,345        993,808   

Accrued interest receivable

     5,265        3,285   

Goodwill

     39,389        11,144   

Core deposit intangibles, net

     5,645        1,747   

Premises and equipment, net

     18,887        10,969   

Other real estate owned

     21        —     

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     3,588        468   

Branch assets held for sale

     1,320        —     

Bank owned life insurance

     20,872        —     

Other assets

     8,477        6,085   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,945,156      $ 1,280,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

LIABILITIES:

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 556,502      $ 373,795   

Interest-bearing

    

Demand

     99,633        87,806   

Money market and savings

     419,986        279,595   

Certificates and other time

     549,203        392,488   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     1,068,822        759,889   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,625,324        1,133,684   

Accrued interest payable

     101        43   

Short-term borrowings

     75,000        —     

Subordinated debentures

     9,032        —     

Other borrowed funds

     28,069        10,069   

Other liabilities

     5,800        4,434   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,743,326        1,148,230   

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     —          —     

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

Preferred stock, $1 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding; 11,000 shares of Series A and 550 shares of Series B, each with a $1,000 liquidation value

     11,550        —     

Common stock, $1 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 9,824,696 shares issued and 9,822,950 shares outstanding at June 30, 2015 and 7,477,309 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014

     9,825        7,477   

Capital surplus

     154,428        104,568   

Retained earnings

     26,152        19,184   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (87     549   

Less: Treasury stock, at cost, 1,746 shares

     (38     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     201,830        131,778   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 1,945,156      $ 1,280,008   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See condensed notes to interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
             2015                     2014            
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)  

INTEREST INCOME:

    

Loans, including fees

   $ 41,385      $ 23,698   

Securities:

    

Taxable

     442        721   

Tax-exempt

     718        208   

Deposits in other financial institutions

     124        173   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     42,669        24,800   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

    

Demand, money market and savings deposits

     938        616   

Certificates and other time deposits

     2,454        2,008   

Short-term borrowings

     2        —     

Subordinated debt

     325        —     

Other borrowed funds

     446        75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     4,165        2,699   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

     38,504        22,101   

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

     2,103        900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

     36,401        21,201   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME:

    

Nonsufficient funds fees

     333        217   

Service charges on deposit accounts

     351        253   

Gains (losses) on sales of other real estate

     (6     188   

Other

     1,135        663   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

     1,813        1,321   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE:

    

Salaries and employee benefits

     17,423        9,503   

Net occupancy and equipment

     2,358        1,581   

Data processing and software amortization

     1,453        833   

Professional fees

     877        529   

Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance

     694        422   

Core deposit intangibles amortization

     415        148   

Depreciation

     776        503   

Communications

     692        306   

Advertising

     322        278   

Other

     1,998        1,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

     27,008        15,269   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

     11,206        7,253   

Provision for income taxes

     3,852        2,569   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 7,354      $ 4,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

     (386     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS

   $ 6,968      $ 4,684   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE:

    
    

Basic

   $ 0.71      $ 0.67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.70      $ 0.66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See condensed notes to interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2015     2014  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 7,354      $ 4,684   

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:

    

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities:

    

Change in unrealized holding gain (loss) on available for sale securities during the period

     (965     1,513   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     (965     1,513   

Deferred tax expense (benefit) related to other comprehensive income (loss)

     329        (450
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     (636     1,063   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 6,718      $ 5,747   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See condensed notes to interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

   

 

Preferred Stock

   

 

Common Stock

    Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            
    (In thousands, except share data)  

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2014

    —        $ —          6,964,551      $ 6,965      $ 93,459      $ 10,179      $ (669   $ (198   $ 109,736   

Net income

              4,684            4,684   

Other comprehensive income

                1,063          1,063   

Common stock issued in connection with the exercise of stock options and restricted stock awards and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”)

        14,975        15        172            75        262   

Stock based compensation expense

            326              326   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2014

    —          —          6,979,526        6,980        93,957        14,863        394        (123     116,071   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT JANUARY 1, 2015

    —          —          7,477,309        7,477        104,568        19,184        549        —          131,778   

Net income

              7,354            7,354   

Other comprehensive loss

                (636       (636

Common stock issued in connection with the exercise of stock options and restricted stock awards

        3,983        4        7            —          11   

Repurchase of treasury stock

                  (51     (51

Issuance of common stock

        4,884        5        103            13        121   

Common stock issued in connection with the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, Inc.

        2,338,520        2,339        49,108              51,447   

Preferred stock issued in connection with the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, Inc.

    11,550        11,550                    11,550   

Preferred stock dividends

              (386         (386

Stock based compensation expense

            642              642   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

BALANCE AT JUNE 30, 2015

    11,550      $ 11,550        9,824,696      $ 9,825      $ 154,428      $ 26,152      $ (87   $ (38   $ 201,830   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See condensed notes to interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

    Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
    2015     2014  
    (Unaudited)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

   

Net income

  $ 7,354      $ 4,684   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

Depreciation and core deposit intangibles amortization

    1,190        651   

Provision for credit losses

    2,103        900   

Net amortization of premium on investments

    455        18   

Net (accretion) amortization of (discount) premium on loans

    (2,350     57   

Net amortization of premium on subordinated debentures

    161        —     

Net (gain) loss on sale or write down of premises, equipment and other real estate

    6        (188

Stock based compensation expense

    642        326   

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable and other assets

    (2,950     2,156   

Decrease in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

    (894     (1,685
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    5,717        6,919   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

   

Proceeds from maturities and principal paydowns of available for sale securities

    474,189        624,843   

Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities

    14,748        —     

Purchase of available for sale securities

    (542,335     (626,614

Net increase in total loans

    (152,652     (96,590

Purchase of bank premises and equipment

    (1,531     (1,689

Proceeds from sale of bank premises, equipment and other real estate

    —          520   

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

    (10,000     —     

Net cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of F&M Bancshares, Inc.

    106,486        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (111,095     (99,530
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

   

Net (decrease) increase in noninterest-bearing deposits

    (2,822     16,237   

Net increase in interest-bearing deposits

    4,650        14,986   

Paydowns of long-term borrowings

    (18,000     —     

Proceeds from long-term borrowings

    18,000        —     

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

    75,000     

Preferred stock dividends

    (386     —     

Proceeds from stock option exercises, restricted stock awards and the ESPP

    132        262   

Repurchase of treasury stock

    (51     —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    76,523        31,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

    (28,855     (61,126

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

    167,540        213,076   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

  $ 138,685      $ 151,950   
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

NONCASH ACTIVITIES:

   

Acquired loans transferred to loans held for sale

  $ 33,409      $ —     

Acquired premises and equipment and accrued interest receivable transferred to branch assets held for sale

    1,662        —     

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:

   

Income taxes paid

  $ 3,400      $ 2,300   

Interest paid

    3,647        2,342   

See Note 2 regarding non-cash transactions included in the F&M Bancshares, Inc. acquisition

   

 

 

See condensed notes to interim consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations —Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (“Allegiance”) and its subsidiary, Allegiance Bank (the “Bank”, and together with Allegiance, collectively referred to as the “Company”) provide commercial and retail loans and commercial banking services. The Company derives substantially all of its revenues and income from the operation of the Bank. On August 10, 2015, the Texas Department of Banking approved the Company’s request to change the name of the bank to Allegiance Bank.

Basis of Presentation— The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and in accordance with guidance provided by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, the condensed financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company on a consolidated basis, and all such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Transactions with the subsidiary have been eliminated. The condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in the Company’s S-1 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015. Furthermore, the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, Inc. during the first quarter of 2015 may impact the comparability of year to date 2015 versus year to date 2014 comparable information.

Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies:

The Company’s significant accounting and reporting policies can be found in Note 1 of the Company’s annual financial statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following accounting and reporting policies were adopted during the first quarter of 2015 as part of the F&M Bancshares, Inc. transaction:

Bank Owned Life Insurance -During the first quarter of 2015, the Company purchased bank owned life insurance policies on certain key executives and in conjunction with the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, the Company acquired life insurance policies. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value, which is the most reasonable estimate of fair value, adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.

Loans held for Sale -Loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or fair value. During the first quarter of 2015, the Company purchased F&M Bancshares. At June 30, 2015, loans held for sale consists of loans at two former F&M Bancshares branches in Central Texas that are for sale.

 

F-7


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

New Accounting Standards

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

On January 1, 2015, the Company adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-04 “Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40)—Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” ASU 2014-04 intends to reduce diversity by clarifying an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs when a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Newly Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards

ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contract with Customers (Topic 606).”  ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 is currently effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2017 with retrospective application to each prior reporting period presented. The Company is still evaluating the potential impact on the Company’s financial statements.

2. ACQUISITIONS

Acquisition of F&M Bancshares On January 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of F&M Bancshares, Inc. (“F&M”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary Enterprise Bank (“Enterprise”) headquartered in Houston, Texas. Enterprise operated 9 banking locations, 7 in Houston, Texas and 2 in Central Texas, 1 in Rosebud, Texas and 1 in Mart, Texas. The 2 Central Texas locations and their related assets have been classified within loans held for sale and branch assets held for sale as of March 31, 2015. During the first quarter of 2015, the Company consolidated 2 of the 7 acquired Houston area locations due to the close proximity of these locations to its existing banking locations. The Company acquired F&M to further expand its Houston, Texas area markets.

Pursuant to the merger agreement, the Company issued 2,338,520 shares of Company common stock for all outstanding shares of F&M capital stock and paid $642 thousand in cash for any fractional and out of state shares held by F&M shareholders. The Company recognized initial goodwill of $28.2 million which is calculated as the excess of both the consideration exchanged and liabilities assumed as compared to the fair value of identifiable assets acquired, none of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. F&M’s results of operations were included in the Company’s results beginning January 1, 2015. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, net interest income associated with F&M was $9.1 million. The Company does not track separately the noninterest income and noninterest expense of the F&M branches.

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-8


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

2. ACQUISITIONS  (Continued)

 

The period during which the initial fair value adjustments may be revised is generally referred to as the measurement period. During the measurement period, the Company also shall recognize additional assets or liabilities if new information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in the recognition of those assets and liabilities as of that date. The measurement period ends as soon as the Company receives the information it was seeking about facts and circumstances that

existed as of the acquisition date or learns that more information is not obtainable. However, the measurement period shall not exceed one year from the acquisition date. The Company is finalizing its estimates related to taxes for the F&M Bancshares acquisition.

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to assets and liabilities acquired on January 1, 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 

Fair value of consideration paid:

  

Common shares issued (2,338,520 shares)

   $ 51,447   

Preferred shares issued (11,550 shares)

     11,550   

Cash consideration

     642   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration paid

   $ 63,639   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 107,128   

Investment Securities

     14,722   

Loans, net

     404,637   

Premises and equipment

     7,699   

Core deposit intangibles

     4,313   

Other assets

     15,896   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

   $ 554,395   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed:

  

Deposits

   $ 489,556   

Subordinated debt

     8,871   

Other borrowed funds

     18,000   

Other liabilities

     2,574   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     519,001   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

   $ 35,394   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill resulting from acquisition

   $ 28,245   
  

 

 

 

Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company paid off the $18.0 million of borrowed funds from F&M shareholders by drawing on its borrowing with another financial institution. Additionally, the securities acquired from F&M were sold subsequent to the acquisition with no income statement impact.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-9


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

2. ACQUISITIONS  (Continued)

 

The fair value of net assets acquired includes fair value adjustments to certain acquired loans that were not considered impaired as of the acquisition date. The fair value adjustments were determined using discounted contractual cash flows. The following presents details of all loans acquired as of January 1, 2015:

 

    Contractual
Balance
    Fair Value     Discount  

Commercial and industrial

  $ 96,891      $ 95,256      $ (1,635

Real estate:

     

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    225,191        222,082        (3,109

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    40,787        40,094        (693

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    35,897        35,488        (409

Residential construction

    6,467        6,395        (72

Consumer and other

    5,421        5,322        (99
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 410,654      $ 404,637      $ (6,017
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the table above are $3.9 million of purchase credit impaired loans that the Company has classified as nonaccrual.

The following table presents pro forma information as if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of 2014. The pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the transactions been effected on the assumed dates.

 

     For the Six Months
Ending June 30,
 
     2015      2014  

Net interest income

   $ 36,668       $ 34,887   

Net income attributable to common stockholders

     4,977         7,920   

Basic earnings per common share

     0.51         0.85   

Diluted earnings per common share

     0.50         0.84   

The Company incurred approximately $939 thousand of pre-tax merger related expenses during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The merger expenses are reflected on the Company’s income statement for the applicable period and are reported primarily in the categories of salaries and benefits and professional fees.

As of June 30, 2015, the Company held the two Central Texas locations and their related assets for sale. The assets held for sale of these locations include loans, the related accrued interest receivable on those loans and premises and equipment. The loans are presented as loans held for sale on the balance sheet. The branch assets held for sale reported on the balance sheet include accrued interest receivable and premises and equipment for these two respective locations.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-10


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

3. GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and core deposit intangibles were as follows:

 

     Goodwill      Core Deposit
Intangibles
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance as of January 1, 2014

   $ 10,999       $ 2,045   

Measurement period adjustment

     145         —     

Amortization

     —           (298
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

     11,144         1,747   

Acquisition of F&M Bancshares, Inc.

     28,245         4,313   

Amortization

     —           (415
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2015

   $ 39,389       $ 5,645   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill is recorded on the acquisition date of an entity. During the measurement period, the Company may record subsequent adjustments to goodwill for provisional amounts recorded at the acquisition date.

4. SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     June 30, 2015  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair Value  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

           

U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ 8,641       $ 351       $ —         $ 8,992   

Municipal securities

     108,009         316         (928      107,397   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     32,771         467         (262      32,976   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     2,374         19         (96      2,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 151,795       $ 1,153       $ (1,286    $ 151,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

           

U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ 14,080       $ 442       $ (45    $ 14,477   

Municipal securities

     35,272         283         (74      35,481   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     32,191         472         (188      32,475   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     2,587         21         (79      2,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84,130       $ 1,218       $ (386    $ 84,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-11


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

4. SECURITIES  (Continued)

 

Securities with unrealized losses segregated by length of time such securities have been in a continuous loss position are as follows:

 

    June 30, 2015  
  Less than 12 Months     More than 12 Months     Total  
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

           

U.S. Government and agency securities

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Municipal securities

    50,414        (925     225        (3     50,639        (928

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

    9,491        (73     7,255        (189     16,746        (262

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

    —          —          1,476        (96     1,476        (96
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 59,905      $ (998   $ 8,956      $ (288   $ 68,861      $ (1,286
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2014  
  Less than 12 Months     More than 12 Months     Total  
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

           

U.S. Government and agency securities

  $ 2,842      $ (3   $ 1,748      $ (42   $ 4,590      $ (45

Municipal securities

    14,102        (74     —          —          14,102        (74

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

    498        (1     14,058        (187     14,556        (188

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

    —          —          1,607        (79     1,607        (79
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 17,442      $ (78   $ 17,413      $ (308   $ 34,855      $ (386
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2015, management does not intend to sell any debt securities classified as available for sale in the table above and believes that the Company more likely than not will not be required to sell any of these debt securities before their anticipated recovery at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. The fair value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of June 30, 2015, management believes the unrealized losses in the previous table are temporary and no other than temporary impairment loss has been realized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-12


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

4. SECURITIES  (Continued)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at June 30, 2015, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations at any time with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due in one year or less

   $ 7,770       $ 7,781   

Due after one year through five years

     14,665         14,728   

Due after five years through ten years

     28,529         28,724   

Due after ten years

     65,686         65,156   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     116,650         116,389   

Agency mortgage-backed pass through securities and agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     35,145         35,273   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 151,795       $ 151,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the first quarter of 2015, the Company sold all securities acquired in the F&M Bancshares transaction resulting in gross proceeds of approximately $15.0 million. No gains or losses were recognized. No securities were sold during the six months ended June 30, 2014.

5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The loan portfolio balances, net of unearned income and fees, consist of various types of loans primarily all made to borrowers located within Texas and are classified by major type as follows:

 

     June 30,     December 31,  
     2015     2014  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans held for sale (1)

   $ 25,629      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

     427,958        270,363   

Real estate:

    

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     678,979        429,986   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     140,437        85,484   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     178,635        135,127   

Residential construction

     94,167        72,402   

Consumer and other

     15,852        8,692   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

     1,536,028        1,002,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

     1,561,657        1,002,054   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

     (10,312     (8,246
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

   $ 1,551,345      $ 993,808   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-13


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

(1) Consists of loans at two former F&M Bancshares locations acquired on January 1, 2015. The Company intends to sell these former F&M branches and their related assets located in Central Texas if it can agree on terms satisfactory to the Company. As of June 30, 2015, loans held for sale consists of $9.2 million of commercial and industrial loans, $12.9 million of commercial real estate (including multi-family residential) loans, $2.7 million of 1-4 family residential (including home equity) loans and $838,000 of consumer and other loans. Loans held for sale are carried at lower of aggregate cost or fair value.

Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans

An aging analysis of the recorded investment in past due loans, segregated by class of loans, is as follows:

 

    June 30, 2015  
    Loans Past Due and Still Accruing                    
    30-89 Days (2)     90 or More
Days
    Total Past
Due Loans
    Nonaccrual
Loans (3)
    Current
Loans
    Total
Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans held for sale

  $ 13      $ —        $ 13      $ 1,130      $ 24,486      $ 25,629   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

    350        —          350        3,186        424,422        427,958   

Real estate:

           

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    2,493        —          2,493        974        675,512        678,979   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    —          —          —          —          140,437        140,437   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    343        —          343        343        177,949        178,635   

Residential construction

    —          —          —          —          94,167        94,167   

Consumer and other

    12        —          12        89        15,751        15,852   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

    3,198        —          3,198        4,592        1,528,238        1,536,028   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 3,211      $ —        $ 3,211      $ 5,722      $ 1,552,724      $ 1,561,657   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-14


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

    December 31, 2014  
    Loans Past Due and Still Accruing                    
    30-89 Days     90 or More
Days
    Total Past
Due Loans
    Nonaccrual
Loans
    Current
Loans
    Total
Loans
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

  $ 274      $ —        $ 274      $ 1,527      $ 268,562      $ 270,363   

Real estate:

           

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    —          —          —          1,653        428,333        429,986   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    —          —          —          —          85,484        85,484   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    —          —            —          135,127        135,127   

Residential construction

    413        —          413        —          71,989        72,402   

Consumer and other

    46        —          46        4        8,642        8,692   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans

  $ 733      $ —        $ 733      $ 3,184      $ 998,137      $ 1,002,054   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(2) Includes $502 thousand of loans acquired from F&M Bancshares.
(3) Includes $1.8 million of loans acquired from F&M Bancshares.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-15


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

Impaired Loans

Impaired loans by class of loans are set forth in the following tables. The average recorded investment presented in the table below is reported on a year-to-date basis.

 

     June 30, 2015  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 2,211       $ 2,272       $ —         $ 2,329       $ 56   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     2,033         2,033         —           2,072         67   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     —           —           —           —           —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     381         381         —           384         10   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer and other

     104         104         —           112         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     4,729         4,790         —           4,897         137   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial and industrial

     1,974         1,974         709         2,007         42   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     176         176         6         178         6   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     —           —           —           —           —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     —           —           —           —           —     

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer and other

     29         29         5         29         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,179         2,179         720         2,214         49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

              

Commercial and industrial

     4,185         4,246         709         4,336         98   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     2,209         2,209         6         2,250         73   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     —           —           —           —           —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     381         381         —           384         10   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer and other

     133         133         5         141         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 6,908       $ 6,969       $ 720       $ 7,111       $ 186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-16


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

    December 31, 2014  
    Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

With no related allowance recorded:

         

Commercial and industrial

  $ 999      $ 1,054      $ —        $ 1,292      $ 83   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    2,894        2,894        —          1,641        182   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    —          —          —          —          —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    —          —          —          2        —     

Residential construction

    —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer and other

    —          —          —          1,084        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    3,893        3,948        —          4,019        265   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

         

Commercial and industrial

    1,802        1,802        501        2,247        128   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    180        180        10        715        12   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    —          —          —          —          —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    —          —          —          40        —     

Residential construction

    —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer and other

    4        4        1        2,102        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    1,986        1,986        512        5,104        140   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

         

Commercial and industrial

    2,801        2,856        501        3,539        211   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    3,074        3,074        10        2,356        194   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    —          —          —          —          —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    —          —          —          42        —     

Residential construction

    —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer and other

    4        4        1        3,186        —     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 5,879      $ 5,934      $ 512      $ 9,123      $ 405   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The average recorded investment of impaired loans for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $6.3 million. Interest income recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2014 on impaired loans was not material.

Credit Quality Indicators

The company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt including factors such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans by credit risk. As part of the ongoing monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and methodology for calculating the allowance for credit losses, management assigns and tracks risk ratings to be used as credit quality indicators.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-17


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following is a general description of the risk ratings used:

Watch —Loans classified as watch have an element of risk added to the credit such as declining payment history, deteriorating financial position of the borrower or a decrease in collateral value.

Special Mention —Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Substandard —Loans classified as substandard have well-defined weaknesses on a continuing basis and are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower, impaired or declining collateral values, or a continuing downturn in their industry which is reducing their profits to below zero and having a significantly negative impact on their cash flow. These loans so classified are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful —Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans.

Based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loan at June 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

     Pass      Watch      Special Mention      Substandard      Doubtful      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Loans held for sale

   $ 24,218       $ —         $ 29       $ 1,382       $ —         $ 25,629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial

     416,526         3,108         3,375         4,949         —           427,958   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     657,681         10,460         464         10,374         —           678,979   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     136,500         3,937         —           —           —           140,437   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     174,481         1,780         894         1,480         —           178,635   

Residential construction

     94,167         —           —           —           —           94,167   

Consumer and other

     15,678         73         —           101         —           15,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

     1,495,033         19,358         4,733         16,904         —           1,536,028   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 1,519,251       $ 19,358       $ 4,762       $ 18,286       $ —         $ 1,561,657   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-18


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents the risk category of loans by class of loan at December 31, 2014:

 

     Pass      Watch      Special Mention      Substandard      Doubtful     
Total
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 263,335       $ 1,817       $ 291       $ 4,920       $ —         $ 270,363   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     408,117         9,365         —           12,504         —           429,986   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     82,643         2,841         —           —           —           85,484   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     132,979         1,677         83         388         —           135,127   

Residential construction

     71,025         —           1,200         177         —           72,402   

Consumer and other

     8,636         35         —           21         —           8,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

   $ 966,735       $ 15,735       $ 1,574       $ 18,010       $ —         $ 1,002,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014:

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Commercial
real
estate
(including
multi-family
residential)
    Commercial
real
estate
construction
and land
development
    1-4 family
residential
(including
home
equity)
    Residential
Construction
    Consumer
and Other
    Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Allowance for loan losses:

             

Six Months Ended

             

Balance January 1, 2015

  $ 2,334      $ 3,799      $ 578      $ 1,008      $ 475      $ 52      $ 8,246   

Provision for loan losses

    614        734        264        247        213        31        2,103   

Charge-offs

    (82     —          —          —          —          (18     (100

Recoveries

    39        —          —          —          22        2        63   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

    (43     —          —          —          22        (16     (37
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2015

  $ 2,905      $ 4,533      $ 842      $ 1,255      $ 710      $ 67      $ 10,312   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

             

Six Months Ended

             

Balance January 1, 2014

  $ 2,729      $ 2,175      $ 357      $ 558      $ 598      $ 238      $ 6,655   

Provision for loan losses

    (592     1,221        258        317        (157     (147     900   

Charge-offs

    (74     —          —          —          —          (40     (114

Recoveries

    20        —          —          —          —          1        21   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

    (54     —          —          —          —          (39     (93
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance June 30, 2014

  $ 2,083      $ 3,396      $ 615      $ 875      $ 441      $ 52      $ 7,462   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-19


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type based on the impairment method as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Commercial
real
estate
(including
multi-family
residential)
    Commercial
real estate
construction
and land
development
    1-4 family
residential
(including
home
equity)
    Residential
Construction
    Consumer
and Other
    Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Allowance for loan losses related to:

             

June 30, 2015

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 709      $ 6      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 5      $ 720   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    2,196        4,527        842        1,255        710        62        9,592   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

  $ 2,905      $ 4,533      $ 842      $ 1,255      $ 710      $ 67      $ 10,312   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 501      $ 10      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 1      $ 512   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    1,833        3,789        578        1,008        475        51        7,734   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

  $ 2,334      $ 3,799      $ 578      $ 1,008      $ 475      $ 52      $ 8,246   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-20


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

5. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in loans held for investment by portfolio type based on the impairment method as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
    Commercial
real estate
(including
multi-
family
residential)
    Commercial
real estate
construction
and land
development
    1-4 family
residential
(including
home
equity)
    Residential
Construction
    Consumer
and Other
    Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Recorded investment in loans:

             

June 30, 2015

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 4,185      $ 2,209      $ —        $ 381      $ —        $ 133      $ 6,908   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    423,773        676,770        140,437        178,254        94,167        15,719        1,529,120   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated for impairment

  $ 427,958      $ 678,979      $ 140,437      $ 178,635      $ 94,167      $ 15,852      $ 1,536,028   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

             

Individually evaluated for impairment

  $ 2,801      $ 3,074      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 4      $ 5,879   

Collectively evaluated for impairment

    267,562        426,912        85,484        135,127        72,402        8,688        996,175   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated for impairment

  $ 270,363      $ 429,986      $ 85,484      $ 135,127      $ 72,402      $ 8,692      $ 1,002,054   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company had a recorded investment in troubled debt restructurings of $3.0 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The Company added $2.0 million in troubled debt restructurings during the six months ended June 30, 2015. The Company allocated $696 thousand and $205 thousand of specific reserves for troubled debt restructurings at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively, and did not commit to lend additional amounts on these loans. As of June 30, 2015, there have been no defaults on any loans that were modified as troubled debt restructurings during the preceding 12 months. Default in determined at 90 or more days past due.

6. FAIR VALUE

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and to determine fair value disclosures. Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability, otherwise known as an “exit price” in the principal or most advantageous market available to the entity in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-21


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

6. FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company groups financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

 

    Level 1—Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

    Level 2—Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

    Level 3—Significant unobservable inputs that reflect management’s judgment and assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability that are supported by little or no market activity.

Loans Held For Sale- Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, which is evaluated on a pool-level basis. The fair value of loans held for sale was determined using assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan or other observable market data. The Company classifies the fair value of loans held for sale as Level 3.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments that are reported on the balance sheet are as follows:

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated Fair Value  
        Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Financial assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 138,685       $ 138,685       $ —         $ —         $ 138,685   

Available-for-sale securities

     151,662         —           151,662         —           151,662   

Loans held for sale

     25,629         —           —           25,629         25,629   

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

     1,525,716         —           —           1,532,431         1,532,431   

Accrued interest receivable

     5,265         —           958         4,307         5,265   

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits

   $ 1,625,324       $ —         $ —         $ 1,626,235       $ 1,708,020   

Short-term borrowings

     75,000         —           75,000         —           75,000   

Subordinated debt

     9,032         —           9,032         —           9,032   

Other borrowed funds

     28,069         —           28,069         —           28,069   

Accrued interest payable

     101         —           37         64         101   

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-22


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

6. FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated Fair Value  
        Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  


Financial assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 167,540       $ 167,540       $ —         $ —         $ 167,540   

Available-for-sale securities

     84,962         —           84,962         —           84,962   

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

     993,808         —           —           998,575         998,575   

Accrued interest receivable

     3,285         —           473         2,812         3,285   

Financial liabilities

              

Deposits

   $ 1,625,324       $ —         $ —         $ 1,627,983       $ 1,627,983   

Other borrowings

     10,069         —           10,069         —           10,069   

Accrued interest payable

     43         —           —           43         43   

The fair value estimates presented above are based on pertinent information available to management as of the dates indicated. The methods used to determine fair value are described in our audited financial statements which are presented elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following method to determine fair value of loans held for sale was adopted during the first quarter of 2015 as part of the F&M Bancshares, Inc. transaction.

The following tables present fair values for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     As of June 30, 2015  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for sale securities:

           

U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ —         $ 8,992       $ —         $ 8,992   

Municipal securities

     —           107,397         —           107,397   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     —           32,976         —           32,976   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           2,297         —           2,297   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 151,662       $ —         $ 151,662   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-23


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

6. FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for sale securities:

           

U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ —         $ 14,477       $ —         $ 14,477   

Municipal securities

     —           35,481         —           35,481   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     —           32,475         —           32,475   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           2,529         —           2,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 84,962       $ —         $ 84,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2015 or December 31, 2014. There were no transfers between levels during the six months ended June 30, 2015 or 2014.

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances such as evidence of impairment.

 

    As of June 30, 2015  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Impaired loans:

     

Commercial and industrial

  $ —        $ —        $ 1,265   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    —          —          170   

Consumer and other

    —          —          24   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ —        $ —        $ 1,459   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    As of December 31, 2014  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Impaired loans

     

Commercial and industrial

  $ —        $ —        $ 1,301   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    —          —          170   

Consumer and other

    —          —          3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ —        $ —        $ 1,474   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

There were no loans need for sale measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of June 30, 2015.

Level 3 Valuations

Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. Level 3 financial instruments also include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. Currently, we measure the fair value for certain loans on a nonrecurring basis as described below.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-24


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

6. FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

During the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014, certain impaired loans were reevaluated and reported at fair value through a specific allocation of the allowance for loan losses. At June 30, 2015, the total reported fair value of impaired loans of $1.5 million based on collateral valuations utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs had a carrying value of $2.2 million that was reduced by specific allowance allocations totaling $720 thousand. At December 31, 2014, the total reported fair value of impaired loans of $1.5 million based on collateral valuations utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs had a carrying value of $2.0 million that was reduced by specific allowance allocations totaling $512 thousand.

7. DEPOSITS

Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC Insurance limit of $250 thousand at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 were $144.0 million and $97.0 million, respectively.

Scheduled maturities of time deposits for the next five years are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

Within one year

   $ 377,752   

After one but within two years

     105,532   

After two but within three years

     29,242   

After three but within four years

     23,912   

After four but within five years

     12,765   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 549,203   
  

 

 

 

8. BORROWINGS

The Company has an available line of credit with the FHLB of Dallas, which allows the Company to borrow on a collateralized basis. FHLB advances are short-term, overnight borrowings and are used to manage liquidity as needed. Maturing advances are replaced by drawing on available cash, making additional borrowings or through increased customer deposits. At June 30, 2015, the Company had total funds of $548.6 million available under this agreement, of which $76.5 million was outstanding. Short-term overnight FHLB advances of $75.0 million were outstanding at June 30, 2015, at a weighted average rate of rate of 0.16%.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-25


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

8. BORROWINGS  (Continued)

 

In 2015, the Company borrowed an additional $18.0 million on a borrowing agreement with another financial institution in addition to the $10.1 million indebtedness incurred in 2014. The borrowing matures in December 2021. The Company used the funds borrowed in 2015 to repay debt that F&M owed to its shareholders and used the borrowed funds in 2014 to pay off a previous borrowing with another financial institution entered into during 2013 in conjunction with the purchase of Independence Bank. The note agreement requires the Company to meet certain restrictive covenants. At June 30, 2015, the Company believes it is in compliance with its debt covenants and had not been made aware of any noncompliance by the lender. The interest rate on the debt is the Prime Rate minus 25 basis points, or 3.00%, at June 30, 2015, and is paid quarterly. Scheduled principal maturities are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

2015

   $ 2,354   

2016

     4,285   

2017

     4,285   

2018

     4,285   

2019 and therafter

     12,860   
  

 

 

 
   $ 28,069   
  

 

 

 

9. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

On January 1, 2015, the Company acquired F&M and assumed Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust II and Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust III. Each of the trusts is a capital or statutory business trust organized for the sole purpose of issuing trust securities and investing the proceeds in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures. The preferred trust securities of each trust represent preferred beneficial interests in the assets of the respective trusts and are subject to mandatory redemption upon payment of the junior subordinated debentures held by the trust. The common securities of each trust are wholly owned by the Company. Each trust’s ability to pay amounts due on the trust preferred securities is solely dependent upon the Company making payment on the related junior subordinated debentures. The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all of the Company’s present and future senior indebtedness. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed each trust’s obligations under the trust securities issued by such trust to the extent not paid or made by each trust, provided such trust has funds available for such obligations.

Under the provisions of each issue of the debentures, the Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the debentures at any time, or from time to time, for periods not exceeding five years. If interest payments on either issue of the debentures are deferred, the distributions on the applicable trust preferred securities and common securities will also be deferred.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-26


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

9. SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES  (Continued)

 

At June 30, 2015, the Company had $11.3 million outstanding in junior subordinated debentures issued to the Company’s unconsolidated subsidiary trusts. On January 1, 2015, the Company recorded the debentures at fair value. The differences between the carrying value and contractual balance will be recognized as a yield adjustment over the remaining term for the debentures. A summary of pertinent information related to the Company’s issues of junior subordinated debentures outstanding at June 30, 2015 is set forth in the table below:

 

Description

   Issuance Date    Trust
Preferred
Securities
Outstanding
     Interest Rate (1)     Junior
Subordinated
Debt Owed
to Trusts
     Maturity Date (2)
(Dollars in thousands)

Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust II

   November 13, 2003    $ 7,500         3 month LIBOR + 3.00   $ 7,732       November 8, 2033

Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust III

   June 30, 2005      3,500         3 month LIBOR + 1.80     3,609       July 7, 2035
          

 

 

    
           $ 11,341      
          

 

 

    

 

(1) The 3-month LIBOR in effect as of June 30, 2015 was 0.2827%.
(2) All debentures are currently callable.

10. INCOME TAXES

The amount of federal and state income tax expense is influenced by the amount of pre-tax income, the amount of tax-exempt income and the amount of other nondeductible items. For the six months ended, June 30, 2015, income tax expense was $3.9 million compared with $2.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in income tax expense year over year was primarily attributable to higher pre-tax earnings. The effective income tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was 34.4% and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was 35.4%, respectively.

Interest and penalties related to tax positions are recognized in the period in which they begin accruing or when the entity claims the position that does not meet the minimum statutory thresholds. The Company has not recorded any interest and penalties in the income statement for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

11. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

During 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders approved the 2008 Stock Awards and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) covering certain key employees to purchase shares of the Company’s stock. The Plan was amended in 2015 as the shareholders authorized a maximum aggregate number of shares of stock to be issued of 1,460,000, any or all of which may be issued through incentive stock options. The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans using the fair value-based method of accounting. The Company recognized total stock-based compensation expense of $642 thousand and $326 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-27


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

11. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION  (Continued)

 

Stock Option Plan

Options to purchase a total of 1,060,711 shares of Company stock have been granted as of June 30, 2015. Under the stock option plan; options are exercisable up to 10 years from the date of the grant, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors and are fully vested 4 years after the date of grant.

The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

A summary of the activity in the stock option plan during the six months ended June 30, 2015 is set forth below:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
     (In thousands)            (In years)      (In thousands)  

Options outstanding, December 31, 2014

     694      $ 15.60         6.57       $ 4,437   

Options granted

     226        22.00         

Options exercised

     —          —           

Options forfeited

     (24     22.00         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options outstanding, June 30, 2015

     896      $ 17.05         6.87       $ 4,432   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable, June 30, 2015

     452      $ 13.25         4.78       $ 3,956   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of options granted was determined using the following weighted-average assumptions as of the grant date.

 

     2015  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.70

Expected term

     10.00   

Expected stock price volatility

     17.72

Dividend yield

     —     

Share Award Plan

During 2015, the Company issued 3,983 shares of restricted stock with a grant date fair value of $22 per share. The restricted stock shares will vest over a period of 4 years but are considered outstanding at the date of issuance. The Company accounts for restricted stock grants by recording the fair value of the grant as compensation expense over the vesting period.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-28


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

11. STOCK BASED COMPENSATION  (Continued)

 

A summary of the activity of the nonvested shares of restricted stock as of June 30, 2015 is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
     (Shares in thousands)  

Nonvested share awards outstanding, December 31, 2014

     27       $ 18.23   

Share awards granted

     4         22.00   

Share awards vested

     (12      17.20   

Unvested share awards forfeited

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested share awards outstanding, June 30, 2015

     19       $ 19.73   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

12. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into these transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit, which involve to varying degrees elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on balance sheet instruments.

The contractual amounts of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at June 30, 2015 are as follows:

 

     June 30,      December 31,  
     2015      2014  
     Fixed
Rate
     Variable
Rate
     Fixed
Rate
     Variable
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 273,050       $ 217,173       $ 178,803       $ 214,195   

Standby letters of credit

     6,327         111         4,006         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 279,377       $ 217,284       $ 182,809       $ 214,195   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 120 days or less. As of June 30, 2015, the fixed rate loan commitments have interest rates ranging from 1.60% to 9.50% with a weighted average maturity of 2.03 years.

Litigation

The Company and the Bank are defendants, from time to time, in legal actions arising from transactions conducted in the ordinary course of business. The Company and the Bank believe, after consultations with legal counsel, that the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on the financial statements.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-29


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

13. REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines prompt corrective action regulations and involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Any institution that fails to meet its minimum capital requirements is subject to actions by regulators that could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited as is asset growth and expansion; and capital restoration plans are required.

On July 2, 2013, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule that establishes an integrated regulatory capital framework. The rule implements the Basel III regulatory capital reforms from the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and certain changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. In general, under the new rules, minimum requirements have increased for both the quantity and quality of capital held by banking organizations. Consistent with the Basel framework, the new rules include a new minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of 4.5% and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets that applies to all supervised financial institutions. The rule also raises the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% and includes a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0% for all banking organizations. The new rules also change the methodology for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity and became effective on January 1, 2015. As of June 30, 2015, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.

The Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of regulatory agencies. Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank in any calendar year is limited to the current year’s net profits combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years, subject to the capital requirements described above.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-30


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

13. REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS  (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s and the Bank’s actual and required capital ratios at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

     Minimum Required
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
  To Be Categorized As
Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
   Actual Ratio

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC. (Consolidated)

       

As of June 30, 2015

       

Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

   4.50%   N/A    8.68%

Leverage ratio (to average assets)

   4.00%   N/A    9.34%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (to risk weighted assets)

   6.00%   N/A    9.88%

Total risk-based capital ratio (to risk weighted assets)

   8.00%   N/A    10.48%

As of December 31, 2014

       

Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

   N/A   N/A    N/A  

Leverage ratio (to average assets)

   4.00%   N/A     9.55%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (to risk weighted assets)

   4.00%   N/A    11.96%

Total risk-based capital ratio (to risk weighted assets)

   8.00%   N/A    12.80%

 

    Minimum Required
For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
  To Be Categorized As
Well Capitalized Under
Prompt Corrective
Action Provisions
  Actual Ratio

ALLEGIANCE BANK:

     

As of June 30, 2015

     

Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

  4.50%   6.50%   10.82%

Leverage ratio (to average assets)

  4.00%   5.00%   10.23%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (to risk weighted assets)

  6.00%   8.00%   10.82%

Total risk-based capital ratio (to risk weighted assets)

  8.00%   10.00%   11.42%

As of December 31, 2014

     

Common equity Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)

  N/A   N/A   N/A  

Leverage ratio (to average assets)

  4.00%   5.00%    9.38%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (to risk weighted assets)

  4.00%   6.00%   11.76%

Total risk-based capital ratio (to risk weighted assets)

  8.00%   10.00%   12.59%

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-31


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONDENSED NOTES TO INTERIM CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

14. EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock using the treasury stock method. Outstanding stock options issued by the Company represent the only dilutive effect reflected in diluted weighted average shares. Restricted shares are considered outstanding at the date of grant and are included in basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding.

 

     Six Months Ended June 30,  
     2015      2014  
     (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  
     Amount      Per Share
Amount
     Amount      Per Share
Amount
 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

   $ 6,968          $ 4,684      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Basic:

           

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     9,824       $ 0.71         6,969       $ 0.67   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Diluted:

           

Add incremental shares for:

           

Dilutive effect of stock option exercises

     177            154      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

     10,001       $ 0.70         7,123       $ 0.66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock options for 267 thousand shares and 241 thousand shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, because they were antidilutive.

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On July 15, 2015, the Company redeemed all of the outstanding shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock, for an aggregate redemption price of $11.7 million (which is the sum of the liquidation amount plus accrued and unpaid dividends up to, but excluding, the redemption date). We issued the shares of Series A and Series B preferred stock in connection with the F&M Bancshares acquisition, which had preferred stock outstanding pursuant to the U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program. We funded the redemption with cash on hand.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-32


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

    

LOGO   

Crowe Horwath LLP

Independent Member Crowe Horwath International

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.

Houston, Texas

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2014, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

LOGO

Crowe Horwath LLP

Dallas, Texas

March 23, 2015

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

    

LOGO

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2013, and the related statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and the consolidated results of their operations and cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

Brenham, Texas

March 19, 2014

        LOGO        

304 East Blue Bell Rd. ● Brenham, Texas 77833 ● 979/836-6131 ● FAX 979/830-8131

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

     December 31,  
             2014                     2013          
     (Dollars in thousands, except share data)  
ASSETS     

Cash and due from banks

   $ 57,314      $ 63,572   

Interest bearing deposits at other institutions

     110,226        149,504   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     167,540        213,076   

Available for sale securities, at fair value

     84,962        87,007   

Loans held for investment

     1,002,054        836,694   

Less: allowance for loan losses

     (8,246     (6,655
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans, net

     993,808        830,039   

Accrued interest receivable

     3,285        2,983   

Goodwill

     11,144        10,999   

Core deposit intangibles, net

     1,747        2,045   

Premises and equipment, net

     10,969        10,044   

Other real estate owned

     —          332   

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

     468        398   

Other assets

     6,085        7,836   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 1,280,008      $ 1,164,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY     

LIABILITIES:

    

Deposits:

    

Noninterest-bearing

   $ 373,795      $ 325,410   

Interest-bearing

    

Demand

     87,806        63,369   

Money market and savings

     279,595        233,153   

Certificates and other time

     392,488        423,399   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

     759,889        719,921   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits

     1,133,684        1,045,331   

Accrued interest payable

     43        79   

Other borrowed funds

     10,069        5,000   

Other liabilities

     4,434        4,613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     1,148,230        1,055,023   

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

     —          —     

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

    

Preferred stock, $1 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

     —          —     

Common stock, $1 par value; 19,000,000 shares authorized; 7,477,309 issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 6,964,551 shares issued and 6,953,125 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013

     7,477        6,965   

Capital surplus

     104,568        93,459   

Retained earnings

     19,184        10,179   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     549        (669

Less treasury stock, at cost, 11,426 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013. There were no treasury shares at December 31, 2014.

     —          (198
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     131,778        109,736   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 1,280,008      $ 1,164,759   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

 

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
             2014                    2013        
     (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

INTEREST INCOME:

         

Loans, including fees

     $ 50,243        $ 36,960  

Securities:

         

Taxable

       1,435          957  

Tax-exempt

       416          69  

Deposits in other financial institutions

       311          352  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total interest income

       52,405          38,338  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE:

         

Demand, money market and savings deposits

       1,261          1,236  

Certificates and other time deposits

       4,081          3,196  

Other borrowed funds

       229          15  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total interest expense

       5,571          4,447  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

       46,834          33,891  

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

       2,150          240  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

       44,684          33,651  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME:

         

Nonsufficient funds (NSF) fees

       455          331  

Service charges on deposit accounts

       490          329  

Gains on sales of other real estate

       188          201  

Other

       1,474          778  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total noninterest income

       2,607          1,639  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE:

         

Salaries and employee benefits

       20,179          15,371  

Net occupancy and equipment

       3,316          2,420  

Data processing and software amortization

       1,658          1,202  

Professional fees

       2,294          1,681  

Regulatory assessments and FDIC insurance

       848          602  

Core deposit intangibles amortization

       298          37  

Depreciation

       1,084          813  

Communications

       684          432  

Advertising

       601          582  

Other real estate expense

       6          86  

Other

       2,490          1,372  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

       33,458          24,598  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

       13,833          10,692  

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES

       4,828          3,853  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

NET INCOME

     $ 9,005        $ 6,839  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

EARNINGS PER SHARE:

         

Basic

     $ 1.29        $ 1.25  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

Diluted

     $ 1.26        $ 1.22  
    

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2014     2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Net income

   $ 9,005      $ 6,839   

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax:

    

Unrealized gain (loss) on securities:

    

Change in unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities during the period

     1,928        (1,888

Reclassification of amount realized through the sale of securities

     (82     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

     1,846        (1,888

Deferred tax (expense) benefit related to other comprehensive income

     (628     642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     1,218        (1,246
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 10,223      $ 5,593   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

   

 

Common Stock

  Capital
Surplus
  Retained
Earnings
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Treasury
Stock
  Total
Stockholders’
Equity
    Shares   Amount          
    (In thousands, except share data)

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2012

      5,191,100       $ 5,191       $ 59,120       $ 3,340       $ 577       $ (144 )     $ 68,084  

Net income

                  6,839                 6,839  

Other comprehensive loss

                      (1,246 )           (1,246 )

Common stock issued in connection with the exercise of stock options and restricted stock awards

      21,084         21         10                     31  

Issuance of common shares

      887,644         888         16,915                     17,803  

Common stock issued in connection with the acquisition of Independence Bank

      864,723         865         17,039                     17,904  

Purchase of treasury stock

                          (54 )       (54 )

Stock based compensation expense

              375                     375  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2013

      6,964,551         6,965         93,459         10,179         (669 )       (198 )       109,736  

Net income

                  9,005                 9,005  

Other comprehensive income

                      1,218             1,218  

Common stock issued in connection with the exercise of stock options, restricted stock awards and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”)

      36,566         36         378                 198         612  

Issuance of common shares

      476,192         476         10,000                     10,476  

Stock based compensation expense

              731                     731  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2014

      7,477,309       $ 7,477       $ 104,568       $ 19,184       $ 549       $ —         $ 131,778  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2014   2013
     (Dollars in thousands)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

        

Net income

     $ 9,005       $ 6,839  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

        

Depreciation and core deposit intangibles amortization

       1,382         916  

Gain on sale of securities

       (82 )       —    

Provision for credit losses

       2,150         240  

Deferred income tax expense

       277         (157 )

Net amortization of premium on investments

       710         643  

Net gain on sale or write down of premises, equipment and other real estate

       (102 )       (190 )

Stock based compensation expense

       731         375  

Decrease (increase) in accrued interest receivable and other assets

       329         (587 )

(Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

       (215 )       1,914  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

       14,185         9,993  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

        

Proceeds from maturities and principal paydowns of available for sale securities

       1,400,243         1,002,640  

Proceeds from sales of available for sale securities

       1,941         —    

Purchase of available for sale securities

       (1,398,921 )       (1,011,438 )

Net increase in loans held for investment

       (165,919 )       (130,208 )

Purchase of bank premises and equipment

       (2,095 )       (505 )

Proceeds from sale of bank premises, equipment and other real estate

       520         1,229  

Net cash and cash equivalents acquired in the purchase of Independence Bank

       —           25,951  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

       (164,231 )       (112,331 )
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

        

Net increase in noninterest-bearing deposits

       48,385         65,489  

Net increase in interest-bearing deposits

       39,968         75,455  

Paydowns of long-term borrowings

       (10,000 )       —    

Net proceeds from long-term borrowings

       15,069         5,000  

Proceeds from common stock offering

       10,476         17,802  

Proceeds from stock option exercises, restricted stock awards and the ESPP

       612         31  

Purchase of treasury stock

       —           (54 )
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

       104,510         163,723  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

       (45,536 )       61,385  

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

       213,076         151,691  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

     $ 167,540       $ 213,076  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

NONCASH ACTIVITIES:

        

Stock issued in connection with the Independence Bank acquisition (See Footnote 2-Acquisitions)

     $ —         $ 17,904  

Acquisition of real estate through foreclosure of collateral

       —           2,792  

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION:

        

Income taxes paid

     $ 4,900       $ 3,850  

Interest paid

       6,039         4,447  

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations —Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (“Allegiance”) and its subsidiary, Allegiance Bank Texas (the “Bank”, and together with Allegiance, collectively referred to as the “Company”) provide commercial and retail loans and commercial banking services. The Company derives substantially all of its revenues and income from the operation of the Bank.

Allegiance Bank is a Texas banking association which began operations in October of 2007. The Company is focused on delivering a wide variety of relationship-driven commercial banking products and community-oriented services tailored to meet the needs of small to mid-sized businesses, professionals and individuals through its 11 offices in Houston, Texas and the surrounding region. The Bank provides its customers with a variety of banking services including checking accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit and its primary lending products are commercial, personal, automobile, mortgage and home improvement loans. The Bank also offers safe deposit boxes, automated teller machines, drive-through services and 24-hour depository facilities.

Principles of consolidation —The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Allegiance Bank Texas, after elimination of all intercompany transactions and balances.

Subsequent Events —The Company has evaluated subsequent events for recognition and disclosure through March 23, 2015, which was the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the reporting of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents —Cash and cash equivalents include cash, deposits with other financial institutions with maturities not greater than one year. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions.

Securities —Debt securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Equity securities with readily determinable fair values are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported, net of tax, as a separate component of stockholders’ equity until realized. Securities within the available for sale portfolio may be used as part of the Company’s asset/liability strategy and may be sold in response to changes in interest rate risk, prepayment risk or other similar economic factors.

Interest earned on these assets is included in interest income. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method, except for mortgage backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-40


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Management evaluates debt securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on at least a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. For securities in an unrealized loss position, management considers the extent and duration of the unrealized loss, and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer. Management also assesses whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of the criteria regarding intent or requirement to sell is met, the entire difference between amortized cost and fair value is recognized as impairment through earnings. For debt securities that do not meet the aforementioned criteria, the amount of impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement and 2) OTTI related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The credit loss is defined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. The previous amortized cost bases less the OTTI recognized in earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis of the security.

Loans Held for Investment —Loans held for investment are those that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Loans are typically secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance.

Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Lending Activities —Loan commitment and loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income as an adjustment to yield without anticipating prepayments using the interest method over the related loan life or; if the commitment expires unexercised, balances are recognized in income upon expiration of the commitment.

Nonperforming and Past Due Loans —The Company has several procedures in place to assist it in maintaining the overall quality of its loan portfolio. The Company has established underwriting guidelines to be followed by its officers, and monitors its delinquency levels for any negative or adverse trends. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company’s loan portfolio will not become subject to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of the date such payments were due. The Company generally classifies a loan as nonperforming, automatically places the loan on nonaccrual status, ceases accruing interest and reverses all unpaid accrued interest against interest income, when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations, when the payment of principal or interest on a loan is delinquent for 90 days, as well as when required by regulatory provisions, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. Any payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied first to outstanding loan amounts. Interest income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due. Any excess is treated as recovery of lost interest. Loans are returned to accrual status when all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-41


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. If the decision is made to continue accruing interest on the loan, periodic reviews are made to confirm the accruing status of the loan. Nonaccrual loans and loans past due 90 days include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans. When available information confirms that specific loans, or portions thereof, are uncollectible, these amounts are charged off against the allowance. All loan types are considered delinquent after 30 days past due and are typically charged off no later than 120 days past due, with consideration of the following guidelines in determining the need and ultimate timing of the charge-off: 1) the Bank is in the process of repossession and there appears to be a likely deficiency, 2) the collateral securing the loan has been sold and there is an actual deficiency, 3) the Bank is proceeding with lengthy legal action to collect its balance, 4) the borrower has left the service area and is unable to be located, or 5) the borrower has filed bankruptcy and the Bank is either in an unsecured or weak collateral position. Confirming events requiring charge-offs occur when a shortfall is identified between the recorded investment in the loan and the underlying value of the collateral on a collateral dependent loan.

Troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) —Loans on which terms have been modified resulting in a concession granted because of a borrower’s financial difficulty are considered troubled debt restructurings and classified as impaired. The restructuring of a loan is considered a troubled debt restructuring if both (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and (ii) the creditor has granted a concession that is would not otherwise consider. Concessions may include reductions of interest rates to a below market interest rate: extension of the terms of the debt, principal forgiveness, restructuring the payment of the debt obligation; and other actions intended to minimize potential losses. Subsequent to identification as a troubled debt restructuring such loans are then evaluated for impairment on an individual basis whereby the loans are measured at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s effective rate at inception. If a troubled debt restructuring is considered to be a collateral dependent loan: the loan is reported, net, at the fair value of the collateral.

Impaired Loans —On a continuous basis, loans are evaluated for impairment classification. Loans are considered impaired when based on current information and events, it is probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of a similar nature and on an individual loan basis for other loans. If a loan is impaired, a specific valuation allowance is allocated, if necessary, so that the loan is reported net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on case-by-case basis taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Allowance for Loan Losses —The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance that is established through charges to earnings in the form of a provision for loan losses. The amount of the allowance for loan losses is

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-42


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

affected by the following: (i) charge-off of loans that decrease the allowance, (ii) subsequent recoveries on loans previously charged off that increase the allowance and (iii) provisions for loan losses charged to earnings that increase the allowance.

Throughout the year, management estimates the probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio to determine if the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb such losses. The allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired. The Company follows a loan review program to evaluate the credit risk in the loan portfolio. Loans that have been identified as impaired are reviewed on a quarterly basis in order to determine whether a specific reserve is required. The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on industry and Company specific historical loan loss experience, volume, growth and composition of the loan portfolio, the evaluation of the Company’s loan portfolio through its internal loan review process, general current economic conditions both internal and external to the Company that may affect the borrower’s ability to pay, value of collateral and other qualitative relevant risk factors. Based on a review of these estimates, the allowance for loan losses is adjusted to a level determined to be adequate. Estimates of loan losses are inherently subjective as it involves an exercise of judgment. It is the judgment of management that the allowance for loan losses reflected in the consolidated balance sheets is adequate to absorb probable losses that exist in the loan portfolio as of the reporting date.

For troubled debt restructurings that subsequently default, the Company determines the amount of reserve in accordance with the accounting policy for the allowance for loan losses. We assesses the exposure for each modification, either by collateral discounting or by calculation of the present value of future cash flows, and determines if a specific allocation to the allowance for loan losses is needed. Once an obligation has been restructured because of such credit problems, it continues to be considered a troubled debt restructuring until paid in full; or, if an obligation yields a market interest rate and no longer has any concession regarding payment amount or amortization, then it is not considered a troubled debt restructuring at the beginning of the calendar year after the year in which the improvement takes place. We return troubled debt restructurings to accrual status only if (1) all contractual amounts due can reasonably be expected to be repaid within a prudent period, and (2) repayment has been in accordance with the contract for a sustained period, typically at least twelve months.

Loans acquired in business combinations are initially recorded at fair value, which includes an estimate of loan losses expected to be realized over the remaining lives of the loans. Therefore no corresponding allowance for loan losses is recorded for these loans at acquisition. Methods utilized to estimate any subsequently required allowance for loan losses for acquired loans not deemed credit-impaired at acquisition are similar to originated loans. However, the estimate of loss is based on the unpaid principal balance and then compared to any remaining unaccreted purchase discount. To the extent that the calculated loss is greater than the remaining unaccreted purchase discount, an allowance is recorded for such difference.

Premises and Equipment —Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is calculated principally using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets which range from 3 to 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the periods of the leases or the estimated useful lives, whichever is shorter. Land is carried at cost.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-43


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Other Real Estate Owned —Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. Costs after acquisition are generally expensed. If the fair value of the asset declines, a write-down is recorded through expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions.

Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) Stock —The Bank is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.

Goodwill —Goodwill resulting from business combinations is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is assessed annually for impairment or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.

Goodwill acquired in a purchase business combination that is determined to have an indefinite useful life, is not amortized, but tested for impairment at least annually or more frequently if events and circumstances exists that indicate that a goodwill impairment test should be performed. The Company performs its annual impairment test on October 1st. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on the Company’s balance sheet.

Amortization of Core Deposit Intangibles —Core deposit and acquired customer relationship intangibles arising from acquisitions are amortized using a straight-line amortization method over their estimated useful lives, which is 7 years.

Long-term borrowings —The Company has a borrowing agreement with another financial institution. The Company pledged its shares in the Bank’s stock as collateral for the borrowing.

Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments —Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to extend credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Income Taxes —Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due and the change in deferred tax assets or liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and are recorded in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more likely than not recognition threshold, the

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-44


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. For tax positions not meeting the more likely than not test, no tax benefit is recorded.

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return.

Stock-Based Compensation —Compensation cost is recognized for stock options and restricted stock awards issued to employees, based on the fair value of these awards at the date of grant. The expense associated with stock-based compensation is recognized over the required service period, generally defined as the vesting period of each individual arrangement. For awards with graded vesting, compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.

The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant is used to value restricted stock awards.

Comprehensive income —Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income which includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale which are also recognized as separate components of equity.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments —Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.

Operating Segments —While management monitors the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a Company-wide basis. All of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

Reclassifications —Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. Reclassifications in 2013 did not impact net income or stockholders’ equity. The Company recorded measurement period adjustments to goodwill related to a previous acquisition as noted in Note 3—Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles.

Earnings per Common Share —Basic earnings per common share is calculated as net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per common share includes the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable under stock options.

Loss Contingencies —Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are such matters that will have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-45


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Dividend Restrictions —Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to Allegiance or by Allegiance to its shareholders.

New Accounting Standards

Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”)

ASU 2014-09 “Revenue from Contract with Customers (Topic 606).”  ASU 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Revenue Recognition (Topic 605), and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 is effective for the Company beginning after January 1, 2017 with retrospective application to each prior reporting period presented. The Company is still evaluating the potential impact on the Company’s financial statements.

ASU 2014-04 “Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40)—Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” ASU 2014-04 intends to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs that is when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. ASU 2014-04 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

2. ACQUISITIONS

Acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of an acquired entity are recorded at its fair value at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net assets is recorded as goodwill, none of which is deductible for tax purposes. The results of operations for an acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the respective acquisition date.

The measurement period for the Company to determine the fair values of acquired identifiable assets and assumed liabilities will end at the earlier of (i) twelve months from the date of the acquisition or (ii) as soon as the Company receives the information it was seeking about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date or learns that more information is not obtainable. The following acquisition was completed on the date indicated:

2013 Acquisition

Acquisition of Independence Bank, N.A. On November 15, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of Independence Bank, N.A. (“Independence Bank”). Independence Bank operated 3 banking offices in Houston, Texas. The Company acquired Independence Bank to increase its market share in the Houston, Texas area, enhance its SBA lending capabilities, expand its commercial lending team and solidify its mortgage warehouse program.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-46


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

2. ACQUISITIONS  (Continued)

 

Under the terms of the acquisition agreement, the Company issued 864,723 shares of Company common stock, converted existing options to purchase shares in Independence Bank to options in the Company’s stock and paid $17.3 million in cash for all outstanding shares of Independence Bank common stock, warrants and options.

As of December 31, 2013, the following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase price to assets and liabilities acquired on November 15, 2013 (dollars in thousands):

 

Fair value of consideration paid:

  

Common stock issued and options issued

   $ 17,904   

Cash

     17,336   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration paid

   $ 35,240   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of assets acquired:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 43,287   

Securities

     43,812   

Loans held for investment

     132,167   

Premises and equipment

     589   

Core deposit intangibles

     2,082   

Other assets

     3,053   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     224,990   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of liabilities assumed:

  

Deposits

     200,309   

Other liabilities

     440   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     200,749   
  

 

 

 

Fair value of net assets acquired

   $ 24,241   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill resulting from acquisition

   $ 10,999   
  

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, total goodwill related to the Independence Bank acquisition was $11.1 million and $11.0 million, respectively. Goodwill resulted from a combination of expected operational synergies, an enhanced branching network, and cross-selling opportunities. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-47


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

3. GOODWILL AND CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES

Changes in the carrying amount of the Company’s goodwill and core deposit intangibles for 2014 and 2013 were as follows:

 

     Goodwill      Core Deposit
Intangibles
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ —         $ —     

Acquisition of Independence Bank

     10,999         2,082   

Amortization

     —           (37
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

     10,999         2,045   

Measurement period adjustment

     145         —     

Amortization

     —           (298
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

   $ 11,144       $ 1,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill is recorded on the acquisition date of an entity. The Company may record subsequent adjustments to goodwill for provisional amounts recorded at the acquisition date. There was a $145 thousand measurement period adjustment recorded during 2014 related to the Independence Bank acquisition.

At October 1, 2014, the Company elected to perform a quantitative (Step 1) goodwill assessment. Step 1 assessment includes the determination of the carrying value of the reporting unit, including the existing goodwill and intangible assets, and estimating the fair value of the reporting unit. The quantitative assessment indicated that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

The estimated aggregate future amortization expense for core deposit intangibles remaining as of December 31, 2014 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

2015

   $ 297   

2016

     297   

2017

     297   

2018

     297   

2019

     297   

Thereafter

     262   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,747   
  

 

 

 

4. CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

The Bank is required by the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas to maintain average reserve balances. “Cash and due from banks” in the consolidated balance sheets includes restricted amounts of $27.4 million and $20.3 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-48


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

5. SECURITIES

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
           
           
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

           

U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ 14,080       $ 442       $ (45    $ 14,477   

Municipal securities

     35,272         283         (74      35,481   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     32,191         472         (188      32,475   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     2,587         21         (79      2,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84,130       $ 1,218       $ (386    $ 84,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Fair
Value
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 1,848       $ —         $ (44    $ 1,804   

U.S. Government and agency securities

     14,397         30         (264      14,163   

Municipal securities

     30,337         4         (94      30,247   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     38,428         287         (833      37,882   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     3,011         22         (122      2,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 88,021       $ 343       $ (1,357    $ 87,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company does not intend to sell any debt securities classified as available for sale; and management believes that the Company more likely than not will not be required to sell any debt securities before their anticipated recovery at which time the Company will receive full value for the securities. The unrealized losses are largely due to increases in market interest rates over the yields available at the time the underlying securities were purchased. The fair value is expected to recover as the securities approach their maturity date or repricing date or if market yields for such investments decline. Management does not believe any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014, management believes any impairment in the Company’s securities is temporary, and no impairment loss has been realized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-49


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

5. SECURITIES  (Continued)

 

Securities with unrealized losses segregated by length of time such securities have been in a continuous loss position are as follows:

 

    December 31, 2014  
    Less than 12 Months     More than 12 Months     Total  
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

U.S. Government and agency securities

    2,842        (3     1,748        (42     4,590        (45

Municipal securities

    14,102        (74     —          —          14,102        (74

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

    498        (1     14,058        (187     14,556        (188

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

    —          —          1,607        (79     1,607        (79
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 17,442      $ (78   $ 17,413      $ (308   $ 34,855      $ (386
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    December 31, 2013  
    Less than 12 Months     More than 12 Months     Total  
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
    Estimated
Fair Value
    Unrealized
Losses
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for Sale

           

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 1,805      $ (44   $ —        $ —        $ 1,805      $ (44

U.S. Government and agency securities

    11,343        (264     —          —          11,343        (264

Municipal securities

    14,070        (55     838        (39     14,908        (94

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

    25,776        (768     3,625        (65     29,401        (833

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

    890        (69     864        (53     1,754        (122
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 53,884      $ (1,200   $ 5,327      $ (157   $ 59,211      $ (1,357
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014, there were 19 securities in an unrealized loss position for more than 12 months. There were no realized losses on these securities as the Company believes these securities are temporarily impaired due to changes in market interest rates.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-50


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

5. SECURITIES  (Continued)

 

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations at any time with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Due in one year or less

   $ 7,228       $ 7,235   

Due after one year through five years

     24,661         24,662   

Due after five years through ten years

     10,463         10,870   

Due after ten years

     7,000         7,191   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Subtotal

     49,352         49,958   

Agency mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations

     34,778         35,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 84,130       $ 84,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company sold $2.0 million in securities in 2014 and recorded a gross gain on the sale of $82 thousand. There was no gain or loss on the sale of securities for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company did not own securities of any one issuer, other than the U.S. government and its agencies, in an amount greater than 10% of the consolidated stockholders’ equity at such respective dates.

The Company did not have pledged securities at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The loan portfolio balances, net of unearned income and fees, consist of various types of loans primarily all made to borrowers located within Texas and are classified by major type as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2014     2013  
     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 270,363        27.0   $ 227,382        27.2

Real estate:

        

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     429,986        42.9     401,048        47.9

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     85,484        8.5     71,633        8.6

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     135,127        13.5     89,334        10.7

Residential construction

     72,402        7.2     38,891        4.6

Consumer and other

     8,692        0.9     8,406        1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

     1,002,054        100.0     836,694        100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

     (8,246       (6,655  
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Loans, net

   $ 993,808        $ 830,039     
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-51


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

Loan Origination/Risk Management

The Company’s lending activities originate from the efforts of Allegiance’s bankers with an emphasis on lending to individuals, professionals, small to medium-sized businesses and commercial companies generally located in the Houston, Texas area. The Company’s strategy for credit risk management generally includes well-defined, centralized credit policies; uniform underwriting criteria; and ongoing risk monitoring and review processes for all credit exposures. The strategy generally emphasizes regular credit examinations and management reviews of loans. The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. The Company maintains an independent loan review department that reviews and validates the credit risk program on a periodic basis. In addition, an independent third party loan review is performed on an annual basis. Results of these reviews are presented to management. The loan review process complements and reinforces the risk identification and assessment decisions made by lenders and credit personnel as well as the Company’s policies and procedures.

(i) Commercial and Industrial Loans . The Company makes commercial and industrial loans in its market area that are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. The Company takes as collateral a lien on any available real estate, equipment or other assets owned by the borrower and typically obtains a personal guaranty of the borrower or principal. In general, commercial loans involve more credit risk than residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans and therefore typically yield a higher return. The increased risk in commercial loans derives from the expectation that commercial and industrial loans generally are serviced principally from the operations of the business, which may not be successful, and from the type of collateral securing these loans. As a result, commercial and industrial loans require more extensive underwriting and servicing than other types of loans.

(ii) Commercial Real Estate . The Company makes loans collateralized by owner-occupied, nonowner-occupied and multi-family real estate to finance the purchase or ownership of real estate.

The Company’s nonowner-occupied and multi-family commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties securing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. The Company generally requires the borrower to have had an existing relationship with the Company and have a proven record of success. In addition, these loans are guaranteed by individual owners of the borrower and have typically lower loan to value ratios.

Loans secured by owner-occupied properties generally involve less risk and represented approximately 60% of the outstanding principal balance of the Company’s commercial real estate loans at December 31, 2014. The Company is dependent on the cash flows of the business occupying the property and its owners and requires these loans to be secured by property with adequate margins and to be guaranteed by the individual owners. The Company’s owner-occupied commercial real estate loans collateralized by first liens on real estate, typically have fixed interest rates and amortize over a 10 to 20 year period.

(iii) Construction and Land Development Loans. The Company makes loans to finance the construction of residential and to a lesser extent nonresidential properties. Construction loans generally are collateralized by first liens on real estate and have floating interest rates. The Company conducts periodic inspections, either directly or

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-52


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

through an agent, prior to approval of periodic draws on these loans. Underwriting guidelines similar to those described above are also used in the Company’s construction lending activities. Construction loans involve additional risks as they often involve the disbursement of funds with the repayment dependent on the ultimate success of the projects completion. Sources of repayment for these loans may be pre-committed permanent financing or sale of the developed property. The loans in this portfolio are monitored closely by management. Due to uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation on real property; it can be difficult to accurately evaluate the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan to value ratio. As a result of these uncertainties; construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If the Company is forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, there is no assurance that the Company will be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, the Company may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time.

(iv) Residential Real Estate Loans . The Company’s lending activities also include the origination of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans (including home equity loans) collateralized by owner-occupied residential properties located in the Company’s market areas. The Company offers a variety of mortgage loan portfolio products which have a term of 5 to 7 years and generally amortize over 10 to 20 years. Loans collateralized by 1-4 family residential real estate generally have been originated in amounts of no more than 90% of appraised value.

(v) Consumer and Other Loans . The Company makes a variety of loans to individuals for personal and household purposes including secured and unsecured installment and term loans, home improvement loans, home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. Consumer loans are underwritten based on the individual borrower’s income, current debt level, past credit history and the value of any available collateral. The terms of these loans typically range from 12 to 60 months and vary based upon the nature of collateral and size of loan. Generally, consumer loans entail greater risk than residential real estate loans because they may be unsecured or if secured the value of the collateral, such as an automobile or boat, may be more difficult to assess and more likely to decrease in value than real estate. In such cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan balance. The remaining deficiency often does not warrant further substantial collection efforts against the borrower beyond obtaining a deficiency judgment. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans.

Concentrations of Credit

The vast majority of the Company’s lending activity occurs in and around the Houston, Texas area. The Company’s loans are primarily loans secured by real estate, including commercial and residential construction, owner-occupied and nonowner-occupied and multi-family commercial real estate, raw land and other real estate based loans.

Related Party Loans

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, loans outstanding to directors, officers and their affiliates totaled $1.3 million and
$731 thousand, respectively.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-53


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

An analysis of activity with respect to these related-party loans is as follows:

 

     2014      2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Beginning balance on January 1

   $ 731       $ 759   

New loans and reclassified related loans

     729         154   

Repayments

     (131      (182
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending balance on December 31

   $ 1,329       $ 731   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonaccrual and Past Due Loans

An aging analysis of the recorded investment in past due loans, segregated by class of loans, is as follows:

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Loans Past Due and Still Accruing                       
     30-89 Days      90 or More
Days
     Total Past
Due Loans
     Nonaccrual
Loans
     Current
Loans
     Total
Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 274       $ —         $ 274       $ 1,527       $ 268,562       $ 270,363   

Real estate:

                 

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     —           —           —           1,653         428,333         429,986   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     —           —           —           —           85,484         85,484   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     —           —              —           135,127         135,127   

Residential construction

     413         —           413         —           71,989         72,402   

Consumer and other

     46         —           46         4         8,642         8,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 733       $ —         $ 733       $ 3,184       $ 998,137       $ 1,002,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2013  
     Loans Past Due and Still Accruing                       
     30-89 Days      90 or More
Days
     Total Past
Due Loans
     Nonaccrual
Loans
     Current
Loans
     Total
Loans
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 648       $ —         $ 648       $ 2,290       $ 224,444       $ 227,382   

Real estate:

                 

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     3,888         —           3,888         —           397,160         401,048   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     —           —           —           —           71,633         71,633   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     738         —           738         83         88,513         89,334   

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           38,891         38,891   

Consumer and other

     117         —           117         199         8,090         8,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,391       $ —         $ 5,391       $ 2,572       $ 828,731       $ 836,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-54


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

Nonaccrual loans at December 31, 2014 consisted of 9 separate credits.

If interest on nonaccrual loans had been accrued under the original loan terms, approximately $187 thousand and $263 thousand would have been recorded as income for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Impaired Loans

Impaired loans by class of loans are set forth in the following tables. The average recorded investment presented in the table below is reported on a year-to-date basis.

 

     December 31, 2014  
     Recorded
Investment
     Unpaid
Principal
Balance
     Related
Allowance
     Average
Recorded
Investment
     Interest
Income
Recognized
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

With no related allowance recorded:

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 999       $ 1,054       $ —         $ 1,292       $ 83   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     2,894         2,894         —           1,641         182   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     —           —           —           —           —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     —           —           —           2         —     

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer and other

     —           —           —           1,084         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,893         3,948         —           4,019         265   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

              

Commercial and industrial

     1,802         1,802         501         2,247         128   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     180         180         10         715         12   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     —           —           —           —           —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     —           —           —           40         —     

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer and other

     4         4         1         2,102         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     1,986         1,986         512         5,104         140   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total:

              

Commercial and industrial

     2,801         2,856         501         3,539         211   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     3,074         3,074         10         2,356         194   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     —           —           —           —           —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     —           —           —           42         —     

Residential construction

     —           —           —           —           —     

Consumer and other

     4         4         1         3,186         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 5,879       $ 5,934       $ 512       $ 9,123       $ 405   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-55


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

    December 31, 2013  
    Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Related
Allowance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 
    (Dollars in thousands)  

With no related allowance recorded:

         

Commercial and industrial

  $ 1,584      $ 1,639      $ —        $ 1,797      $ 118   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    388        388        —          392        13   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    —          —          —          —          —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    4        4        —          6        —     

Residential construction

    —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer and other

    191        191        —          209        12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    2,167        2,222        —          2,404        143   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

With an allowance recorded:

         

Commercial and industrial

    2,693        2,693        567        3,112        206   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    1,250        1,250        180        1,271        83   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    —          —          —          —          —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    79        79        1        83        6   

Residential construction

    —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer and other

    177        177        156        189        12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

    4,199        4,199        904        4,655        307   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total:

         

Commercial and industrial

    4,277        4,332        567        4,909        324   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

    1,638        1,638        180        1,663        96   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

    —          —          —          —          —     

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

    83        83        1        89        6   

Residential construction

    —          —          —          —          —     

Consumer and other

    368        368        156        398        24   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $ 6,366      $ 6,421      $ 904      $ 7,059      $ 450   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

The company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt including factors such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information, and current economic trends. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans by credit risk. As part of the ongoing monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and methodology for calculating the allowance for credit losses, management assigns and tracks risk ratings to be used as credit quality indicators.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-56


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following is a general description of the risk ratings used:

Watch —Loans classified as watch loans may still be of high quality, but have an element of risk added to the credit such as declining payment history, deteriorating financial position of the borrower or a decrease in collateral value.

Special Mention —Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the institution’s credit position at some future date. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Substandard —Loans classified as substandard have well-defined weaknesses on a continuing basis and are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower, impaired or declining collateral values, or a continuing downturn in their industry which is reducing their profits to below zero and having a significantly negative impact on their cash flow. These loans so classified are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful —Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

Loans not meeting the criteria above that are analyzed individually as part of the above described process are considered to be pass rated loans.

Based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loan at December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 

     Pass      Watch      Special Mention      Substandard      Doubtful      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 263,335       $ 1,817       $ 291       $ 4,920       $ —         $ 270,363   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     408,117         9,365         —           12,504         —           429,986   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     82,643         2,841         —           —           —           85,484   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     132,979         1,677         83         388         —           135,127   

Residential construction

     71,025         —           1,200         177         —           72,402   

Consumer and other

     8,636         35         —           21         —           8,692   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 966,735       $ 15,735       $ 1,574       $ 18,010       $ —         $ 1,002,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-57


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents the risk category of loans by class of loan at December 31, 2013:

 

     Pass      Watch      Special Mention      Substandard      Doubtful      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 218,967       $ 1,003       $ 1,776       $ 5,636       $ —         $ 227,382   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     379,596         8,211         3,298         9,943         —           401,048   

Commercial real estate construction and land development

     71,633         —           —           —           —           71,633   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     86,609         2,238         —           487         —           89,334   

Residential construction

     38,891         —           —           —           —           38,891   

Consumer and other

     7,916         45         23         422         —           8,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 803,612       $ 11,497       $ 5,097       $ 16,488       $ —         $ 836,694   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

At December 31, 2014, the allowance for loan losses totaled $8.2 million, or 0.82% of total loans. At December 31, 2013, the allowance aggregated $6.7 million or 0.80% of total loans.

The following table presents the activity in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
  Commercial
real
estate
(including
multi-family
residential)
  Commercial
real
estate
construction
and land
development
  1-4 family
residential
(including
home
equity)
  Residential
Construction
  Consumer
and Other
  Total
    (Dollars in thousands)

Allowance for loan losses:

                           

Balance December 31, 2013

    $ 2,729       $ 2,175       $ 357       $ 558       $ 598       $ 238       $ 6,655  

Provision for loan losses

      140         1,624         221         450         (123 )       (162 )       2,150  

Charge-offs

      (567 )       —           —           —           —           (40 )       (607 )

Recoveries

      32         —           —           —           —           16         48  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

      (535 )       —           —           —           —           (24 )       (559 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2014

    $ 2,334       $ 3,799       $ 578       $ 1,008       $ 475       $ 52       $ 8,246  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

                           

Balance December 31, 2012

    $ 2,713       $ 2,127       $ 222       $ 608       $ 560       $ 309       $ 6,539  

Provision for loan losses

      352         48         135         (278 )       37         (54 )       240  

Charge-offs

      (369 )       —           —           —           —           (19 )       (388 )

Recoveries

      33         —           —           228         1         2         264  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

      (336 )       —           —           228         1         (17 )       (124 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2013

    $ 2,729       $ 2,175       $ 357       $ 558       $ 598       $ 238       $ 6,655  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-58


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses by portfolio type based on the impairment method as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
  Commercial
real
estate
(including
multi-family
residential)
  Commercial
real
estate
construction
and land
development
  1-4 family
residential
(including
home
equity)
  Residential
Construction
  Consumer
and Other
  Total
    (Dollars in thousands)

Allowance for loan losses related to:

                           

December 31, 2014

                           

Individually evaluated for impairment

    $ 501       $ 10       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 1       $ 512  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

      1,833         3,789         578         1,008         475         51         7,734  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

    $ 2,334       $ 3,799       $ 578       $ 1,008       $ 475       $ 52       $ 8,246  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

                           

Individually evaluated for impairment

    $ 567       $ 180       $ —         $ 1       $ —         $ 156       $ 904  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

      2,162         1,995         357         557         598         82         5,751  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan losses

    $ 2,729       $ 2,175       $ 357       $ 558       $ 598       $ 238       $ 6,655  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

The following table presents the recorded investment in loans by portfolio type based on the impairment method as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    Commercial
and
Industrial
  Commercial
real
estate
(including
multi-family
residential)
  Commercial
real
estate
construction
and land
development
  1-4 family
residential
(including
home
equity)
  Residential
Construction
  Consumer
and Other
  Total
    (Dollars in thousands)

Recorded investment in loans:

                           

December 31, 2014

                           

Individually evaluated for impairment

    $ 2,801       $ 3,074       $ —         $ —         $ —         $ 4       $ 5,879  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

      267,562         426,912         85,484         135,127         72,402         8,688         996,175  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated for impairment

    $ 270,363       $ 429,986       $ 85,484       $ 135,127       $ 72,402       $ 8,692       $ 1,002,054  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

                           

Individually evaluated for impairment

    $ 4,277       $ 1,638       $ —         $ 83       $ —         $ 368       $ 6,366  

Collectively evaluated for impairment

      223,105         399,410         71,633         89,251         38,891         8,038         830,328  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total loans evaluated for impairment

    $ 227,382       $ 401,048       $ 71,633       $ 89,334       $ 38,891       $ 8,406       $ 836,694  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-59


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

6. LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES  (Continued)

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had a recorded investment in troubled debt restructurings of $1.7 million and $3.7 million, respectively. The Company allocated $205 thousand and $447 thousand of specific reserves for these loans at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and did not commit to lend additional amounts on these loans.

The following table presents information regarding loans modified in a troubled debt restructuring during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    As of December 31,
    2014   2013
    Number
of
Contracts
  Pre-
Modification
of
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
  Post-
Modification
of
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
  Number
of
Contracts
  Pre-
Modification
of
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
  Post-
Modification
of
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
    (Dollars in thousands)

Troubled Debt Restructurings

                       

Commercial and industrial

      —         $ —         $ —           3       $ 2,106       $ 2,106  

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

      1         161         161         —           —           —    

Commercial real estate construction and land development

      —           —           —           —           —           —    

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

      —           —           —           —           —           —    

Residential construction

      —           —           —           —           —           —    

Consumer and other

      —           —           —           —           —           —    
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total

      1       $ 161       $ 161         3       $ 2,106       $ 2,106  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Troubled debt restructurings resulted in charge offs of $38 thousand and $19 thousand during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Default is determined at 90 or more days past due. The modifications primarily related to extending the amortization periods of the loans. The Company did not grant principal reductions on any restructured loans. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company added $199 thousand in new troubled debt restructurings, of which $161 thousand were still outstanding on December 31, 2014. These modifications did not have a material impact on the Company’s determination of the allowance for loan losses. There was no specific reserve allocated for the troubled debt restructuring at December 31, 2014 as the loans were fully collateralized. The remaining restructured loans are performing and accruing loans.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-60


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

7. FAIR VALUE

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and to determine fair value disclosures. Fair value represents the estimated exchange price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability, otherwise known as an “exit price” in the principal or most advantageous market available to the entity in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date.

ASC Topic 820, “ Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ” establishes a three level fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company groups financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:

 

    Level 1—Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.

 

    Level 2—Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

    Level 3—Significant unobservable inputs that reflect management’s judgment and assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability that are supported by little or no market activity.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments that are reported on the balance sheet are as follows:

 

    As of December 31, 2014
    Carrying
Amount
  Estimated Fair Value
      Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
    (Dollars in thousands)

Financial assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 167,540       $ 167,540       $ —         $ —         $ 167,540  

Available-for-sale securities

      84,962         —           84,962         —           84,962  

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

      993,808         —           —           998,575         998,575  

Accrued interest receivable

      3,285         —           473         2,812         3,285  

Financial liabilities

                   

Deposits

    $ 1,133,684       $ —         $ —         $ 1,133,684       $ 1,133,684  

Borrowings

      10,069         —           10,069         —           10,069  

Accrued interest payable

      43         —           —           43         43  

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-61


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

7. FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

    As of December 31, 2013
    Carrying
Amount
  Estimated Fair Value
      Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total
    (Dollars in thousands)

Financial assets

   

Cash and cash equivalents

    $ 213,076       $ 213,076       $ —         $ —         $ 213,076  

Available-for-sale securities

      87,007         —           87,007         —           87,007  

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

      830,039         —           —           836,809         836,809  

Accrued interest receivable

      2,983         —           493         2,490         2,983  

Financial liabilities

                   

Deposits

    $ 1,045,331       $ —         $ —         $ 1,046,420       $ 1,046,420  

Other borrowings

      5,000         —           5,000         —           5,000  

Accrued interest payable

      79         —           —           79         79  

The fair value estimates presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of the dates indicated. The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value, non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value:

Cash and Due From Banks —For these short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value. The Company classifies the estimated fair value of these instruments as Level 1.

Investment Securities —Fair values for investment securities are based upon quoted market prices, if available, and are considered Level 1 inputs. Level 1 securities consist of U.S. Treasury securities which are included in the available for sale portfolio. For all other available for sale securities, if quoted prices are not available, fair values are measured based on market prices for similar securities and are considered Level 2 inputs. For these securities, the Company generally obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the bond’s terms and conditions, among other things.

Available for sale securities are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis.

Loans Held for Investment —The estimated fair value approximates carrying value for variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and that have no significant change in credit risk. Fair values for fixed-rate loans and variable-rate loans which reprice infrequently are estimated by discounting future cash flows based on interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Loan fair value estimates include judgments regarding future expected loss experience and risk characteristics. A valuation adjustment is made for specific credit risks as well as general portfolio credit risk. The Company classifies the estimated fair value of loans held for investment as Level 3.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock —The fair value of FHLB stock is estimated to be equal to its carrying amount as it is not practical to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-62


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

7. FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

Deposits —The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value of fixed rate certificates of deposit is estimated using a discounted cash flows calculation that applies interest rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Deposit fair value measurements utilize Level 3 inputs.

Other Borrowings —The fair values of the Company’s borrowings are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on the current borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements and are measured utilizing Level 2 inputs.

Off-balance sheet instruments —The fair values of off-balance sheet commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit financial instruments are based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing. The Company has reviewed the unfunded portion of commitments to extend credit as well as standby and other letters of credit and has determined that the fair value of such financial instruments is not material.

The following tables present fair values for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for sale securities:

           

U.S. Government and agency securities

   $ —         $ 14,477       $ —         $ 14,477   

Municipal securities

     —           35,481         —           35,481   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     —           32,475         —           32,475   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           2,529         —           2,529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 84,962       $ —         $ 84,962   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Available for sale securities:

           

U.S. Treasury securities

   $ 1,804       $ —         $ —         $ 1,804   

U.S. Government and agency securities

     —           14,163         —           14,163   

Municipal securities

     —           30,247         —           30,247   

Agency mortgage-backed pass-through securities

     —           37,882         —           37,882   

Agency collateralized mortgage obligations

     —           2,911         —           2,911   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,804       $ 85,203       $ —         $ 87,007   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2014 or 2013.

Certain assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances such as evidence of impairment.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-63


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

7. FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

     As of December 31, 2014  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Other real estate owned

   $ —         $ —         $ —     

Impaired loans:

        

Commercial and industrial

     —           —           1,301   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     —           —           170   

Consumer and other

     —           —           3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ —         $ 1,474   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of December 31, 2013  
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Other real estate owned

   $ —         $ 332       $ —     

Impaired loans

        

Commercial and industrial

     —           —           2,126   

Commercial real estate (including multi-family residential)

     —           —           1,070   

1-4 family residential (including home equity)

     —           —           78   

Consumer and other

     —           —           21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ —         $ 332       $ 3,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Level 3 Valuations

Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable. Level 3 financial instruments also include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. Currently, we measure fair value for certain loans and other real estate owned on a nonrecurring basis as described below.

Other real estate owned

Other real estate owned is comprised of real estate acquired in partial or full satisfaction of loans. Other real estate owned is recorded at its estimated fair value less estimated selling and closing costs at the date of transfer Any excess of the related loan balance over the fair value less expected selling costs is charged to the allowance. Subsequent declines in fair value are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount and are recorded against earnings. The fair value of other real estate owned is determined using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace. The Company did not have any other real estate owned at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2013, other real estate owned had a carrying value of $652 thousand with a specific valuation allowance of $320 thousand.

Impaired Loans with Specific Allocation of Allowance

Impaired loans are those loans the Company has measured at fair value, generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral. A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due pursuant to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-64


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

7. FAIR VALUE  (Continued)

 

Fair value is generally determined based on appraisals of the properties which are then adjusted for the estimated selling and closing costs related to liquidation of the collateral, or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds. Estimated selling and closing costs range from 5% to 10% of the value of the underlying collateral.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, certain impaired loans were reevaluated and reported at fair value through a specific allocation of the allowance for loan losses. At December 31, 2014, the total reported fair value of impaired loans of
$1.5 million based on collateral valuations utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs had a carrying value of $2.0 million that was reduced by specific allowance allocations totaling $512 thousand. At December 31, 2013, the total reported fair value of impaired loans of
$3.3 million based on collateral valuations utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs had a carrying value of $4.2 million that was reduced by specific allowance allocations totaling $904 thousand.

8. PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment are summarized as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Land

   $ 2,203       $ 2,203   

Buildings

     3,558         3,535   

Leasehold improvements

     4,349         3,691   

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     5,350         4,345   

Construction in progress

     82         26   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     15,542         13,800   

Less: accumulated depreciation

     4,573         3,756   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net

   $ 10,969       $ 10,044   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1.1 million and $813 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

9. DEPOSITS

Time deposits that meet or exceed the FDIC Insurance limit of $250 thousand at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were
$97.0 million and $96.8 million, respectively.

Scheduled maturities of time deposits for the next five years are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

2015

   $ 243,409   

2016

     73,923   

2017

     33,830   

2018

     25,798   

2019

     15,528   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 392,488   
  

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-65


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

9. DEPOSITS  (Continued)

 

The Company has $50.6 million and $49.2 million of brokered deposits; and there are no major concentrations of deposits with any one depositor at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Included in these amounts are reciprocal deposits that the Company has placed through the Certificates of Deposits Account Registry Service (CDARS) Network of $49.5 million and $48.1 million, at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Related party deposits from principal officers, directors, and their affiliates at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $7.1 million and $8.0 million, respectively.

10. BORROWINGS

In 2014, the Company entered into a borrowing agreement with another financial institution. The Company borrowed
$10 million for a period of 7 years, maturing in December 2021. The Company used the borrowed funds to pay off a previous borrowing with another financial institution entered into during 2013 in conjunction with the purchase of Independence Bank. The note agreement requires the Company to meet certain restrictive covenants. At December 31, 2014, the Company believes it is in compliance with its debt covenants and had not been made aware of any noncompliance by the lender. The interest rate on the debt is the Prime Rate minus 25 basis points. Interest is paid quarterly and payments will begin on March 31, 2015. In addition, the Company will begin paying annual principal payments in 2019. The collateral for the loan is 100% of the capital stock of Allegiance Bank. Scheduled principal maturities are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

2019

   $ 1,494   

2020

     4,285   

2021

     4,290   
  

 

 

 
   $ 10,069   
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding debt of $5.0 million accruing interest at 3.00%.

11. INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for federal income taxes are as follows:

 

      Year Ended December 31,   
           2014                  2013        
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Current

   $ 4,551       $ 4,002   

Deferred

     277         (149
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,828       $ 3,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-66


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

11. INCOME TAXES  (Continued)

 

Effective tax rates differ from the amount computed by applying the federal income tax statutory rate to income before income taxes due to the following:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
           2014                  2013        
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Taxes calculated at statutory rate

   $ 4,685       $ 3,635   

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

     

Qualified stock options

     180         63   

Merger related expenses

     192         124   

Tax exempt income

     (154      (21

Other, net

     (75      52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,828       $ 3,853   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Allowance for credit losses

   $ 3,460       $ 3,008   

Deferred loan fees and costs

     —           261   

Deferred compensation

     170         128   

Net unrealized loss on available for sale securities

     —           345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     3,630         3,742   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

     

Core deposit intangible and other purchase accounting adjustments

     (676      (281

Net unrealized gain on available for sale securities

     (283      —     

Fixed asset basis difference

     (294      (179
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (1,253      (460
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 2,377       $ 3,282   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest and penalties related to tax positions are recognized in the period in which they begin accruing or when the entity claims the position that does not meet the minimum statutory thresholds. The Company has not recorded any interest and penalties in the income statement for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company is subject to U.S. Federal income tax and is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2011. The Company does not expect the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease in the next 12 months.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-67


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

During 2008, the Company’s Board of Directors and shareholders approved the 2008 Stock Awards and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) covering certain key employees to purchase shares of the Company’s stock. The Plan was amended in 2014 as the shareholders authorized a maximum aggregate number of shares of stock to be issued of 1,040,000, any or all of which may be issued through incentive stock options. The Company accounts for stock-based employee compensation plans using the fair value-based method of accounting. The Company recognized total stock-based compensation expense of $731 thousand and $375 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There was approximately $148 thousand and $53 thousand of income tax expense recorded for the stock-based compensation expense for the same periods, respectively.

Stock Option Plan

Options to purchase a total of 736,396 shares of Company stock have been granted as of December 31, 2014. Under the stock option plan; options are exercisable up to 10 years from the date of the grant, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors and are fully vested 4 years after the date of grant.

On November 15, 2013, the Company acquired Independence Bank and assumed 97,537 options to purchase stock with a weighted average exercise price of $13.75. At the time of the acquisition all shares were fully vested and exercisable. The fair value of stock options granted is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Black-Scholes pricing model utilizes certain assumptions noted in the table below. Given minimal trading in the Company’s stock, it is not practicable for the Company to estimate volatility of its share price; therefore, the Company uses the volatility of an appropriate industry index (the NASDAQ Community Bank Index) as an input in the valuation model. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding and takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.

 

     2014     2013  

Risk-free interest rate

     2.70     2.35

Expected term

     10.00        10.00   

Expected stock price volatility

     17.7     17.2

Dividend yield

     —          —     

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-68


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION  (Continued)

 

A summary of the activity in the stock option plan during December 31, 2014 and 2013 is set forth below:

 

     Number of
Options
    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
     (In thousands)            (In years)      (In thousands)  

Options outstanding, December 31, 2012

     360      $ 12.19         6.78       $ 1,913   

Options granted

     59        19.57         

Options issued in acquitstion

     97        13.75         

Options exercised

     (4     13.37         

Options forfeited

     (21     13.98         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options outstanding, December 31, 2013

     491        13.29         6.23         3,291   

Options granted

     239        20.33         

Options exercised

     (28     14.50         

Options forfeited

     (8     19.07         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options outstanding, December 31, 2014

     694      $ 15.60         6.57       $ 4,437   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable, December 31, 2014

     389      $ 12.24         4.71       $ 3,794   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company expects all outstanding options at December 31, 2014 to vest.

Information related to the stock option plan during each year is as follows:

 

     2014      2013  
     (In thousands)  

Intrinsic value of options exercised

   $ 202       $ 27   

Cash received from option exercises

     407         53   

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $ 6.79       $ 6.25   

As of December 31, 2014, there was $1.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.70 years.

Share Award Plan

Under the 2008 Stock Awards and Incentive Plan, the Company awarded 17,084 shares of restricted stock during 2013 with a grant date fair value of $18.00 per share. During 2014, the Company issued 8,385 shares of restricted stock with a grant date fair value of $20.34 per share. The restricted stock shares will vest over a period of 4 years but are considered outstanding at the date of issuance. The Company accounts for restricted stock grants by recording the fair value of the grant as compensation expense over the vesting period.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-69


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

12. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION  (Continued)

 

A summary of the activity of the nonvested shares of restricted stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 including changes during the years then ended is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
     Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair
Value
 
     (Shares in thousands)  

Nonvested share awards outstanding, December 31, 2012

     20       $ 16.00   

Share awards granted

     17         18.00   

Share awards vested

     (7      16.00   

Unvested share awards forfeited

     (1      16.00   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested share awards outstanding, December 31, 2013

     29       $ 16.64   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Share awards granted

     8         20.34   

Share awards vested

     (10      16.75   

Unvested share awards forfeited

     —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Nonvested share awards outstanding, December 31, 2014

     27       $ 18.23   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there was $338 thousand and $414 thousand, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted stock awards which is expected to be recognized over a remaining period of 4 years and 3 years, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock awards that fully vested during the year ended December 31, 2014 was approximately $200 thousand.

13. OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

401(k) benefit plan

The Company has a 401(k) benefit plan whereby participants may contribute a percentage of their compensation. The Company matches 50% of an employee contributions up to 6% of the employee’s compensation, for a maximum match of 3% of compensation. Matching contribution expense as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $303 thousand and $212 thousand, respectively.

Profit sharing plan

The financial statements include an accrual for $823 thousand and $583 thousand for a contribution to the plan as a profit sharing contribution for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Company offers its employees an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock, $1.00 par value per share, pursuant to the terms of the Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP Plan”). The ESPP Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors to provide employees with an opportunity to purchase shares of the Company in order to provide employees a more direct opportunity to participate in the Company’s growth. During 2014, the Company issued 14,975 shares under the ESPP Plan.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-70


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

14. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into various transactions, which, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States are not included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company enters into these transactions to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions include commitments to extend credit and standby and commercial letters of credit, which involve to varying degrees elements of credit risk and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on balance sheet instruments.

The contractual amounts of financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

     1 year or less      More than 1
year but less
than 3 years
     3 years or
more but less
than 5 years
     5 years or
more
     Total  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 285,641       $ 32,049       $ 34,354       $ 40,954       $ 392,998   

Standby letters of credit

     3,839         167         —           —           4,006   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 289,480       $ 32,216       $ 34,354       $ 40,954       $ 397,004   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company’s commitments and contingent liabilities associated with outstanding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit expiring by period are summarized below:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  
     Fixed Rate      Variable
Rate
     Fixed Rate      Variable
Rate
 
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 178,803       $ 214,195       $ 102,131       $ 219,432   

Standby letters of credit

     4,006         —           2,964         320   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 182,809       $ 214,195       $ 105,095       $ 219,752   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 120 days or less. As of December 31, 2014, the fixed rate loan commitments have interest rates ranging from 1.85% to 8.00% with a weighted average maturity of 2 years.

Commitments to Extend Credit

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amounts disclosed above does not necessarily represent future cash funding requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The Company minimizes its exposure to loss under these commitments by subjecting them to credit approval and

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-71


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

14. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES  (Continued)

 

monitoring procedures. Management assesses the credit risk associated with certain commitments to extend credit in determining the level of the allowance for credit losses. The amount and type of collateral, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

Standby Letters of Credit

Standby letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. In the event of nonperformance by the customer, the Company has the rights to the underlying collateral. The credit risk to the Company in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to its customers. The Company’s policy for obtaining collateral, and the nature of such collateral, is essentially the same as that involved in making commitments to extend credit.

Leases

The following table presents a summary of non-cancelable future operating lease commitments as of December 31, 2014 (dollars in thousands):

 

2015

   $ 2,281   

2016

     2,316   

2017

     2,348   

2018

     1,844   

2019

     1,228   

Thereafter

     3,867   
  

 

 

 
   $ 13,884   
  

 

 

 

It is expected that in the normal course of business, expiring leases will be renewed or replaced by leases on other property or equipment.

Rent expense under all noncancelable operating lease obligations aggregated approximately $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Litigation

The Company and the Bank are defendants, from time to time, in legal actions arising from transactions conducted in the ordinary course of business. The Company and the Bank believe, after consultations with legal counsel, that the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such actions will not have a material adverse effect on their financial statements.

15. REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines prompt corrective action regulations and involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-72


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

15. REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS  (Continued)

 

components, risk weightings, and other factors. Any institution that fails to meet its minimum capital requirements is subject to actions by regulators that could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

To meet the capital adequacy requirements, the Company and the Bank must maintain minimum capital amounts and ratios of Total and Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average total assets as defined in the regulations. As of December 31, 2014, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject.

Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited as is asset growth and expansion; and capital restoration plans are required.

As of December 31, 2014, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There have been no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

The Company’s principal source of funds for dividend payments is dividends received from the Bank. Banking regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid without prior approval of regulatory agencies. Under these regulations, the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank in any calendar year is limited to the current year’s net profits combined with the retained net profits of the preceding two years, subject to the capital requirements described above.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-73


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

15. REGULATORY CAPITAL MATTERS  (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the Company’s and the Bank’s actual and required capital ratios at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Actual     For Capital
Adequacy Purposes
    To Be Categorized
As Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
     Amount      Ratio       Amount          Ratio       Amount      Ratio  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

CONSOLIDATED:

               

As of December 31, 2014

               

Total Capital

               

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

   $ 126,584         12.80   $ 79,127         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital

               

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

     118,338         11.96     39,564         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital

               

(to Average Tangible Assets)

     118,338         9.55     49,549         4.00     N/A         N/A   

As of December 31, 2013

               

Total Capital

               

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

   $ 104,018         12.39   $ 67,162         8.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital

               

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

     97,363         11.60     33,581         4.00     N/A         N/A   

Tier I Capital

               

(to Average Tangible Assets)

     97,363         9.61     40,513         4.00     N/A         N/A   

ALLEGIANCE BANK

               

As of December 31, 2014

               

Total Capital

               

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

   $ 124,472         12.59   $ 79,066         8.00   $ 98,833         10.00

Tier I Capital

               

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

     116,226         11.76     39,533         4.00     59,300         6.00

Tier I Capital

               

(to Average Tangible Assets)

     116,226         9.38     49,549         4.00     61,936         5.00

As of December 31, 2013

               

Total Capital

               

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

   $ 103,320         12.32   $ 67,091         8.00   $ 83,864         10.00

Tier I Capital

               

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

     96,665         11.52     33,564         4.00     50,346         6.00

Tier I Capital

               

(to Average Tangible Assets)

     96,665         9.54     40,530         4.00     50,663         5.00

16. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Diluted earnings per common share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares determined for the basic earnings per common share computation plus the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-74


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

16. EARNINGS PER SHARE  (Continued)

 

contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock using the treasury stock method. Outstanding stock options issued by the Company represent the only dilutive effect reflected in diluted weighted average shares. Restricted shares are considered outstanding at the date of grant.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2014      2013  
     (Amounts in thousands, except per share data)  
     Amount      Per Share
Amount
     Amount      Per Share
Amount
 

Net income

   $ 9,005          $ 6,839      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Basic:

           

Weighted average shares outstanding

     6,978       $ 1.29         5,450       $ 1.25   
     

 

 

       

 

 

 

Diluted:

           

Add incremental shares for:

           

Dilutive effect of stock option exercises

     164            171      
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Total

     7,142       $ 1.26         5,621       $ 1.22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Stock options for 39 thousand shares of common stock issued at $22.00 per share and 42 thousand shares of common stock issued at $20.00 per share were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2014 and 2013 because they were antidilutive.

17. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

Unrealized gains (losses) on securities

   $ 832       $ (1,014

Deferred tax

     (283      345   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 549       $ (669
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

Acquisition of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. —On January 1, 2015, Allegiance acquired 100% of the outstanding stock of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (“F&M”) and its wholly-owned subsidiary Enterprise Bank (“Enterprise”) headquartered in Houston, Texas. Enterprise Bank operated 9 banking locations: 7 in Houston, Texas, 1 in Rosebud, Texas and 1 in Mart, Texas. The Company acquired F&M to further expand its Houston, Texas area markets.

As of December 31, 2014, F&M, on a consolidated basis, reported total assets of $569.7 million, total loans of $410.2 million and total deposits of $488.9 million. Pursuant to the merger agreement, F&M shareholders

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-75


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

18. SUBSEQUENT EVENT  (Continued)

 

received 10.909 shares of Allegiance common stock and $642 thousand in cash for any fractional and out of state shares held by F&M shareholders for all outstanding shares of F&M capital stock. The Company is in the process of making fair value determinations as part of the initial accounting for the transaction. Goodwill is not expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

19. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2014      2013  
     (Dollars in thousands)  

ASSETS

     

Cash

   $ 11,769       $ 5,711   

Investment in subsidiary

     129,667         109,040   

Other assets

     760         321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 142,196       $ 115,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

LIABILITIES:

     

Other borrowed funds

   $ 10,069       $ 5,000   

Accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     349         336   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     10,418         5,336   

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

     

Common stock

     7,477         6,965   

Capital surplus

     104,568         93,459   

Retained earnings

     19,184         10,179   

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     549         (669

Less: treasury stock, at cost

     

There were no treasury shares outstanding at December 31, 2014

     —           (198
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     131,778         109,736   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

TOTAL

   $ 142,196       $ 115,072   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-76


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

19. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

 

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2014             2013      
     (Dollars in thousands)  

OPERATING INCOME:

    

Other income

   $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income

     —          —     

OPERATING EXPENSE:

    

Interest expense on borrowed funds

     229        15   

Other expenses

     810        409   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expense

     1,039        424   

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT AND EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES

     (1,039     (424

FEDERAL INCOME TAX BENEFIT

     353        18   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES

     (686     (406

EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS OF SUBSIDIARIES

     9,691        7,245   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCOME

   $ 9,005      $ 6,839   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-77


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

19. PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  (Continued)

 

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

(Parent Company Only)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
           2014                 2013        
     (Dollars in thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net income

   $ 9,005      $ 6,839   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:

    

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (9,691     (7,245

Decrease (increase) in other assets

     28        (555

(Decrease) increase in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

     (441     578   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (1,099     (383

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Payments for investments in and advances to subsidiaries

     (9,000     (38,979
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (9,000     (38,979
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     11,088        35,738   

Repurchase of common stock

     —          (54

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     5,069        5,000   

Other

     —          (220
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     16,157        40,464   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     6,058        1,102   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD

     5,711        4,609   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD

   $ 11,769      $ 5,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-78


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

    

LOGO

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To Management

Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. (the Company) which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

F-79


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

LOGO

Houston, Texas

March 30, 2015

One Riverway • Suite 1900 • Houston, Texas 77056-1973 • 713.622.2310 • 713.622.5613 fax

harperpearson.com

 

F-80


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

    2014   2013
ASSETS        

Cash and due from banks

    $ 103,838,397       $ 58,921,695  

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

      1,014,144         1,011,107  

Federal funds sold

      2,275,000         1,867,000  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Cash and Cash Equivalents

      107,127,541         61,799,802  

Securities held to maturity

      15,101,560         15,236,978  

Federal Home Loan Bank stock

      220,900         220,100  

Loans, net of deferred loan fees

      410,200,529         400,067,903  

Less allowance for possible credit losses

      (4,553,856 )       (4,972,486 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Loans, net

      405,646,673         395,095,417  

Premises and equipment, net

      6,707,331         6,887,054  

Accrued interest receivable

      1,451,535         1,457,719  

Other real estate owned

      —           2,035,252  

Goodwill

      19,204,744         19,204,744  

Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries

      375,407         1,132,433  

Bank owned life insurance (BOLI)

      10,606,661         188,675  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

      3,242,430         2,462,065  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Assets

    $ 569,684,782       $ 505,720,239  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY        

Liabilities

       

Deposits:

       

Noninterest-bearing

    $ 185,529,086       $ 142,095,438  

Interest-bearing:

       

Savings and money markets

      143,111,428         127,380,834  

Time

      160,282,530         157,597,470  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Deposits

      488,923,044         427,073,742  

Accrued interest payable

      287,498         286,384  

Other borrowings

      18,000,000         18,000,000  

Subordinated debentures

      11,341,000         11,341,000  

Other liabilities

      292,765         969,011  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

      518,844,307         457,670,137  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

       

Shareholders’ Equity

       

Preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share; $1,000 per share liquidation value; 100,000 shares authorized, 11,550 shares issued and outstanding

      11,550,000         11,550,000  

Common stock, $1.00 par value, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 281,877 and 266,895 shares issued; and 217,044 and 202,062 shares outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively

      281,877         266,895  

Capital surplus

      28,883,898         27,232,417  

Retained earnings

      16,061,790         14,937,880  

Treasury stock, 64,833 shares at cost

      (5,937,090 )       (5,937,090 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net

      —           —    
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

      50,840,475         48,050,102  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

    $ 569,684,782       $ 505,720,239  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-81


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

    2014   2013

INTEREST INCOME

       

Interest and fees on loans

    $ 23,104,445       $ 22,221,367  

Securities

      378,026         541,346  

Federal funds sold

      2,769         6,631  

Time deposits with banks

      133,323         181,276  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Interest Income

      23,618,563         22,950,620  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

       

Deposits

      2,019,637         2,096,837  

Subordinated debentures

      308,821         332,846  

Other borrowed funds

      1,273,741         1,260,000  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Interest Expense

      3,602,199         3,689,683  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

      20,016,364         19,260,937  

PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE CREDIT LOSSES

      —           (1,000,000 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR POSSIBLE CREDIT LOSSES

      20,016,364         20,260,937  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

NONINTEREST INCOME

       

Deposit account service charges

      887,808         994,023  

Gain on sale of investment securities

      —           274,474  

Loss on sale of premises and equipment

      —           —    

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

      (174,355 )       (147,474 )

Gain on sale of unconsolidated subsidiary

      362,374         —    

Increase cash surrender value of BOLI

      249,562         —    

Other

      32,496         67,641  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Noninterest Income

      1,357,885         1,188,664  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

NONINTEREST EXPENSE

       

Salaries and employee benefits

      12,025,936         9,209,354  

Net occupancy expense

      1,197,469         1,120,511  

Regulatory and insurance expense

      402,460         422,834  

Professional fees

      2,354,594         1,812,691  

Data processing and network expenses

      669,994         353,921  

Communication expense

      326,451         343,757  

Loan related expenses

      236,037         546,170  

Printing, stationery and office expense

      277,940         320,360  

Advertising, marketing and business development

      36,065         32,148  

Other

      659,915         640,856  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total Noninterest Expense

      18,186,861         14,802,602  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE

      3,187,388         6,646,999  

FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE

      1,014,969         2,253,746  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME

    $ 2,172,419       $ 4,393,253  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-82


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

     2014      2013  

Consolidated Net Income

   $ 2,172,419       $ 4,393,253   

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:

     

Reclassification adjustments for beginning of year net unrealized gain realized in income

     —           (314,726
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     —           (314,726
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Comprehensive Income

   $ 2,172,419       $ 4,078,527   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-83


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

    Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Capital
Surplus
  Retained
Earnings
  Treasury
Stock
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Total

Balance, December 31, 2012

    $ 11,550,000       $ 264,826       $ 27,040,414       $ 11,144,127       $ (5,937,090 )     $ 314,726       $ 44,377,003  

Stock Options Exercised (2,069 shares)

      —           2,069         192,003         —           —           —           194,072  

Dividends on Preferred Stock

      —           —           —           (599,500 )       —           —           (599,500 )

Consolidated Net Income

      —           —           —           4,393,253         —           —           4,393,253  

Change in Unrealized Gain on Securities, Net of Tax of $162,132

      —           —           —           —           —           (314,726 )       (314,726 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2013

      11,550,000         266,895         27,232,417         14,937,880         (5,937,090 )       —           48,050,102  

Stock Options Exercised (14,982 shares)

      —           14,982         1,651,481         —           —           —           1,666,463  

Dividends on Preferred Stock

      —           —           —           (1,048,509 )       —           —           (1,048,509 )

Consolidated Net Income

      —           —           —           2,172,419         —           —           2,172,419  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2014

    $ 11,550,000       $ 281,877       $ 28,883,898       $ 16,061,790       $ (5,937,090 )     $ —         $ 50,840,475  
   

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-84


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

    2014   2013

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

       

Consolidated net income

    $ 2,172,419       $ 4,393,253  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile consolidated net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

       

Provision for possible credit losses

      —           (1,000,000 )

Depreciation and amortization

      272,136         298,522  

Amortization of premiums and discounts on investment securities, net

      882         56,612  

Gain on sale on investment securities

      —           (274,474 )

Loss on sale of other real estate owned

      174,355         147,474  

Gain on sale of unconsolidated subsidiary

      (362,374 )       —    

Write-down of other real estate owned

      59,578         121,399  

Increase in FHLB stock

      (800 )       (800 )

Increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, net

      (215,486 )       —    

Deferred tax provision

      593,883         755,763  

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

       

Accrued interest receivable

      6,184         177,603  

Prepaid expenses and other assets

      (1,354,848 )       764,922  

Accrued interest payable

      1,114         (112,939 )

Other liabilities

      73,129         52,810  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Total adjustments

      (752,247 )       986,892  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

      1,420,172         5,380,145  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

       

Securities available for sale:

       

Proceeds from sales

      —           5,561,661  

Repayments

      —           1,424,652  

Securities held to maturity:

       

Repayments

      134,536         285,168  

Purchases of bank premises and equipment, net

      (92,413 )       (142,335 )

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

      1,312,339         1,934,087  

Proceeds from sale of unconsolidated subsidiary

      1,100,000         —    

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

      (10,202,500 )       —    

Decrease in loans, net

      (10,062,276 )       (29,938,304 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net cash used by investing activities

      (17,810,314 )       (20,875,071 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

       

Net increase (decrease) in noninterest-bearing deposits

      43,433,648         (16,925,221 )

Net increase (decrease) in interest-bearing deposits

      18,415,654         (7,343,331 )

Proceeds from stock options exercised

      1,666,463         194,072  

Dividends paid

      (1,797,884 )       (149,875 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

      61,717,881         (24,224,355 )
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

      45,327,739         (39,719,281 )

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING

      61,799,802         101,519,083  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, ENDING

    $ 107,127,541       $ 61,799,802  
   

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-85


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE A BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Organization —Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”), through its Bank subsidiary, Enterprise Bank (the “Bank”), operates its main banking facility and branches in Houston, Texas, and also maintains branches in Katy, Brookshire, Mart and Rosebud, Texas. The Bank’s primary source of revenue is from investing funds received from depositors and from providing loan and other financial services to its customers. The Bank operates under a state charter and therefore is subject to regulation by the Texas Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Company is subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve Board.

Basis of Presentation —The accompanying consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 include the accounts of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary Enterprise Bank. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Subsequent Events —The Company has evaluated subsequent events for potential recognition and/or disclosure through March 30, 2015, the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.

No subsequent events occurred which require adjustment to the financial statements at December 31, 2014. Subsequent events that require disclosure include the merger with Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as described below.

Merger with Allegiance Bank Texas —On July 28, 2014, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization (the Merger Agreement) with Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (Allegiance) to sell the Company, and its subsidiary Bank, for a combination of cash and stock. The merger was approved by the Boards of Directors of both companies and closed January 1, 2015.

The terms of the Merger Agreement required the Company to repurchase, for cash consideration, all outstanding vested and unvested unexercised employee options to purchase Company common stock prior to the merger closing date. The amount of cash consideration paid was determined to be the positive difference between the strike price of the options and the per share cash merger consideration paid to the Company’s shareholders. The outstanding, unexercised options were repurchased by the Company on December 30, 2014 and the total cash consideration paid to the option holders was approximately $2.2 million, which is recorded as salary and benefit expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ending December 31, 2014. Refer to Note Q for more information on the Company’s stock options.

Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies —The accounting and reporting policies of the Company conform, in all material respects, to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and to prevailing practices within the financial services industry. A summary of significant accounting policies follows.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-86


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE A BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Cash Flow Reporting —Cash and cash equivalents include cash, interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing deposits with other financial institutions that have an initial maturity of 90 days or less, and federal funds sold. Cash flows are reported net for loans, deposits and short-term borrowings. Supplemental cash flow information follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Cash paid for interest on deposits

   $ 1,984,548       $ 2,111,057   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid for debt service interest

   $ 1,616,537       $ 1,691,565   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes

   $ 1,945,000       $ 1,185,182   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Real estate acquired through foreclosure

   $ —         $ 368,022   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash and Due from Banks —The Bank, as a correspondent of the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), is required to maintain reserves for the purpose of facilitating the implementation of monetary policy. These reserves may be maintained in the form of balances at the FRB or by vault cash maintained at the Bank. The Bank’s reserve requirements were approximately $9,551,000 and $3,611,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Accordingly, cash and due from banks balances were restricted to that extent.

The majority of cash and cash equivalents are maintained with major financial institutions in the United States. Interest-bearing account deposits with these financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits; however, these deposits typically may be redeemed upon demand and therefore, bear minimal risk. In monitoring this credit risk, the Company periodically evaluates the stability of the financial institutions with which it has deposits. The Company has cash deposits in correspondent financial institutions in excess of the amount insured by the FDIC in the amount of $17,465,214 and $50,717,575 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Securities —Securities are accounted for on a trade date basis. Premiums and discounts are amortized and accreted to operations using the level-yield method of accounting, adjusted for prepayments as applicable. Interest earned on these assets is included in interest income. The specific identification method of accounting is used to compute gains or losses on the sales of these assets.

Securities held to maturity are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and the accretion of discounts. Management has the positive intent and the ability to hold these assets as long-term securities until their estimated maturities.

Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity until realized. Securities within the available for sale portfolio may be used as part of management’s asset/liability strategy and may be sold in response to changes in liquidity, interest risk, prepayment risk or other similar economic factors. The Company held no securities available for sale at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-87


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE A BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Investment securities classified as available for sale or held to maturity are generally evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 320, Investments—Debt and Equity Securities . In determining OTTI, management considers many factors, including: (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (iii) the intent and the ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

When OTTI occurs, the amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether the Company intends to sell the security or will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss. If the Company intends to sell the security or it is more likely that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI shall be recognized in earnings equal to the entire difference between the investment’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If the Company does not intend to sell the security and it is not likely that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI shall be separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized in earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors shall be recognized in other comprehensive income. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings shall become the new amortized cost basis of the investment.

Equity Investments —Banks that are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas (FHLB) are required to maintain a stock investment in the FHLB calculated as a percentage of aggregate outstanding mortgages, outstanding FHLB advances, and other financial instruments. FHLB stock is capital stock bought from and sold to the FHLB at $100 par value. Both stock and cash dividends may be received on FHLB stock and are recorded when received as interest income.

Investments in the stock of the FHLB are considered to be a restricted investment with limited marketability and are stated at cost as management believes the cost basis is ultimately recoverable.

Loans —Loans are stated at unpaid principal balances, less the allowance for possible credit losses and deferred loan fees. Interest on loans is recognized by using the simple interest method.

Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Lending Activities —Loan origination and commitment fees in excess of management’s estimate of the costs to fund and book loans are deferred and amortized as a yield adjustment over the lives of the related loans using the straight-line method. The effect of this method on operations is not deemed to be materially different from the deferral of direct origination fees and costs, and the amortization thereof as an adjustment of the yield on the related loan as required by U.S. GAAP. Amortization of deferred loan fees is discontinued when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-88


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE A BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

Nonperforming Loans —Included in the nonperforming loan category are loans which have been categorized by management as nonaccrual because of delinquency status or because collection of interest is doubtful.

When the payment of principal or interest on a loan is delinquent for 90 days, or earlier in some cases, the loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unless the loan is in the process of collection and the underlying collateral fully supports the carrying value of the loan. If the decision is made to continue accruing interest on the loan, periodic reviews are made to confirm the accruing status of the loan and the probability that the Company will collect all principal and interest amounts outstanding.

When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, interest accrued and uncollected during the current year prior to the judgment of uncollectability, is charged to operations unless the loan is well secured with collateral values sufficient to ensure collection of both principal and interest. Generally, any payments received on nonaccrual loans are applied first to outstanding loan amounts and next to the recovery of charged-off loan amounts. Any excess is treated as recovery of lost interest. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

A loan is defined as impaired if, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments.

The allowance for possible credit losses related to impaired loans is determined based on the difference of carrying value of loans and the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the loan’s observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Interest income received on impaired loans is either applied against principal or realized as interest income, according to management’s judgment as to the collectability of principal.

Troubled Debt Restructurings —The Company will classify a loan as a troubled debt restructuring if both (i) the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties and (ii) the borrower has been granted a concession. Concessions may include interest rate reductions or below market interest rates, principal forgiveness, restructuring amortization schedules and other actions intended to minimize potential losses. Interest is generally accrued on such loans in accordance with the new terms.

Allowance for Possible Credit Losses —The allowance for possible credit losses is a valuation allowance established through a provision for possible credit losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable losses on loans within the existing portfolio of loans. All losses are charged to the allowance for possible credit losses when the loss actually occurs or when a determination is made that a loss is likely to occur. Recoveries are credited to the allowance at the time of recovery.

The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for the estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. Therefore, the level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-89


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE A BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

of industry concentrations, specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio quality, present economic, political and regulatory conditions, and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio, as well as trends in the foregoing. Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, generally, the entire allowance is available for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged-off. While management utilizes its best judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, changes in interest rates, and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.

Concentrations of Risk —The Company’s investments are subject to various levels of risk associated with economic and political events beyond management’s control. Consequently, management’s judgment as to the level of losses that currently exist or may develop in the future involves the consideration of current and anticipated conditions and their potential effects on the Company’s investments. In determining fair value of these investments, management obtains information, which is considered reliable, from third parties in order to value its investments. Due to the level of uncertainty related to changes in the value of investment securities, it is possible that changes in risks could materially impact the amounts reflected herein in the near term.

Generally, the Company’s loans, loan commitments, and letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Company’s primary market area, which includes Harris and surrounding counties. The Company’s loans are typically secured by specific items of collateral including real property, consumer assets, and business assets. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is dependent on local economic conditions. Concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note C. It is the Company’s policy to not extend credit to any single borrower or group of related borrowers in excess of the Bank’s legal lending limit as defined by state and federal banking regulations.

Interest Rate Risk —The Company is principally engaged in providing short-term commercial loans with interest rates that fluctuate with various market indices and intermediate-term, fixed rate real estate loans. These loans are primarily funded through short-term demand deposits and longer-term certificates of deposit with fixed rates. The Company may borrow against available lines of credit to fund additional loan growth, or other investment strategies, should the need arise. Deposits that are not utilized to fund loans are invested in securities that meet the Company’s investment quality guidelines. Unrealized investment gains and losses resulting from changing market interest rates on investments available for sale are reflected in other comprehensive income.

A portion of the Company’s investments that have contractual maturity dates through the year 2026, bear fixed rates of interest and are collateralized by residential mortgages. Repayment of principal on these mortgage-backed securities is primarily dependent on the cash flows received from the payments on the underlying collateral to the bond issuer. Reduced prepayments extend the Company’s original anticipated holding period and thus increases interest rate risk over time, should market rates increase.

Premises and Equipment —Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation expense is computed principally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-90


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE A BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

lives of the assets. Land is carried at cost. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the life of the lease plus renewal options. Gains and losses on dispositions are included in noninterest income. During periods of real estate development, interest on construction costs is capitalized if considered material by management.

Bank Owned Life Insurance (BOLI) —The Company owns cash value life insurance policies which pay benefits to the Company upon the death of certain employees. Increases to the cash surrender value of the policies are noncash earnings and are recorded in noninterest income.

During 2014, the Company purchased approximately $10,202,500 in single premium BOLI policies. The income recorded on these policies was $249,562 and the associated of costs were $34,077, which are recorded net and are reflected in the cash surrender value of the policies and in other noninterest income in the Company’s consolidated financial statements at December 31, 2014.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets —Prepaid expenses are amortized into noninterest expense over the estimated useful life of the expenditure.

Other Real Estate Owned —Real estate and other assets acquired through repossession or foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at the fair value of the asset less any selling costs, establishing a new cost basis. Outstanding loan balances are reduced to reflect this value through charges to the allowance for possible credit losses. Subsequent to repossession or foreclosure, the asset is carried at the lower of its new cost basis or fair value, less estimated costs to sell. Subsequent adjustments to reflect changes in value above or below the recorded amounts are recognized in income in the period such determinations are assessed. Required developmental costs associated with foreclosed property under construction are capitalized and considered in determining the fair value of the property. Operating expenses of these assets, net of related income, and gains and losses on their disposition are included in other noninterest income or expense.

Goodwill —ASC Topic 350, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , requires a regular assessment for impairment of goodwill, and a write down of the goodwill if impairment occurs. Management has determined goodwill recorded at December 31, 2014 and 2013 is not impaired.

Income Taxes —The Company files consolidated federal and state income tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary differences when the tax basis of an asset or liability differs from that reported in the consolidated financial statements, and for carryforwards for tax credits and tax losses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax expense or benefit is recognized for the change in the asset or liability during the year. The Company’s net deferred tax asset is included in prepaid expenses and other assets in the December 31, 2014 and 2013 consolidated balance sheets.

A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the expected amount most likely to be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of a sufficient level of future taxable income and recoverable taxes paid in prior years. Although realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. In addition, management does not believe there are any unrecorded deferred tax liabilities that are material to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-91


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE A BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

The Company believes that all significant tax positions utilized by the Company will more likely than not be sustained upon examination. As of December 31, 2014, the tax years that remain subject to examination by the major tax jurisdictions under the statute of limitations are from the year 2011 forward (with limited exceptions). Tax penalties and interest, if any, would be accrued as incurred and would be classified as tax expense in the consolidated statements of income.

Treasury Stock —The Company has repurchased shares of its authorized and issued common stock which is now held in treasury pending use for general corporate purposes or retirement. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company held 64,833 treasury shares which are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Comprehensive Income —Comprehensive income includes all changes in shareholders’ equity during a period, except those resulting from transactions with shareholders. Besides net income, other components of the Company’s comprehensive income includes the effect of changes in the net unrealized gain/loss on securities available for sale.

Fair Value Measurements —In general, fair values of financial instruments are based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use, as inputs, observable market-based parameters. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and the entity’s creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time.

The Company has not elected to account for any financial assets or liabilities as trading instruments for which changes in market value on these instruments would be recorded in the Company’s consolidated statement of income.

Transfers of Financial Assets —Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (i) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (ii) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (iii) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

If a transfer of an entire financial asset, a group of entire financial assets, or a participating interest in an entire financial asset does not meet the conditions for sale treatment, or if a transfer of a portion of an entire financial interest does not meet the definition of a participating interest, the transferor and the transferee shall account for the transfer as a secured borrowing with pledge of collateral. The transferor shall continue to report the transferred financial assets in its financial statements with no change in their measurement.

The Company’s loan participations sold are subject to these accounting guidelines and at December 31, 2014 and 2013, all transfers of financial assets subject to this guidance materially met the conditions to be treated as a sale.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-92


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE A BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES  (Continued)

 

New Accounting Standards and Disclosure Requirements —Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2014-02, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350)— Under this update, an entity may elect an accounting alternative within U.S. GAAP to amortize goodwill on a straight-line basis over a period of ten years or less. An entity that elects this accounting alternative is required to make an accounting policy decision to test goodwill for impairment when a triggering event occurs that indicates that the fair value of the entity may be below its carrying amount. This accounting alternative, if elected, should be applied prospectively for years beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption and application is permitted. Management does not expect to adopt this accounting alternative and there is no expected impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2013-12, Definition of a Public Business Entity—an Addition to the Master Glossary amends the Master Glossary of the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification to include one definition of a public business entity for future use in U.S. GAAP, and identifies the type of business entities that are excluded from the scope of The Private Company Decision-Making Framework: A Guide for Evaluating Financial Accounting and Reporting for Private Companies . As a result of ASU 2013-12, the Company falls within the definition of a Public Business Entity and will apply accounting guidance accordingly. For the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

NOTE B SECURITIES

The amortized cost and estimated fair values of investments in debt securities held to maturity at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized in the following tables:

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

2014

           

U.S. Government and agency securities:

           

Agency notes/bonds

   $ 14,748,332       $ —         $ (602,098    $ 14,146,234   

Mortgage-backed securities

     353,228         15,309         —           368,537   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,101,560       $ 15,309       $ (602,098    $ 14,514,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

           

U.S. Government and agency securities:

           

Agency notes/bonds

   $ 14,748,361       $ —         $ (1,576,013    $ 13,172,348   

Mortgage-backed securities

     488,617         27,344         —           515,961   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,236,978       $ 27,344       $ (1,576,013    $ 13,688,309   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-93


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE B SECURITIES  (Continued)

 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturities, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     Securities Held to Maturity  
     Amortized
Cost
     Estimated
Fair
Value
 

Amounts Maturing In:

     

5 years through 10 years

   $ 10,518,227       $ 9,764,399   

After 10 years

     4,583,333         4,750,372   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 15,101,560       $ 14,514,771   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, no securities were pledged to secure liabilities.

Gross realized gains on sales of securities available for sale during 2013 were $274,474. For the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Bank purchased treasury securities with a one day maturity and no gain or loss was realized or recorded on those maturities.

For securities in an unrealized loss position, the following table shows the gross unrealized loss and fair value by the length of time the individual security has been in a continuous unrealized loss position. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were two securities in a continuous loss position as follows:

 

     Less Than Twelve Months      Over Twelve Months  
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

2014

           

U.S. Government and agency securities:

           

Agency notes/bonds

   $ —         $ —         $ (602,098    $ 14,146,234   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

           

U.S. Government and agency securities:

           

Agency notes/bonds

   $ (415,983    $ 4,167,378       $ (1,160,030    $ 9,004,970   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The unrealized losses are attributable primarily to changes in market interest rates relative to those available when the securities were acquired. The fair value of these securities is expected to recover as the securities reach their maturity or re-pricing date, or if changes in market rates for such investments decline. Management does not believe that any of the securities are impaired due to reasons of credit quality. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2014, management believes the impairments for securities in an unrealized loss position are temporary and no impairment loss has been realized in the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the year then ended.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-94


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

NOTE C LOANS

Loans by portfolio segment, at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Commercial and industrial

   $ 82,267,542       $ 89,270,817   

Commercial real estate

     240,434,839         228,125,084   

Residential real estate

     42,449,114         41,097,870   

Agriculture and farmland

     39,838,881         35,146,760   

Consumer and other

     5,738,272         6,855,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     410,728,648         400,496,000   

Less deferred loan fees, net

     (528,119      (428,097

Less allowance for possible credit losses

     (4,553,856      (4,972,486
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 405,646,673       $ 395,095,417   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, included in consumer and other loans are $24,913 and $27,642, respectively, in overdrawn deposit accounts.

Portfolio Segments and Loan Classes

The Company has certain lending policies and procedures in place that are designed to maximize loan income within an acceptable level of risk. Management reviews and approves these policies and procedures on a regular basis. The Company’s loans are segmented by type as noted in the preceding table. The Company sub-segments commercial real estate loans into the following classes: commercial real estate mortgage and land acquisition and development. The Company sub-segments residential real estate into classes that include 1-4 family residential and multi-family residential mortgages.

Commercial and Industrial —The Company’s commercial and industrial loans include asset based revolving lines, equipment purchase money, and unsecured loans and are underwritten on the basis of the borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. The Company’s commercial and industrial loans represent credit extended to small to medium sized businesses generally for the purpose of providing working capital and equipment purchase financing. Commercial and industrial loans often are dependent on the profitable operations of the borrower. These credits are primarily made based on the identified cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. Most commercial and industrial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may also incorporate a personal guarantee. Some shorter term loans may be extended on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers. The cash flows of borrowers may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate, increasing the risk associated with this loan segment. As a result of the additional complexities, variables, and risks, commercial loans typically require more thorough underwriting and servicing than other types of loans.

Commercial Real Estate —The Company makes commercial real estate mortgage loans which are primarily viewed as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. The properties securing the

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-95


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE C LOANS  (Continued)

 

Company’s commercial real estate mortgage loans can be owner occupied or nonowner occupied. Concentrations within the various types of commercial properties are monitored by management in order to assess the risks in the portfolio. The repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property and securing the loan. Accordingly, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy to a greater extent than other types of loans. The Company seeks to minimize these risks in a variety of ways in connection with underwriting these loans including giving careful consideration to the property’s operating history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy, location and the physical condition of the property.

Land acquisition and development loans are generally nonowner occupied and are subject to certain risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced over the construction phase and the project is of uncertain value prior to its completion. Construction loans are generally based upon estimates of costs and value associated with the completed project with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. The Company has underwriting and funding procedures designed to address what it believes to be the risks associated with such loans; however, no assurance can be given the procedures will prevent losses resulting from the risks described above.

Residential Real Estate —The Company’s lending activities also include the origination of 1-4 family residential and multi-family residential loans. The terms of these loans typically range from five to thirty years. The Company requires the borrowers to maintain mortgage title insurance and hazard insurance. The Company has elected to keep all 1-4 family residential loans for its own account rather than selling such loans into the secondary market. By doing so, the Company is able to realize a higher yield on these loans; however, the Company also incurs interest rate risk as well as the risks associated with nonpayments on such loans.

Agriculture and Farmland —The Company provides crop production and farm equipment loans to local area farmers. The Company also extends credit to local farmers secured by agriculture real estate and improvements thereon. Agriculture real estate includes land known to be used for agricultural purposes, such as crop and livestock production. The Company evaluates agricultural borrowers primarily based on their historical profitability, level of experience in their particular agricultural industry, overall financial capacity and the availability of secondary collateral to withstand economic and natural variations common to the industry.

Consumer and Other —The Company’s consumer loans include lines of credit, automobile loans, personal loans (collateralized and uncollateralized) and deposit account collateralized loans. The terms of these loans typically range from one to ten years and vary based on the nature of collateral and size of the loan. Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, illness or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws may limit the amount which can be recovered on such loans. To monitor and manage consumer loan risk, policies and procedures are developed and modified, as deemed appropriate by management.

Other loans consist of smaller loans extended to individuals or small businesses for various personal or business purposes.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-96


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

NOTE D LOAN PERFORMANCE

The following is an aging analysis of loans past due and nonaccrual loans, segregated by loan class, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company did not have any loans greater than 90 days and accruing as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

     Current    30-89 days
past due &
accruing
   Nonaccrual
Loans
   Total Loans

2014

                   

Commercial and industrial

     $ 81,153,771        $ 367,472        $ 746,299        $ 82,267,542  

Commercial real estate mortgage

       187,684,815          574,382          11,930          188,271,127  

Land acquisition and development

       40,211,309          —            238,117          40,449,426  

1-4 family residential

       40,717,345          1,654,158          77,611          42,449,114  

Multi-family residential

       11,714,286          —            —            11,714,286  

Agriculture and farmland

       38,224,987          569,867          1,044,027          39,838,881  

Consumer and other

       5,469,797          209,682          58,793          5,738,272  
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

Total

     $ 405,176,310        $ 3,375,561        $ 2,176,777        $ 410,728,648  
    

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

     Current      30-89 days
past due &
accruing
     Nonaccrual
Loans
     Total Loans  

2013

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 88,182,877       $ 342,050       $ 745,890       $ 89,270,817   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     186,213,748         —           853,485         187,067,233   

Land acquisition and development

     33,551,604         523,176         230,407         34,305,187   

1-4 family residential

     40,907,516         158,157         32,197         41,097,870   

Multi-family residential

     6,752,664         —           —           6,752,664   

Agriculture and farmland

     33,671,497         238,398         1,236,865         35,146,760   

Consumer and other

     6,555,190         258,199         42,080         6,855,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 395,835,096       $ 1,519,980       $ 3,140,924       $ 400,496,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

For the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, interest income on nonaccrual loans was reversed when the loan was placed on nonaccrual. Interest income that would have been earned under the original terms of the loans since placed on nonaccrual was approximately $125,000 and $88,900 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-97


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE D LOAN PERFORMANCE  (Continued)

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

The Company had the following troubled debt restructurings outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Number of
Contracts
     Outstanding
Principal
Balance
 

2014

     

Commercial and industrial

     11       $ 1,101,237   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     2         316,557   

Land acquisition and development

     4         1,385,807   

1-4 family residential

     1         609,341   

Agriculture and farmland

     9         1,543,434   

Consumer and other

     1         4,062   
     

 

 

 
      $ 4,960,438   
     

 

 

 

2013

     

Commercial and industrial

     14       $ 1,264,391   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     2         339,548   

Land acquisition and development

     4         1,532,010   

1-4 family residential

     1         629,907   

Agriculture and farmland

     3         1,247,365   

Consumer and other

     1         8,262   
     

 

 

 
      $ 5,021,483   
     

 

 

 

The Company had five borrowers default on troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2014 in the amount of $1,813,453. The Company had five borrowers default on troubled debt restructurings during the year ended December 31, 2013 in the amount of $981,698. Default is determined at 90 days or more past due or when a loan is written off.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the modifications were primarily related to extending the amortization periods of the loans. The Company did not grant principal reductions on any restructured loan. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 the Company added $726,325 and $1,826,930, respectively, in new troubled debt restructurings, all of which were outstanding at year end. Two and five loans restructured during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were on nonaccrual status as of year end. Specific reserves on troubled debt restructuring were $254,700 and $849,462 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

NOTE E ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE CREDIT LOSSES

For purposes of determining the allowance for possible credit losses, the Company considers the loans in its portfolio by segment, class, and risk grade. Management uses significant judgment to determine the estimation method that fits the credit risk characteristics of each portfolio segment or class. To assist in the assessment of

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-98


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE E ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE CREDIT LOSSES  (Continued)

 

risk, management reviews reports related to loan production, loan quality, concentrations of credit, loan delinquencies, and nonperforming and potential problem loans. The Company utilizes an independent third party loan review service to review the credit risk assigned to loans on a periodic basis and the results are presented to management for review.

The following table presents a detail of the activity in the allowance for possible credit losses segregated by loan class for the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

     Balance
beginning of
year
     Provisions     Charge-Offs     Recoveries      Balance end
of year
 

2014

            

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,298,715       $ 561,980      $ (840,041   $ 144,777       $ 1,165,431   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     1,188,873         (194,358     —          155,000         1,149,515   

Land acquisition and development

     973,030         (518,160     —          57,057         511,927   

1-4 family residential

     456,893         (36,962     —          900         420,831   

Multi-family residential

     44,618         93,219        —          —           137,837   

Agriculture and farmland

     582,055         (15,863     —          108,392         674,584   

Consumer and other

     68,629         38,044        (62,005     17,290         61,958   

Unallocated

     359,673         72,100        —          —           431,773   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,972,486       $ —        $ (902,046   $ 483,416       $ 4,553,856   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

            

Commercial and industrial

   $ 1,445,894       $ 161,196      $ (374,531   $ 66,156       $ 1,298,715   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     1,169,852         19,021        —          —           1,188,873   

Land acquisition and development

     1,614,528         (711,081     —          69,583         973,030   

1-4 family residential

     741,491         (89,964     (195,534     900         456,893   

Multi-family residential

     49,493         (4,875     —          —           44,618   

Agriculture and farmland

     522,930         270,002        (220,022     9,145         582,055   

Consumer and other

     108,478         21,252        (79,522     18,421         68,629   

Unallocated

     1,025,224         (665,551     —          —           359,673   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,677,890       $ (1,000,000   $ (869,609   $ 164,205       $ 4,972,486   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Risk Grading

As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Company’s loan portfolio and methodology for calculating the allowance for possible credit losses, management assigns and tracks loan grades to be used as credit quality and risk indicators. The following is a general description of the loan grades used as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Grade 1-3—This category of credits are considered “pass” which indicates prudent underwriting and a normal amount of risk. The range of risk within these credits can vary from little to no risk with cash securing a credit, to a level of risk that requires a strong secondary source of repayment on the debt. Pass credits with a higher level

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-99


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE E ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE CREDIT LOSSES  (Continued)

 

of risk may be to borrowers that are higher leveraged, less well capitalized or in an industry or economic area that is known to carry a higher level of risk, volatility, or susceptibility to weaknesses in the economy. This higher risk grade may be assigned due to out of date credit information, as well as collateral information which may need to be updated for current market value in order to allow a credit quality analysis of the credit.

Grade 4—Credits in this category contain more than the normal amount of risk and are referred to as “other assets especially mentioned”, or OAEM, in accordance with regulatory guidelines. These credits possess clearly identifiable temporary weaknesses or trends that, if not corrected or revised, will result in a condition that exposes the Company to higher level of risk of loss.

Grade 5—Credits in this category are “substandard” in accordance with regulatory guidelines and of unsatisfactory credit quality with well defined weaknesses or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. Credits in this category are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any, and may be placed on nonaccrual status as deemed appropriate by management. These credits are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Often, the assets in this category will have a valuation allowance representative of management’s estimated loss that is probable to be incurred.

Grade 6—Credits in this category are considered “doubtful” in accordance with regulatory guidelines, are placed on nonaccrual status and may be dependent upon collateral having a value that is difficult to determine or upon some near-term event which lacks certainty. Generally, these credits will have a valuation allowance based upon management’s best estimate of the losses probable to occur in the liquidation of the debt.

Grade 7—Credits in this category are considered “loss” in accordance with regulatory guidelines and are considered uncollectible and of such little value as to question their continued existence as assets on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Such credits are to be charged off or charged down when payment is acknowledged to be uncertain or when the timing or value of payments cannot be determined. This category does not intend to imply that the debt, or some portion of it will never be paid, nor does it in any way imply that the debt will be forgiven.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-100


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE E ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE CREDIT LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table presents risk grades and classified loans by loan class at December 31, 2014 and 2013. Pass loans include risk grades 1 through 3. Classified loans include risk grades 4, 5, 6, and 7. The Company had no loans graded 7 at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

     Pass      Grade 4      Grade 5      Grade 6      Total Loans  

2014

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 79,355,052       $ 1,158,999       $ 1,738,220       $ 15,271       $ 82,267,542   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     187,847,329         250,021         173,777         —           188,271,127   

Land acquisition and development

     37,810,223         1,881,420         757,783         —           40,449,426   

1-4 family residential

     41,388,949         197,525         862,640         —           42,449,114   

Multi-family residential

     11,714,286         —           —           —           11,714,286   

Agriculture and farmland

     37,853,357         69,295         1,916,229         —           39,838,881   

Consumer and other

     5,624,112         7,673         106,487         —           5,738,272   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 401,593,308       $ 3,564,933       $ 5,555,136       $ 15,271       $ 410,728,648   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Pass      Grade 4      Grade 5      Grade 6      Total Loans  

2013

              

Commercial and industrial

   $ 84,413,581       $ 3,029,617       $ 1,791,568       $ 36,051       $ 89,270,817   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     184,105,783         1,973,163         988,287         —           187,067,233   

Land acquisition and development

     31,418,039         318,565         2,568,583         —           34,305,187   

1-4 family residential

     39,811,842         399,414         886,614         —           41,097,870   

Multi-family residential

     6,752,664         —           —           —           6,752,664   

Agriculture and farmland

     33,703,279         71,000         1,372,481         —           35,146,760   

Consumer and other

     6,753,947         29,141         72,381         —           6,855,469   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 386,959,135       $ 5,820,900       $ 7,679,914       $ 36,051       $ 400,496,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-101


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE E ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE CREDIT LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The Company’s recorded investment in loans and allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 related to each balance in the allowance for possible credit losses by loan class and disaggregated on the basis of the Company’s impairment methodology is as follows:

 

     Loans
individually
evaluated for
impairment
     Loans
collectively
evaluated for
impairment
     Total Loans      Allowance
related to
loans
individually
evaluated for
impairment
 

2014

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 2,912,491       $ 79,355,051       $ 82,267,542       $ 435,506   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     423,797         187,847,330         188,271,127         —     

Land acquisition and development

     2,639,204         37,810,222         40,449,426         58,000   

1-4 family residential

     1,060,165         41,388,949         42,449,114         —     

Multi-family residential

     —           11,714,286         11,714,286         —     

Agriculture and farmland

     1,985,524         37,853,357         39,838,881         57,115   

Consumer and other

     114,159         5,624,113         5,738,272         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,135,340       $ 401,593,308       $ 410,728,648       $ 550,621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Loans
individually
evaluated for
impairment
     Loans
collectively
evaluated for
impairment
     Total Loans      Allowance
related to
loans
individually
evaluated for
impairment
 

2013

           

Commercial and industrial

   $ 745,890       $ 88,524,927       $ 89,270,817       $ 673,847   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     853,485         186,213,748         187,067,233         18,290   

Land acquisition and development

     2,568,583         31,736,604         34,305,187         400,585   

1-4 family residential

     662,104         40,435,766         41,097,870         —     

Multi-family residential

     —           6,752,664         6,752,664         —     

Agriculture and farmland

     1,236,865         33,909,895         35,146,760         —     

Consumer and other

     42,080         6,813,389         6,855,469         —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,109,007       $ 394,386,993       $ 400,496,000       $ 1,092,722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-102


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE E ALLOWANCE FOR POSSIBLE CREDIT LOSSES  (Continued)

 

The following table reflects the unpaid principal balances for impaired loans, segregated by loan class, with the associated allowance amount as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     Impaired
loans without
specific
allowance
     Impaired
loans with
specific
allowance
     Related
allowance
 

2014

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 2,201,326       $ 711,165       $ 435,506   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     423,797         —           —     

Land acquisition and development

     2,127,055         512,149         58,000   

1-4 family residential

     1,060,165         —           —     

Agriculture and farmland

     1,793,161         192,363         57,115   

Consumer and other

     114,159         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,719,663       $ 1,415,677       $ 550,621   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

        

Commercial and industrial

   $ 72,043       $ 673,847       $ 673,847   

Commercial real estate mortgage

     631,810         221,675         18,290   

Land acquisition and development

     230,407         2,338,176         400,585   

1-4 family residential

     662,104         —           —     

Agriculture and farmland

     1,236,865         —           —     

Consumer and other

     42,080         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,875,309       $ 3,233,698       $ 1,092,722   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE F PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are summarized as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Land

   $ 1,898,069       $ 1,898,069   

Buildings

     5,683,916         5,683,916   

Leasehold Improvements

     429,780         432,845   

Furniture and Equipment

     2,110,885         2,359,668   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     10,122,650         10,374,498   

Less accumulated depreciation and amoritization

     (3,415,319      (3,487,444
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total, net

   $ 6,707,331       $ 6,887,054   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-103


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE F PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  (Continued)

 

Future minimum rent commitments under various leases pursuant to the terms of noncancelable operating lease agreements in effect at December 31, 2014 are as follows:

 

2015

   $ 377,211   

2016

     283,539   

2017

     200,837   

2018

     170,335   

2019

     173,896   

Thereafter

     388,743   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,594,558   
  

 

 

 

It is expected that in the normal course of business, leases that expire will be renewed or replaced by leases on other property or equipment.

Total rent expense for operating leases of premises and equipment was $420,368 and $403,893 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

NOTE G ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE

Accrued interest receivable consists of the following at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Loans

   $ 1,366,571       $ 1,372,227   

Investments

     84,964         85,492   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 1,451,535       $ 1,457,719   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE H OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED

An analysis of activity in other real estate owned for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Balance at beginning of the year

   $ 2,035,252       $ 3,870,190   

Noncash foreclosure and repossession of real estate in partial satisfaction of debt

     —           368,022   

Sales, at carrying value

     (1,975,674      (2,081,561

Market value adjustments

     (59,578      (121,399
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of the year

   $ —         $ 2,035,252   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-104


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE H OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED  (Continued)

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded a net loss, respectively, on sales of other real estate owned as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Proceeds from sales

   $ 1,312,339       $ 1,934,087   

Sales financed

     488,980         —     

Carrying value recorded

     (1,975,674      (2,081,561
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Loss on sale of other real estate owned, net

   $ (174,355    $ (147,474
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Expenses related to other real estate owned that were charged against earnings amounted to $131,958 and $308,668 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in loan related expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Also included in loan related expenses, are the recorded write downs to fair value.

NOTE I INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES

FriendTX Holdings, Inc.

In 2011, the Bank acquired through foreclosure a 49% limited and 1% general partnership interest in Friendswood Lake Commercial Properties (FLCP), a Texas limited liability partnership. In 2012, the Bank established FriendTX Holdings, Inc. (the Subsidiary), a Texas limited liability corporation, for the primary purpose of owning the combined 50% interest in FLCP.

FLCP develops and sells tracts of land in Friendswood, Texas. FLCP records purchases and sales of land on the date funds are paid or received. Interest and taxes incurred during property development are capitalized as one of the elements of cost and are amortized over the estimated useful lives of the assets. No interest was capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

During the year ending December 31, 2014, all tracks of land were sold for aggregate proceeds of $2,200,000, of which 50% was distributed to FriendTX Holdings, Inc., and resulted in a realized gain on sale of $362,374, based upon the Subsidiary’s $737,626 recorded investment in the partnership, which is net of a valuation allowance of approximately $370,000. The valuation allowance was attributable to poor credit quality of the borrower in combination with a discount applied to the appraised value of the land held as collateral prior to foreclosure. This gain is reflected in the Company’s consolidated statement of income as of December 31, 2014. A final tax return is expected to be filed as of December 31, 2014 and the subsidiary will be dissolved effective that date.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-105


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE I INVESTMENT IN UNCONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARIES  (Continued)

 

FLCP recorded no revenue and general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. Summarized unaudited financial information related to FLCP’s balance sheet is as follows at December 31, 2013:

 

     2013  

Current Assets

   $ 151,221   

Land

     2,234,590   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 2,385,811   
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     121,482   

Partner’s equity

     2,264,329   
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and partners’ equity

   $ 2,385,811   
  

 

 

 

Trust II and Trust III

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, $375,407 and $395,807 represents the investment in Trust II and Trust III as described at Note O.

NOTE J DEPOSITS

The aggregate amount of time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $114,635,036 and $102,271,149, respectively. Interest expense for time deposits in denominations of $100,000 or more was $987,135 and $956,489 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

At December 31, 2014, the scheduled maturities of all time deposits are as follows:

 

2015

   $ 131,386,295   

2016

     27,598,180   

2017

     1,280,732   

2018

     —     

2019

     17,323   
  

 

 

 
   $ 160,282,530   
  

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $2,062,316 and $2,047,667 in brokered deposits, respectively.

NOTE K RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has and expects to continue to conduct routine banking business with related parties, including its executive officers and directors of the Company and the Bank, and Company shareholders, and their affiliates in which they directly or indirectly have 5% or more beneficial ownership.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-106


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE K RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  (Continued)

 

Loans —In the opinion of management, loans to related parties were entered into in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time of comparable transactions and did not involve more than a normal risk of collectability or present any other unfavorable features to the Company. Loans to such borrowers at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, are summarized below.

 

     2014      2013  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2,255,767       $ 2,456,499   

New loans

     20,000         1,339,710   

Repayments

     (71,025      (1,540,442
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2,204,742       $ 2,255,767   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Unfunded Commitments —At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company had approximately $959,200 and $1,175,000, respectively, in unfunded loan commitments to related parties.

Deposits —The Company held related party (which include officers of the bank) deposits of $8,526,391 and $18,620,876 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Borrowings —The Company held related party borrowings of $5,000,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013. Refer to Note N for more information on Company borrowings.

NOTE L FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK

The Company is party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit for loans in process, commercial lines of credit, overdraft protection lines, and standby letters of credit at both fixed and variable rates of interest. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of the involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making these commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.

The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if considered necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-107


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE L FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK  (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of the various financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

     2014      2013  

Commitments to extend credit

   $ 79,237,722       $ 55,215,699   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

   $ 2,804,126       $ 4,577,796   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being fully drawn upon, the total commitment amounts disclosed above do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to its customers.

NOTE M FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

The components of the provision for federal income tax expense at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Current

   $ 421,086       $ 1,497,983   

Deferred

     593,883         755,763   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal income tax expense

   $ 1,014,969       $ 2,253,746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income tax expense at the statutory rate of 34% for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 differs from the federal income tax expense for financial reporting purposes as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Tax expense calculated at statutory rate

   $ 1,083,712       $ 2,259,980   

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

     

Nondeductible travel and entertainment

     4,992         4,484   

Nondeductible memberships and dues

     9,800         9,869   

Tax exempt income of life insurance policies

     (84,851      —     

Other

     1,316         (20,587
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Federal income tax expense

   $ 1,014,969       $ 2,253,746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-108


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE M FEDERAL INCOME TAXES  (Continued)

 

Deferred income taxes are provided for differences between the financial statement carrying amount of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The Company’s net deferred tax asset is included in prepaid expenses and other assets in the December 31, 2014 and 2013 consolidated balance sheets.

 

     2014      2013  

Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities)

     

Allowance for possible credit losses

   $ 1,548,400       $ 1,690,734   

Depreciation

     (365,403      (389,765

Deferred loan fees

     174,773         145,553   

Loan related expenses

     —           441,423   

Other

     244,225         307,933   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 1,601,995       $ 2,195,878   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE N BORROWINGS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Borrowings

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has outstanding $18,000,000 in borrowings to related (directors and existing shareholders) and unrelated parties, of which $9,000,000 is secured by Enterprise Bank common stock. The remainder of the debt is secured by a second lien on Enterprise Bank common stock.

The $9,000,000 in debt secured by Bank stock originated in February 2011, matured August 2014, was extended under the terms of the merger agreement, and calls for interest paid quarterly at a rate of Wall Street Journal prime plus 2.00% floating with a floor of 7.00%. The related party portion of this debt is $3,000,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The debt was paid in full on January 2, 2015.

The $9,000,000 in second lien debt originated in 2009 and 2010, matured in August 2014, was extended under the terms of the merger agreement, and calls for interest paid quarterly at a fixed rate of 7.00%. The related party portion of this debt is $2,000,000 at December 31, 2014 and 2013. The debt was paid in full on January 2, 2015.

Lines of Credit

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company has established unsecured lines of credit totaling $25,000,000, with two correspondent financial institutions. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no borrowings on these lines.

The Company had available borrowings through the FHLB of $199,178,350 based upon available and qualifying collateral consisting of certain loans at December 31, 2014. No borrowings were outstanding on the FHLB credit facility at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-109


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE N BORROWINGS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES  (Continued)

 

Contingent Liabilities

The Company is subject to claims and lawsuits which arise primarily in the ordinary course of business. Based on information presently available and advice received from legal counsel representing the Company, it is the opinion of management that the disposition or ultimate determination of such claims and lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company.

NOTE O JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT AND INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARY TRUSTS

The Company owns an investment in its wholly owned subsidiaries Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust II (Trust II) and Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust III (Trust III). At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect in investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries an investment in Trust II and Trust III (the subsidiary trusts) of approximately $375,000 and $395,000, respectively, along with the debt owed to the subsidiary trusts of $11,341,000 which is reflected in subordinated debentures on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

During 2003 and 2005, the subsidiary trusts issued $7,500,000 and $3,500,000 respectively, of capital securities to a third party, and $232,000 and $109,000, respectively of common stock to the Company. The subsidiary trusts invested the proceeds in $11,341,000 of the Company’s junior subordinated debentures due in 2033 and 2035, respectively. The interest rate for Trust II is floating at the 3-month LIBOR plus 3.00%, or 3.25% and 3.31% at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The interest rate for Trust III is floating at 3 month LIBOR plus 1.80%, or 2.05% and 2.11% at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company’s subordinated debentures carry the same rates with interest payable to Trust II and Trust III.

The subsidiary trusts are considered entities for which the Company is not the primary beneficiary and therefore the Company does not consolidate the trusts in its consolidated financial statements.

The debentures, which are the only assets of each trust, are subordinate and junior in right of payment to all present and future senior indebtedness of the Company. The Company has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the subsidiary trusts’ capital securities obligations.

NOTE P PREFERRED STOCK

In connection with the Company’s participation in the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”), in March 2009, the Company issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury (i) 11,000 shares of its Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (Series A), par value $1.00 per share, with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share, and (ii) a warrant to purchase 550 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B (Series B), par value $1.00 per share, with a liquidation value of $1,000 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $11,000,000. The U.S. Treasury exercised the warrants immediately with an exercise price of $1 per share, in exchange for a net number of 550 shares of the Series B. The liquidation value of the Series B was funded out of retained earnings upon exercise of the warrants.

Dividends Payable —Commencing May 2009, the Series A calls for cumulative dividends to be paid quarterly at a rate of 5% for the first five years and at 9% for the remaining years. The Series B calls for cumulative dividends to be paid quarterly at a rate of 9% beginning May 2009. If dividends are not paid in full for six

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-110


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE P PREFERRED STOCK  (Continued)

 

dividend periods, the holder has the right to elect two of the Company’s Directors. In 2013, the Company paid dividends for only two quarters amounting to $299,750. In 2014, the Company paid all current year dividends and those dividends accrued but not paid through December 31, 2014 in an aggregate amount of $1,797,884.

Redemption —The Series A and Series B may not be redeemed for three years from the date of investment, except with proceeds from a qualified equity offering. Additionally, the Series B may not be redeemed until all of the Series A has been redeemed.

NOTE Q STOCK OPTIONS

Stock Option Plan

A summary of changes in stock options outstanding during the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 

     2014      2013  

Options summary

   Number
of shares
underlying
options
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Number
of shares
underlying
options
     Weighted
average
exercise
price
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

     34,778       $ 120.08         36,922       $ 118.66   

Granted

     —           —           —           —     

Exercised

     (14,982    $ 93.80         (2,069    $ 93.80   

Forfeited

     (245    $ 144.00         (75    $ 144.00   

Cancelled/Called

     (19,551    $ 126.62         —           —     
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Outstanding and exercisable

     —           —           34,778       $ 120.08   
  

 

 

       

 

 

    

Stock Option Plan Amendment

In October 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company approved an amendment to the Stock Option Plan to extend the term of options granted in 2003 that are under current per share market value of the Company’s common stock as determined by a third party appraisal. The expiration of these options has been extended 10 years as a result of this amendment.

Cancellation Options

On December 30, 2014, all outstanding options were called and cancelled and the holders of the options were paid the intrinsic value of the shares underlying their options in the form of a bonus, the amount of which aggregated $2,216,659. The intrinsic value of the shares underlying the options was determined based upon the $240.00 per share consideration offered under the terms of the merger with Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.

NOTE R EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN

The Company maintains a 401(k) employee benefit plan in which substantially all employees may participate. Participants may elect to contribute a portion of their salary to the plan, subject to certain Federal Tax Code

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-111


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE R EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN  (Continued)

 

limitations. The plan allows contributions by the Company on a discretionary basis. For the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company elected to make no matching contributions into the plan.

NOTE S REGULATORY MATTERS

Regulatory Capital

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by state and federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations, involve quantitative measures and risk weighting of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weighting, and other factors.

Failure to meet the minimum regulatory capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Management believes, as of December 31, 2014, that the Company and the Bank meet all the capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

The Bank was categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action by the Texas Department of Banking in their most recent examination report dated May 12, 2014. At December 31, 2014, the Bank is considered well capitalized under the regulatory framework. To remain well capitalized, the Bank will have to maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage and capital ratios as disclosed in the following table. There are no conditions or events since the most recent notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s prompt corrective action category.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-112


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE S REGULATORY MATTERS  (Continued)

 

The following is a summary of capital ratios for the Company and the Bank at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

    Actual   For Capital Adequacy
Purposes
  To Be Well Capitalized
       
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
2014                        

Total risk based capital ratio

                       

Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc.

    $ 46,114,000         10.7 %     $ 34,448,720         8.0 %       N/A         N/A  

Enterprise Bank

    $ 63,685,000         14.8 %     $ 34,457,760         8.0 %     $ 43,072,200         10.0 %

Tier I capital risk based ratio

                       

Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc.

    $ 41,560,000         9.7 %     $ 17,224,360         4.0 %       N/A         N/A  

Enterprise Bank

    $ 59,131,000         13.7 %     $ 17,228,880         4.0 %     $ 25,843,320         6.0 %

Tier I capital leverage ratio

                       

Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc.

    $ 41,560,000         6.5 %     $ 25,419,160         4.0 %       N/A         N/A  

Enterprise Bank

    $ 59,131,000         10.7 %     $ 22,156,440         4.0 %     $ 27,695,550         5.0 %
2013                        

Total risk based capital ratio

                       

Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc.

    $ 43,431,000         10.7 %     $ 32,583,200         8.0 %       N/A         N/A  

Enterprise Bank

    $ 61,249,000         15.1 %     $ 32,466,160         8.0 %     $ 40,582,700         10.0 %

Tier I capital risk based ratio

                       

Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc.

    $ 38,459,000         9.4 %     $ 16,291,600         4.0 %       N/A         N/A  

Enterprise Bank

    $ 56,277,000         13.9 %     $ 16,233,080         4.0 %     $ 24,349,620         6.0 %

Tier I capital leverage ratio

                       

Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc.

    $ 38,459,000         7.8 %     $ 19,667,200         4.0 %       N/A         N/A  

Enterprise Bank

    $ 56,277,000         11.4 %     $ 19,667,200         4.0 %     $ 24,584,000         5.0 %

Dividend Restrictions

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is dependent upon dividends from the Bank to provide funds for the payment of dividends to shareholders and to provide for other cash requirements. Banking regulations may limit the amount of dividends that may be paid. Approval by regulatory authorities is required if the effect of dividends declared would cause the regulatory capital of the Bank to fall below specified minimum levels.

NOTE T FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES

The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or liability. In estimating fair value, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach, and or/the cost approach. Such valuation techniques are consistently applied. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-113


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE T FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES  (Continued)

 

Fair Value Hierarchy

U.S. GAAP specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based upon whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. These inputs are summarized in the three broad levels listed below.

Level 1 —Level 1 inputs are based upon quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities. The fair values for the Company’s U.S. Government agency bonds were measured using Level 1 inputs at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Level 2 —Level 2 inputs are based upon other significant observable inputs (including quoted prices in active and inactive markets for similar assets and liabilities), or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. The fair values for the Company’s U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities, impaired loans, other real estate owned and intangible assets were measured using Level 2 inputs at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Level 3 —Level 3 inputs are based upon unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities. Level 3 measurements are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. The Company had no assets or liabilities measured using Level 3 inputs at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities within the fair value hierarchy.

In general, fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that primarily use observable market-based parameters as inputs. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that assets and liabilities are recorded at fair value. These adjustments may include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality and creditworthiness, among other things, as well as unobservable parameters. Any such valuation adjustments are applied consistently over time.

The Company’s valuation methodologies may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. While management believes the Company’s valuation methodologies are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Financial Instruments Recorded at Fair Value

Recurring —At December 31, 2014 and 2013, there were no financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Nonrecurring —Certain financial assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). At December 31, 2014 and 2013, the

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-114


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE T FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES  (Continued)

 

Company held no financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis with Level 1 or Level 3 valuation inputs. The fair value of impaired loans disclosed in Note D are measured on a nonrecurring basis using Level 2 inputs.

Nonfinancial Assets and Nonfinancial Liabilities Recorded as Fair Value

Recurring —The Company has no nonfinancial assets or nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Nonrecurring —The Company has certain nonfinancial assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis to include real estate acquired through foreclosure. Upon initial foreclosure or subsequent impairment these assets will be valued using level 2 inputs. The following nonfinancial assets were subject to write down during the reporting period and thereby measured at fair value. The related write down has been disclosed at Note G.

 

     2014      2013  

Level 2:

     

Other real estate owned, net

   $ —         $ 2,035,252   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

In addition, while goodwill is not carried at fair value, the determination of impairment is performed by management using Level 3 inputs.

Fair Value Disclosure for all Financial Instruments

The Company is subject to the requirements under ASC Topic 820— Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments , to disclose the fair value of all financial instruments, including those financial assets and financial liabilities not recorded at fair value in its consolidated balance sheets, for which it is practicable to estimate fair value. Below is a table that summarizes the fair values of all financial instruments of the Company at December 31, 2014 and 2013, followed by methods and assumptions that were used by the Company in estimating the fair value of the classes of financial instruments.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-115


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE T FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES  (Continued)

 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2014      2013  
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Values
     Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Values
 

Financial Assets

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 107,128       $ 107,128       $ 61,800       $ 61,800   

Securities held to maturity

     15,102         14,515         15,237         13,688   

Loans, net

     405,647         405,820         395,095         400,436   

Bank owned life insurance

     10,607         10,607         189         189   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 538,484       $ 538,070       $ 472,321       $ 476,113   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities

           

Deposits

   $ 488,923       $ 500,259       $ 427,074       $ 426,822   

Borrowings

     18,000         18,000         18,000         18,011   

Debentures

     11,341         11,341         11,341         11,347   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 518,264       $ 529,600       $ 456,415       $ 456,180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The estimated fair value amounts of financial instruments have been determined by the Company using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, considerable judgment is required to interpret data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts. The fair values of all financial instruments have been determined as follows:

Cash and Cash Equivalents —For these short term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities Held to Maturity —For securities held as investments, fair value equals quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using the quoted market price for similar securities as previously indicated for Level 1 and Level 2 inputs.

Loans —For variable-rate loans that re-price frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality. Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying collateral values, where applicable, as indicated in the description of Level 2 inputs above.

Bank Owned Life Insurance —For these financial instruments, the carrying value is considered a reasonable estimate of fair value.

 

 

(Continued)

 

F-116


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

FARMERS & MERCHANTS BANCSHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

NOTE T FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES  (Continued)

 

Deposits —The fair values disclosed for demand deposits are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for savings and money market accounts and fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Borrowings and Debentures —For these liabilities, the fair value is estimated using the rates currently offered for borrowings of a similar term.

 

F-117


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

 

 

Common Stock

                Shares

 

LOGO

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Baird   Stephens Inc.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods   Sandler O’Neill + Partners, L.P.
                               A  Stifel Company  

Until                     , 2015, all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to any unsold allotments or subscriptions.

The date of this prospectus is                    , 2015

 

 

 


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

ITEM 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (the “Registrant”) in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts shown are estimates, except the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the stock exchange listing fees. All fees below are payable by the Registrant.

 

SEC registration fee

   $     *   

FINRA filing fee

         *   

NASDAQ listing fee

         *   

Printing and engraving costs

         *   

Legal fees and expenses

         *   

Accountants’ fees and expenses

         *   

Transfer agent fees

         *   

Miscellaneous

         *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $             *   
  

 

 

 

 

* To be furnished by amendment

 

ITEM 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of formation provides that the Registrant’s directors and officers will be indemnified by the Registrant to the fullest extent permitted by the Texas Business Organizations Code and applicable federal law and regulation against all expenses incurred in connection with their service for or on behalf of the Registrant.

The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of formation provides that the personal liability of the directors and officers of the Registrant for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the Texas Business Organizations Code and applicable federal laws and regulations.

At the time of this offering, the Registrant will have entered into indemnification agreements with the members of its board of directors and officers (each an “indemnitee”). Each indemnification agreement requires the Registrant to indemnify each indemnitee as described above. The Registrant will also, among other things, advance costs and expenses subject to the condition that an indemnitee shall reimburse the indemnitor for all amounts paid if a final judicial determination is made that the indemnitee is not entitled to be so indemnified under applicable law.

The Registrant also maintains directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto obligates the underwriters to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons under limited circumstances against certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements
ITEM 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

In the three years preceding the filing of this registration statement, the Registrant has issued the following securities:

 

    On January 1, 2015 and in connection with the Registrant’s acquisition of F&M Bancshares, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 2,338,520 shares of its common stock to former shareholders of F&M Bancshares in a Texas intrastate transaction;

 

    On December 1, 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 476,192 shares of its common stock for aggregate consideration of $10.5 million in a private placement transaction;

 

    On November 15, 2013 and in connection with the Registrant’s acquisition of Independence Bank, NA, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 861,473 shares of its common stock to former shareholders of Independence Bank, NA in a Texas intrastate transaction;

 

    On October 7, 2013, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 894,894 shares of its common stock for aggregate consideration of $17.9 million in a private placement transaction;

 

    On June 8, 2012, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 540,668 shares of its common stock for aggregate consideration of $9.5 million in a private placement transaction;

 

    The Registrant periodically issues grants of certain equity based awards to its executive officers, directors and other key employees pursuant to its Amended and Restated Equity Plan. Since April 30, 2012, the Registrant has granted options to purchase an aggregate of 315,750 shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $11.24 to $22.00 per share pursuant to its Amended and Restated Equity Plan.

The issuances of securities described in the preceding paragraphs were made in reliance upon the exemption from registration under Section 4(2) or its successor 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Act and Rule 147 promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering, as transactions by an issuer in an intrastate offering, or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act. The recipients of securities in the transactions exempt under Section 4(2) or its successor 4(a)(2) and under Section 3(a)(11) of the Securities Act represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the stock certificates and instruments issued in such transactions.

 

ITEM 16. Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules

(a) Exhibits

See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately following the signature page for a list of exhibits filed as part of this Registration Statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or is presented within the consolidated financial statements included in the prospectus that is part of this Registration Statement.

 

ITEM 17. Undertakings

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to the directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(i) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(ii) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on August 24, 2015.

 

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.
By:  

/s/ George Martinez

Name:   George Martinez
Title:   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints George Martinez and Steven F. Retzloff as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) to this Registration Statement and to file the same, with all relevant exhibits and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or their or his substitutes or substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated below.

 

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ George Martinez

George Martinez

  

Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  August 24, 2015

/s/ Steven F. Retzloff

Steven F. Retzloff

   President and Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ Laurence L. Lehman, III

Laurence L. Lehman, III

   Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Principal
Accounting Officer)
  August 24, 2015

/s/ Ramon A. Vitulli, III

Ramon A. Vitulli, III

   Director and Executive Vice
President
  August 24, 2015

/s/ Daryl D. Bohls

Daryl D. Bohls

   Director and Executive Vice
President
  August 24, 2015

/s/ John Beckworth

John Beckworth

   Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ Lawrence G. Fraser

Lawrence G. Fraser

   Director   August 24, 2015

 

S-1


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

Name

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Matthew H. Hartzell

Matthew H. Hartzell

   Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ Frances H. Jeter

Frances H. Jeter

   Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ James J. Kearney

James J. Kearney

   Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ P. Michael Mann, M.D.

P. Michael Mann, M.D.

   Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ David B. Moulton

David B. Moulton

   Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ William S. Nichols, III

William S. Nichols, III

   Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ Thomas A. Reiser

Thomas A. Reiser

   Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ Raimundo Riojas E.

Raimundo Riojas E.

   Director   August 24, 2015

/s/ Fred S. Robertson

Fred S. Robertson

   Director   August 24, 2015

 

S-2


Table of Contents
Index to Financial Statements

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.
  4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate
  4.2    The other instruments defining rights of holders of the long-term debt securities of the Registrant and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to section (b)(4)(iii)(A) of Item 601 of Regulation S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the SEC upon request.
  5.1*    Opinion of Bracewell & Giuliani LLP
10.1    Tax Allocation Agreement dated April 1, 2013, by and between Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. and Allegiance Bank (f/k/a Allegiance Bank Texas).
10.2    Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (including form of awards)
10.3    Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 by and among Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. and Prosperity Bank.
10.4*    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.5    Consulting Agreement dated August 5, 2013 by and between Allegiance Bank (f/k/a Allegiance Bank Texas) and Lawrence G. Fraser
21.1    Subsidiaries of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.
23.1    Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP
23.2    Consent of Seidel Schroeder (formerly Seidel, Schroeder & Company)
23.3    Consent of Harper & Pearson Company, P.C.
23.4*    Consent of Bracewell & Giuliani LLP (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
24.1    Powers of Attorney (included on the signature page to the Registration Statement)

 

* To be filed by amendment

Exhibit 3.1

RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

(WITH AMENDMENTS)

OF

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”), pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.051, 3.057, 3.059 and 21.056 of the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “ TBOC ”), hereby adopts this Restated Certificate of Formation (with Amendments) (the “ Restated Certificate ”), which accurately states the Corporation’s existing certificate of formation and all amendments thereto that are in effect as of the date hereof (the “ Original Certificate ”), as further amended by this Restated Certificate. The Restated Certificate does not contain any other change except for information permitted to be omitted by Section 3.059(b) of the TBOC.

1. The name of the Corporation is Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.

2. Each such amendment made by this Restated Certificate has been made in accordance with the provisions of the TBOC.

3. Each such amendment made by this Restated Certificate has been approved in the manner required by the TBOC and the constituent documents of the Corporation.

4. Articles III and VI and Section 5.1 of the Original Certificate are each amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth in Articles III and VI and Section 5.1 of the Restated Certificate. The Original Certificate is also amended by adding new Articles XIII and XIV.

5. The Original Certificate and all amendments and supplements thereto are hereby superseded by the following Restated Certificate:

 

1


AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

The undersigned, for purposes of incorporating a corporation under the provisions of the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “ TBOC ”), does hereby certify as follows:

ARTICLE I

ENTITY NAME AND TYPE

The filing entity being formed is a for-profit corporation. The name of the entity is Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

PURPOSE

The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in the transaction of any and all lawful business for which a for-profit corporation may be organized under the TBOC.

ARTICLE III

REGISTERED AGENT AND REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is George Martinez. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office is 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100, Houston, Texas 77040.

ARTICLE IV

[RESERVED]

[Reserved]

ARTICLE V

AUTHORIZED SHARES

Section 5.1 Authorized Shares . The aggregate number of all classes of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue is 41,000,000 shares divided into (A) one class of 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock with a par value of $1.00 per share, and (B) one class of 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock with a par value of $1.00 per share, which may be divided into and issued in series as set forth in this Article V.

Section 5.2 Authorization of Directors to Determine Certain Rights of Preferred Stock . The shares of Preferred Stock may be divided into and issued in series. The Board of Directors shall have the authority to establish series of unissued shares of Preferred Stock by fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences of the shares of any series so established, and to increase or decrease the number of shares within each such series; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may not decrease the number of shares within a series of Preferred Stock to less than the number of shares within such series that are then issued. The

 

2


Preferred Stock of each such series shall have such designations, preferences, limitations, or relative rights, including voting rights, as shall be set forth in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series adopted by the Board of Directors, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following:

(a) The distinctive designation of, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock that shall constitute, such series, which number (except where otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution establishing such series) may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) from time to time by like action of the Board of Directors;

(b) The rights in respect of dividends, if any, of such series of Preferred Stock, the extent of the preference or relation, if any, of such dividends to the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series of the same or other class or classes of capital stock of the Corporation and whether such dividends shall be cumulative or noncumulative;

(c) The right, if any, of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to convert the same into, or exchange the same for, shares of any other class or classes or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of capital stock, obligations, indebtedness, rights to purchase securities or other securities of the Corporation or other entities, domestic or foreign, or for other property or for any combination of the foregoing, and the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;

(d) Whether or not shares of such series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to redemption, and the redemption price or prices and the time or times at which, and the terms and conditions on which, shares of such series of Preferred Stock may be redeemed;

(e) The rights, if any, of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock upon the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or in the event of any merger or consolidation of or sale of assets by the Corporation;

(f) The terms of any sinking fund or redemption or repurchase or purchase account, if any, to be provided for shares of such series of Preferred Stock;

(g) The voting powers, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock generally or with respect to any particular matter, which may be less than, equal to or greater than one vote per share, and which may, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, include the right, voting as a series of Preferred Stock as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation generally or under such specific circumstances and on such conditions, as shall be provided in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted pursuant hereto, including, without limitation, in the event there shall have been a default in the payment of dividends on or redemption of any one or more series of Preferred Stock; and

(h) Such other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

3


Section 5.3 Preferences, Limitations and Relative Rights of All Classes of Capital Stock .

(a) General . All shares of Common Stock shall have rights identical to those of all other such shares. Except as they may vary among series established pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Article V, all shares of Preferred Stock shall have preferences, limitations, and relative rights identical to those of all other such shares.

(b) Liquidation Preference . In the event of dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of the Corporation (whether voluntary or involuntary), after payment or provision for payment of debts but before any distribution to the holders of Common Stock, the holders of each series of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to receive the amount fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Article V and no more. All remaining assets shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of Common Stock. If the assets distributable among the holders of Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit full payment to them, the entire assets shall be distributed among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Article V. Neither the consolidation, merger, or reorganization of the Corporation with any other entity, nor the sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, nor the purchase or redemption by the Corporation of any of its outstanding shares shall be deemed to be a dissolution, liquidation, or winding up within the meaning of this paragraph.

(c) Redemption .

(i) Right; Method . All or any part of any one or more series of Preferred Stock may be redeemed at any time or times at the option of the Corporation, by resolution of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Article V and those fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Article V. The Corporation may redeem shares of any one or more series without redeeming shares of any other series. If less than all the shares of any series are to be redeemed, the shares of the series to be redeemed shall be selected ratably or by lot or by any other equitable method determined by the Board of Directors.

(ii) Notice . Notice shall be given to the holders of shares to be redeemed, either personally or by mail, not less than twenty nor more than fifty days before the date fixed for redemption.

(iii) Payment . Holders of redeemed shares shall be paid in cash the amount fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Article V.

(iv) Provision for Payment . On or before the date fixed for redemption, the Corporation may provide for payment of a sum sufficient to redeem the shares called for redemption either (a) by setting aside the sum, separate from its other funds, in trust for

 

4


the benefit of the holders of the shares to be redeemed, or (b) by depositing such sum in a bank or trust company (either one in Texas having capital and surplus of at least $10,000,000 according to its latest statement of condition, or one anywhere in the United States duly appointed and acting as transfer agent of the Corporation) as a trust fund, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust company to give or complete the notice of redemption and to pay to the holders of the shares to be redeemed, on or after the date fixed for redemption, the redemption price on surrender of their respective share certificates. The holders of shares to be redeemed may be evidenced by a list certified by the Corporation (by its President or a Vice President and by its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary) or by its transfer agent. If the Corporation so provides for payment, then from and after the date fixed for redemption (a) the shares shall be deemed to be redeemed, (b) dividends thereon shall cease to accrue, (c) such setting aside or deposit shall be deemed to constitute full payment for the shares, (d) the shares shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding, (e) the holders thereof shall cease to be shareholders with respect to such shares, and (f) the holders shall have no rights with respect thereto except the right to receive (without interest) their proportionate shares of the funds so set aside or deposited upon surrender of their respective certificates, and any right to convert such shares which may exist. Any interest accrued on funds so set aside or deposited shall belong to the Corporation. If the holders of the shares do not, within six years after such deposit, claim any amount so deposited for redemption thereof, the bank or trust company shall upon demand pay over to the Corporation the balance of the funds so deposited, and the bank or trust company shall thereupon be relieved of all responsibility to such holders.

(v) Status of Redeemed Shares . Shares of Preferred Stock which are redeemed shall be canceled and shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares.

(d) Purchase . Except as fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Article V or as otherwise expressly provided by law, nothing herein shall limit the right of the Corporation to purchase any of its outstanding shares in accordance with law, by public or private transaction.

(e) Denial of Preemptive Rights . No holder of any shares of any class of stock of the Corporation shall, as such holder, have any preemptive or preferential right to receive, purchase, or subscribe to (1) any unissued or treasury shares of any class of stock (whether now or hereafter authorized) of the Corporation, (2) any obligations, evidences of indebtedness, or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exchangeable for, or carrying or accompanied by any rights to receive, purchase, or subscribe to, any such unissued or treasury shares, (3) any right of subscription to or to receive, or any warrant or option for the purchase of, any of the foregoing securities, (4) any other securities that may be issued or sold by the Corporation, other than such (if any) as the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in its sole and absolute discretion, may determine from time to time.

(f) Denial of Cumulative Voting . Cumulative voting shall not be permitted.

 

5


ARTICLE VI

DIRECTORS

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors. Except as fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 6.1 Term . The full Board of Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any class or series of stock established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2, shall be divided into three classes, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. Each class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the full Board of Directors. The initial division of the Board of Directors following the effective date of the Certificate of Formation shall be as follows:

The Class I directors will initially consist of the following individuals, and their term shall expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2016:

 

Daryl D. Bohls 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
Lawrence G. Fraser 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
Matthew H. Hartzell 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
James J. Kearney 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
P. Michael Mann, MD 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040

The Class II directors will initially consist of the following individuals, and their term shall expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2017:

 

John B. Beckworth 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
Frances H. Jeter 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
George Martinez 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040

 

6


David B. Moulton 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
Thomas A. Reiser 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040

The Class III directors will initially consist of the following individuals, and their term shall expire at the annual meeting of shareholders to be held in 2018:

 

William S. Nichols III 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
Steven F. Retzloff 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
Raimundo Riojas E. 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
Fred S. Robertson 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040
Ramon A. Vitulli III 8727 W Sam Houston Parkway N, Suite 100 Houston, Texas 77040

A director shall hold office until the annual meeting of shareholders for the year in which his or her respective three-year term expires and until his or her respective successor shall be elected and shall be qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. Except as fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2, (i) at each succeeding annual meeting of shareholders beginning in 2016, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a three-year term and (ii) if the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of directors in each class to as nearly as possible to one-third of the total number of directors, but in no case will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. In any election of directors, the persons receiving a plurality of the votes cast, up to the number of directors to be elected in such election, shall be deemed elected. Directors need not be shareholders of the Corporation.

Section 6.2 Vacancies . Except as fixed by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office or by a sole remaining director, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been selected and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified.

Section 6.3 Removal . Subject to the rights of any class or series of stock established by the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 5.2, any director (including persons elected by the directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office only for cause

 

7


and only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the shares of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders.

ARTICLE VII

LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

No director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the TBOC as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended. Any amendment, modification, or repeal of the foregoing sentence shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing hereunder with respect to any act or omission prior to such amendment, modification, or repeal.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

In addition to the mandatory indemnification provisions of Chapter 8 of the TBOC, as permitted by Chapter 8 of the TBOC or any successor statute (the “ Indemnification Article ”), the Corporation hereby:

 

  1. makes mandatory the indemnification permitted under Section 8.101 of the Indemnification Article as contemplated by Section 8.103 thereof;

 

  2. makes mandatory its payment or reimbursement of the reasonable expenses incurred by a former or present director, officer or employee who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding upon such director’s compliance with the requirements of Section 8.104 of the Indemnification Article; and

 

  3. extends the mandatory indemnification and the mandatory payment or reimbursement of expenses referred to above (a) to all former or present officers of the Corporation and (b) to all persons who are or were serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, agent or trustee of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan, to the same extent that the Corporation is obligated to indemnify and pay or reimburse expenses to directors.

The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the person indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, authorization of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall enure to the benefit of such person’s heirs and legal representatives.

The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or who is or was

 

8


serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another business, foreign, domestic or non-profit corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust or other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such a capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such a person, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against that liability under the provisions of this Article or the TBOC.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, the Corporation shall pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any director, officer, employee or agent in connection with such person’s appearance as a witness or other participation in a proceeding at a time when such person is not a named defendant or respondent in such proceeding.

ARTICLE IX

INTERESTED TRANSACTIONS

No contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors, officers or shareholders or between the Corporation and another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which one or more of the Corporation’s directors, officers or shareholders are members, officers, shareholders, directors or employees or in which they are otherwise interested, directly or indirectly, shall be invalid solely because of such relationship, or solely because such a director, officer or shareholder is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or other transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if (i) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or other transaction are known or disclosed to the Board of Directors or committee thereof, and such board or committee in good faith, authorizes the contract or other transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum, or (ii) the material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or other transaction are known or disclosed to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or other transaction is approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders, or (iii) the contract or other transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is entered into.

ARTICLE X

SPECIAL MEETINGS

A special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation may be called at any time by the president, the board of directors or the holders of not less than fifty percent of all shares entitled to vote at such meeting.

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

The board of directors of the Corporation shall have the power to amend, modify or repeal any bylaw or adopt new bylaws. The shareholders of the Corporation shall not have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

 

9


ARTICLE XII

EFFECTIVENESS OF FILING

This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

ARTICLE XIII

EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION

Any state or federal court located in Harris County in the State of Texas shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any actual or purported derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s shareholders or creditors, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the TBOC, the Certificate of Formation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, or (d) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation or any director or officer of the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

ARTICLE XIV

SERIES A AND SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK

Section 14.1 Series A . The Statement of Designations of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A of the Corporation filed with the Texas Secretary of State on December 29, 2014 is hereby referred to and incorporated herein in its entirety.

Section 14.2 Series B . The Statement of Designations of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B of the Corporation filed with the Texas Secretary of State on December 29, 2014 is hereby referred to and incorporated herein in its entirety.

[ Signature Page Immediately Follows ]

 

10


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand, this 23 rd day of March, 2015.

 

/s/ George Martinez

Name: George Martinez
Title: Chairman

[Signature Page to Amended and Restated Certificate of Formation of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.]

Exhibit 3.2

BYLAWS

OF

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

A Texas Corporation

Date of Adoption

February 27, 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  
ARTICLE I  

OFFICES

       1   

Section 1.1  

  

Registered Office

       1   

Section 1.2

  

Other Offices

     1   
ARTICLE II   SHAREHOLDERS        1   

Section 2.1

  

Place of Meetings

       1   

Section 2.2

  

Quorum; Adjournment of Meetings

     1   

Section 2.3

  

Annual Meetings

     2   

Section 2.4

  

Special Meetings

     2   

Section 2.5

  

Record Date

     2   

Section 2.6

  

Notice of Meetings

     3   

Section 2.7

  

Shareholder List

     3   

Section 2.8  

  

Proxies

     3   

Section 2.9

  

Voting; Election; Inspectors

     4   

Section 2.10

  

Conduct of Meetings

     4   

Section 2.11

  

Advance Notice of Shareholder Nominees

     4   

Section 2.12

  

Advance Notice of Shareholder Proposals

     5   

Section 2.13

  

Treasury Stock

     7   
ARTICLE III    BOARD OF DIRECTORS        7   

Section 3.1

  

Power; Number; Term of Office

       7   

Section 3.2

  

Classified Board

     7   

Section 3.3

  

Quorum; Voting

     7   

Section 3.4

  

Place of Meetings; Order of Business

     7   

Section 3.5

  

First Meeting

     7   

Section 3.6

  

Regular Meetings

     8   

Section 3.7

  

Special Meetings

     8   

Section 3.8  

  

Removal

     8   

Section 3.9

  

Vacancies

     8   

Section 3.10

  

Compensation

     9   


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

      Page  

Section 3.11

  

Action Without a Meeting; Telephone Conference Meeting

     9   

Section 3.12

  

Advisory Directors

     9   

Section 3.13

  

Approval or Ratification of Acts or Contracts by Shareholders

       9   
ARTICLE IV   COMMITTEES      10   

Section 4.1

  

Designation; Powers

     10   

Section 4.2  

  

Procedure; Meetings; Quorum

     10   

Section 4.3

  

Substitution and Removal of Members; Vacancies

     10   
ARTICLE V   OFFICERS      11   

Section 5.1

  

Number, Titles and Term of Office

     11   

Section 5.2

  

Chairman of the Board

     11   

Section 5.3

  

Vice Chairman of the Board

     11   

Section 5.4

  

Chief Executive Officer

     11   

Section 5.5

  

President

     11   

Section 5.6

  

Chief Operating Officer

     12   

Section 5.7

  

Vice Presidents

     12   

Section 5.8

  

Secretary

     12   

Section 5.9  

  

Chief Financial Officer; Treasurer

     12   

Section 5.10

  

Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers

     12   

Section 5.11

  

Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations

     13   

Section 5.12

  

Delegation

     13   
ARTICLE VI   CAPITAL STOCK      13   

Section 6.1  

  

Certificated and Uncertificated Shares

     13   

Section 6.2

  

Certificates for Certificated Shares

     13   

Section 6.3

  

Issuance of Uncertificated Shares

     14   

Section 6.4

  

Transfer of Shares

     14   

Section 6.5

  

Ownership of Shares

     14   

Section 6.6

  

Regulations

     14   

Section 6.7

  

Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Certificates

     14   

 

-ii-


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

      Page  
ARTICLE VII   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      14   

Section 7.1

  

Fiscal Year

     14   

Section 7.2

  

Corporate Seal

     14   

Section 7.3

  

Notice and Waiver of Notice

     15   

Section 7.4

  

Facsimile Signatures

     15   

Section 7.5  

  

Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records

     15   

Section 7.6

  

Application of Bylaws

     15   
ARTICLE VIII   INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS      16   

Section 8.1  

  

Indemnification

     16   

Section 8.2

  

Nonexclusivity

     16   

Section 8.3

  

Insurance

     16   

Section 8.4

  

Witnesses

     16   
ARTICLE IX   AMENDMENTS      17   

Section 9.1  

  

Amendments

     17   

 

-iii-


BYLAWS

OF

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1 Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation required by the State of Texas to be maintained in the State of Texas shall be the registered office named in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, or such other office as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors in the manner provided by law.

Section 1.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Texas as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

SHAREHOLDERS

Section 2.1 Place of Meetings . All meetings of the shareholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation, or at such other place within or without the State of Texas as shall be specified or fixed in the notices or waivers of notice thereof.

Section 2.2 Quorum; Adjournment of Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or provided in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders for the transaction of business. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

Notwithstanding the other provisions of the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding stock, present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote thereat, at any meeting of shareholders, whether or not a quorum is present, shall have the power to adjourn such meeting from time to time, without any notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the holding of the adjourned meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.


Section 2.3 Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the shareholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place (within or without the State of Texas), on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix and set forth in the notice of the meeting, which date shall be within thirteen (13) months subsequent to the last annual meeting of shareholders.

Section 2.4 Special Meetings . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairman of the Board, by the Chief Executive Officer, by the President, by a majority of the Board of Directors, or by the holders of 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company entitled to vote at the proposed special meeting, at such time and at such place as may be stated in the notice of the meeting. Business transacted at a special meeting shall be confined to the purpose(s) stated in the notice of such meeting.

Section 2.5 Record Date . For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors of the Corporation may fix a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolutions fixing the record date are adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting of shareholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action to which such record date relates.

If the Board of Directors does not fix a record date for any meeting of the shareholders, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with Article VII, Section 7.3 of these Bylaws notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining shareholders for any other purpose (other than the consenting to corporate action in writing without a meeting) shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

For the purpose of determining the shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors does not fix the record date, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation at its registered office in the State of

 

-2-


Texas or at its principal place of business. If the Board of Directors does not fix the record date, and prior action by the Board of Directors is necessary, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 2.6 Notice of Meetings . Written notice of the place, date and hour of all meetings, and, in case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or the other person(s) calling the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote thereat not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. Such notice may be delivered either personally or by mail. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the shareholder at such shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.

Section 2.7 Shareholder List . A complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such shareholder and the number of shares registered in the name of such shareholder, shall be open to the examination of any shareholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The shareholder list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder who is present.

Section 2.8 Proxies . Each shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders or to express consent or dissent to a corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize the Chairman of the Board or another person or persons to act for him by proxy. Proxies for use at any meeting of shareholders shall be filed with the Secretary, or such other officer as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine by resolution, before or at the time of the meeting. All proxies shall be received and taken charge of and all ballots shall be received and canvassed by the secretary of the meeting, who shall decide all questions touching upon the qualification of voters, the validity of the proxies, and the acceptance or rejection of votes, unless an inspector or inspectors shall have been appointed by the chairman of the meeting, in which event such inspector or inspectors shall decide all such questions.

No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. Each proxy shall be revocable unless expressly provided therein to be irrevocable and coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.

Should a proxy designate two or more persons to act as proxies, unless such instrument shall provide the contrary, a majority of such persons present at any meeting at which their powers thereunder are to be exercised shall have and may exercise all the powers of voting or giving consents thereby conferred, or if only one be present, then such powers may be exercised by that one; or, if an even number attend and a majority do not agree on any particular issue, each proxy so attending shall be entitled to exercise such powers in respect of such portion of the shares as is equal to the reciprocal of the fraction equal to the number of proxies representing such shares divided by the total number of shares represented by such proxies.

 

-3-


Section 2.9 Voting; Election; Inspectors . Unless otherwise required by law or provided in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, each shareholder shall on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of shareholders have one vote for each share of the stock entitled to vote which is registered in his name on the record date for the meeting. For the purposes hereof, each election to fill a directorship shall constitute a separate matter. Shares registered in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the bylaws (or comparable body) of such corporation may determine. Shares registered in the name of a deceased person may be voted by the executor or administrator of such person’s estate, either in person or by proxy.

All voting, except as required by the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation or where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, upon request of the chairman of the meeting or upon demand therefor by shareholders holding a majority of the issued and outstanding stock present in person or by proxy at any meeting a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by written ballots, each of which shall state the name of the shareholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. All elections of directors shall be by written ballots, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation.

At any meeting at which a vote is taken by written ballots, the chairman of the meeting may appoint one or more inspectors, each of whom shall subscribe an oath or affirmation to execute faithfully the duties of inspector at such meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Such inspector shall receive the written ballots, count the votes, and make and sign a certificate of the result thereof. The chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to serve as inspector, except no candidate for the office of director shall be appointed as an inspector.

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, cumulative voting for the election of directors shall be prohibited.

Section 2.10 Conduct of Meetings . The meetings of the shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, by the Vice Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his absence, by the President, or in his absence, by such other person as the Board of Directors shall designate. The Secretary of the Corporation, if present, shall act as secretary of such meetings, or, if the Secretary is not present, an Assistant Secretary shall so act; if neither the Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, then a secretary shall be appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

The chairman of any meeting of shareholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to the chairman in order.

Section 2.11 Advance Notice of Shareholder Nominees . Any shareholder entitled to vote in the election of directors generally may recommend to the Board of Directors or the Nominating Committee of the Board of Directors, if applicable, one or more persons as a

 

-4-


nominee for election as directors at a meeting only if such shareholder has given timely notice in proper written form of his intent to make such nomination or nominations. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice given in the context of an annual meeting of shareholders shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the first anniversary of the date of the Corporation’s notice to shareholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting of shareholders has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s notice, the notice must be received by the Corporation at least eighty (80) days prior to the date the Corporation intends to distribute its notice with respect to such meeting. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice given in the context of a special meeting of shareholders shall be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such special meeting was given. Any meeting of shareholders which is adjourned and will reconvene within thirty (30) days after the meeting date as originally noticed shall, for purposes of any notice contemplated by this paragraph, be deemed to be a continuation of the original meeting and no nominations by a shareholder of persons to be elected directors of the Corporation may be made at any such reconvened meeting other than pursuant to a notice that was timely for the meeting on the date originally noticed.

To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(i) the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the nominations and of the person or persons to be nominated;

(ii) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and, if applicable, intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; and

(iii) if applicable, a description of all arrangements or understandings between the shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or nominations are to be made by the shareholder.

A nomination of any person not made in compliance with the foregoing procedures shall not be eligible to be voted upon by the shareholders at the meeting.

The Chairman of the Board, or if applicable, the nominating committee, shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination was made in accordance with procedures set forth in this Section 2.11 and, if any nomination is not in compliance with this Section 2.11 to declare that such defective nomination shall be disregarded.

Section 2.12 Advance Notice of Shareholder Proposals . Proposals for business to be brought before any shareholder meeting may be made by the Board of Directors or by any

 

-5-


shareholder entitled to vote in such meeting. However, any such shareholder may propose business to be brought before a meeting only if such shareholder has given timely notice in proper written form of his intent to propose such business. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice given in the context of an annual meeting of shareholder shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than one hundred twenty (120) days in advance of the first anniversary of the date of the Corporation’s notice to shareholders in connection with the previous year’s annual meeting of shareholders; provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the date of the annual meeting of shareholders has been changed by more than thirty (30) days from the date contemplated at the time of the previous year’s proxy statement, the notice must be received by the Corporation at least eighty (80) days prior to the date the Corporation intends to distribute its notice with respect to such meeting. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice given in the context of a special meeting of shareholders shall be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which notice of the special meeting was given. Any meeting of shareholders which is adjourned and will reconvene within thirty (30) days after the meeting date as originally noticed shall, for purposes of any notice contemplated by this paragraph, be deemed to be a continuation of the original meeting and no nominations by a shareholder of persons to be elected directors of the Corporation may be made at any such reconvened meeting other than pursuant to a notice that was timely for the meeting on the date originally noticed.

To be in proper written form, a shareholder’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:

(i) the nature of the proposed business with reasonable particularity, including the exact text of any proposal to be presented for adoption and any supporting statement, which proposal and supporting statement shall not in the aggregate exceed 500 words, and his reasons for conducting such business at the meeting;

(ii) any material interest of the shareholder in such business;

(iii) the name and record address of the shareholder;

(iv) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are held of record or beneficially owned by the shareholder; and

(v) the dates upon which the shareholder acquired such shares of stock and documentary support for any claims of beneficial ownership.

The foregoing right of a shareholder to propose business for consideration at a meeting of the shareholders shall be subject to such conditions, restrictions and limitations as may be imposed by the Certificate of Formation. Nothing in this Section 2.12 shall entitle any shareholder to propose business at such meeting which has not been properly brought before the meeting.

The chairman of any meeting of shareholders shall determine whether business has been properly brought before the meeting and, if the facts so warrant, may refuse to transact any business at such meeting which has not been properly brought before the meeting.

Section 2.13 Treasury Stock . The Corporation shall not vote, directly or indirectly, shares of its own stock owned by it and such shares shall not be counted for quorum purposes. Nothing in this Section 2.13 shall be construed as limiting the right of the Corporation to vote stock, including but not limited to its own stock, held by it in a fiduciary capacity.

 

-6-


ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 3.1 Power; Number; Term of Office . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, and, subject to the restrictions imposed by law or the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may exercise all the powers of the Corporation.

The number of directors which shall constitute the whole Board of Directors, which shall not be less than three, shall be determined from time to time by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Board of Directors; provided that no decrease in the number of directors which would have the effect of shortening the term of an incumbent director may be made by the Board of Directors. Each director shall hold office for the term for which such director is elected, and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, directors need not be residents of the State of Texas.

Section 3.2 Classified Board . The directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes as provided in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation.

Section 3.3 Quorum; Voting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, a majority of the number of directors fixed in accordance with Section 3.1 shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business of the Board of Directors and the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.4 Place of Meetings; Order of Business . The directors may hold their meetings and may have an office and keep the books of the Corporation, except as otherwise provided by law, in such place or places, within or without the State of Texas, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. At all meetings of the Board of Directors business shall be transacted in such order as shall from time to time be determined by the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, by the Vice Chairman, or in his absence, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his absence, by such other person as the Board of Directors shall designate.

Section 3.5 First Meeting . Each newly elected Board of Directors may hold its first meeting for the purpose of organization and the transaction of business, if a quorum is present, immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the shareholders. Notice of such meeting shall not be required. At the first meeting of the Board of Directors in each year at which a quorum shall be present, held after the annual meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors shall elect the officers of the Corporation.

 

-7-


Section 3.6 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places as shall be designated from time to time by the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, by the Vice Chairman of the Board, or in his absence, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his absence, by such other person as the Board of Directors shall designate. Notice of such regular meetings shall not be required.

Section 3.7 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, or on the written request by three or more members of the Board, in each case on at least twenty-four (24) hours personal, written, telegraphic, cable or wireless notice to each director. Such notice, or any waiver thereof pursuant to Article VII, Section 7.3 hereof, need not state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, except as may otherwise be required by law or provided for in the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation or these Bylaws. Meetings may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing.

Section 3.8 Removal . Subject to the rights of any class or series of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors, any director (including persons elected by the directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the shares of the then outstanding capital stock of the Corporation present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote generally in the election of directors at a duly constituted meeting of shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of any class or series of shares are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Formation, only the holders of shares of that class or series shall be entitled to vote for or against the removal of any director elected by the holders of shares of that class or series.

Section 3.9 Vacancies . Subject to other provisions of this Section 3.9 and except as otherwise fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.2 of the Certificate of Formation relating to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors may be filled by election at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office (even if the remaining directors constitute less than a quorum of the Board of Directors), and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been selected and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors shall be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose or may be filled by the Board of Directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of one or more directors by the shareholders; provided that the Board of Directors may not fill more than two such directorships during the period between any two successive annual meetings of the shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever the holders of shares of any class or

 

-8-


series of shares are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the Certificate of Formation, any vacancies in such directorships and any newly created directorships of such class or series to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of such directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors elected by such class or series then in office or by a sole remaining director so elected, or by the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of such class or series, and such directorships shall not in any case be filled by the vote of the remaining directors or the holders of the outstanding shares as a whole unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Formation

Section 3.10 Compensation . Directors and members of standing committees may receive such compensation as the Board of Directors from time to time shall determine to be appropriate, and shall be reimbursed for all reasonable expenses incurred in attending and returning from meetings of the Board of Directors.

Section 3.11 Action Without a Meeting; Telephone Conference Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee designated by the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such consent shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote at a meeting, and may be stated as such in any document or instrument filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Texas.

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, subject to the requirement for notice of meetings, members of the Board of Directors, or members of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of such Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, by means of a conference telephone connection or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting, except where a person participates in the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 3.12 Advisory Directors . The Board of Directors may appoint such number of advisory directors as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine, each of whom shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders following their appointment. Advisory directors shall serve in an advisory capacity to the Board of Directors, but shall not have the right to vote. Advisory directors also may be appointed by the Board of Directors to serve in an advisory capacity on any committee of the Board of Directors, but shall not have the right to vote. The Board of Directors may remove any advisory director, with or without cause, upon a majority vote of the Board of Directors. The compensation of any advisory director shall be set and determined by the Board.

Section 3.13 Approval or Ratification of Acts or Contracts by Shareholders . The Board of Directors in its discretion may submit any act or contract for approval or ratification at any annual meeting of the shareholders, or at any special meeting of the shareholders called for the purpose of considering any such act or contract, and any act or contract that shall be approved or

 

-9-


be ratified by the vote of the shareholders holding a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy at such meeting (provided that a quorum is present) shall be as valid and as binding upon the Corporation and upon all the shareholders as if it has been approved or ratified by every shareholder of the Corporation. In addition, any such act or contract may be approved or ratified by the written consent of shareholders holding a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, and such consent shall be as valid and binding upon the Corporation and upon all the shareholders as if it had been approved or ratified by every shareholder of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IV

COMMITTEES

Section 4.1 Designation; Powers . The Board of Directors may, by resolution or resolutions adopted by a majority of the full Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, which shall in each case be comprised of such number of directors as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time, but not less than two. Any such designated committee shall have and may exercise such of the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation as may be provided in such resolution, except that no such committee shall have the power or authority of the Board of Directors to act with respect to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the shareholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to the shareholders of the Corporation for approval or (b) amending, altering or repealing these Bylaws or adopting new bylaws for the Corporation. Any such designated committee may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. In addition to the above, such committee or committees shall have such other powers and limitations of authority as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.2 Procedure; Meetings; Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, meetings of any committee shall be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.6, 3.7 and 3.11 this Article III as the same shall from time to time be amended. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors at its meeting next succeeding such action or when otherwise required. A majority of the members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum, except as provided in Section 4.3 of this Article IV, and the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present shall be necessary for the adoption by it of any resolution.

Section 4.3 Substitution and Removal of Members; Vacancies . The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to remove any member(s) of a committee and to appoint other directors in lieu of the person(s) so removed and shall also have the power to fill vacancies in a committee.

 

-10-


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 5.1 Number, Titles and Term of Office . The elected officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of whom may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also choose a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board and such other officers as the Board of Directors may from time to time elect or appoint (including, but not limited to, one or more Assistant Secretaries and one or more Assistant Treasurers). Each officer shall hold office until such officer’s successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify or until such officer’s death or until such officer shall resign or shall have been removed. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation provide otherwise. Except for the Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairmen of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, no officer need be a director.

Section 5.2 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one shall be appointed, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors and generally manage the affairs of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall also have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.3 Vice Chairman of the Board . The Vice Chairman of the Board, if one shall be appointed, shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors and generally manage the affairs of the Board of Directors. In addition, the Vice Chairman of the Board shall have such other powers and duties as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.4 Chief Executive Officer . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the Chief Executive Officer shall have general and active management and control of the properties, business and operations of the Corporation with all such powers as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities; may agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Corporation and may sign all certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and the Chief Executive Officer shall have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these Bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to the Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors.

Section 5.5 President . If no Chief Executive Officer shall be elected, the President shall be the principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall have the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer as set forth in Section 5.4. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, the President shall assist the Chief Executive Officer in the general and active management and control of the properties, business and operations of the Corporation with all such powers as may be reasonably incident to such responsibilities; may agree upon and execute all leases, contracts, evidences of indebtedness and other obligations in the name of the Corporation; and the President shall have such other powers and duties as designated in accordance with these Bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to the President by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

 

-11-


Section 5.6 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer shall perform such duties in connection with the operations of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer shall from time to time determine. The Chief Operating Officer shall, when requested, counsel with and advise the other officers of the Corporation and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to the Chief Operating Officer by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.

Section 5.7 Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall at all times possess power to sign all certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation, except as otherwise limited in writing by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Corporation. Each Vice President shall have such other powers and duties as from time to time may be assigned to such Vice President by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

Section 5.8 Secretary . The Secretary shall keep the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, committees of the Board of Directors and the shareholders, in books provided for that purpose; shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices; may in the name of the Corporation affix the seal of the Corporation to all contracts and attest the affixation of the seal of the Corporation thereto; may sign with the other appointed officers all certificates for shares of capital stock of the Corporation; shall have charge of the certificate books, transfer books and stock ledgers, and such other books and papers as the Board of Directors may direct, all of which shall at all reasonable times be open to inspection of any director upon application at the office of the Corporation during business hours; shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these Bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to the Secretary by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President; and shall in general perform all acts incident to the office of Secretary, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

Section 5.9 Chief Financial Officer; Treasurer . The Chief Financial Officer shall also serve as the Treasurer and shall have responsibility for the custody and control of all the funds and securities of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as designated in these Bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to the Chief Financial Officer by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform all acts incident to the position of Chief Financial Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer; and the Chief Financial Officer shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give such bond for the faithful discharge of the Chief Financial Officer’s duties in such form as the Board of Directors may require.

Section 5.10 Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers . Each Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer shall have the usual powers and duties pertaining to such office, together with such other powers and duties as designated in these Bylaws and as from time to time may be assigned to each Assistant Secretary and Assistant Treasurer by the Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer, respectively, or by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President.

 

-12-


Section 5.11 Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, together with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of security holders of or with respect to any action of security holders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

Section 5.12 Delegation . For any reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may, except where otherwise provided by statute, delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other person, and may authorize any officer to delegate specified duties of such office to any other person. Any such delegation or authorization by the Board shall be effected from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 6.1 Certificated and Uncertificated Shares . The shares of the capital stock of the Corporation may be either certificated shares or uncertificated shares. As used herein, the term “certificated shares” means shares represented by instruments in bearer or registered form, and the term “uncertificated shares” means shares not represented by instruments and the transfers of which are registered upon books maintained for that purpose by or on behalf of the Corporation.

Section 6.2 Certificates for Certificated Shares . Certificates for certificated shares of stock shall be in such form, not inconsistent with that required by law and the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The certificates must be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the Corporation; provided, however, that any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. The stock record books and the blank stock certificate books shall be kept by the Secretary or at the office of such transfer agent or transfer agents as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who shall have signed or whose facsimile signature or signatures shall have been placed upon any such certificate or certificates shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued by the Corporation, such certificate may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. The stock certificates shall be consecutively numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. Each certificate representing shares shall state upon the face thereof: (a) that the Corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Texas; (b) the name of the person to whom issued; (c) the number and class of shares and the designation of the series, if any, which the certificate represents; (d) the par value of each share represented by the certificate, or a statement that the shares are without par value; and (e) such other matters as may be required by law.

 

-13-


Section 6.3 Issuance of Uncertificated Shares . After the issuance of uncertificated shares, the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation must send to the registered owner of such uncertificated shares a written notice containing the information required to be stated on certificates representing shares of stock as set forth in Section 6.2 above.

Section 6.4 Transfer of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or a transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate or evidence of the issuance of uncertificated shares to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon the books of the Corporation. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such uncertificated shares shall be cancelled, issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares or certificated shares will be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation.

Section 6.5 Ownership of Shares . The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of capital stock of the Corporation as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Texas.

Section 6.6 Regulations . The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make all such rules and regulations as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer or registration of certificated or uncertificated shares and the replacement of certificated shares of capital stock of the Corporation.

Section 6.7 Lost, Stolen, or Destroyed Certificates . The Board of Directors may determine the conditions upon which the Corporation may issue (a) a new certificate of stock or (b) uncertificated shares in place of a certificate theretofore issued by it which is alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and may require the owner of such certificate or such owner’s legal representative to give bond, with surety sufficient to indemnify the Corporation and each transfer agent and registrar against any and all losses or claims which may arise by reason of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate in the place of the one so lost, stolen or destroyed.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 7.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January of each year.

Section 7.2 Corporate Seal . The corporate seal shall be circular in form and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation and the state of its incorporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary and shall be affixed to certificates of stock, debentures, bonds, and other documents, in accordance with the direction of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, and as may be required by law; however, the Secretary may, if the Secretary deems it

 

-14-


expedient, have a facsimile of the corporate seal inscribed on any such certificates of stock, debentures, bonds, contract or other documents. Duplicates of the seal may be kept for use by any Assistant Secretary.

Section 7.3 Notice and Waiver of Notice . Whenever any notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation or under the provisions of these Bylaws, said notice shall be deemed to be sufficient if given (i) by telegraphic, cable or wireless transmission (including by telecopy or facsimile transmission) or (ii) by deposit of the same in a post office box or by delivery to an overnight courier service company in a sealed prepaid wrapper addressed to the person entitled thereto at such person’s post office address, as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day of such transmission or mailing or delivery to courier, as the case may be.

Whenever notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation or under any of the provisions of these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person, including without limitation a director, at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the shareholders, directors, or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by the Certificate of Formation of the Corporation or these Bylaws.

Section 7.4 Facsimile Signatures . In addition to the provisions for the use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.5 Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records . A member of the Board of Directors, or a member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be protected to the fullest extent permitted by law in relying upon the records of the Corporation and upon information, opinion, reports or statements presented to the Corporation.

Section 7.6 Application of Bylaws . In the event that any provisions of these Bylaws is or may be in conflict with any law of the United States, of the State of Texas or of any other governmental body or power having jurisdiction over this Corporation, or over the subject matter to which such provision of these Bylaws applies, or may apply, such provision of these Bylaws shall be inoperative to the extent only that the operation thereof unavoidably conflicts with such law, and shall in all other respects be in full force and effect.

 

-15-


ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 8.1 Indemnification . In addition to the mandatory indemnification provisions of Chapter 8 of the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “TBOC”), as permitted by Chapter 8 of the TBOC or any successor statute (the “Indemnification Article”), the Corporation hereby:

(a) makes mandatory the indemnification permitted under Section 8.101 of the Indemnification Article as contemplated by Section 8.103 thereof;

(b) makes mandatory its payment or reimbursement of the reasonable expenses incurred by a former or present director who was, is, or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding upon such director’s compliance with the requirements of Section 8.104 of the Indemnification Article; and

(c) extends the mandatory indemnification referred to in Section 8.1(a) above and the mandatory payment or reimbursement of expenses referred to in Section 8.1(b) above (i) to all former or present officers of the Corporation and (ii) to all persons who are or were serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or employee benefit plan, to the same extent that the Corporation is obligated to indemnify and pay or reimburse expenses to directors.

Section 8.2 Nonexclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Article shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the person indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, authorization of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall enure to the benefit of such person’s heirs and legal representatives.

Section 8.3 Insurance . The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, partner, venturer, proprietor, trustee, employee, agent or similar functionary of another business, foreign, domestic or non-profit corporation, partnership, joint venture, sole proprietorship, trust or other enterprise or employee benefit plan, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in such a capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such a person, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against that liability under the provisions of this Article or the TBOC.

Section 8.4 Witnesses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, the Corporation shall pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any director, officer, employee or agent in connection with such person’s appearance as a witness or other participation in a proceeding at a time when such person is not a named defendant or respondent in such proceeding.

 

-16-


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 9.1 Amendments . The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend and repeal from time to time Bylaws of the Corporation. The shareholders of the Corporation shall not have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

-17-

Exhibit 4.1

 

LOGO

016570| 003590|127C|RESTRICTED||4|057-423
COMMON STOCK
PAR VALUE $1.00
COMMON STOCK
THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN CANTON, MA AND NEW YORK, NY
Certificate Number
ZQ 000000
Shares
** 600620 ******
*** 600620 *****
**** 600620 ****
***** 600620* * *
****** 600620* *
ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS
THIS CERTIFIES THAT
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David
Sample
**** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David SampleMR.**
** Mr. AlexanderSAMPLEDavid Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David&SampleMRS.**
** Mr. Alexander DavidSAMPLESample **
** Mr. Alexander David &Sample **** Mr.
CUSIP 01748H 10 7
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David
Sample
**** Mr. AlexanderMR.David SampleSAMPLE**
** Mr. Alexander David Sample &**
** Mr. AlexanderMRS.David Sample **
**SAMPLEMr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Alexander David Sample **
** Mr. Sample **** Mr. Sample
is the owner of
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares***
*600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****
600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****6
00620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**

**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****60* * * SIX HUNDRED THOUSAND
0620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600
620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares***600620**Shares****600620**Shares****60062
0**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620
**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620*
*Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**SIX HUNDRED AND TWENTY* * *
Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**S
hares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares**
**600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Shares****600620**Sh
FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (hereinafter called the “Company”), transferable on the books of the Company in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares represented hereby, are issued and shall be held subject to all of the provisions of the Certificate of Formation and the By-Laws of the Company (copies of which are on file with the Company and with the Transfer Agent), to all of which each holder, by acceptance hereof, assents. This Certificate is not valid unless countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
Witness the facsimile seal of the Company and the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Chairman
Secretary
ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.
SEAL
2008
TEXAS
DATED <<Month Day, Year>>
COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR,
By
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
SECURITY INSTRUCTIONS ON REVERSE
Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.
PO BOX 43004, Providence, RI 02940-3004
MR A SAMPLE
DESIGNATION (IF ANY)
ADD 1
ADD 2
ADD 3
ADD 4
CUSIP XXXXXX XX X
Holder ID XXXXXXXXXX
Insurance Value 1,000,000.00
Number of Shares 123456
DTC 12345678 123456789012345
Certificate Numbers Num/No. Denom. Total
1234567890/1234567890 1 1 1
1234567890/1234567890 2 2 2
1234567890/1234567890 3 3 3
1234567890/1234567890 4 4 4
1234567890/1234567890 5 5 5
1234567890/1234567890 6 6 6
Total Transaction 7

Exhibit 10.1

TAX ALLOCATION AGREEMENT

This Agreement made and entered into this 1st day of April, 2013, by and between Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation and registered one-bank holding company (hereinafter referred to as “Parent”), and Allegiance Bank Texas, a Texas commercial banking corporation (hereinafter referred to as “Bank Subsidiary”).

WHEREAS, Parent owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Bank Subsidiary; and

WHEREAS, Parent and Bank Subsidiary have filed or plan to file consolidated federal income tax returns for year 2008 and have filed or plan to file consolidated income tax returns for all future years; and

WHEREAS, Bank Subsidiary is primarily liable for the payment of all federal income tax liabilities of the consolidated group ; and

WHEREAS, the taxable losses, if any, of the Parent or any other member of the consolidated group will in effect reduce the aggregate tax liability of the consolidated group resulting in a tax benefit to the consolidated group as a whole; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and agreements of the parties hereto as set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Computation of Tax Liability . Bank Subsidiary shall compute and accrue its separate liability or benefit, if applicable, for federal income taxes. Such computation shall take into account all taxable income and tax deductible expense items of Bank Subsidiary only and shall give full effect to any tax credits earned by Bank Subsidiary only; such computation shall be performed so as to compute the separate tax liability or tax benefit of Bank Subsidiary independent of any other members of the consolidated group. Such computation shall follow generally accepted accounting principles of accrual accounting. The Bank Subsidiary shall pay Federal consolidated quarterly estimates on or around the dates [the 15 day of April, June September, and December each year] on which corporations are obligated to make estimated income tax payments. Not later than 10 days after filing Federal consolidated income tax returns. Parent and Bank Subsidiary shall make final settlement of the prior year’s tax liability .

 

2.

Allocation of Tax Benefits . In the event that any member of the consolidated group shall incur net federal income tax losses or net federal income tax credits which shall result in a net tax benefit (or tax savings) to the consolidated group as a whole, the respective member producing such net tax benefit shall receive such net tax benefit. In the event that more than one member of the consolidated group shall produce net federal income tax losses or net federal income tax credits which shall result in net tax benefits to the consolidated group as a whole, the respective members producing such net tax benefit shall receive such net tax benefit proportionately (i.e., each such member shall receive net tax benefits in the same proportion as such member’s net federal income tax losses relate


  to all member’s net federal income tax losses giving rise to the aggregate tax benefit or as such member’s net federal income tax credits relate to all member’s net federal income tax credits giving rise to the aggregate tax benefit). Not later than 10 days after filing a consolidated federal income tax return, each member of the consolidated group producing net tax benefits benefiting the consolidated group as a whole shall be entitled to receive their pro rata share of any such tax benefits allocable to such member, computed as described above. In the event Parent elects to not receive a tax benefit for its prior year’s net taxable federal income tax losses, Bank Subsidiary shall consider the tax benefit amount as a capital contribution per Call Report instructions.

 

3. Deferred Taxes . No Bank Subsidiary shall have any obligation to pay up to the Parent any portion of their respective federal income tax liability which is properly deferred in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles until such time as such deferred taxes shall become currently payable.

 

4. Surtax Exemption . The surtax exemption, if any, allocable to the consolidated group shall be allocated in a manner deemed most equitable to all members of the consolidated group, unless any federal laws or regulations applicable to the consolidated group require different treatment of such surtax exemption, in which event the surtax exemption, if any, will be allocated among the members of the consolidated group in proportion to the separate income tax liabilities of the various members of the consolidated group, computed as set forth above. In such event, members of the consolidated group having zero or negative federal income tax liabilities shall be entitled to no portion of the surtax exemption allocation.

 

5. Additional Members . If any time Parent or any subsidiary acquires or creates another subsidiary which is an includable corporation in the consolidated federal income tax returns to be filed for the consolidated group, it shall be subject to this agreement on the same terms and conditions as Bank Subsidiary if it is a subsidiary of a bank.

 

6. Tax Preferences and Minimum Taxes . In the event that the consolidated group is subject to an alternative minimum tax or any similar minimum tax computation resulting in an increase in the aggregate tax liability of the consolidated group, such additional tax liability shall be allocated among the members of the consolidated group in proportion to the tax preference items or other taxable components giving rise to such additional tax liability. Such members (the members whom the additional tax liability is allocated) shall be liable to pay such tax liability to the Parent notwithstanding that such payment may result in such members paying aggregate taxes to the Parent in excess of the aggregate taxes which such member would pay if its taxes were computed on an entirely separate basis.

 

7. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor, by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise, to any of the parties hereto to the same extent as if such successor had been an original party to this agreement.

 

8.

Effective Date . This Agreement is entered into the date and year first above written to be effective as of January 1, 2008. This Agreement is not applicable to partial year tax

 

-2-


  periods and returns for such periods and it is specifically understood and agreed that such tax periods and returns and the allocation of tax liabilities and benefits related thereto shall be governed by the respective prior tax allocation agreements of each entity.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date and year first above written.

 

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.

Bank Holding Company

Allegiance Bank Texas

Bank Subsidiary

George Martinez, Chairman

Officer Name and Title

Steven F. Retzloff, Chairman

Officer Name and Title

/s/ George Martinez

Officer Signature

/s/ Steven F. Retzloff

Officer Signature

 

-3-

Exhibit 10.2

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

2015 AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK AWARDS AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), assumed all obligations under the Allegiance Bank Texas 2008 Stock Awards and Incentive Plan (“Bank Plan”) pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated April 30, 2008, between Allegiance Bank Texas, a Texas banking association (the “Bank”), and the Company. The Bank Plan was renamed as the Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. 2008 Stock Awards and Incentive Plan (the “2008 Plan”) and was amended and restated as of March 24, 2014. The 2008 Plan was amended and restated by the Board as the Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Amended and Restated Stock Awards and Incentive Plan on February 27 2015, subject to approval by the Company’s shareholders.

I. PURPOSE

The purpose of the ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC. 2015 AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK AWARDS AND INCENTIVE PLAN (the “Plan” ) is to provide a means through which Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company” ), and its Affiliates, may attract able persons to enter the employ of the Company and its Affiliates and to provide a means whereby those employees, directors and consultants, upon whom the responsibilities of the successful administration and management of the Company and its Affiliates rest, and whose present and potential contributions to the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates are of importance, can acquire and maintain stock ownership, thereby strengthening their concern for the welfare of the Company and its Affiliates and their desire to remain in the Company’s and its Affiliates’ employ. A further purpose of the Plan is to provide such employees, directors and consultants with additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to enhance the profitable growth of the Company. Accordingly, the Plan provides for granting Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Performance Awards, Phantom Stock Awards, or any combination of the foregoing, as is best suited to the circumstances of the particular employee, director or consultant as provided herein.

II. DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall be applicable throughout the Plan unless specifically modified by any paragraph:

(a) “Affiliate” means any Parent Corporation and any Subsidiary Corporation.

(b) “Award” means, individually or collectively, any Option, Restricted Stock Award, Phantom Stock Award, Performance Award or Stock Appreciation Right.

(c) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the Company shall not be the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation or other reorganization (or survives only as a subsidiary of an entity other than a previously wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), (ii) a Subsidiary Corporation of the Company operating as a Texas banking association is merged or consolidated into, or otherwise acquired by, an entity other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, (iii) the Company sells, leases or exchanges all or substantially all of its assets to any other person or entity (other than a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company), (iv) the Company is to be dissolved and liquidated, (v) any person or entity, including a “group” as contemplated by Section 13(d)(3) of the 1934 Act, acquires or gains ownership or control (including, without limitation, power to vote) of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s voting stock (based upon voting power), or (vi) as a result of or in connection with a contested election of directors, the persons who were directors of the Company before such election shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, and only to the extent that an Award is subject to Code Section 409A and would not otherwise comply with Code Section 409A, a “Change of Control” shall occur only to the extent that the definition of “Change of Control” set forth above may be interpreted to be consistent with Code Section 409A and the applicable Internal Revenue Service and Treasury Department regulations thereunder.

 

1


(e) “Change of Control Value” shall mean with respect to a Change of Control (i) the per share price offered to shareholders of the Company in any merger, consolidation, reorganization, sale of assets or dissolution transaction, (ii) the price per share offered to shareholders of the Company in any tender offer, exchange offer or sale or other disposition of outstanding voting stock of the Company, or (iii) if such Change of Control occurs other than as described in clause (i) or clause (ii), the Fair Market Value per share of the shares into which Awards are exercisable, as determined by the Committee, whichever is applicable. In the event that the consideration offered to shareholders of the Company consists of anything other than cash, the Committee shall determine the fair cash equivalent of the portion of the consideration offered which is other than cash.

(f) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference in the Plan to any section of the Code shall be deemed to include any amendments or successor provisions to any section and any regulations under such section.

(g) “Committee” means a committee of one or more members of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Paragraph IV.

(h) “Company” means Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.

(i) A “consultant” means an individual (other than a director) who performs services for the Employer as an independent contractor.

(j) A “covered employee” means an individual described in Code Section 162(m)(3), as interpreted by Internal Revenue Service Notice 2007-49.

(k) A “director” means an individual who is serving on the Board or on the board of directors of an Affiliate on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or who is elected to the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate after such date.

(l) “Effective Date” means the date the Plan is approved by the Company’s shareholders pursuant to Paragraph III.

(m) An “employee” means any person (including an officer or a director) in an employment relationship with the Company or any Affiliate.

(n) “Employer” means the Company or an Affiliate.

(o) “Fair Market Value” means, as of any specified date, the mean of the high and low sales prices of the Stock (i) reported by any interdealer quotation system on which the Stock is quoted on that date or (ii) if the Stock is listed on a national stock exchange, reported on the stock exchange composite tape on that date; or, in either case, if no prices are reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such prices of the Stock are so reported. If the Stock is traded over the counter at the time a determination of its fair market value is required to be made hereunder, its fair market value shall be deemed to be equal to the average between the reported high and low or closing bid and asked prices of Stock on the most recent date on which Stock was publicly traded. In the event Stock is not publicly traded at the time a determination of its value is required to be made hereunder, the determination of its fair market value shall be made by the Committee in such manner as it deems appropriate, consistent with Treasury regulations and other formal Internal Revenue Service guidance under Code Section 409A, with the intent that Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted under this Plan shall not constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A.

(p) “Holder” means an individual who has been granted an Award.

 

2


(q) “Incentive Stock Option” means an incentive stock option within the meaning of Code Section 422(b).

(r) “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(s) “Non-Employee Director” means a director serving on the Board who is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

(t) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an option granted under Paragraph VII of the Plan to purchase Stock which does not constitute an Incentive Stock Option.

(u) “Option” means an Award granted under Paragraph VII of the Plan and includes both Incentive Stock Options to purchase Stock and Nonqualified Stock Options to purchase Stock.

(v) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Holder with respect to an Option.

(w) “Outside Director” means a director serving on the Board who is an “outside director” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(e)(3) or any successor to such statute and regulation.

(x) “Parent Corporation” means a “parent corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(e).

(y) “Performance Compensation Award” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Paragraph X of the Plan.

(z) “Performance Criteria” means means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) shall be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company and/or an Affiliate (or a division, business unit or operational unit thereof) and shall be limited to the following:

(i) the price of a share of Stock;

(ii) the Company’s earnings per share;

(iii) the Company’s net earnings;

(iv) the return on shareholders’ equity achieved by the Company;

(v) the Company’s return on assets;

(vi) the Company’s net interest margin; or

(vii) the Company’s efficiency ratio.

Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or an Affiliate as a whole or any division, business unit or operational unit of the Company and/or an Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Criteria as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Committee may select Performance Criterion (i) above as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph. To the extent required under Code Section 162(m), the Committee

 

3


shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Code Section 162(m)), define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

(aa) “Performance Formula” means, for a Performance Period, one or more objective formulas applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Holder, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(bb) “Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized at any time during the first ninety (90) days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Code Section 162(m)), or at any time thereafter (but only to the extent the exercise of such authority after such period would not cause the Performance Compensation Awards granted to any Holder for the Performance Period to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m)), in its sole and absolute discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period (provided, that if an Award is intended to constitute “performance based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), such adjustment or modification may be made only to the extent permitted under Code Section 162(m)) in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Holders based on the following events:

(i) asset write-downs;

(ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements;

(iii) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results;

(iv) any reorganization and restructuring programs;

(v) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 (or any successor or pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year;

(vi) acquisitions or divestitures;

(vii) any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof;

(viii) foreign exchange gains and losses; and

(ix) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

(cc) “Performance Period” means one or more periods of time as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Holder’s right to and the payment of a Performance Compensation Award.

(dd) “Phantom Stock Award” means an Award granted under Paragraph XI of the Plan.

(ee) “Phantom Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Holder with respect to a Phantom Stock Award.

 

4


(ff) “Plan” means the Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Amended and Restated Stock Awards and Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

(gg) “Restricted Stock Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Holder with respect to a Restricted Stock Award.

(hh) “Restricted Stock Award” means an Award granted under Paragraph IX of the Plan.

(ii) “Rule 16b-3” means SEC Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act, as such may be amended from time to time, and any successor rule, regulation or statute fulfilling the same or a similar function.

(jj) “Spread” means, in the case of a Stock Appreciation Right, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date such right is exercised over the exercise price of such Stock Appreciation Right.

(kk) “Stock” means the common stock, $1.00 par value of the Company.

(ll) “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award granted under Paragraph VIII of the Plan.

(mm) “Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Holder with respect to an Award of Stock Appreciation Rights.

(nn) “Subsidiary Corporation” means a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(f).

III. EFFECTIVE DATE AND DURATION OF THE PLAN

The Board adopted the Plan as amended and restated on February 27, 2015, subject to the approval of the Company’s shareholders at the 2015 annual shareholders meeting. No Awards may be granted under the Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. The Plan shall remain in effect until all Awards granted under the Plan have been satisfied or expired.

IV. ADMINISTRATION

(a) Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall hold its meetings at such times and places as it may determine. A majority of its members shall constitute a quorum, and all determinations of the Committee shall be made by not less than a majority of its members. Any decision or determination reduced to writing and signed by a majority of the members shall be fully effective as if it had been made by a majority vote of its members at a meeting duly called and held. The Committee may designate the Secretary of the Company or other Company employees to assist the Committee in the administration of this Plan, and may grant authority to such persons to execute Award agreements or other documents on behalf of the Committee and the Company.

(b) Powers. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee’s charter and applicable laws, and in addition to other express powers and authorization conferred by the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority:

(i) to construe and interpret the Plan and apply its provisions;

(ii) to promulgate, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan;

(iii) to authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

 

5


(iv) to delegate its authority to one or more officers of the Company with respect to Awards that do not involve “covered employees” or “insiders” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act;

(v) to determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan and the applicable date of grant;

(vi) from time to time to select, subject to the limitations set forth in this Plan, those Holders to whom Awards shall be granted;

(vii) to determine the number of shares of Stock to be made subject to each Award;

(viii) to determine whether each Option is to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option;

(ix) to prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including, without limitation, the exercise price and medium of payment and vesting provisions, and to specify the provisions of the Award Agreement relating to such grant;

(x) to designate an Award (including a cash bonus) as a Performance Compensation Award and to select the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goals;

(xi) to amend any outstanding Awards, including for the purpose of modifying the time or manner of vesting, or the term of any outstanding Award; provided, however, that if any such amendment impairs a Holder’s rights or increases a Holder’s obligations under his or her Award or creates or increases a Holder’s federal income tax liability with respect to an Award, such amendment shall also be subject to the Holder’s consent;

(xii) to make decisions with respect to outstanding Awards that may become necessary upon a change in corporate control or an event that triggers anti-dilution adjustments;

(xii) to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; and

(xiv) to exercise discretion to make any and all other determinations which it determines to be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

The Committee also may modify the purchase price or the exercise price of any outstanding Award, provided that if the modification effects a repricing, shareholder approval shall be required before the repricing is effective.

(c) Additional Powers. The Committee shall have such additional powers as are delegated to it by the other provisions of the Plan. The determinations of the Committee on the matters referred to in this Article IV shall be conclusive.

(d) Expenses. All expenses and liabilities incurred by the Committee in the administration of this Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Committee may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants or other persons to assist the Committee in the carrying out of its duties hereunder.

V. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

(a) Stock Grant and Award Limits. The Committee may from time to time grant Awards to one or more employees, directors or consultants determined by it to be eligible for participation in the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph VI. Subject to Paragraph XII, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock

 

6


for which Awards may be granted under the Plan is 1,460,000 (inclusive of shares granted with respect to Awards prior to the Effective Date), any or all of which may be issued through Incentive Stock Options. To the extent that an Award lapses or is canceled or forfeited, or the rights of its Holder terminate or the Award is settled in cash, any Stock subject to such Award shall again be available for grant under an Award. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein: (i) shares of Stock surrendered or withheld in payment of the exercise price of an Option shall count against the aggregate plan limit described above and shall not again be made available for the grant of Awards under the Plan; and (ii) shares of Stock withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation shall count against the aggregate plan limit described above and shall not again be made available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Any shares of Stock which may remain unissued and which are not subject to outstanding Awards at the termination of this Plan shall cease to be reserved for the purpose of this Plan, but until termination of this Plan or the termination of the last of the Awards granted under this Plan, whichever last occurs, the Company shall at all times reserve a sufficient number of shares to meet the requirements of this Plan. No fractional shares of Stock shall be delivered, nor shall any cash in lieu of fractional shares be paid.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, no more than 100,000 shares of Stock may be subject to Options granted under the Plan to any one individual during any one year period, no more than 50,000 shares of Stock may be subject to Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan to any one individual during any one year period, no more than 100,000 shares of Stock may be granted under the Plan as a Restricted Stock Award to any one individual during any one year period, and no more than 100,000 shares of Stock may be granted under the Plan as a Phantom Stock Award to any one individual during any one year period. The number of shares of Stock that may be issued to individuals as set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment in the same manner as provided in Paragraph XII hereof with respect to shares of Stock subject to Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards or Phantom Stock Awards then outstanding. The limitations set forth in this paragraph shall be applied in a manner which will permit compensation generated under the Plan with respect to “covered employees” to constitute “performance-based” compensation for purposes of Code Section 162(m), including, without limitation, counting against such maximum number of shares of Stock, to the extent required under Code Section 162(m) and applicable interpretive authority thereunder, any shares of Stock subject to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights that expire, are canceled or repriced or Restricted Stock Awards or Phantom Stock Awards that are forfeited.

(c) Stock Offered. The stock to be offered pursuant to the grant of an Award may be authorized but unissued Stock or Stock previously issued and outstanding and reacquired by the Company.

VI. ELIGIBILITY

The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine who shall receive Awards under the Plan. Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to all employees, directors and consultants of the Company or its Affiliates, including Affiliates that become such after adoption of the Plan. Incentive Stock Options may be granted to all employees of the Company or its Affiliates, including Affiliates that become such after adoption of the Plan. A recipient of an Award must be an employee, director or consultant at the time the Award is granted. An Award may be granted on more than one occasion to the same person, and, subject to the limitations set forth in the Plan, such Award may include an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Stock Award, a Performance Award, a Phantom Stock Award or any combination thereof.

VII. STOCK OPTIONS

(a) Option Period. The term of each Option shall be as specified by the Committee at the date of grant.

(b) Limitations on Exercise of Option. An Option shall be exercisable in whole or in such installments and at such times as determined by the Committee.

(c) Special Limitations on Incentive Stock Options. Except as otherwise provided under the Code or applicable regulations, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the option is granted) of the Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options (determined without regard to this sentence) are exercisable for the first time by any Holder during any calendar year under all plans of the Company and its Parent

 

7


Corporation or Subsidiary Corporations exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. The Committee shall determine, in accordance with applicable provisions of the Code, Treasury Regulations and other administrative pronouncements, which of a Holder’s Incentive Stock Options will not constitute Incentive Stock Options because of such limitation and shall notify the Holder of such determination as soon as practicable after such determination. No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to an individual if, at the time the Option is granted, such individual owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation, within the meaning of Code Section 422(b)(6), unless (i) at the time such Option is granted the exercise price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to the Option and (ii) such Option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

(d) Option Agreement. Each Option shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement in such form and containing such provisions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee from time to time shall approve, including, without limitation, provisions to qualify an Incentive Stock Option under Code Section 422. An Option Agreement may provide for the payment of the exercise price, in whole or in part, (i) by cash or certified or bank check, or (ii) in the discretion of the Committee, upon such terms as the Committee shall approve: (A) by delivery to the Company of other shares of Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the exercise price (or portion thereof) due for the number of shares of Stock being acquired, or by means of attestation whereby the Holder identifies for delivery specific shares of Stock that have a Fair Market Value on the date of attestation equal to the exercise price (or portion thereof) and receives a number of shares of Stock equal to the difference between the number of shares of Stock thereby purchased and the number of identified attestation shares of Stock (a “Share for Share Exchange”); (B) by a “cashless” exercise program established with a broker; (C) by reduction in the number of shares of Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate exercise price at the time of exercise; or (D) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee. Each Option shall specify the effect of termination of employment or service as a director or consultant (by retirement, disability, death or otherwise) on the exercisability of the Option. An Option Agreement may also include, without limitation, provisions relating to (i) vesting of Options, subject to the provisions hereof accelerating such vesting on a Change of Control, (ii) tax matters (including provisions (y) permitting the delivery of additional shares of Stock or the withholding of shares of Stock from those acquired upon exercise to satisfy federal or state income tax withholding requirements and (z) dealing with any other applicable employee wage withholding requirements), and (iii) any other matters not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Plan that the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine. The terms and conditions of the respective Option Agreements need not be identical.

(e) Exercise Price and Payment. The price at which a share of Stock may be purchased upon exercise of an Option shall be determined by the Committee, but (i) such exercise price shall never be less than the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date the Option is granted and (ii) such exercise price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph XII. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Code Section 424(a) or 409A. The Option or portion thereof may be exercised by delivery of an irrevocable notice of exercise to the Company. The exercise price of the Option or portion thereof shall be paid in full in the manner prescribed by the Committee.

(f) Shareholder Rights and Privileges. The Holder shall be entitled to all the privileges and rights of a shareholder only with respect to such shares of Stock as have been purchased under the Option and for which certificates of stock have been registered in the Holder’s name.

(g) Options and Rights in Substitution for Stock Options Granted by Other Corporations. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted under the Plan from time to time in substitution for stock options held by individuals employed by corporations who become employees as a result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company, an Affiliate, or any Subsidiary Corporation, or the acquisition by the Company, an Affiliate or a Subsidiary Corporation of the assets of the employing corporation, or the acquisition by the Company, an Affiliate or a Subsidiary Corporation of stock of the employing corporation with the result that such employing corporation becomes a Subsidiary Corporation.

 

8


VIII. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a) Stock Appreciation Rights. A Stock Appreciation Right is the right to receive an amount equal to the Spread with respect to a share of Stock upon the exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in connection with the grant of an Option, in which case the Option Agreement will provide that exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights will result in the surrender of the right to purchase the shares under the Option as to which the Stock Appreciation Rights were exercised. Alternatively, Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted independently of Options in which case each Award of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be evidenced by a Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement which shall contain such terms and conditions as may be approved by the Committee. The Spread with respect to a Stock Appreciation Right may be payable either in cash, shares of Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the Spread or in a combination of cash and shares of Stock. With respect to Stock Appreciation Rights that are subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act, however, the Committee shall, except as provided in Paragraph XII(c), retain sole discretion (i) to determine the form in which payment of the Stock Appreciation Right will be made ( i.e., cash, securities or any combination thereof) or (ii) to approve an election by a Holder to receive cash in full or partial settlement of Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement shall specify the effect of termination of employment or service as a director or consultant (by retirement, disability, death or otherwise) on the exercisability of the Stock Appreciation Rights.

(b) Other Terms and Conditions. At the time of such Award, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, prescribe additional terms, conditions or restrictions relating to Stock Appreciation Rights. Such additional terms, conditions or restrictions shall be set forth in the Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement made in conjunction with the Award. Such Stock Appreciation Rights Agreements may also include, without limitation, provisions relating to (i) vesting of Awards, subject to the provisions hereof accelerating vesting on a Change of Control, (ii) tax matters (including provisions covering applicable wage withholding requirements), and (iii) any other matters not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Plan, that the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine. The terms and conditions of the respective Stock Appreciation Rights Agreements need not be identical.

(c) Exercise Price. The exercise price of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee, but such exercise price (i) shall never be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date the Stock Appreciation Right is granted (or such greater exercise price as may be required if such Stock Appreciation Right is granted in connection with an Incentive Stock Option that must have an exercise price equal to 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant pursuant to Paragraph VII(c)) and (ii) shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Paragraph XII.

(d) Exercise Period. The term of each Stock Appreciation Right shall be as specified by the Committee at the date of grant.

(e) Limitations on Exercise of Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable in whole or in such installments and at such times as determined by the Committee.

IX. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Forfeiture Restrictions to be Established by the Committee. Shares of Stock that are the subject of a Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to restrictions on disposition by the Holder and an obligation of the Holder to forfeit and surrender the shares to the Company under certain circumstances (the “Forfeiture Restrictions” ). The Forfeiture Restrictions shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Restricted Stock Agreement, and the Committee may provide that the Forfeiture Restrictions shall lapse upon (i) the attainment of one or more performance goals established by the Committee, (ii) the Holder’s continued employment with the Employer for a specified period of time, or (iii) a combination of the factors listed in clauses (i) and (ii) of this sentence. Each Restricted Stock Award may have different Forfeiture Restrictions, in the discretion of the Committee. The Forfeiture Restrictions applicable to a particular Restricted Stock Award shall not be changed except as permitted by Paragraph IX(b) or Paragraph XII.

(b) Other Terms and Conditions. Stock awarded pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award shall be represented by a stock certificate registered in the name of the Holder of such Restricted Stock Award. Unless

 

9


otherwise provided in the Restricted Stock Agreement, the Holder shall have the right to receive dividends with respect to Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award, to vote Stock subject thereto and to enjoy all other shareholder rights, except that (i) the Holder shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate until the Forfeiture Restrictions shall have expired, (ii) the Company shall retain custody of the Stock until the Forfeiture Restrictions shall have expired, (iii) the Holder may not sell, transfer, pledge, exchange, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of the Stock until the Forfeiture Restrictions shall have expired, and (iv) a breach of the terms and conditions established by the Committee pursuant to the Restricted Stock Agreement shall cause a forfeiture of the Restricted Stock Award. Unless otherwise provided in a Restricted Stock Agreement, dividends payable with respect to a Restricted Stock Award will be paid to a Holder in cash on the day on which the corresponding dividend on shares of Stock is paid to shareholders, or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, but in no event later than the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third calendar month following the day on which the corresponding dividend on shares of Stock is paid to shareholders. The Committee may provide in a Restricted Stock Agreement that payment of dividends with respect to a Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to the attainment of one or more performance goals established by the Committee that are based on the criteria set forth in paragraph (a) above.

At the time of such Award, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, prescribe additional terms, conditions or restrictions relating to Restricted Stock Awards, including, but not limited to, rules pertaining to the termination of employment or service as a director or consultant (by retirement, disability, death or otherwise) of a Holder prior to expiration of the Forfeiture Restrictions. Such additional terms, conditions or restrictions shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Agreement made in conjunction with the Award. Such Restricted Stock Agreement may also include, without limitation, provisions relating to (i) vesting of Awards, subject to any provisions hereof accelerating vesting on a Change of Control, (ii) tax matters (including provisions (y) covering any applicable employee wage withholding requirements and (z) requiring or prohibiting an election by the Holder under Code Section 83(b)), and (iii) any other matters not inconsistent with the terms and provisions of this Plan that the Committee shall in its sole discretion determine. The terms and conditions of the respective Restricted Stock Agreements need not be identical.

(c) Payment for Restricted Stock. The Committee shall determine the amount and form of any payment for Stock received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award, provided that in the absence of such a determination, a Holder shall not be required to make any payment for Stock received pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award, except to the extent otherwise required by law.

(d) Agreements. At the time any Award is made under this Paragraph IX, the Company and the Holder shall enter into a Restricted Stock Agreement setting forth each of the matters as the Committee may determine to be appropriate. The terms and provisions of the respective Restricted Stock Agreements need not be identical.

(e) Certification. With respect to a Restricted Stock Award granted to a “covered employee,” if the lapse of the Forfeiture Restrictions imposed upon such Restricted Stock Award, or the payment of dividends with respect to such Restricted Stock Award, is conditioned in whole or in part on the attainment of performance goals, the Committee shall certify in writing whether such performance goals and any other conditions on the lapse of Forfeiture Restrictions or payment of dividends have been satisfied.

X. PERFORMANCE-BASED COMPENSATION

(a) The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award described in this Plan (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Stock on the date of grant), to designate such Award or a portion of such Award as a “Performance Compensation Award” in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m). In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an Award of a cash bonus to any Holder and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m). The maximum amount that can be paid in any calendar year to any Holder pursuant to such a cash bonus Award described in the preceding sentence shall be $500,000.

(b) The Committee will, in its sole discretion, designate within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Code Section 162(m)) which Holders will

 

10


be eligible to receive Performance Compensation Awards in respect of such Performance Period. However, designation of a Holder eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Holder to receive payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period. The determination as to whether or not such Holder becomes entitled to payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award shall be decided solely in accordance with the provisions of this Paragraph X. Moreover, designation of a Holder eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Holder eligible to receive an Award hereunder in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one person as a Holder eligible to receive an Award hereunder shall not require designation of any other person as a Holder eligible to receive an Award hereunder in such period or in any other period.

(c) With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period, the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goals(s) that is (are) to apply and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, if longer or shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Code Section 162(m)), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence of this Paragraph X(c) and record the same in writing.

(d) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards.

(i) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Holder must be employed by the Company or an Affiliate on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

(ii) A Holder shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the applicable Performance Goals are achieved; and (B) the Performance Formula as applied against such Performance Goals determines that all or some portion of such Holder’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

(iii) Following the completion of a Performance Period and prior to the payment of any Performance Compensation Award, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Holder’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply negative discretion in accordance with Paragraph X(d)(iv) hereof, if and when it deems appropriate.

(iv) In determining the actual size of an individual Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of negative discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate; provided that the exercise of such discretion would not cause the Performance Compensation Award to fail to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m). With respect to any Performance Compensation Award intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), the Committee shall not have the discretion to (A) grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained; (B) increase a Performance Compensation Award above the maximum amount payable under Paragraph V(b) of the Plan; or (C) cause an increase in a Holder’s Performance Compensation Award as a result of the use of negative discretion with respect to another Holder’s Performance Compensation Award.

(v) Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Holders as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Paragraph X.

 

11


(vi) If, after the attainment of the applicable Performance Goals, payment of a Performance Compensation Award in cash is accelerated to an earlier date, the amount paid will be discounted to reasonably reflect the time value of money. Any Performance Compensation Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (A) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each fiscal year greater than a reasonable rate of interest set by the Committee or (B) with respect to a Performance Compensation Award that is payable in Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date.

(vii) With respect to any Performance Compensation Award intended to constitute “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m), no amount shall be paid unless the shareholder approval requirements under Code Section 162(m) and Treasury Regulations Section 1.162-27(e)(4) or any successor to such statute and regulation have been satisfied.

XI. PHANTOM STOCK AWARDS

(a) Phantom Stock Awards. Phantom Stock Awards are rights to receive shares of Stock (or cash in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value thereof), or rights to receive an amount equal to any appreciation in the Fair Market Value of Stock (or portion thereof) over a specified period of time, which vest over a period of time or upon the occurrence of an event (including without limitation a Change of Control) as established by the Committee, without payment of any amounts by the Holder thereof (except to the extent otherwise required by law) or satisfaction of any performance criteria or objectives. Each Phantom Stock Award shall have a maximum value established by the Committee at the time of such Award.

(b) Award Period. The Committee shall establish, with respect to and at the time of each Phantom Stock Award, a period over which or the event upon which the Award shall vest with respect to the Holder.

(c) Awards Criteria. In determining the value of Phantom Stock Awards, the Committee shall take into account an employee’s responsibility level, performance, potential, other Awards and such other considerations as it deems appropriate.

(d) Payment. Following the end of the vesting period for a Phantom Stock Award, but in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the vesting period ends, the Holder of a Phantom Stock Award shall be entitled to receive payment of an amount, not exceeding the maximum value of the Phantom Stock Award, based on the then vested value of the Award. Payment of a Phantom Stock Award may be made in cash, Stock or a combination thereof as determined by the Committee. Payment shall be made in a lump sum. Any payment to be made in Stock shall be based on the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the payment date. Cash dividend equivalents may be paid during or after the vesting period with respect to a Phantom Stock Award, as determined by the Committee.

(e) Termination of Employment. A Phantom Stock Award shall terminate if the Holder does not remain continuously in the employ of the Employer at all times during the applicable vesting period, except as may be determined by the Committee or as may otherwise be provided in the Award at the time granted.

(f) Agreements. At the time any Award is made under this Paragraph XI, the Company and the Holder shall enter into a Phantom Stock Award Agreement setting forth each of the matters contemplated hereby and, in addition, such matters as are set forth in Paragraph IX(b) as the Committee may determine to be appropriate. The terms and provisions of the respective agreements need not be identical.

XII. RECAPITALIZATION OR REORGANIZATION

(a) The shares with respect to which Awards may be granted are shares of Stock as presently constituted, but if, and whenever, prior to the expiration of an Award theretofore granted, the Company shall effect a subdivision or consolidation by the Company, the number of shares of Stock with respect to which such Award may thereafter be exercised or satisfied, as applicable, (i) in the event of an increase in the number of outstanding shares

 

12


shall be proportionately increased, and the exercise price per share shall be proportionately reduced, and (ii) in the event of a reduction in the number of outstanding shares shall be proportionately reduced, and the exercise price per share shall be proportionately increased.

(b) If the Company recapitalizes or otherwise changes its capital structure, thereafter upon any exercise or satisfaction, as applicable, of an Award theretofore granted the Holder shall be entitled to (or entitled to purchase, if applicable) under such Award, in lieu of the number of shares of Stock then covered by such Award, the number and class of shares of stock and securities to which the Holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the recapitalization if, immediately prior to such recapitalization, the Holder had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Stock then covered by such Award.

(c) In the event of a Change of Control, all outstanding Awards shall immediately vest and become exercisable or satisfiable, as applicable, and the Committee, in its discretion, may take any other action with respect to outstanding Awards that it deems appropriate, which action may vary among Awards granted to individual Holders; provided, however, that such action shall not reduce the value of an Award. In particular, with respect to Options, the actions the Committee may take upon a Change of Control include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) accelerating the time at which Options then outstanding may be exercised so that such Options may be exercised in full for a limited period of time on or before a specified date (before or after such Change of Control) fixed by the Committee, after which specified date all unexercised Options and all rights of Holders thereunder shall terminate, (ii) requiring the mandatory surrender to the Company by selected Holders of some or all of the outstanding Options held by such Holders (irrespective of whether such Options are then exercisable) as of a date, before or after such Change of Control, specified by the Committee, in which event the Committee shall thereupon cancel such Options and the Company shall pay to each such Holder an amount of cash per share equal to the excess, if any, of the Change of Control Value of the shares subject to such Option over the exercise price(s) under such Options for such shares, (iii) make such adjustments to Options then outstanding as the Committee deems appropriate to reflect such Change of Control (provided, however, that the Committee may determine in its sole discretion that no adjustment is necessary to Options then outstanding), or (iv) provide that the number and class of shares of Stock covered by an Option theretofore granted shall be adjusted so that such Option shall thereafter cover the number and class of shares of Stock or other securities or property (including, without limitation, cash) to which the Holder would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement of merger, consolidation or sale of assets and dissolution if, immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or sale of assets and dissolution, the Holder had been the holder of record of the number of shares of Stock then covered by such Option. The provisions contained in this paragraph shall not terminate any rights of the Holder to further payments pursuant to any other agreement with the Company following a Change of Control.

(d) In the event of changes in the outstanding Stock by reason of recapitalization, reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, combinations, exchanges or other relevant changes in capitalization occurring after the date of the grant of any Award and not otherwise provided for by this Paragraph XII, any outstanding Awards and any agreements evidencing such Awards shall be subject to adjustment by the Committee at its discretion as to the number and price of shares of Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards. In the event of any such change in the outstanding Stock, the aggregate number of shares available under the Plan may be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, whose determination shall be conclusive.

(e) The existence of the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Board or the shareholders of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities ahead of or affecting Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company or any sale, lease, exchange or other disposition of all or any part of its assets or business or any other corporate act or proceeding.

(f) Any adjustment provided for in Subparagraphs (a), (b), (c) or (d) above shall be subject to any required shareholder action.

(g) Except as hereinbefore expressly provided, the issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, for cash, property, labor or services, upon direct sale, upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon conversion of shares of obligations of the

 

13


Company convertible into such shares or other securities, and in any case whether or not for fair value, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of shares of Stock subject to Awards theretofore granted or the exercise price per share, if applicable.

XIII. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

The Board in its discretion may terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any shares for which Awards have not theretofore been granted. The Board shall have the right to alter or amend the Plan or any part thereof from time to time; provided that, except as provided herein or in an agreement governing an Award, no change in any Award theretofore granted may be made which would impair the rights of the Holder without the consent of the Holder (unless such change is required in order to cause the benefits under the Plan to qualify as performance-based compensation within the meaning of Code Section 162(m), if applicable, and applicable interpretive authority thereunder), and provided, further, that the Board may not, without approval of the shareholders, amend the Plan in a manner requiring shareholder approval to satisfy any applicable laws, rules, regulations or securities exchange listing requirements. At the time of such amendment, the Board shall determine, upon advice from counsel, whether such amendment will be contingent on stockholder approval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for shareholder approval. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide Holders with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options or to the nonqualified deferred compensation provisions of Code Section 409A and/or to bring the Plan and/or Awards granted under it into compliance therewith.

XIV. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) No Right to An Award. Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Company nor any action of the Board or the Committee shall be deemed to give an employee any right to be granted an Award to purchase Stock, a right to a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Stock Award, a Performance Award or a Phantom Stock Award or any of the rights hereunder except as may be evidenced by an Award or by an Option Agreement, Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement, Restricted Stock Agreement, Performance Award Agreement or Phantom Stock Award Agreement on behalf of the Company, and then only to the extent and on the terms and conditions expressly set forth therein. The Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of funds or assets to assure the payment of any Award.

(b) Employees’ Rights Unsecured . The right of an employee to receive Stock, cash or any other payment under this Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Company. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, acquire shares of Stock from time to time in anticipation of its obligations under this Plan, but a Holder shall have no right in or against any shares of Stock so acquired. All Stock shall constitute the general assets of the Company and may be disposed of by the Company at such time and for such purposes as it deems appropriate.

(c) No Employment Rights Conferred. Nothing contained in the Plan shall (i) confer upon any employee any right with respect to continuation of employment with any Employer or (ii) interfere in any way with the right of any Employer to terminate an employee’s employment at any time.

(d) Securities Laws. No shares of Stock shall be purchased or sold hereunder unless and until (a) any then applicable requirements of state or federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel and (b) if required to do so by the Company, the Holder has executed and delivered to the Company a letter of investment intent in such form and containing such provisions as the Committee may require. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Stock upon exercise of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Plan, any Award or any Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Stock upon exercise of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

14


(e) Withholding Obligations . To the extent provided by the terms of an Award Agreement and subject to the discretion of the Committee, a Holder may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Stock under an Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Holder by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Stock from the shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Holder as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Stock under the Award, provided, however, that no shares of Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Stock.

(f) No Restriction on Corporate Action. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to prevent the Company, an Affiliate or any Subsidiary from taking any corporate action which is deemed by the Company, an Affiliate or any Subsidiary to be appropriate or in its best interest, whether or not such action would have an adverse effect on the Plan or any Award made under the Plan. No employee, beneficiary or other person shall have any claim against the Company, an Affiliate or any Subsidiary as a result of any such action.

(g) Restrictions on Transfer. An Award shall not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the Holder’s lifetime only by such Holder or the Holder’s guardian or legal representative. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Holder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

(h) Beneficiary Designation . Each Holder may name, from time to time, any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Holder, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Holder in writing with the Committee during his lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Holder’s death shall be paid to his estate.

(i) Rule 16b-3. It is intended that the Plan and any grant of an Award made to a person subject to Section 16 of the 1934 Act meet all of the requirements of Rule 16b-3. If any provision of the Plan or any such Award would disqualify the Plan or such Award under, or would otherwise not comply with, Rule 16b-3, such provision or Award shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to Rule 16b-3.

(j) Code Section 162(m). If the Company is subject to Code Section 162(m), it is intended that the Plan comply fully with and meet all the requirements of Code Section 162(m) so that Awards may, if intended, constitute “performance-based” compensation within the meaning of such section. If any provision of the Plan would disqualify the Plan or would not otherwise permit the Plan to comply with Code Section 162(m) as so intended, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to the requirements or provisions of Code Section 162(m); provided that no such construction or amendment shall have an adverse effect on the economic value to a Holder of any Award previously granted hereunder.

(k) Code Section 409A. It is intended that the Plan and any grant of an Award to which Code Section 409A is applicable shall satisfy all of the requirements of such Code section and the applicable regulations issued thereunder to the extent necessary, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short-term deferral period” as defined in Code Section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable laws require otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and tax penalties under Code Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Plan during the six (6) month period immediately following a Holder’s separation from service shall instead be paid on the first payroll date after the six-month anniversary of the Holder’s separation from service (or the Holder’s death, if earlier). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on any Holder under Code Section 409A and neither the Company nor the Committee will have any liability to any Holder for such tax or penalty.

 

15


(l) Indemnification . Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he may be a party or in which he may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him, provided he shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he undertakes to handle and defend it on his own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights or indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Association or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

(m) Clawback . Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

(n) Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

 

16


FORM OF

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

This Restricted Stock Agreement (“Agreement”) effective as of the              day of                         ,                     , is between Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (the “Company”), and                                 , (the “Holder”).

To carry out the purposes of the Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Amended and Restated Stock Awards and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) by providing individuals upon whom the responsibilities of the successful administration and management of the Company rest additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to advance the profitable growth of the Company, the Company and Holder hereby agree as follows:

1. Award of Stock . The Company hereby grants (the “Grant”) to Holder                      shares (the “Shares”) of common stock of the Company, $1.00 par value (the “Stock”) which shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2 hereof.

2. Forfeiture Restrictions . The Shares granted hereunder may not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated or encumbered by Holder, and no such sale, assignment, transfer, exchange, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance, whether made or created by voluntary act of Holder or any agent of Holder or by operation of law, shall be recognized by, or be binding upon, or shall in any manner affect the rights of, the Company or any agent or any custodian holding certificates for the Shares. Holder shall be subject to an obligation to forfeit and surrender, for no consideration from the Company, the Shares to the Company upon a termination of employment or service described in Section 3(d) of this Agreement. The prohibition against transfer and the obligation to forfeit and surrender shares of Stock to the Company (the “Forfeiture Restrictions”) shall remain in effect until such time as such Forfeiture Restrictions shall expire under the terms of this Agreement. The Forfeiture Restrictions shall be binding upon and enforceable against any transferee of Restricted Shares.

3. Restricted Period .

(a) For a period beginning on the date hereof and ending on                      (the “Restricted Period”) the Shares shall be subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions and any other restrictions as set forth herein; provided, however, the Forfeiture Restrictions shall expire on a number of Shares as determined in accordance with the following schedule:

 

  

Number of Shares

  

on which

Date

   Forfeiture Restrictions Expire
  
  


The Shares that are subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions shall hereinafter be referred to as “Restricted Shares.”

(b) The Company shall effect the issuance of the Shares, and the issuance of a certificate or certificates for the Shares, in accordance with the determinations made by the Committee (as defined in the Plan). Each certificate issued for Shares to Holder shall be registered in Holder’s name and shall be either deposited by the Secretary of the Company or its designee in an escrow account or held by the Secretary of the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer appropriately endorsed in blank by Holder (Holder hereby agreeing to execute such stock powers or other instruments of transfer as requested by the Company). Such certificate or certificates shall remain in such escrow account or with the Secretary of the Company until (i) the Restricted Period has terminated or (ii) the expiration of the Forfeiture Restrictions in accordance with the schedule set forth in paragraph (a) above. Certificates representing the Restricted Shares shall bear the following legend:

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THE ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC. RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF                                  BETWEEN ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC. (“COMPANY”) AND EACH OF THE GRANTEES NAMED THEREIN. A COMPLETE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE FORM OF SUCH AGREEMENTS IS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE HOLDER OF SUCH SHARES UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.

(c) Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, Holder shall, during the Restricted Period, have all of the other rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares including, but not limited to, the right to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared on such Shares from time to time, and the right to vote (in person or by proxy) such Shares at any meeting of stockholders of the Company.

(d) In the event that Holder’s employment with the Company or its Affiliates is terminated for any reason prior to the expiration of the Forfeiture Restrictions as provided in Section 3(a) or 3(e), any Restricted Shares outstanding shall, upon such termination of employment, be forfeited by Holder to the Company, without the payment of any consideration or further consideration by the Company, and neither Holder nor any successors, heirs, assigns, or legal representatives of Holder shall thereafter have any further rights or interest in the Restricted Shares or certificates therefor, and Holder’s name shall thereupon be deleted from the list of the Company’s stockholders with respect to the Restricted Shares.

(e) In the event of a Change of Control (as defined in the Plan), any Forfeiture Restrictions on the Restricted Shares set forth in this Agreement which have not previously been forfeited shall be deemed to have expired, and the Restricted Shares shall thereby be free of all such Forfeiture Restrictions.

 

-2-


(f) If the employment of Holder with the Company or an Affiliate shall terminate prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, and there exists a dispute between Holder and the Company or the Committee as to the satisfaction of the conditions to the release of the Shares from the Forfeiture Restrictions hereunder and under the Plan or the terms and conditions of the Grant, the Shares shall remain subject to the Forfeiture Restrictions until the resolution of such dispute, regardless of any intervening expiration of the Restricted Period, except that any dividends that may be payable to the holders of record of Stock as of a date during the period from termination of Holder’s employment to the resolution of such dispute (the “Suspension Period”) shall:

(1) to the extent to which such dividends would have been payable to Holder on the Shares, be held by the Company as part of its general funds, and shall be paid to or for the account of Holder only upon, and in the event of, a resolution of such dispute in a manner favorable to Holder, and then only with respect to such of the Shares as to which such resolution shall be so favorable, and

(2) be canceled upon, and in the event of, a resolution of such dispute in a manner unfavorable to Holder, and then only with respect to such of the Shares as to which such resolution shall be so unfavorable.

(g) Upon expiration of the Forfeiture Restrictions, by lapse of time and upon compliance by the Holder, or the legal representative of Holder, with all obligations of Holder under the Plan and this Agreement, the Restricted Shares shall be released from all further restrictions and prohibitions hereunder and all of the forfeiture provisions of the Plan, and the Committee shall thereupon deliver or cause to be delivered to Holder or Holder’s legal representative the certificate or certificates for the Shares free of any legend provided in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph.

4. Taxes . Any federal, state or local taxes arising by virtue of this Grant and assessed against or based on the value of the Shares awarded to Holder shall be the sole responsibility of Holder; provided that the Company shall have the right to withhold any amounts required to be so withheld for federal, state or local income tax purposes. All such taxes and withholding must be paid or provided for according to law and in a manner satisfactory to the Company and as provided in the Plan before any Shares, or certificates therefor, can be delivered to Holder. The Committee may permit payment of such amount to be made through the tender of cash or Stock, the withholding of Stock out of shares otherwise distributable or any other arrangement satisfactory to the Committee. The Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to withhold delivery of a stock certificate or to deduct any required taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to Holder. If Holder does not pay the entire amount of such taxes to the Company within thirty (30) days after the date on which the Committee notifies Holder of the amount required to meet the withholding obligation, the Committee shall withhold from the Stock to which Holder is entitled a number of shares having an aggregate fair market value equal to the amount of such taxes remaining to be paid by Holder and shall deliver a

 

-3-


certificate for the remaining shares to the Holder. If Holder makes the election authorized by section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, Holder shall submit to the Company a copy of the statement filed by Holder to make such election. The failure of Holder to notify the Company of any such election made by Holder may, in the discretion of the Committee, result in the forfeiture of the Shares.

5. Changes in Capital Structure . If the outstanding shares of Stock or other securities of the Company, or both, shall at any time be changed or exchanged by declaration of a stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, or recapitalization, the number and kind of shares of Stock or other securities subject to the Restricted Shares shall be appropriately and equitably adjusted in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

6. Compliance With Securities Laws . Upon the acquisition of any shares pursuant to this Agreement, Holder (or Holder’s legal representative upon Holder’s death or disability) will enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Company may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Agreement.

7. Employment Relationship . Holder shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company as long as Holder remains as an employee of the Company or its Affiliates. Any questions as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment, and the cause of such termination, shall be determined by the Committee, with the advice of the employing corporation, and its determination shall be final.

8. Binding Effect . The provisions of the Plan and the terms and conditions hereof shall, in accordance with their terms, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, all successors of Holder, including, without limitation, Holder’s estate and the executors, administrators, or trustees thereof, heirs and legatees, and any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, or representative of creditors of Holder. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company.

9. Agreement Subject to Plan . This Agreement is subject to the Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan (including any subsequent amendments thereto) are hereby incorporated herein by reference thereto. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail. All definitions of words and terms contained in the Plan shall be applicable to this Agreement.

10. Notices . Every notice hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by registered or certified mail. All notices by Holder shall be directed to Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., 8727 W. Sam Houston Parkway N., Suite 210, Houston, Texas 77040, Attention: Secretary. Any notice given by the Company to Holder directed to Holder at the address on file with the Company shall be effective to bind Holder and any other person who shall acquire rights hereunder. The Company shall be under no obligation whatsoever to advise Holder of the existence, maturity or termination of any of Holder’s rights hereunder and Holder shall be deemed to have familiarized himself or herself with all matters contained herein and in the Plan which may affect any of Holder’s rights or privileges hereunder.

 

-4-


11. Resolution of Disputes . Any dispute or disagreement which may arise hereunder shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and judgment, and any such determination and any interpretation by the Committee of the terms of the Plan or this Restricted Stock Agreement shall be final and shall be binding and conclusive, for all purposes, upon the Company, Holder, and Holder’s heirs, personal representatives and successors.

12. Amendment . Any modification of this Agreement will be effective only if it is in writing and signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company and Holder, except to the extent such modification occurs pursuant to a proper amendment of the Plan.

13. Jurisdiction . The provisions of the Plan and the terms and conditions hereof shall be construed in accordance with the laws of Texas except to the extent pre-empted by Federal law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Agreement to be duly executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, and Holder has executed this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.
By:

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Holder

 

-5-


FORM OF

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Incentive Stock Option Agreement (“Option Agreement”) is between Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “Company”), and [ NAME OF OPTIONEE] (“Optionee”), who agree as follows:

Section 1. Introduction . The Company maintains the Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. 2015 Amended and Restated Stock Awards and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Company, acting through the Committee (as defined in the Plan), has determined that its interests will be advanced by the issuance to Optionee of an incentive stock option under the Plan.

Section 2. Option . Subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, the Company hereby irrevocably grants to Optionee the right and option (“Option”) to purchase from the Company [ XXXX] shares of the Company’s common stock, $1.00 par value (“Stock”), at a price of $XX.XX per share, which is not less than the fair market value of the Stock at the date of grant of this Option; provided, however, that if Optionee owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation (as defined in the Plan), such price is not less than 110% of the fair market value of the Stock at the date of grant of this Option.

Section 3. Option Period . The Option herein granted may be exercised by Optionee in whole or in part at any time during a ten year period (a five year period if Optionee owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of its Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation) (the “Option Period”) beginning on [ MONTH DAY, YEAR] (the “Date of Grant”), subject to the limitation that said Option shall not be exercisable for more than a percentage of the aggregate number of shares offered by this Option determined by the number of full years of employment with the Company or its Affiliates (as defined in the Plan) from the Date of Grant to the date of such exercise, in accordance with the following schedule:

 

Number of

Full Years

   Percentage of
Shares Purchasable
 

1

     25

2

     50

3

     75

4

     100

Notwithstanding anything in this Option Agreement to the contrary, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive the foregoing schedule of vesting and upon written notice to Optionee, accelerate the earliest date or dates on which any of the Options granted hereunder are exercisable.

Except as otherwise provided under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 or applicable regulations, to the extent that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time an option is


granted) of the Stock with respect to which this Option and any other incentive stock option (determined without regard to this sentence) issued to Optionee under all plans of the Company and its “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporations” becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such options shall not be treated as incentive stock options.

Section 4. Procedure for Exercise . The Option herein granted may be exercised by the delivery by Optionee of written notice to the Secretary of the Company setting forth the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised. The notice shall be accompanied by, at the election of Optionee, (i) cash or certified or bank check payable to the order of the Company, (ii) certificates shares of Stock theretofore owned by Optionee duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, (iii) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee, or (iii) any combination of the preceding, equal in value to the aggregate exercise price. Notice may also be delivered by telecopy provided that the exercise price of such shares is received by the Company via wire transfer on the same day the telecopy transmission is received by the Company. The notice shall specify the address to which the certificates for such shares are to be mailed. This Option shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date (i) written notice of such exercise and (ii) payment in full of the exercise price for the number of share for which Options are being exercised, are both received by the Company and Optionee shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such shares of Stock as of such date.

As promptly as practicable after receipt of such written notice and payment, the Company shall deliver to Optionee certificates for the number of shares with respect to which such Option has been so exercised, issued in Optionee’s name or such other name as Optionee directs; provided, however, that such delivery shall be deemed effected for all purposes when a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have deposited such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to Optionee at the address specified pursuant to this Section 4.

Section 5. Termination of Employment . If, for any reason other than death or disability, Optionee ceases to be employed by the Company or its Affiliates, the Option may be exercised (to the extent Optionee would have been entitled to do so at the date of termination of employment) during a three month period after such date (after which period the Option shall expire), but in no event may the Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option Period; provided, however, that if Optionee’s employment is terminated because of the Optionee’s (a) theft or embezzlement from the Company or its Affiliates, (b) disclosure of trade secrets of the Company or its Affiliates, (c) failure to perform his/her job duties and services resulting in a material adverse effect on the Company or its Affiliates or (d) the commission of a willful, felonious act while in the employment of the Company or its Affiliates (such reasons shall hereinafter be collectively referred to as “for cause”), then the Option or unexercised portion thereof shall expire upon such termination of employment.

In the event that Optionee dies or Optionee’s employment ceases because Optionee is determined to be disabled, the Option may be exercised (to the extent Optionee would have been entitled to do so at the date of death or termination of employment) at any time and from time to time, within a one year period after such death or termination of employment, by Optionee or his guardian or legal representative or, in the case of death, the executor or administrator of

 

-2-


Optionee’s estate or by the person or persons to whom Optionee’s rights under this Option Agreement shall pass by will or the laws of descent and distribution (after which period the Option will expire), but in no event may the Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option Period. Optionee shall be deemed to be disabled if, in the opinion of a physician selected by the Committee, Optionee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

Section 6. Transferability . This Option shall not be transferable by Optionee otherwise than by Optionee’s will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of Optionee, the Option shall be exercisable only by Optionee or his authorized legal representative. Any heir or legatee of Optionee shall take rights herein granted subject to the terms and conditions hereof. No such transfer of this Option Agreement to heirs or legatees of Optionee shall be effective to bind the Company unless the Company shall have been furnished with written notice thereof and a copy of such evidence as the Committee may deem necessary to establish the validity of the transfer and the acceptance by the transferee or transferees of the terms and conditions hereof.

Section 7. No Rights as Shareholder . Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares of Stock covered by this Option Agreement until the Option is exercised by written notice and accompanied by payment as provided in Section 4 of this Option Agreement.

Section 8. Extraordinary Corporate Transactions . The existence of outstanding Options shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its shareholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, exchanges or other changes in the Company’s capital structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issuance of Stock or other securities or subscription rights thereto, or any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Stock or the rights thereof, or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceedings, whether of a similar character or otherwise. If the Company undergoes a “Change of Control” (as defined in the Plan) or recapitalization or other corporate reorganization described in Section XII of the Plan, the Options granted hereunder shall be governed by Section XII of the Plan.

Section 9. Compliance With Securities Laws . Upon the acquisition of any shares pursuant to the exercise of the Option herein granted, Optionee (or any person acting under Section 6) will enter into such written representations, warranties and agreements as the Company may reasonably request in order to comply with applicable securities laws or with this Option Agreement.

Section 10. Compliance With Laws . Notwithstanding any of the other provisions hereof, Optionee agrees that he or she will not exercise the Option granted hereby, and that the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares pursuant to this Option Agreement, if the exercise of the Option or the issuance of such shares of Stock would constitute a violation by Optionee or by the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority.

 

-3-


Section 11. Effect of Failure to Qualify for Incentive Stock Option Treatment . If Optionee disposes of any shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of this option prior to the later of (i) two years from the Date of Grant or (ii) one year from the date the shares of Stock are acquired, Optionee shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten days of its occurrence. In the event of any such disposition, or if any other event occurs such that Optionee recognizes compensation income with respect to this option, Optionee shall deliver to the Company any amount of federal or state income tax withholding required by law. If Optionee fails to pay the withholding tax, the Company is authorized to withhold from any cash remuneration then or thereafter payable to Optionee any tax required to be withheld by reason of any disposition or other event described in this Section.

Section 12. No Right to Employment . Optionee shall be considered to be in the employment of the Company or its Affiliates so long as he or she remains an employee of the Company or its Affiliates. Any questions as to whether and when there has been a termination of such employment and the cause of such termination shall be determined by the Committee, and its determination shall be final. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon Optionee the right to continue in the employ of the Company or its Affiliates, nor shall anything contained herein be construed or interpreted to limit the “employment at will” relationship between Optionee and the Company or its Affiliates.

Section 13. Resolution of Disputes . As a condition of the granting of the Option hereby, Optionee and Optionee’s heirs, personal representatives and successors agree that any dispute or disagreement which may arise hereunder shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion and judgment, and that any such determination and any interpretation by the Committee of the terms of this Option Agreement shall be final and shall be binding and conclusive, for all purposes, upon the Company, Optionee, and Optionee’s heirs, personal representatives and successors.

Section 14. Legends on Certificate . The certificates representing the shares of Stock purchased by exercise of the Option will be stamped or otherwise imprinted with legends in such form as the Company or its counsel may require with respect to any applicable restrictions on sale or transfer and the stock transfer records of the Company will reflect stop-transfer instructions with respect to such shares.

Section 15. Notices . Every notice hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by registered or certified mail. All notices of the exercise of any Option hereunder shall be directed to Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., 8727 W. Sam Houston Pkwy N., Houston, Texas 77040, Attention: Secretary. Any notice given by the Company to Optionee directed to Optionee at the address on file with the Company shall be effective to bind Optionee and any other person who shall acquire rights hereunder. The Company shall be under no obligation whatsoever to advise Optionee of the existence, maturity or termination of any of Optionee’s rights hereunder and Optionee shall be deemed to have familiarized himself or herself with all matters contained herein and in the Plan which may affect any of Optionee’s rights or privileges hereunder.

 

-4-


Section 16. Construction and Interpretation . Whenever the term “Optionee” is used herein under circumstances applicable to any other person or persons to whom this award, in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 hereof, may be transferred, the word “Optionee” shall be deemed to include such person or persons.

Section 17. Agreement Subject to Plan . This Option Agreement is subject to the Plan. The terms and provisions of the Plan (including any subsequent amendments thereto) are hereby incorporated herein by reference thereto. In the event of a conflict between any term or provision contained herein and a term or provision of the Plan, the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan will govern and prevail. All definitions of words and terms contained in the Plan shall be applicable to this Option Agreement.

Section 18. Binding Effect . This Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors to the Company and all persons lawfully claiming under Optionee as provided herein.

Section 19. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Option Agreement and any other agreements and instruments contemplated by this Option Agreement contain the entire agreement of the parties, and this Option Agreement may be amended only in writing signed by both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Incentive Stock Option Agreement has been executed as of the XX day of MONTH, YEAR .

 

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

By:

 

Name: Steven F. Retzloff

Title:   President

OPTIONEE

 

[NAME OF OPTIONEE]

 

-5-

Exhibit 10.3

CREDIT AGREEMENT

dated as of December 22, 2014

by and among

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.

as Borrower,

and

PROSPERITY BANK

as Lender


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS

     1   

SECTION 1.1

 

Definitions

     1   

SECTION 1.2

 

Other Definitions and Provisions

     13   

SECTION 1.3

 

Accounting Terms

     14   

SECTION 1.4

 

UCC Terms

     14   

SECTION 1.5

 

References to Agreement and Laws

     14   

SECTION 1.6

 

Times of Day

     14   

ARTICLE II. CREDIT FACILITY

     14   

SECTION 2.1

 

Revolving Credit Loans

     14   

SECTION 2.2

 

Procedure for Advances of Revolving Credit Loans

     15   

SECTION 2.3

 

Repayment and Prepayment of Loans

     15   

SECTION 2.4

 

Permanent Reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitment

     15   

SECTION 2.5

 

Termination of Revolving Credit Facility

     15   

ARTICLE III. GENERAL LOAN PROVISIONS

     16   

SECTION 3.1

 

Interest and Payments

     16   

SECTION 3.2

 

Facility Fee

     16   

SECTION 3.3

 

Manner of Payment

     16   

SECTION 3.4

 

Evidence of Indebtedness

     16   

SECTION 3.5

 

Increased Costs

     17   

SECTION 3.6

 

Taxes

     18   

ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS OF CLOSING AND BORROWING

     19   

SECTION 4.1

 

Conditions to Closing and Initial Revolving Credit Loan

     19   

SECTION 4.2

 

Conditions to All Revolving Credit Loans

     22   

ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER

     22   

SECTION 5.1

 

Organization; Power; Qualification

     22   

SECTION 5.2

 

Ownership

     22   

SECTION 5.3

 

Authorization Enforceability

     23   

SECTION 5.4

 

Compliance of Agreement, Loan Documents and Borrowing with Laws, Etc.

     23   

SECTION 5.5

 

Compliance with Law; Governmental Approvals

     23   

SECTION 5.6

 

Tax Returns and Payments

     24   

 

i


SECTION 5.7

Intellectual Property Matters

  24   

SECTION 5.8

Environmental Matters

  24   

SECTION 5.9

Employee Benefit Matters

  25   

SECTION 5.10

Margin Stock

  26   

SECTION 5.11

Government Regulation

  26   

SECTION 5.12

Material Contracts

  26   

SECTION 5.13

Employee Relations

  26   

SECTION 5.14

Burdensome Provisions

  26   

SECTION 5.15

Financial Statements

  27   

SECTION 5.16

No Material Adverse Change

  27   

SECTION 5.17

Solvency

  27   

SECTION 5.18

Titles to Properties

  27   

SECTION 5.19

Insurance

  27   

SECTION 5.20

Liens

  27   

SECTION 5.21

Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations

  27   

SECTION 5.22

Litigation

  27   

SECTION 5.23

Absence of Defaults

  28   

SECTION 5.24

OFAC

  28   

SECTION 5.25

Investment Bankers’ and Similar Fees

  28   

SECTION 5.26

Disclosure

  28   

SECTION 5.27

Regulatory Issues

  28   

ARTICLE VI. FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND NOTICES

  28   

SECTION 6.1

Financial Statements

  28   

SECTION 6.2

Officer’s Compliance Certificate

  29   

SECTION 6.3

Regulatory Reports

  29   

SECTION 6.4

Other Reports

  30   

SECTION 6.5

Notice of Litigation and Other Matters

  30   

ARTICLE VII. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

  31   

SECTION 7.1

Preservation of Corporate Existence and Related Matters

  31   

SECTION 7.2

Maintenance of Property and Licenses

  32   

SECTION 7.3

Insurance

  32   

SECTION 7.4

Accounting Methods and Financial Records

  32   

SECTION 7.5

Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations

  32   

SECTION 7.6

Compliance With Laws and Approvals

  32   

SECTION 7.7

Environmental Laws

  32   

 

ii


SECTION 7.8

Compliance with ERISA

  33   

SECTION 7.9

Compliance with Agreements

  33   

SECTION 7.10

Visits and Inspections; Lender Meetings

  33   

SECTION 7.11

Lender Meetings

  33   

SECTION 7.12

Further Assurances

  33   

ARTICLE VIII. FINANCIAL COVENANTS

  34   

SECTION 8.1

Well Capitalized

  34   

SECTION 8.2

Minimum Return on Assets

  34   

SECTION 8.3

Loan Loss Reserve to Non

  34   

SECTION 8.4

Non-Performing Assets

  34   

ARTICLE IX. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

  34   

SECTION 9.1

Limitations on Indebtedness

  34   

SECTION 9.2

Limitations on Liens

  35   

SECTION 9.3

Limitations on Fundamental Changes

  36   

SECTION 9.4

Limitations on Restricted Payments

  36   

SECTION 9.5

Transactions with Affiliates

  36   

SECTION 9.6

Certain Accounting Changes; Organizational Documents

  37   

SECTION 9.8

No Further Negative Pledges; Restrictive Agreements

  37   

SECTION 9.9

Nature of Business

  38   

SECTION 9.10

Limitations on Investments

  38   

SECTION 9.11

Use of Proceeds

  38   

SECTION 9.12

Restrictions on Transfers of Collateral

  39   

SECTION 9.13

Reserved

  39   

SECTION 9.14

Certain Restrictions Regarding Securities

  39   

ARTICLE X. DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

  39   

SECTION 10.1

Events of Default

  39   

SECTION 10.2

Remedies

  41   

SECTION 10.3

Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Non-Waiver; Etc.

  44   

SECTION 10.4

Crediting of Payments and Proceeds

  44   

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS

  44   

SECTION 11.1

Notices

  44   

SECTION 11.2

Amendments, Waivers and Consents

  45   

SECTION 11.3

Expenses; Indemnity

  45   

SECTION 11.4

Right of Set Off

  47   

SECTION 11.5

Governing Law; Jurisdiction, etc.

  47   

 

iii


SECTION 11.6

Waiver of Jury Trial

  47   

SECTION 11.7

Injunctive Relief; Punitive Damages

  48   

SECTION 11.8

Accounting Matters

  48   

SECTION 11.9

Successors and Assigns; Participations

  48   

SECTION 11.10

Confidentiality

  49   

SECTION 11.11

Performance of Duties

  49   

SECTION 11.12

All Powers Coupled with Interest

  49   

SECTION 11.13

Survival

  49   

SECTION 11.14

Titles and Captions

  50   

SECTION 11.15

Severability of Provisions

  50   

SECTION 11.16

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution

  50   

SECTION 11.17

Term of Agreement

  50   

SECTION 11.18

USA Patriot Act

  51   

SECTION 11.19

Independent Effect of Covenants

  51   

SECTION 11.20

Inconsistencies with Other Documents

  51   

SECTION 11.21

FINAL AGREEMENT

  51   

 

iv


EXHIBITS

Exhibit A - Form of Note
Exhibit B - Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit C - Form of Officer’s Compliance Certificate

SCHEDULES

Schedule 1.1 - F&M Shareholders
Schedule 5.1 - Jurisdictions of Organization
Schedule 5.2 - Subsidiaries and Capitalization
Schedule 5.6 - Pending Tax Audits
Schedule 5.9 - ERISA Plans
Schedule 5.10 - Margin Lending
Schedule 5.13 - Labor and Collective Bargaining Agreements
Schedule 5.21 - Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations
Schedule 9.2 - Existing Liens
Schedule 9.5 - Transactions with Affiliates

 

v


CREDIT AGREEMENT

CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 22, 2014, by and among ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Borrower ”), and Prosperity Bank (the “ Lender ”).

RECITALS:

The Borrower has requested, and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lender has agreed, to extend certain credit facilities to the Borrower on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, such parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Definitions . The following terms when used in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them below:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person or any of its Subsidiaries. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. The terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Applicable Law ” means all applicable provisions of constitutions, laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, treaties, regulations, permits, licenses, approvals, interpretations and orders of courts or Governmental Authorities and all orders and decrees of all courts and arbitrators.

Applicable Rate ” means the Prime Rate minus one quarter of one percent (0.25%).

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date of determination, (a) in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease, the capitalized amount or principal amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a Capital Lease.

Bank ” means Allegiance Bank Texas, a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC pursuant to the FDIA.

Bankers Blanket Bond ” means a fidelity bond or insurance policy providing coverage for losses resulting from criminal activities and other actions of employees, officers or directors of a Subsidiary of Bank.


Bank Regulatory Authority ” means the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC, and all other relevant regulatory authorities (including, without limitation, relevant state bank regulatory authorities).

Bank Subsidiary ” means each Subsidiary of the Borrower, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC pursuant to the FDIA.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday on which banks in Houston, Texas are open for the conduct of their commercial banking business.

Call Report ” means, for the Bank, the “Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income” (FFIEC Form 031 or Form 041), or any successor form promulgated by the FFIEC.

Capital Lease ” means any lease of any property by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, as lessee, that should, in accordance with GAAP, be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on a Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Capital Stock ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, common stock or other capital stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock, (c) in the case of a partnership, partnership interests (whether general or limited), (d) in the case of a limited liability company, membership interests, (e) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person and (f) any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Change in Control ” means an event or series of events by which any of the following occur: (a) the acquisition during any 12-month period by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than Permitted Equity Holders, of Beneficial Ownership (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of 35% or more of the Capital Stock or voting power of Borrower (or any one of its successors); (b) other than the F&M Acquisition, Borrower or the Bank (or any one of its successors) consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person, or conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes directly or indirectly of all or substantially all of its assets to any Person, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, Borrower or the Bank, in each case, whether pursuant to one or any series of transactions, except where the ultimate beneficial owners of Borrower’s outstanding Capital Stock or voting power immediately prior to such transaction or transactions own not less than 65% of the outstanding Capital Stock or voting power of Borrower (or such successor) immediately after such transaction or transactions; (c) during any 12-month period, the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the board of directors of Borrower cease to be occupied by Persons who are Continuing Directors; or (d) Borrower shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting Capital Stock in the Bank.

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty (including any Risk-Based Capital Guideline), (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority (including any Risk-Based Capital Guideline) or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority (including any Risk-Based Capital Guideline).

Closing Date ” means the date of this Agreement or such later Business Day upon which each condition described in Section 4.1 shall be satisfied or waived in all respects in a manner acceptable to Lender, in its sole discretion.

 

2


Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” means all “Collateral” as defined in any Loan Document, whether such “Collateral” is now existing or hereafter acquired.

Commitment ” means the obligation of Lender to make Loans.

Consolidated ” means, when used with reference to financial statements or financial statement items of any Person, such statements or items on a consolidated basis in accordance with applicable principles of consolidation under GAAP.

Continuing Directors ” means the directors of the Borrower on the Closing Date and each other director of the Borrower, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of the Borrower is recommended by at least 51% of the then Continuing Directors in his or her election by the shareholders of the Borrower.

Default ” means any of the events specified in Section 10.1 which with the passage of time, the giving of notice or any other condition, would constitute an Event of Default.

Disputes ” means any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of, connected with or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, between or among parties hereto and to the other Loan Documents.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means, unless otherwise qualified, dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

Employee Benefit Plan ” means any employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Environmental Claims ” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, accusations, allegations, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by any Person in the ordinary course of business and not in response to any third party action or request of any kind) or proceedings relating in any way to any actual or alleged violation of or liability under any Environmental Law or relating to any permit issued, or any approval given, under any such Environmental Law, including, without limitation, any and all claims by Governmental Authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages, contribution, indemnification cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief resulting from Hazardous Materials or arising from alleged injury or threat of injury to human health or the environment.

Environmental Laws ” means any and all federal, foreign, state, provincial and local laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, standards and regulations, permits, licenses, approvals, interpretations and orders of courts or Governmental Authorities, relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including, but not limited to, requirements pertaining to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transportation, handling, reporting, licensing, permitting, investigation or remediation of Hazardous Materials.

 

3


ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and the rules and regulations thereunder, each as amended or modified from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any Person who together with the Borrower is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001(b) of ERISA.

Event of Default ” means any of the events specified in Section 10.1 ; provided that any requirement for passage of time, giving of notice, or any other condition, has been satisfied.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to Lender: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), gross receipts Taxes, and franchise Taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the Applicable Laws of which Lender is organized or in which its principal office is located, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States or any similar Tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes (including withholding Taxes imposed by FATCA) imposed on amounts payable to a Lender pursuant to an Applicable Law in effect on the date such Lender acquires an interest in a Loan.

F&M ” means Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation.

F&M Acquisition ” means the acquisition by Borrower of F&M pursuant to the terms and conditions of the F&M Purchase Agreement, including, without limitation, the repayment of the Shareholder Debt by Borrower, the assumption by Borrower of the Trust Preferred Indebtedness and the issuance by Borrower of the TARP Securities.

F&M Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between Borrower and F&M dated as of July 28, 2014, as amended from time-to-time, a copy of which has been presented to Lender.

F&M Trust 1 ” means Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust.

F&M Trust 2 ” means Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust III, a Delaware statutory trust.

FDIA ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

FDIC ” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any successor thereto.

FFIEC ” means the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, or any successor thereto.

Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” means the Federal Reserve Bank or the Federal Reserve System, or any successor Governmental Authority then performing the same or substantially similar duties.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

 

4


Governmental Approvals ” means all authorizations, consents, approvals, permits, licenses and exemptions of, registrations and filings with, and reports to, all Governmental Authorities.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state, province or territory or other political subdivision thereof, any governmental agency (including the OCC, the FDIC and the FRB), department, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other governmental entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization exercising such functions (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including, without limitation, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

Governmental Guaranty ” means any guaranty or other agreement by which (a) the FDIC or FRB agrees to indemnify the Borrower or any Subsidiary for any loss related to any asset of any Subsidiary acquired by such Subsidiary from the FDIC, and (b) any agency not described in clause (a) of the federal government of the United States of America which agrees to indemnify the Borrower or any Subsidiary for any loss related to any asset of the Borrower or such Subsidiary and which indemnity is backed by the full faith and credit of the federal government of the United States of America.

Guaranty Obligation ” means, with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, without duplication, any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any such Person pursuant to which such Person has directly or indirectly guaranteed any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of any such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement condition or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided , that the term Guaranty Obligation shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

Hazardous Materials ” means any substances or materials (a) which are or become defined as hazardous wastes, hazardous substances, pollutants, contaminants, chemical substances or mixtures or toxic substances under any Environmental Law, (b) which are toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic, mutagenic or otherwise harmful to human health or the environment and are or become regulated by any Governmental Authority, (c) the presence of which require investigation or remediation under any Environmental Law or common law, (d) the discharge or emission or release of which requires a permit or license under any Environmental Law or other Governmental Approval, (e) which are deemed to constitute a nuisance or a trespass which pose a health or safety hazard to Persons or neighboring properties, (f) which consist of underground or aboveground storage tanks, whether empty, filled or partially filled with any substance, or (g) which contain, without limitation, asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, petroleum hydrocarbons, petroleum derived substances or waste, crude oil, nuclear fuel, natural gas or synthetic gas.

Hedge Agreement ” means any agreement with respect to any Interest Rate Contract, forward rate agreement, commodity swap, forward foreign exchange agreement, currency swap agreement, cross-currency rate swap agreement, currency option agreement or other agreement or arrangement designed to alter the risks of any Person arising from fluctuations in interest rates, currency values, equity values, or commodity prices, all as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

5


Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person at any date and without duplication, the sum of the following calculated in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness for borrowed money including, but not limited to, obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments of any such Person;

(b) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services of any such Person (including, without limitation, all obligations under non-competition, earn-out or similar agreements), except (i) trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business not more than ninety (90) days past due, or (ii) that are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided for on the books of such Person;

(c) the Attributable Indebtedness of such Person with respect to such Person’s obligations in respect of Capital Leases and Synthetic Leases (regardless of whether accounted for as indebtedness under GAAP);

(d) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property purchased by such Person to the extent of the value of such property (other than customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business);

(e) all Indebtedness of any other Person secured by a Lien on any asset owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements except trade payable arising in the ordinary course of business), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of any such Person relative to the face amount of letters of credit, whether or not drawn, including, without limitation, any reimbursement obligation, and banker’s acceptances issued for the account of any such Person;

(g) all obligations of any such Person in respect of Capital Stock that is not Qualified Capital Stock;

(h) all Net Hedging Obligations of any such Person;

(i) the Trust Preferred Indebtedness; and

(j) all Guaranty Obligations of any such Person with respect to any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.

 

6


Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes and Other Taxes imposed on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower under any Loan Document other than Excluded Taxes.

Interest Rate Contract ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate floor agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate option or any other agreement regarding the hedging of interest rate risk exposure executed in connection with hedging the interest rate exposure of any Person and any confirming letter executed pursuant to such agreement, all as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Lender ” has the meaning assigned thereto in the introductory paragraph hereof.

Lending Office ” means, with respect to Lender, the office of such maintaining the Loans.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, leasehold mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset. For the purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to own subject to a Lien any asset which it has acquired or holds subject to the interest of a vendor or lessor under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease or other title retention agreement relating to such asset.

Loan Loss Reserves ” means, as of any date of determination, as determined on a Consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Bank Subsidiaries and in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses of all Bank Subsidiaries, as reported on the Regulatory Capital Schedule of their respective Call Report applicable to such period.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Security Agreement, each Note and each other document, instrument, certificate and agreement executed and delivered by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in favor of or provided to Lender in connection with this Agreement or otherwise referred to herein or contemplated hereby, all as may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Loans ” means the Revolving Credit Loans.

Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, a material adverse effect on (a) the properties, business, operations or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) the ability of any such Person to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party.

Material Contract ” means any contract or other arrangement to which Borrower, Bank or any of their Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Loan Documents and any customer contract entered into in the ordinary course of business) for which (i) the aggregate annual payments reasonably expected to made in respect of such contract equal or exceed $1,000,000 or (ii) if breached, cancelled or non-renewed could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Subsidiary ” means (a) the Bank, and (b) each other Subsidiary (i) the Consolidated assets of which equal or exceed 15% of the Consolidated assets of the Borrower as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Borrower or (ii) the Consolidated revenues of which for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower equal or exceed 15% of the Consolidated revenues of the Borrower for such period.

 

7


Maturity Date ” means the earliest to occur of (a) December 22, 2021, (b) the date of termination of the entire Revolving Credit Commitment by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.5 , or (c) the date of termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment pursuant to Section 10.2(a) .

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is making, or is accruing an obligation to make, or has accrued an obligation to make contributions within the preceding six (6) years.

Net Hedging Obligations ” means, as of any date, the Termination Value of any Hedge Agreement on such date.

Non-Performing Assets ” means, at any date, as determined on a Consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate amount of (a) all non-accrual loans (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Subsidiary with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty), (b) all loans that are ninety (90) days or more past due and that are still accruing interest (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Subsidiary with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty), (c) all other real estate owned (OREO (as defined by the OCC)) (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Subsidiary with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty), (d) all other repossessed assets (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Subsidiary with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty), and (e) all loans that were restructured in troubled debt restructurings (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Subsidiary with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty).

Non-Performing Loans ” means, at any date, as determined on a Consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate amount of (a) all non-accrual loans (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Subsidiary with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty), and (b) all loans that are ninety (90) days or more past due and that are still accruing interest (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Subsidiary with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty).

Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of Lender evidencing the Loans substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A , and any amendments, supplements and modifications thereto, any substitutes therefor, and any replacements, restatements, renewals or extension thereof, in whole or in part.

Notice of Borrowing ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.2(a) .

Notice of Prepayment ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2.4(a) .

Obligations ” means, in each case, whether now in existence or hereafter arising: (a) the principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the filing of any bankruptcy or similar petition) the Loans, and (b) all other fees and commissions (including attorneys’ fees), charges, indebtedness, loans, liabilities, financial accommodations, obligations, covenants and duties owing by the Borrower to the Lender, in each case under any Loan Document, with respect to any Loan of every kind, nature and description, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, contractual or tortious, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether or not evidenced by any note.

 

8


OCC ” means the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or any agency succeeding to any of its principal functions.

OFAC ” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

Officer’s Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate of the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Borrower substantially in the form attached as Exhibit C .

Operating Lease ” means, as to any Person as determined in accordance with GAAP, any lease of Property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which is not a Capital Lease.

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Payment Date ” means the last day of each calendar quarter.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor agency.

Pension Plan ” means any Employee Benefit Plan which is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code and which (a) is maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or (b) has at any time within the preceding six (6) years been maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliates.

Permitted Equity Holders ” means, with respect to the TARP Securities, the United States Department of Treasury.

Permitted Liens ” means the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 9.2 .

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Prime Rate ” means, for any day, the rate of interest per annum quoted in the “Money Rates” section of the Eastern print edition of The Wall Street Journal from time to time and designated as the “Prime Rate.” If such prime rate, as so quoted is split between two or more different interest rates, then the Prime Rate shall be the highest of such interest rates. If such prime rate shall cease to be published or is published infrequently or sporadically, then the Prime Rate shall be the rate of interest per annum established from time to time by Lender and designated as its base or prime rate, which may not necessarily be the lowest interest rate charged by Lender and is set by Lender in its sole discretion.

Principal Office ” means, for Lender, 1301 North Mechanic Street, El Campo, Texas 77437, or such other office as Lender may from time to time designate in writing to Borrower.

Prior Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated November 15, 2013, between the Borrower and Compass Bank, as heretofore amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including, without limitation, Capital Stock.

 

9


Qualified Capital Stock ” means any Capital Stock, except the following: any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Capital Stock into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event or condition, (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Capital Stock), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payment of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would not constitute Qualified Capital Stock, in each case, prior to the date that is 91 days after the Maturity Date.

Responsible Officer ” means, as to any Person, the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, controller, treasurer or assistant treasurer of such Person or any other officer of such Person reasonably acceptable to the Lender. Any document delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Person shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Person and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Person.

Restricted Payments ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 9.4 .

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means the obligation of Lender to make Revolving Credit Loans to the account of the Borrower hereunder in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the amount of $30,000,000; provided that the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment shall automatically reduce by $4,285,000 on each anniversary of the Closing Date thereafter until the Maturity Date; and provided further that Lender shall not be under any obligation to advance $18,000,000 of the Revolving Credit Commitment until Lender receives evidence satisfactory to it that the Borrower has obtained all necessary regulatory approvals for the F&M Acquisition.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means the revolving credit facility established pursuant to Article II .

Revolving Credit Loan ” means any revolving loan made to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 , and all such revolving loans collectively as the context requires.

Revolving Credit Outstandings ” means with respect to Revolving Credit Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Credit Loans occurring on such date.

Risk-Based Capital Guidelines ” means (a) the risk-based capital guidelines in effect in the United States on the date of this Agreement, including transition rules, (b) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (c) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

Risk-Based Capital Ratio ” means the risk-based capital ratio, determined in accordance with the then-current regulations of the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority on a consolidated basis for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

ROA ” has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 8.2 .

Sanctioned Entity ” shall mean (a) an agency of the government of, (b) an organization directly or indirectly controlled by, or (c) a person resident in, a country that is subject to a sanctions program

 

10


identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/programs , or as otherwise published from time to time as such program may be applicable to such agency, organization or person.

Sanctioned Person ” shall mean a person named on the list of Specially Designated Nationals or Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/sdn/index.html , or as otherwise published from time to time.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement executed by the Borrower in favor of Lender to secure the Obligations.

Shareholder Debt ” means Indebtedness of F&M to the Persons set forth on Schedule 1.1 that are shareholders of F&M in the outstanding principal amounts set forth opposite each such Person’s name on Schedule 1.1 , and all fees, interest, and other amounts payable in connection therewith.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature, (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital, and (e) such Person is able to pay its debts and liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the ordinary course of business. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed in accordance with GAAP as the amount that, in the light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Subsidiary ” means as to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding Capital Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity is at the time owned by (directly or indirectly) or the management is otherwise controlled by (directly or indirectly) such Person (irrespective of whether, at the time, Capital Stock of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency). Unless otherwise qualified, references to “Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” herein shall refer to those of the Borrower.

Synthetic Lease ” means any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing product where such transaction is considered borrowed money indebtedness for tax purposes but is classified as an Operating Lease in accordance with GAAP.

TARP Securities ” means the 11,550.55055 shares of Capital Stock of F&M that have been issued to the United States Department of Treasury in the form of 11,000 shares designated as Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, and 550.55055 shares designated as Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, and any preferred equity interests of Borrower on

 

11


substantially the same terms and conditions as such Capital Stock issued to the United States Department of Treasury in replacement of such Capital Stock pursuant to the requirements of the F&M Purchase Agreement.

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Termination Event ” means except for any such event or condition that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) a “Reportable Event” described in Section 4043(c) of ERISA for which the notice requirement has not been waived by the PBGC with respect to a Pension Plan, or (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan during a plan year in which it was a “substantial employer” as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, or (c) the termination of a Pension Plan, the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Pension Plan or the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination, under Section 4041 of ERISA, if the plan assets are not sufficient to pay all plan liabilities, or (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate, or the appointment of a trustee with respect to, any Pension Plan by the PBGC, or (e) any other event or condition which would constitute grounds under Section 4042(a) of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan, or (f) the imposition of a Lien pursuant to Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, or (g) the partial or complete withdrawal of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan if withdrawal liability is asserted by such plan, or (h) any event or condition which results in the reorganization or insolvency of a Multiemployer Plan under Sections 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or (i) any event or condition which results in the termination of a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4041A of ERISA or the institution by PBGC of proceedings to terminate a Multiemployer Plan under Section 4042 of ERISA.

Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Hedge Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedge Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedge Agreements have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedge Agreements, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Hedge Agreements (which may include Lender or any Affiliate of Lender).

Threshold Amount ” means $3,000,000.

Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the repayment in full of all Indebtedness and other obligations of the Borrower under the Prior Credit Agreement, and (b) the making of the initial Loan.

Trust Preferred Guarantees ” means (a) that certain Guarantee Agreement dated as of November 13, 2003, granted by F&M and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in favor of the holders of the Indebtedness under the Trust Preferred Issue - 2033 and (b) that certain Guarantee Agreement dated as of June 30, 2005, granted by F&M and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association in favor of the holders of the Indebtedness under the Trust Preferred Issue - 2035, both as amended, supplemented, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time.

Trust Preferred Indebtedness ” means (a) the Indebtedness of F&M Trust 1 under the Trust Preferred Issue – 2033, (b) the Indebtedness of F&M Trust 2 under the Trust Preferred Issue – 2035, and (c) the Guaranty Obligations of F&M under the Trust Preferred Guarantees, all of which are to be assumed by Borrower pursuant to the F&M Purchase Agreement.

 

12


Trust Preferred Issue - 2033 ” means $7,732,000 in aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2033 held by F&M Trust 1 pursuant to an Indenture dated as of November 13, 2003 between F&M, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, and F&M Trust 1 has issued and has presently outstanding 7,500 in trust preferred securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per trust preferred security) pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated as of November 13, 2003 among F&M, as sponsor, Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, as Delaware trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Institutional Trustee (as defined therein), and the administrative trustees named therein.

Trust Preferred Issue – 2035 ” means $3,609,000 in aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Debt Securities due 2035 held by F&M Trust 2 pursuant to an Indenture dated as of June 30, 2005 between F&M, as issuer, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, and F&M Trust 2 has issued and has presently outstanding 3,500 in trust preferred securities (liquidation amount $1,000 per trust preferred security) pursuant to the terms of the Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated as of June 30, 2005 among F&M, as sponsor, Wells Fargo Delaware Trust Company, as Delaware trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Institutional Trustee (as defined therein), and the administrative trustees named therein.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Texas, as amended or modified from time to time.

U.S. Person ” means a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

United States ” means the United States of America.

Wholly-Owned ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary, that all of the shares of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary are, directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by the Borrower and/or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries (except for directors’ qualifying shares or other shares required by Applicable Law to be owned by a Person other than the Borrower and/or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries).

SECTION 1.2 Other Definitions and Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document: (a) the definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined, (b) whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms, (c) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (d) the word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”, (e) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (f) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (g) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement, (h) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights, (i) the term “documents” includes any and all instruments, documents, agreements, certificates, notices, reports, financial statements and other writings, however evidenced, whether in physical or electronic form, (j) in the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding;” and the word “through” means “to and including” and (k) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

13


SECTION 1.3 Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time and in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the audited financial statements required by Section 6.1(b) , except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all financial statements delivered hereunder shall be prepared, and all financial covenants contained herein shall be calculated, without giving effect to any election under the FASB ASC 825 (or any similar accounting principle) permitting a Person to value its financial liabilities or Indebtedness at the fair value thereof.

SECTION 1.4 UCC Terms . Terms defined in the UCC in effect on the Closing Date and not otherwise defined herein shall, unless the context otherwise indicates, have the meanings provided by those definitions. Subject to the foregoing, the term “UCC” refers, as of any date of determination, to the UCC then in effect.

SECTION 1.5 References to Agreement and Laws . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to formation documents, governing documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Applicable Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Applicable Law.

SECTION 1.6 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

ARTICLE II.

CREDIT FACILITY

SECTION 2.1 Revolving Credit Loans .

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Lender agrees to make one or more Revolving Credit Loans to Borrower from time to time from the date hereof to and including the Maturity Date in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding up to but not exceeding the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment. Subject to the foregoing limitations, and the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow hereunder.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, and on each anniversary of the Closing Date thereafter during which the Revolving Credit Commitment is outstanding, the Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of all Loans to the extent that the outstanding principal amount of all Loans exceeds the Revolving Credit Commitment, after giving effect to the annual $4,285,000 reduction in the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment which occurs on each anniversary of the Closing Date, together with unpaid interest accrued on the principal amount repaid.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Lender shall not be under any obligation to advance $18,000,000 of the Revolving Credit Commitment until Lender receives evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Borrower has obtained all necessary regulatory approvals for the F&M Acquisition.

 

14


SECTION 2.2 Procedure for Advances of Revolving Credit Loans .

(a) Requests for Borrowing . The Borrower shall give the Lender irrevocable prior written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B (a “ Notice of Borrowing ”) not later than 11:00 a.m. on the borrowing date of each Revolving Credit Loan, of its intention to borrow, specifying (A) the date of such borrowing, which shall be a Business Day, (B) the amount of such borrowing, which shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof. A Notice of Borrowing received after 11:00 a.m. shall be deemed received on the next Business Day

(b) Disbursement of Revolving Credit . The Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender to disburse the proceeds of each borrowing requested pursuant to this Section 2.2 in immediately available funds by crediting or wiring such proceeds to the deposit account of the Borrower maintained with Lender.

SECTION 2.3 Repayment and Prepayment of Loans .

(a) Repayment on Maturity Date . The Borrower shall repay the outstanding principal amount of all Loans in full on the Maturity Date, together with all accrued but unpaid interest thereon.

(b) Mandatory Prepayments . If at any time prior to the Maturity Date the Revolving Credit Outstandings exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment, the Borrower agrees to repay within one (1) Business Day, by payment to Lender of an amount equal to such excess with each such repayment applied to the principal amount of outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, together with unpaid interest accrued on the principal amount prepaid.

(c) Optional Prepayments . The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay Loans, in whole or in part, with irrevocable prior written notice given to Lender not later than 10:00 a.m. on the same Business Day, specifying the date and amount of prepayment. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date set forth in such notice. Partial prepayments shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $250,000. A Notice of Prepayment received after 10:00 a.m. shall be deemed received on the next Business Day.

SECTION 2.4 Permanent Reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitment .

(a) Voluntary Reduction . The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time, upon at least two (2) Business Days prior written notice to Lender (the “ Notice of Prepayment ”), to permanently reduce, without premium or penalty, (i) the entire Revolving Credit Commitment at any time or (ii) portions of the Revolving Credit Commitment, from time to time, in an aggregate principal amount not less than $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof.

(b) Corresponding Payment . Each permanent reduction permitted pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be accompanied by a payment of principal sufficient to reduce the aggregate outstanding Revolving Credit Loans after such reduction to the Revolving Credit Commitment as so reduced. Any reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitment to zero shall be accompanied by payment of all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and shall result in the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment and the Revolving Credit Facility.

SECTION 2.5 Termination of Revolving Credit Facility . The Revolving Credit Facility and the Revolving Credit Commitment shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the Maturity Date, or (b) the date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment is reduced to zero in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

15


ARTICLE III.

GENERAL LOAN PROVISIONS

SECTION 3.1 Interest and Payments .

(a) Default Rate . Subject to Section 10.3 , (i) immediately upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 10.1(a) , (b) , (i) or (j) , or (ii) at the election of Lender, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, outstanding Loans and other Obligations arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to two percent (2%) in excess of the rate then applicable to Loans or such other Obligations arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document. Interest shall continue to accrue on the Obligations after the filing by or against the Borrower of any petition seeking any relief in bankruptcy or under any act or law pertaining to insolvency or debtor relief, whether state, federal or foreign.

(b) Interest Payment and Computation . Interest on each Loan shall accrue at the Applicable Rate and be due and payable in arrears on each Payment Date, commencing on December 31, 2014. All computations of fees and interest provided hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365/366-day year).

(c) Maximum Rate . In no contingency or event whatsoever shall the aggregate of all amounts deemed interest under this Agreement charged or collected pursuant to the terms of this Agreement exceed the highest rate permissible under any Applicable Law which a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable hereto. In the event that such a court determines that Lender has charged or received interest hereunder in excess of the highest applicable rate, the rate in effect hereunder shall automatically be reduced to the maximum rate permitted by Applicable Law and the Lender shall at its option (i) promptly refund to the Borrower any interest received by the Lender in excess of the maximum lawful rate or (ii) apply such excess to the principal balance of the Obligations on a pro rata basis. It is the intent hereof that the Borrower not pay or contract to pay, and that the Lender shall not receive or contract to receive, directly or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, interest in excess of that which may be paid by the Borrower under Applicable Law.

SECTION 3.2 Facility Fee . On the Closing Date, the Borrower shall pay to Lender a non-refundable facility fee equal to 0.25% of the initial Revolving Credit Commitment.

SECTION 3.3 Manner of Payment . All payments of principal, interest, and other amounts to be made by Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be made to Lender at the Principal Office in Dollars and immediately available funds, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, and free and clear of all taxes at the time and in the manner provided in the Notes.

SECTION 3.4 Evidence of Indebtedness . The Loans made by Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by Lender in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loan made

 

16


by Lender to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by Lender and the accounts and records of Lender in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of Lender shall control in the absence of manifest error. The Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender the Note, which shall evidence Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans, in addition to such accounts or records. Lender may attach schedules to the Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

SECTION 3.5 Increased Costs .

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or advances, loans or other credit extended or participated in by, Lender;

(ii) subject Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to Lender in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of any Excluded Tax); or

(iii) impose on Lender any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Loans made by Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to Lender of making, converting into or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon written request of Lender, the Borrower shall promptly pay to any Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting Lender or any Lending Office of Lender or Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on Lender’s capital or on the capital of Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Revolving Credit Commitment of Lender or the Loans made by Lender, to a level below that which Lender or Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration Lender’s policies and the policies of Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time upon written request of Lender the Borrower shall promptly pay to Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Lender or Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered. It is acknowledged that this Agreement is being entered into by Lender on the understanding that the Lender will not be required to maintain capital against their Revolving Credit Commitment under current Applicable Laws, regulations and regulatory guidelines. In the event Lender shall be advised by any Governmental Authority or shall otherwise determine on the basis of pronouncements of any Governmental Authority that such understanding is incorrect, it is agreed that Lender will be entitled to make claims under this Section 3.5 (each such claim to be made within a reasonable period of time after the period to which it relates) based upon market requirements prevailing on the date hereof for commitments under comparable credit facilities against which capital is required to be maintained.

 

17


(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Section 3.5(a) or (b) and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within ten (10) days after receipt thereof.

(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 3.5 shall not constitute a waiver of Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate Lender pursuant to this Section 3.5 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than three (3) months prior to the date that Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the three-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

SECTION 3.6 Taxes.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower or Lender shall be required by Applicable Law to deduct any Taxes from such payments, then (i) if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.6 ) the applicable Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions and (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of Section 3.6(a) , the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with Applicable Law.

(c) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify Lender, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.6 ) paid by Lender, and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Lender.

 

18


(e) Status of Lender . Lender shall deliver to the Borrower complete and executed originals of IRS Form W-9 and such other information as the Borrower may reasonably request to confirm that payments to Lender are not subject to withholding. Each Lender that is not a U.S. Person shall on or prior to becoming a Lender under this agreement deliver to the Borrower an applicable complete and executed W-8ECI, W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, or W-8IMY and any statements or certification required under the Code in such number of originals which may be reasonably requested by the Borrower and that permits the Borrower to make payments hereunder for the account of such Lender free of such deduction or withholding of U.S. income or similar Taxes.

(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to Section 3.5 or this Section 3.6 , it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under Section 3.5 this Section 3.6 with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the Borrower, upon the request of Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to Lender in the event Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section 3.6 shall not be construed to require Lender to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) Survival . Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreement of the Borrower hereunder, the agreements and obligations of the Borrower contained in this Section 3.6 shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitment.

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITIONS OF CLOSING AND BORROWING

SECTION 4.1 Conditions to Closing and Initial Revolving Credit Loan . The obligation of Lender to close this Agreement and to make the initial Loan, if any, is subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a) Executed Loan Documents . This Agreement and the Note in favor of Lender, together with any other applicable Loan Documents, shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered to Lender by the parties thereto, shall be in full force and effect and no Default or Event of Default shall exist hereunder or thereunder.

(b) Closing Certificates; Etc . Lender shall have received each of the following in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender:

(i) Officer’s Certificate . A certificate from Responsible Officers of the Borrower certifying as to (i) the incumbency of the officers signing such certificate and the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (ii) a certified copy of its Certificate of

 

19


Formation, certified as true, complete and correct by the appropriate authority of the State of Texas as of a date acceptable to Lender, (iii) a copy of its bylaws, as in effect on the Closing Date, (iv) a copy of the resolutions of its Board of Directors authorizing it to execute, deliver and perform the Loan Documents, (v) the accuracy of the representations and warranties in the Loan Documents, (vi) no Default or Event of Default exists, (vii) no Material Adverse Effect having occurred since September 30, 2014, and (viii) that the Borrower has satisfied each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 and Section 4.2 . A certificate from Responsible Officers of the Bank certifying as to (i) a certified copy of its Certificate of Existence, certified as true, complete and correct by the Texas Department of Banking as of a date acceptable to Lender and (ii) a copy of its certified charter documents certified as true, complete and correct by the Texas Department of Banking as of a date acceptable to Lender.

(ii) Certificates of Good Standing . Certificates as of a recent date of the good standing of the Borrower under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and, to the extent requested by Lender, each other jurisdiction where the Borrower is qualified to do business.

(iii) Opinions of Counsel . Favorable opinions of counsel to the Borrower addressed to Lender with respect to the Borrower, the Loan Documents and such other matters as Lender shall request.

(c) Consents; Defaults .

(i) Governmental and Third Party Approvals . The Borrower shall have received all material governmental, shareholder and third party consents and approvals necessary (or any other material consents as determined in the reasonable discretion of Lender) in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the other transactions contemplated hereby and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any Person that could reasonably be expected to restrain, prevent or impose any material adverse conditions on the Borrower or such other transactions or that could seek or threaten any of the foregoing, and no law or regulation shall be applicable which in the reasonable judgment of Lender could reasonably be expected to have such effect.

(ii) No Injunction, Etc . No action, proceeding, investigation, regulation or legislation shall have been instituted, threatened or proposed before any Governmental Authority to enjoin, restrain, or prohibit, or to obtain substantial damages in respect of, or which is related to or arises out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or which, in Lender’s sole discretion, would make it inadvisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(d) Financial Matters .

(i) Officer’s Compliance Certificate . An Officer’s Compliance Certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the financial covenants set forth herein as of a date acceptable to Lender.

 

20


(ii) Financial Statements . Lender shall have received (A) the audited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and the related audited statements of income and retained earnings and cash flows for the Fiscal Year then ended and (B) unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of September 30, 2014 and related unaudited interim statements of income and retained earnings.

(iii) Payment at Closing . The Borrower shall have paid (A) to Lender the fee set forth or referenced in Section 3.2 , and (B) all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to Lender (directly to such counsel if requested by Lender) to the extent accrued and unpaid prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings ( provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and Lender).

(iv) Projections . Borrower shall have furnished to Lender a pro forma projection covering the succeeding five year period.

(e) Miscellaneous .

(i) Notice of Borrowing . Lender shall have received a Notice of Borrowing from the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.2(a) .

(ii) Due Diligence . Lender shall have completed, to its satisfaction, all legal, tax, business and other due diligence with respect to the business, assets, liabilities, operations and condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in scope and determination satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

(iii) Existing Indebtedness . All existing Indebtedness and other obligations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under the Prior Credit Agreement shall be repaid in full and terminated and all collateral security therefor shall be released, and Lender shall have received pay-off letters in form and substance satisfactory to it evidencing such repayment, termination and release.

(iv) Patriot Act . The Borrower shall have provided to Lender the documentation and other information requested by Lender in order to comply with requirements of the Act.

(v) Lien Searches . The Borrower shall have delivered to Lender results of a recent UCC lien search, by a Person satisfactory to Lender, of all effective UCC financing statements (or equivalent filings) made with respect to any personal or mixed property of the Borrower and Bank, together with copies of all such filings disclosed by such search.

(vi) Insurance . Lender shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement is in full force and effect.

(vii) Collateral . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the share certificates, if any, evidencing the Capital Stock of Bank.

 

21


(viii) Trust Preferred Indebtedness and TARP Securities . Borrower shall have delivered to Lender a fully executed copy of the F&M Purchase Agreement and the documentation evidencing the Trust Preferred Indebtedness and the TARP Securities.

(ix) Other Documents . All opinions, certificates and other instruments and all proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be satisfactory in form and substance to Lender. Lender shall have received copies of all other documents, certificates and instruments reasonably requested thereby, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 4.2 Conditions to All Revolving Credit Loans . The obligations of Lender to make any Revolving Credit Loan (including the initial Revolving Credit Loan) are subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the relevant borrowing date:

(a) Continuation of Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties contained in Article V (i) that are subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications shall be true and correct and (ii) that are not subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications shall be true and correct in all material respects, all on and as of such borrowing date with the same effect as if made on and as of such date, except for any representation and warranty made as of an earlier date, which representation and warranty (x) if subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications, be true and correct and (y) if not subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications, be true and correct in all material respects, all as of such earlier date.

(b) No Existing Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the borrowing date with respect to such Loan or after giving effect to the Loans to be made on such date.

(c) Notices . Lender shall have received a Notice of Borrowing, as applicable, from the Borrower in accordance with Section 2.2(a) .

ARTICLE V.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BORROWER

To induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to induce Lender to make Loans, the Borrower hereby represents and warrants to Lender both before and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereunder, which representations and warranties shall be deemed made on the Closing Date and as otherwise set forth in Section 4.2 , that:

SECTION 5.1 Organization; Power; Qualification . The Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, has the power and authority to own its Properties and to carry on its business as now being and hereafter proposed to be conducted and is duly qualified and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the character of its Properties or the nature of its business requires such qualification and authorization except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The jurisdictions in which the Borrower and each Subsidiary are organized are described on Schedule 5.1 . The Borrower does not have any Foreign Subsidiaries.

SECTION 5.2 Ownership . Each Subsidiary of the Borrower as of the Closing Date is listed on Schedule 5.2 . As of the Closing Date, the capitalization of the Borrower and the Bank consists of the

 

22


number of shares, authorized, issued and outstanding, of such classes and series, with or without par value, described on Schedule 5.2 . All outstanding shares of each Subsidiary have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, with no personal liability attaching to the ownership thereof, and not subject to any preemptive or similar rights, except as described in Schedule 5.2 . The shareholders or other owners, as applicable, of each Subsidiary are described on Schedule 5.2 . As of the Closing Date, there are no outstanding stock purchase warrants, subscriptions, options, securities, instruments or other rights of any type or nature whatsoever, which are convertible into, exchangeable for or otherwise provide for or permit the issuance of Capital Stock of the Bank, except as described on Schedule 5.2 . Borrower owns 100% of Banks’ Capital Stock free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 5.3 Authorization Enforceability . The Borrower has the right, power and authority and has taken all necessary corporate and other action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party in accordance with their respective terms. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the duly authorized officers of the Borrower, and each such document constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar state or federal debtor relief laws from time to time in effect which affect the enforcement of creditors’ rights in general and the availability of equitable remedies.

SECTION 5.4 Compliance of Agreement, Loan Documents and Borrowing with Laws, Etc . The execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, the Loans hereunder and the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not, by the passage of time, the giving of notice or otherwise, (i) require any Governmental Approval or violate any Applicable Law relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under the certificate of formation, bylaws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute a default under any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which such Person is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound or any Governmental Approval relating to such Person; provide that, with respect to this subsection (iii)  only, except where such conflict, breach or default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (iv) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Person or (v) require any consent or authorization of, filing with, or other act in respect of, an arbitrator or Governmental Authority and no consent of any other Person is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, except such consents or authorizations that have already been obtained or where the failure to obtain such consent or authorization could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.5 Compliance with Law; Governmental Approvals . The Borrower and each Subsidiary (i) has all Governmental Approvals required by any Applicable Law for it to conduct its business, each of which is in full force and effect, is final and not subject to review on appeal and is not the subject of any pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened attack by direct or collateral proceeding, (ii) is in compliance with each Governmental Approval applicable to it and in compliance with all other Applicable Laws relating to it or any of its respective properties and (iii) has timely filed all material reports, documents and other materials required to be filed by it under all Applicable Laws with any Governmental Authority and has retained all material records and documents required to be retained by it under Applicable Law except in each case (i), (ii) or (iii) where the failure to have, comply or file could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

23


SECTION 5.6 Tax Returns and Payments . The Borrower and each Subsidiary has duly filed or caused to be filed all federal, state, local and other Tax returns required by Applicable Law to be filed, and has paid, or made adequate provision for the payment of, all federal, state, local and other Taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it and its property, income, profits and assets which are due and payable (other than any amount the validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided for on the books of the Borrower). Such returns accurately reflect in all material respects all liability for taxes of the Borrower or any Subsidiary for the periods covered thereby. There is no ongoing audit or examination or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, other investigation by any Governmental Authority of the tax liability of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, except as described on Schedule 5.6 . No Governmental Authority has asserted any Lien or other claim against the Borrower or any Subsidiary with respect to unpaid Taxes which has not been discharged or resolved (other than (i) any amount the validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided for on the books of the Borrower and (ii) Permitted Liens). The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Borrower and each Subsidiary in respect of federal, state, local and other Taxes for all Fiscal Years and portions thereof since the organization of the Borrower or any Subsidiary are in the judgment of the Borrower adequate.

SECTION 5.7 Intellectual Property Matters . The Borrower and each Subsidiary owns or possesses rights to use all material franchises, licenses, copyrights, copyright applications, patents, patent rights or licenses, patent applications, trademarks, trademark rights, service mark, service mark rights, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights and other rights with respect to the foregoing which are reasonably necessary to conduct its business. No event has occurred which permits, or after notice or lapse of time or both would permit, the revocation or termination of any such rights, and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is liable to any Person for infringement under Applicable Law with respect to any such rights as a result of its business operations.

SECTION 5.8 Environmental Matters .

(a) The properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower and each Subsidiary now or in the past do not contain, and to their knowledge have not previously contained, any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (A) constitute or constituted a material violation of applicable Environmental Laws or (B) could reasonably be expected to give rise to material liability under applicable Environmental Laws;

(b) To the knowledge of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the Borrower and each Subsidiary and their respective properties and all operations conducted in connection therewith are in material compliance, and have been in material compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or about such properties or such operations which could reasonably be expected to interfere with the continued operation of such properties or impair the fair saleable value thereof;

(c) Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters, Hazardous Materials, or compliance with Environmental Laws;

(d) To the knowledge of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, Hazardous Materials have not been transported or disposed of to or from the properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in violation of, or in a manner or to a location which could reasonably be expected to give rise to material liability under, applicable Environmental Laws, nor have any Hazardous Materials been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of such properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to material liability under, any applicable Environmental Laws;

 

24


(e) No judicial proceedings or governmental or administrative action is pending, or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is or will be named as a potentially responsible party with respect to such properties or operations conducted in connection therewith, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or such properties or such operations that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(f) There has been no release, or to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge, threat of release, of Hazardous Materials at or from properties owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, now or in the past, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws that could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.9 Employee Benefit Matters .

(a) As of the Closing Date, none of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate maintains or contributes to, or has any obligation under, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan other than those identified on Schedule 5.9 ;

(b) The Borrower, each Subsidiary and each ERISA Affiliate is in compliance with all applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to all Employee Benefit Plans except for any required amendments for which the remedial amendment period as defined in Section 401(b) of the Code has not yet expired and except where a failure to so comply could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Employee Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code received a favorable qualification determination or opinion letter from the Internal Revenue Service, and each trust related to such plan has been determined to be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code except for such plans that have not yet received determination letters but for which the remedial amendment period for submitting a determination letter has not yet expired. No liability has been incurred by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate which remains unsatisfied for any taxes or penalties with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan or any Multiemployer Plan except for a liability that could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) As of the Closing Date, no Pension Plan has been terminated, nor has any funding waiver from the Internal Revenue Service been received or requested with respect to any Pension Plan, nor has the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate failed to make any contributions or to pay any amounts due and owing as required by Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or the terms of any Pension Plan prior to the due dates of such contributions under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, nor has there been any event requiring any disclosure under Section 4041(c)(3)(C) or 4063(a) of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan;

(d) Except where the failure of any of the following representations to be correct could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate has: (A) engaged in a nonexempt prohibited transaction

 

25


described in Section 406 of the ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, (B) incurred any liability to the PBGC which remains outstanding other than the payment of premiums and there are no premium payments which are due and unpaid, (C) failed to make a required contribution or payment to a Multiemployer Plan, or (D) failed to make a required installment or other required payment under Section 412 of the Code;

(e) No Termination Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur;

(f) Except where the failure of any of the following representations to be correct in all material respects could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no proceeding, claim (other than a benefits claim in the ordinary course of business), lawsuit and/or investigation is existing or, to the best of the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened concerning or involving any (A) employee welfare benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA) currently maintained or contributed to by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate, (B) Pension Plan or (C) Multiemployer Plan.

SECTION 5.10 Margin Stock . Other than (a) in the ordinary course of business of Bank Subsidiaries, and (b) as described on Schedule 5.10 , neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is engaged principally or as one of its activities in the business of extending credit for the purpose of “purchasing” or “carrying” any “margin stock” (as each such term is defined or used, directly or indirectly, in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). No part of the proceeds of any of the Loans will be used for purchasing or carrying margin stock or for any purpose which violates, or which would be inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of such Board of Governors. If requested by Lender, the Borrower will furnish to Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U 1 referred to in Regulation U.

SECTION 5.11 Government Regulation . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” (as each such term is defined or used in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) and neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is, or after giving effect to any Loan will be, subject to regulation under the Interstate Commerce Act, as amended, or any other Applicable Law which limits its ability to incur or consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 5.12 Material Contracts . Except for those breaches or defaults under any Material Contract that the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is contesting in good faith through applicable proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been maintained in accordance with GAAP, neither the Borrower nor any Material Subsidiary is in breach of or in default under any Material Contract in any material respect.

SECTION 5.13 Employee Relations . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is party to any collective bargaining agreement or has any labor union been recognized as the representative of its employees except as set forth on Schedule 5.13 . The Borrower knows of no pending, threatened or contemplated strikes, work stoppage or other collective labor disputes involving its employees or those of its Subsidiaries.

SECTION 5.14 Burdensome Provisions . Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is a party to any indenture, agreement, lease or other instrument, or subject to any corporate or partnership restriction, Governmental Approval or Applicable Law which is so unusual or burdensome as in the foreseeable future could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries do not presently anticipate that future expenditures or other actions needed to meet the provisions of any statutes, orders, rules or regulations of a Governmental Authority will be so

 

26


burdensome as to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Subsidiary is party to any agreement or instrument or otherwise subject to any restriction or encumbrance that restricts or limits its ability to make dividend payments or other distributions in respect of its Capital Stock to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or to transfer any of its assets or properties to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary in each case other than existing under or by reason of the Loan Documents or Applicable Law. None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary is subject to any agreement of the type described in Section 9.8 , or any agreement to give or not give an agreement of the type described in Section 9.8 , other than this Agreement.

SECTION 5.15 Financial Statements . Subject to any limitations stated therein, the audited and unaudited financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(d)(ii) are complete and correct and fairly present on a Consolidated basis the assets, liabilities and financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates, and the results of the operations and changes of financial position for the periods then ended (other than customary year-end adjustments for unaudited financial statements), in each case, in accordance with GAAP. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. Such financial statements show all material indebtedness and other material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including material liabilities for taxes, material commitments, and Indebtedness, in each case, to the extent required to be disclosed under GAAP.

SECTION 5.16 No Material Adverse Change . Since June 30, 2014, there has been no material adverse change in the properties, business, operations, or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and no event has occurred or condition arisen, either individually or in the aggregate, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.17 Solvency . As of the Closing Date and after giving effect to the Transactions, the Borrower its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, will be Solvent.

SECTION 5.18 Titles to Properties . The Borrower and each Subsidiary has such title to the real property owned or leased by it as is necessary to the conduct of its business and valid and legal title to all of its personal property and assets (other than Permitted Liens), except those which have been disposed of by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries subsequent to such date which dispositions have been in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder.

SECTION 5.19 Insurance . Borrower and each Subsidiary are insured with insurance companies that are not Affiliates of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of Borrower, financially sound and reputable, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses.

SECTION 5.20 Liens . None of the Collateral is subject to any Lien other than Permitted Liens.

SECTION 5.21 Indebtedness and Guaranty Obligations . The Borrower is not liable for any Indebtedness or Guaranty Obligations, other than the Obligations and the Indebtedness listed on Schedule 5.21 .

SECTION 5.22 Litigation . There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or in any other way relating adversely to or affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any Governmental Authority that (i) has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (ii) materially adversely affects any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

27


SECTION 5.23 Absence of Defaults . No event has occurred or is continuing (i) which constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, or (ii) which constitutes, or which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute, a default or event of default by the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary under any judgment, decree or order to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary is a party or by which the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties may be bound or which would require the Borrower or any Subsidiary to make any payment thereunder prior to the scheduled maturity date therefore that, in any case under this clause (ii) , could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 5.24 OFAC . None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower: (i) is a Sanctioned Person, or (ii) has more than fifteen percent (15%) of its equity controlled by Sanctioned Entities or Sanctioned Persons. The proceeds of any Loan will not be used and have not been used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person or a Sanctioned Entity.

SECTION 5.25 Investment Bankers’ and Similar Fees . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finders’, brokers’, investment banking or other similar fee in connection with any of the Transactions.

SECTION 5.26 Disclosure . The Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries have disclosed to Lender all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which the Borrower and any Subsidiary are subject, and all other matters known to them, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No financial statement, information, reports, statements and other papers and data (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary to Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (whether pursuant to this Article VI or any other provision of this Agreement) and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished), taken together as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, pro forma financial information, estimated financial information and other projected or estimated information, such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

SECTION 5.27 Regulatory Issues . The Borrower is not under any cease or desist order or other orders of a similar nature, enforcement actions, memoranda of understanding, temporary or permanent, of any federal or state authority which would have the effect of preventing or hindering performance of its duties hereunder, nor are there any proceedings presently in progress or to its knowledge contemplated which would, if successful, lead to the issuance of any such order.

ARTICLE VI.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION AND NOTICES

Until all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due) and have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Commitment terminated, the Borrower will furnish or cause to be furnished to Lender at Lender’s Principal Office, or such other office as may be designated by Lender from time to time:

SECTION 6.1 Financial Statements .

(a) Quarterly Financial Statements . As soon as practicable and in any event within sixty (60) days (or, if earlier, on the date of any required public filing thereof) after the end of

 

28


each fiscal quarter of each Fiscal Year (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2014), an unaudited Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such fiscal quarter and unaudited Consolidated and consolidating statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows and a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such financial statements for the fiscal quarter then ended and that portion of the Fiscal Year then ended, including the notes thereto, all in reasonable detail setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures as of the end of and for the corresponding period in the preceding Fiscal Year and prepared by the Borrower in accordance with GAAP and, if applicable, containing disclosure of the effect on the financial position or results of operations of any change in the application of accounting principles and practices during the period, and certified by the chief financial officer of the Borrower to present fairly in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a Consolidated and consolidating basis as of their respective dates and the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the respective periods then ended, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

(b) Annual Financial Statements . As soon as practicable and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days (or, if earlier, on the date of any required public filing thereof) after the end of each Fiscal Year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2014), an audited Consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the close of such Fiscal Year and audited Consolidated and consolidating statements of income, retained earnings and cash flows and a report containing management’s discussion and analysis of such financial statements for the Fiscal Year then ended, including the notes thereto, all in reasonable detail setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures as of the end of and for the preceding Fiscal Year and prepared in accordance with GAAP and, if applicable, containing disclosure of the effect on the financial position or results of operations of any change in the application of accounting principles and practices during the year. Such annual financial statements shall be audited by an independent certified public accounting firm of recognized national standing acceptable to Lender, and accompanied by a report thereon by such certified public accountants that is not qualified with respect to scope limitations imposed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or with respect to accounting principles followed by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries not in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 6.2 Officer’s Compliance Certificate . At each time financial statements are delivered pursuant to Sections 6.1(a) or (b)  and at such other times as Lender shall reasonably request, an Officer’s Compliance Certificate.

SECTION 6.3 Regulatory Reports .

(a) Call Reports . As soon as available, and in no event more than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each Bank Subsidiary, copies of each Bank Subsidiary’s Call Reports or other quarterly reports of condition and income furnished to Governmental Authorities.

(b) FR Y-9LP . As soon as available, and in any event no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Borrower’s complete form FR Y-9LP as filed with the Federal Reserve Bank in the applicable Federal Reserve District.

(c) FR Y-6 . As soon as available, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, the Borrower’s complete form FR Y-6 as filed with the Federal Reserve Bank in the applicable Federal Reserve District.

 

29


(d) FR Y-9C . As soon as available, and in any event no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, the Borrower’s complete form FR Y-9C as filed with the Federal Reserve Bank in the applicable Federal Reserve District.

(e) Bankers Blanket Bond . On the next Business Day after the earlier of notice of intention to cancel or cancellation, in whole or in part, of any Bankers Blanket Bond, a copy of the written notice to cancel or cancellation, including a copy of any correspondence received from the underwriter or underwriters of such Bankers Blanket Bond related to such intention to cancel or cancellation.

SECTION 6.4 Other Reports .

(a) Promptly upon the request thereof, such other information and documentation required by Bank Regulatory Authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations (including, without limitation, the Act), as from time to time reasonably requested by Lender; and

(b) Such other information regarding the operations, business affairs and financial condition of the Borrower or any Subsidiary as Lender may reasonably request.

SECTION 6.5 Notice of Litigation and Other Matters . Prompt (but in no event later than ten (10) days after any Responsible Officer of the Borrower obtains knowledge thereof) telephonic and written notice of:

(a) the commencement of all proceedings by or before any Governmental Authority and all actions and proceedings in any court or before any arbitrator against or involving the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties, assets or businesses that if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to result in an effect on the Borrower’s earnings in an amount that exceeds the Threshold Amount;

(b) any notice of any violation received by the Borrower or any Subsidiary from any Governmental Authority including, without limitation, any notice of violation of Environmental Laws which in any such case could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any labor controversy that has resulted in, or threatens to result in, a strike or other work action against the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(d) any attachment, judgment, Lien, levy or order that could reasonably be expected to result in an effect on the Borrower’s earnings in an amount exceeding the Threshold Amount that may be assessed against or threatened in writing against the Borrower or any Subsidiary;

(e) (i) any Default or Event of Default, or (ii) any event which constitutes or which with the passage of time or giving of notice or both would constitute a default or event of default under any Material Contract to which the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary thereof or any of their respective properties may be bound which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) any breaches or defaults under any Material Contract that the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary is contesting in good faith through applicable proceedings;

 

30


(g) (i) any unfavorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service regarding the qualification of an Employee Benefit Plan under Section 401(a) of the Code (along with a copy thereof), (ii) all notices received by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of the PBGC’s intent to terminate any Pension Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Pension Plan, (iii) all notices received by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning the imposition or amount of withdrawal liability pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA and (iv) the Borrower obtaining knowledge or reason to know that the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has filed or intends to file a notice of intent to terminate any Pension Plan under a distress termination within the meaning of Section 4041(c) of ERISA;

(h) any event which makes any of the representations set forth in Article VII that is subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications inaccurate in any respect as of any date on which such representations are made or deemed to be made, or any event which makes any of the representations set forth in Article VII that is not subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications inaccurate in any material respect, as of any date on which such representations are made or deemed to be made, if any such inaccuracy, alone or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(i) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, quarterly report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, quarterly, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and not otherwise required to be delivered to Lender pursuant hereto.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Article VI may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address previously furnished to Lender; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an internet or intranet website, if any, to which Lender has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by Lender); provided that: (i) the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to Lender that requests the Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by Lender and (ii) the Borrower shall notify Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to Lender by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Officer’s Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.2 to Lender. Except for such Officer’s Compliance Certificates, Lender shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

ARTICLE VII.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Until all of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due) have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Commitment terminated, the Borrower will, and will cause each of its Material Subsidiaries to:

SECTION 7.1 Preservation of Corporate Existence and Related Matters . Except as permitted by Section 9.3 , (a) preserve and maintain its separate corporate existence and all rights, franchises, licenses

 

31


and privileges necessary to the conduct of its business, and (b) qualify and remain qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity and authorized to do business in each jurisdiction where the nature and scope of its activities require it to so qualify under Applicable Law, except where failure to qualify in such foreign jurisdiction could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.2 Maintenance of Property and Licenses .

(a) Protect and preserve all Properties necessary in and material to its business, including copyrights, patents, trade names, service marks and trademarks; maintain in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, all buildings, equipment and other tangible real and personal property; and from time to time make or cause to be made all repairs, renewals and replacements thereof and additions to such Property necessary for the conduct of its business, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be conducted in a commercially reasonable manner.

(b) Maintain, in full force and effect in all material respects, each and every material license, permit, certification, qualification, approval or franchise issued by any Governmental Authority (each a “ License ”) required for each of them to conduct their respective businesses as presently conducted , except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.3 Insurance . Maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies against at least such risks and in at least such amounts as are customarily maintained by similar businesses and as may be required by Applicable Law (including, without limitation, hazard and business interruption insurance). On the Closing Date and from time to time thereafter deliver to Lender upon its reasonable request information in reasonable detail as to the insurance then in effect, stating the names of the insurance companies, the amounts and rates of the insurance, the dates of the expiration thereof and the properties and risks covered thereby.

SECTION 7.4 Accounting Methods and Financial Records . Maintain a system of accounting, and keep proper books, records and accounts (which shall be true and complete in all material respects) as may be required or as may be necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and in compliance with the regulations of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over it or any of its properties.

SECTION 7.5 Payment of Taxes and Other Obligations . Pay and perform, (a) when due and payable or performable, all material Taxes, assessments and other governmental charges that may be levied or assessed upon it or any of its Property and (b) all other Indebtedness, obligations and liabilities in accordance with customary trade practices the aggregate outstanding amount of which is in excess of the Threshold Amount; provided , that the Borrower or such Material Subsidiary may contest any item described in this Section 7.5 in good faith so long as adequate reserves are maintained with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 7.6 Compliance With Laws and Approvals . Observe and remain in compliance with all Applicable Laws and maintain in full force and effect all Governmental Approvals, in each case applicable to the conduct of its business except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

SECTION 7.7 Environmental Laws . In addition to and without limiting the generality of Section 7.6 , (a) comply with in all respects, and ensure such compliance by all tenants and subtenants with all applicable Environmental Laws and obtain and comply with and maintain, and ensure that all

 

32


tenants and subtenants, if any, obtain and comply with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws except failure to comply or obtain any license approval, notification, registration, or permit could not reasonably be expected to give rise to a Material Adverse Effect, (b) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws, and promptly comply with all lawful orders and directives of any Governmental Authority regarding Environmental Laws except where failure to conduct and complete any investigation, study, sampling and testing, remedial, removal or other action could not reasonably be expected to give rise to a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) defend, indemnify and hold harmless Lender, and their respective parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates, employees, agents, officers and directors, from and against any claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way relating to the presence of Hazardous Materials, or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under any Environmental Laws applicable to the operations of the Borrower or any such Material Subsidiary, or any orders, requirements or demands of Governmental Authorities related thereto, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s and consultant’s fees, investigation and laboratory fees, response costs, court costs and litigation expenses, except to the extent that any of the foregoing directly result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking indemnification therefor, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final nonappealable judgment.

SECTION 7.8 Compliance with ERISA . In addition to and without limiting the generality of Section 7.6 , (a) except where the failure to so comply could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) comply with applicable provisions of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to all Employee Benefit Plans, (ii) not take any action or fail to take action the result of which could reasonably be expected to result in a liability to the PBGC or to a Multiemployer Plan, (iii) not participate in any prohibited transaction that could result in any civil penalty under ERISA or tax under the Code and (iv) operate each Employee Benefit Plan in such a manner that will not incur any tax liability under Section 4980B of the Code or any liability to any qualified beneficiary as defined in Section 4980B of the Code and (b) furnish to Lender upon Lender’s request such additional information about any Employee Benefit Plan as may be reasonably requested by Lender.

SECTION 7.9 Compliance with Agreements . Comply in all material respects with each Material Contract; provided , that the Borrower or any such Material Subsidiary may contest any such Material Contract in good faith through applicable proceedings so long as adequate reserves are maintained in accordance with GAAP.

SECTION 7.10 Visits and Inspections; Lender Meetings . Permit representatives of Lender, from time to time upon prior reasonable notice and at such times during normal business hours, at Lender’s expense, to visit and inspect its properties; inspect, audit and make extracts from its books, records and files, including, but not limited to, management letters prepared by independent accountants; and discuss with its principal officers, and its independent accountants, its business, assets, liabilities, financial condition, results of operations and business prospects; provided that, if no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Lender shall only be allowed to make one such visit and inspection per fiscal quarter. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Lender may do any of the foregoing at any time without advance notice, at the Borrower’s sole expense.

SECTION 7.11 Lender Meetings . Upon the request of Lender, participate in a meeting of Lender once during each Fiscal Year, which meeting will be held at the Borrower’s corporate offices (or such other location as may be agreed to by the Borrower and Lender) at such time as may be agreed by the Borrower and Lender.

SECTION 7.12 Further Assurances . Make, execute and deliver all such additional and further acts, things, deeds, instruments and documents as Lender may reasonably require for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

33


ARTICLE VIII.

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

Until all of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due) have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Commitment terminated:

SECTION 8.1 Well Capitalized . Borrower shall, and shall cause Bank to, maintain a “well-capitalized” rating (as defined and determined by the appropriate Bank Regulatory Authority or other Governmental Authority on the date of determination).

SECTION 8.2 Minimum Return on Assets . Borrower shall cause Bank to maintain a minimum return on assets (“ ROA ”) of 0.65%, measured as of the end of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2014.

SECTION 8.3 Loan Loss Reserve to Non-Performing Loans . Borrower shall cause Bank’s ratio of Loan Loss Reserves to Non-Performing Loans to be not less than 75%, measured as of the end of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2014.

SECTION 8.4 Non-Performing Assets . Borrower shall cause Bank’s ratio of (a) Non-Performing Assets to (b) (i) the aggregate amount of total equity capital of Bank and its Subsidiaries as at the date of determination, plus (ii) the Loan Loss Reserves as at the date of determination, minus (iii) the aggregate amount of all disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets of the Bank and its Subsidiaries as at the date of determination, not to exceed 35%, measured as of the end of each fiscal quarter commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2014.

ARTICLE IX.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Until all of the Obligations (other than contingent, indemnification obligations not then due) have been paid and satisfied in full in cash and the Commitment terminated:

SECTION 9.1 Limitations on Indebtedness . The Borrower will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness except:

(a) the Obligations;

(b) interest rate swap agreements entered into by the Borrower;

(c) Indebtedness owed to any Federal Home Loan Bank;

(d) intercompany Indebtedness between (i) Borrower and any Subsidiary or such Subsidiary’s affiliate or Subsidiary and (ii) any Subsidiary and such Subsidiary’s affiliate or Subsidiary;

(e) short-term unsecured Indebtedness including, but not limited to, federal funds purchased by a Subsidiary for liquidity purposes;

 

34


(f) following the consummation of the F&M Acquisition, the Trust Preferred Indebtedness;

(g) following the consummation of the F&M Acquisition, TARP Securities; and

(h) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and not otherwise permitted under this Section 9.1 and listed on Schedule 5.21 .

provided, however, for Indebtedness of the type described in clauses (b) through (e) of this Section 9.1 to be permitted hereunder, the Borrower or, as applicable, Subsidiary must incur such Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 9.2 Limitations on Liens . The Borrower shall not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Lien on or with respect to the Collateral, except:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies (excluding any Lien imposed pursuant to any of the provisions of ERISA or Environmental Laws) (i) not yet due or as to which the period of grace (not to exceed thirty (30) days), if any, related thereto has not expired or (ii) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP;

(b) (i) the claims of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, processors or landlords for labor, materials, supplies or rentals incurred in the ordinary course of business, (A) which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or (B) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves are maintained to the extent required by GAAP and (ii) do not, individually or in the aggregate, materially impair the use thereof in the operation of the business of the Borrower;

(c) Liens consisting of deposits or pledges made in the ordinary course of business in connection with, or to secure payment of, obligations under workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security or similar legislation, or to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, so long as no foreclosure sale or similar proceeding has been commenced with respect to any portion of the collateral on account thereof;

(d) Liens constituting encumbrances in the nature of zoning restrictions, easements and rights or restrictions of record on the use of real property, which in the aggregate are not substantial in amount and which do not, in any case, detract from the value of such property or impair the use thereof in the ordinary conduct of business;

(e) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to personal property leased pursuant to Operating Leases entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower;

(f) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 10.1(p) or securing appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments;

 

35


(g) (i) Liens of a collecting bank arising in the ordinary course of business under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the relevant jurisdiction and (ii) Liens of any depositary bank in connection with statutory, common law and contractual rights of set-off and recoupment with respect to any deposit account of Borrower;

(h) (i) contractual or statutory Liens of landlords to the extent relating to the property and assets relating to any lease agreements with such landlord, and (ii) contractual Liens of suppliers (including sellers of goods) or customers to the extent limited to the property or assets relating to such contract;

(i) any interest or title of a licensor, sublicensor, lessor or sublessor with respect to any assets under any license or lease agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business; provided that the same do not interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower or materially detract from the value of the relevant assets of the Borrower;

(j) Liens described on Schedule 9.2 (but not any expansion of such Lien to property not subject to such Liens on the Closing Date);

(k) Liens securing Indebtedness of the type described in Section 9.1(c) ; and

(l) Liens granted under the Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.3 Limitations on Fundamental Changes . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Material Subsidiary to, (a) discontinue or materially reduce its normal operations, (b) sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part of its assets, (c) merge, consolidate or enter into any similar combination with any other Person; provided , however, that (i) a Subsidiary (other than a Bank Subsidiary) may merge into the Borrower or another Subsidiary of the Borrower (other than a Bank Subsidiary) and (ii) F&M may merge into Borrower and Enterprise Bank, a Texas state bank, may merge into Bank, in each case, in connection with the F&M Acquisition, or (d) liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution).

SECTION 9.4 Limitations on Restricted Payments . Unless such payment is made under and in accordance with Borrower’s existing corporate bonus and incentive program, as such program may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time in the ordinary course of business and in accordance with customary market practices, or pursuant to the terms of the TARP Securities, without Lender’s prior written consent, the Borrower shall not: (a) pay any bonus or other similar payment to its directors, managers, officers, employees, owners, partners, members, affiliates, subsidiaries or other related persons or (b) declare, make, or pay any dividend on, or make any payment or other distribution on account of, or purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire (directly or indirectly), or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for the purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of, any class of Capital Stock of the Borrower, or make any distribution of cash, property or assets to the holders of shares of any Capital Stock of the Borrower (all of the foregoing, the “ Restricted Payments ”).

SECTION 9.5 Transactions with Affiliates . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly enter into any material transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of Property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with (a) any officer, director, holder of any Capital Stock in, or other Affiliate of, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (b) any Affiliate of any such officer, director or holder, other than:

(i) transactions existing on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 9.5 ;

 

36


(ii) other transactions on terms as favorable as would be obtained by it on a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an independent, unrelated third party as determined in good faith by the board of directors (or a committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower;

(iii) employment and severance arrangements (including stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements) with their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) payment of customary fees (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and reasonable out of pocket costs to, and indemnities for the benefit of, directors, officers and employees of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business to the extent attributable to the ownership or operation of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

(v) the incurrence of intercompany Indebtedness permitted under Section 9.1(d) .

SECTION 9.6 Certain Accounting Changes; Organizational Documents . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Material Subsidiary to, (a) change its Fiscal Year end, or make (without the consent of Lender) any material change in its accounting treatment and reporting practices except as required by GAAP or (b) amend, modify or change its certificate of formation (or corporate charter or other similar organizational documents) or amend, modify or change its bylaws (or other similar documents) in any manner which would materially and adversely affect the rights or interests of the Lender.

SECTION 9.7 Reserved .

SECTION 9.8 No Further Negative Pledges; Restrictive Agreements .

(a) The Borrower shall not, except pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and non-waivable provisions of Applicable Law:

(i) enter into, assume or be subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon the Collateral, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations or requiring the grant of any security for such obligation if security is given for the Obligations.

(ii) create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of the Borrower to (A) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation of the Borrower, (B) make loans or advances, or (C) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets.

(b) The Borrower shall not permit Bank to enter into, assume or be subject to any agreement prohibiting or otherwise restricting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or requiring the grant of any security for such obligation if security is given for some other obligation, except (i) pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (ii) restrictions in connection with any Permitted Lien (for purposes of this Section 9.8(b) , each reference in Section 9.2 to the Borrower shall be deemed to be a reference to such Material Subsidiary) or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien ( provided , that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien).

 

37


(c) The Borrower shall not permit any Material Subsidiary to create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Material Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary on its Capital Stock or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, (ii) pay any Indebtedness or other obligation owed to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, (iii) make loans or advances to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, or (iv) sell, lease or transfer any of its properties or assets to the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary, except (in respect of any of the matters referred to in clauses (i) through (iv)  above) for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (A) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (B) Applicable Law, (C) any Permitted Lien or any document or instrument governing any Permitted Lien ( provided , that any such restriction contained therein relates only to the asset or assets subject to such Permitted Lien), (D) obligations that are binding on a Material Subsidiary at the time such Material Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, so long as such obligations are not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Subsidiary, (E) customary restrictions contained in an agreement related to the sale of Property (to the extent such sale is permitted pursuant to Section 9.4 ) that limit the transfer of such Property pending the consummation of such sale, (F) customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses and sublicenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted by this Agreement so long as such restrictions relate only to the assets subject thereto and (G) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business.

SECTION 9.9 Nature of Business . The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any business other than the business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date and business activities reasonably related or ancillary thereto, unless the Borrower or such Subsidiary has authority to engage in such business pursuant to banking laws and regulations then in effect and has received all necessary approvals from all applicable Governmental Authorities (including all applicable Bank Regulatory Authorities).

SECTION 9.10 Limitations on Investments .

(a) Without the prior written consent of Lender, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, acquire control or substantially all of the assets of any Person, except F&M pursuant to the F&M Acquisition; and

(b) The Borrower shall not make any loan or other extension of credit to or for the benefit of a Subsidiary other than loans made in the ordinary course of business; provided , that the aggregate principal amount (based on the aggregate amount advanced and without giving effect to any payment thereof) of all outstanding loans described in this Section 9.10(b) shall not exceed $5,000,000 at any date of determination without the prior written consent of Lender.

SECTION 9.11 Use of Proceeds . The Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Revolving Credit Loan for any purpose other than (a) repay in full all Indebtedness of the Borrower outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement, (b) to repay Shareholder Debt, (c) to consummate the F&M Acquisition, (d) for the payment of certain fees and expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing and this Agreement, (e) for working capital and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and (f) as may be otherwise permitted by Lender.

 

38


SECTION 9.12 Restrictions on Transfers of Collateral . Borrower shall not, and shall not allow or suffer any other Person to, sell, transfer, assign, convey or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, any portion thereof, or any interest therein (or any of the proceeds thereof, including, without limitation, money, checks, money orders, drafts, notes, instruments, documents, chattel paper, returns or repossessions), without Lender’s prior written consent.

SECTION 9.13 Reserved .

SECTION 9.14 Certain Restrictions Regarding Securities . Any reverse stock splits, or purchases, redemptions, retirements or reclassifications of the capital stock or other equity securities of any class, series or issue whatsoever of the Bank.

ARTICLE X.

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 10.1 Events of Default . Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default, whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any Governmental Authority or otherwise:

(a) Default in Payment of Principal of Loans . The Borrower shall default in any payment of principal of any Loan when and as due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise).

(b) Other Payment Default . The Borrower shall default in the payment when and as due (whether at maturity, by reason of acceleration or otherwise) of interest on any Loan or the payment of any other Obligation, and such default shall continue for a period of three (3) Business Days.

(c) Misrepresentation . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in this Agreement, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith that is subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications, shall be incorrect or misleading in any respect when made or deemed made or any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith that is not subject to materiality or Material Adverse Effect qualifications, shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made.

(d) Default in Performance of Certain Covenants . The Borrower shall default in the performance or observance of any covenant or agreement contained in Sections 6.1 , 6.2 , 6.4 or 6.5(e)(i) or Articles VIII or IX .

(e) Default in Performance of Other Covenants and Conditions . The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall default in the performance or observance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than as specifically provided for in this Section ) or any other Loan Document and such default shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) Lender’s delivery of written notice thereof to the Borrower and (ii) a Responsible Officer of the Borrower having obtained knowledge thereof.

 

39


(f) Indebtedness Cross-Default . The Borrower or any Subsidiary shall (i) default in the payment of any Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) the aggregate outstanding amount of which Indebtedness is in excess of the Threshold Amount beyond the period of grace if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created, or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) the aggregate outstanding amount of which Indebtedness is in excess of the Threshold Amount or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders) to cause, with the giving of notice, if required, but without any further lapse of time, if required, any such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity (any applicable grace period having expired).

(g) Reserved .

(h) Change in Control . Any Change in Control shall occur.

(i) Voluntary Bankruptcy Proceeding . The Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall (i) commence a voluntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in effect), (ii) file a petition seeking to take advantage of any other laws, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or composition for adjustment of debts, (iii) consent to or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under such bankruptcy laws or other laws, (iv) apply for or consent to, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, the appointment of, or the taking of possession by, a receiver, custodian, trustee, or liquidator of itself or of a substantial part of its property, domestic or foreign, (v) admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, (vi) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vii) make any conveyance with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud any creditor, or (viii) take any corporate action for the purpose of authorizing any of the foregoing.

(j) Involuntary Bankruptcy Proceeding . A case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief under the federal bankruptcy laws (as now or hereafter in effect) or under any other laws, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding up or adjustment of debts, or (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary or for all or any substantial part of their respective assets, domestic or foreign, and such case or proceeding shall continue without dismissal or stay for a period of sixty (60) consecutive days, or an order granting the relief requested in such case or proceeding (including, but not limited to, an order for relief under such federal bankruptcy laws) shall be entered.

(k) Bank Regulatory Authority or Governmental Authority Restrictions . If (i) any Bank Regulatory Authority or other Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall impose any restriction on the Borrower or such Material Subsidiary with respect to the payment of dividends from any such Material Subsidiary to the Borrower, (ii) any Bank Material Subsidiary shall cease for any reason to be an insured bank under the FDIA, (iii) the FDIC or any other Governmental Authority shall issue a cease and desist order to take other action of a disciplinary or remedial nature against the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary and such order or other action could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or there shall occur with respect to any Material Subsidiary any event that is grounds for the required submission of a capital restoration plan under 12 U.S.C.

 

40


§ 1831 o (e)(2) and the regulations thereunder, or (iv) the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary shall enter into a written supervisory or similar agreement with any Bank Regulatory Authority or other Governmental Authority for any reason, but only to the extent that such supervisory or similar agreement would have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to such Material Subsidiary or the Borrower.

(l) Bank Supervision . Without limiting the generality of Section 10.1(k) , the appointment of a conservator or receiver for any Material Subsidiary that is an “insured depository institution” as defined in the FDIA (12 U.S.C. § 1813(c)(2)), by any “appropriate Federal banking agency” as defined in the FDIA (12 U.S.C. § 1813(q)), by any state supervisory agency or by the FDIC or any successor thereto pursuant to the FDIA; or the organization of a bridge bank to purchase assets and assume liabilities of such Subsidiary pursuant to the FDIA; or the provision of any form of assistance to any such Subsidiary by the FDIC pursuant to the FDIA or other Governmental Authority.

(m) Bank Holding Company . The Borrower shall cease to be a bank holding company.

(n) Failure of Agreements . Any material provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other Loan Document shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on the Borrower.

(o) Termination Event . The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to make full payment when due of all amounts which, under the provisions of any Pension Plan or Section 412 of the Code, the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is required to pay as contributions thereto in an amount exceeding the Threshold Amount, (ii) a Termination Event or (iii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate as employers under one or more Multiemployer Plans makes a complete or partial withdrawal from any such Multiemployer Plan and the plan sponsor of such Multiemployer Plans notifies such withdrawing employer that such employer has incurred a withdrawal liability requiring payments in an amount exceeding the Threshold Amount.

(p) Judgment . A judgment or order for the payment of money which causes the aggregate amount of all such judgments or orders (net of any amounts paid or fully covered by independent third party insurance as to which the relevant insurance company does not dispute coverage) to result in a reduction in the Borrower’s earnings in an amount in excess of the Threshold Amount shall be entered against the Borrower or any Subsidiary by any court and such judgment or order shall continue without having been discharged, vacated or stayed for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days after the entry thereof.

SECTION 10.2 Remedies . Upon the occurrence of and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Lender may, by notice to the Borrower:

(a) Terminate the Revolving Credit Commitment and declare the principal of and interest on the Loans at the time outstanding, and all other amounts owed to the Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and all other Obligations, to be forthwith due and payable, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower, anything in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, and terminate the Revolving Credit Facility and any right of the Borrower to request borrowings hereunder; provided , that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in Section 10.1(i)

 

41


or (j) , the Revolving Credit Facility shall be automatically terminated and all Obligations shall automatically become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by the Borrower, anything in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding;

(b) Exercise all of its other rights and remedies under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and Applicable Law, in order to satisfy all of the Obligations, including but not limited to the following:

(i) the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code of Texas (regardless of whether the Uniform Commercial Code has been enacted in the jurisdiction where rights or remedies are asserted), including, without limitation, the right to take possession and dispose of the Collateral, and for that purpose Lender may, so far as Borrower can give authority therefor, enter upon any premises on which the Collateral may be situated and remove the same therefrom or take possession of same and/or store the same on such premises for a reasonable time pending disposition under the terms of this Agreement or applicable law. Lender may require Borrower to assemble the Collateral and make it available to Lender at a place designated by Lender which is reasonably convenient to both parties.

(ii) Unless the Collateral is perishable or is of a type customarily sold on a recognized market, Lender shall give to Borrower at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale of Collateral or of the time after which any private sale or any other intended disposition is to be made. Any notice to Borrower of sale, disposition or other intended action by Lender, required by law to be given to Borrower, sent to Borrower at the address of Borrower shown on the first page of this Agreement or at such other address of Borrower as may from time to time be shown on Lender’s records, at least ten (10) days prior to such action, shall constitute reasonable notice to Borrower.

(iii) Lender may, at any time, in its discretion, transfer any securities or other property constituting Collateral into its own name or that of its nominee and receive the income therefrom and hold the same as security for the Obligations or apply it on principal, interest, charges or expenses due on Obligations in any manner deemed appropriate by Lender.

(iv) Lender may demand, collect, receipt for, settle, compromise, adjust, sue for, foreclose or realize upon Collateral as Lender may determine, whether or not Obligations or Collateral are then due.

(v) Lender may receive, open and dispose of mail addressed to Borrower and sign and endorse notes, checks, drafts, money orders, certificates and documents of title and related forms or other evidences of payment, shipment or storage or any form of Collateral on behalf of and in the name of Borrower as Borrower’s attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

(vi) Lender may apply Collateral and the proceeds from any Collateral against the Obligations secured hereby in any manner deemed appropriate by Lender.

(vii) Lender may resort to any security given by this Agreement or to any other security now existing or hereafter given to secure the payment of Borrower’s

 

42


Obligations, in whole or in part, and in such portions and in such order as may seem best to Lender in its sole discretion, and any such action shall not in any way be considered as a waiver of any of the rights, benefits, or security interests evidenced by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

(viii) Lender may, at all times, proceed directly against Borrower to enforce payment of Borrower’s Obligations and shall not be required first to enforce its rights in the Collateral or any other security granted to it;

(c) Collect by legal proceedings or otherwise all dividends, interest, principal payments, income, and other sums now or hereafter payable upon or on account of the Collateral, and hold the same as Collateral or apply the same to any Obligations, the manner, distribution and application to be in Lender’s sole discretion;

(d) Enter into any extension, reorganization, deposit, merger or consolidation agreement, or any agreement in any manner relating to or affecting the Collateral; accept other property in exchange for such Collateral and do and perform such acts and things as it may deem proper, and any money or property received in exchange for such Collateral shall be applied to the Obligations or thereafter held by Lender pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement;

(e) Demand, sue for, collect, or make any compromise or settlement with reference to the Collateral as Lender, in its sole discretion, chooses;

(f) Process and preserve the Collateral;

(g) Transfer the Collateral to Lender’s name or the name of its nominee to transfer and/or exercise as to the Collateral all the rights, powers, and remedies of an owner; provided, however, to the extent the Collateral consists of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and as defined in SEC Rule 13d-1(d), or any other securities the holding of which would subject Lender to the reporting requirements of Sections 13(d) or 13(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Lender shall have no right, prior to its formal declaration of an Event of Default, to make such transfer or to vote or dispose of such securities; and

(h) Perform any of the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement.

provided, however, that upon the occurrence or commencement of an action described in any of subsections 10.1 (i) or (j) above, all of the Obligations shall become automatically due and payable without declaration, notice or demand by Lender to or upon Borrower and any commitment to make advances hereunder or otherwise extend credit to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall automatically terminate; provided, further, that, if Lender shall continue to make advances hereunder or otherwise extend credit to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement after an automatic termination of the Lender’s obligation to make advances hereunder by reason of the commencement of an action described in any of subsections 10.1(i) or (j)  above, Borrower acknowledges and agrees that such advances and other credit shall nevertheless be governed by this Agreement and enforceable against and recoverable from Borrower as if such action bad never been instituted.

The enumeration of the foregoing rights is not intended to be exhaustive, and the exercise of any right shall not preclude the exercise of any other rights, all of which shall be cumulative. All rights and remedies of Lender with respect to Obligations or Collateral, whether evidenced hereby, by any of the other Loan. Documents or by any other instrument or paper, shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently.

 

43


SECTION 10.3 Rights and Remedies Cumulative; Non-Waiver; Etc . The enumeration of the rights and remedies of Lender set forth in this Agreement is not intended to be exhaustive and the exercise by Lender of any right or remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other rights or remedies, all of which shall be cumulative, and shall be in addition to any other right or remedy given hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or that may now or hereafter exist at law or in equity or by suit or otherwise. No delay or failure to take action on the part of Lender in exercising any right, power or privilege shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege or shall be construed to be a waiver of any Event of Default. No course of dealing between the Borrower, Lender or their respective agents or employees shall be effective to change, modify or discharge any provision of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or to constitute a waiver of any Event of Default.

SECTION 10.4 Crediting of Payments and Proceeds . In the event that the Obligations have been accelerated pursuant to Section 10.2 or Lender has exercised any remedy set forth in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, all payments received by Lender upon the Obligations and all net proceeds from the enforcement of the Obligations shall be applied:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts, including attorney fees, payable to Lender;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans;

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Applicable Law.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 11.1 Notices . All notices, demands, requests and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been properly given and delivered: (a) if delivered by hand delivery, when delivered; (b) if delivered by Federal Express or other reliable overnight courier service, on the next Business Day after delivered to such courier service; (c) if mailed by United States Postal Service certified or registered mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), three (3) Business Days after mailing; or (d) if sent by telecopier, on the day of transmission provided that a copy is sent on the same day by overnight courier as set forth below(except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). :

 

If to the Borrower: Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.
U.S. Mail delivery :
8727 West Sam Houston Parkway North
Suite 210
Houston, Texas 77040
Telephone: (281) 517-6461
Attention: Laurence L. Lehman III

 

44


Courier delivery :
8727 West Sam Houston Parkway North
Suite 210
Houston, Texas 77040
Telephone: (281) 517-6461
Attention: Laurence L. Lehman III
With copies to:

Bracewell & Giuliani LLP ( which shall not be notice to

Borrower or any Subsidiary )

711 Louisiana Street, Suite 2300
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: Jason Jean
If to the Lender: Prosperity Bank
U.S. Mail delivery :
1301 North Mechanic Street
El Campo, Texas
Attention: David Zalman
Courier delivery :
1301 North Mechanic Street
El Campo, Texas
Attention: David Zalman
With copies to ( which
shall not be notice to Lender)
Haynes and Boone., LLP
2323 Victory Avenue
Suite 700
Dallas, Texas 75219
Attention of: Darrel A. Rice
Telephone No.: (214) 651-5969
Telecopy No.: (214) 200-0664
E-mail: darrel.rice@haynesboone.com

SECTION 11.2 Amendments, Waivers and Consents . Except as specifically provided in any Loan Document, any term, covenant, agreement or condition of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents may be amended or waived by Lender, and any consent given by Lender, if, but only if, such amendment, waiver or consent is in writing signed by Lender and, in the case of an amendment, signed by the Borrower.

SECTION 11.3 Expenses; Indemnity .

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay all reasonable (i) fees, charges and disbursements of Haynes and Boone, LLP, counsel for Lender, associated with the preparation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents and (ii) out-of-pocket expenses of Lender

 

45


(including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of outside counsel for Lender) associated with the preparation, execution and delivery of amendments, consents, waivers or other modifications of the Loan Documents and (iii) out-of-pocket expenses of Lender (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for and advisors to Lender) associated with any “workout,” enforcement or other exercise of remedies after the occurrence of an Event of Default.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower The Borrower shall indemnify Lender and each Person owing an interest in the Loans and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, and consultants (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, and shall pay or reimburse any such Indemnitee for, any and all losses, claims (including, without limitation, any Environmental Claims or civil penalties or fines assessed by OFAC), damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any Affiliate of the Borrower arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any Environmental Claim related in any way to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, or (v) any claim (including, without limitation, any Environmental Claims or civil penalties or fines assessed by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control), investigation, litigation or other proceeding (whether or not Lender is a party thereto) and the prosecution and defense thereof, arising out of or in any way connected with the Loans, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys and consultant’s fees, provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (A) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and non-appealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee, (B) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any Subsidiary against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Subsidiary has obtained a final and non-appealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or (C) relate to any proceeding solely between or among Indemnitees other than claims arising out of any act or omission of the Borrower; and provided further that each Indemnitee shall promptly repay the Borrower all expense reimbursements previously made pursuant to this Section 11.3(b) to the extent that such Indemnitee is determined by a final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction not to be entitled to indemnification hereunder as contemplated by the preceding exceptions of this Section 11.3(b) . This Section 11.3(b) shall not apply to any Taxes other than Taxes that represent losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expense arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

46


(c) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc . To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in Section 11.3(b) shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(d) Payments . All amounts due under this Section 11.3 shall be payable promptly after demand therefor.

SECTION 11.4 Right of Set Off . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to Lender, irrespective of whether or not Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of Lender under this Section 11.4 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that Lender or its respective Affiliates may have. Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and Lender promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

SECTION 11.5 Governing Law; Jurisdiction, etc. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas; provided that Lender shall retain all rights under federal law. This Agreement has been entered into in Harris County, Texas, and is performable for all purposes in Harris County, Texas. The parties hereby agree that any lawsuit, action, or proceeding that is brought (whether in contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of or relating to any of the Loan Documents, the transactions contemplated thereby, or the actions of the Lender in the negotiation, administration or enforcement of any of the Loan Documents shall be brought in a state or federal court of competent jurisdiction located in Harris County, Texas. Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (a) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts, (b) waives any objection it may now or hereafter have as to the venue of any such lawsuit, action, or proceeding brought in any such court, and (c) further waives any claim that it may now or hereafter have that any such court is an inconvenient forum. Each of the parties hereto agree that service of process upon it may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested at the address for notices referenced in Section 11.1 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by Applicable Law.

SECTION 11.6 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS

 

47


REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.6 .

SECTION 11.7 Injunctive Relief; Punitive Damages .

(a) The Borrower recognizes that, in the event the Borrower fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement, any remedy of law may prove to be inadequate relief to the Lender. Therefore, the Borrower agrees that the Lender, at the Lender’s option, shall be entitled to seek temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.

(b) Lender and the Borrower hereby agree that no such Person shall have a remedy of punitive or exemplary damages against any other party to a Loan Document and each such Person hereby waives any right or claim to punitive or exemplary damages that they may now have or may arise in the future in connection with any Dispute, whether such Dispute is resolved through arbitration or judicially.

SECTION 11.8 Accounting Matters . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or Lender shall so request, Lender and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of Lender); provided that, until so amended, (a) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (b) the Borrower shall provide to Lender financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

SECTION 11.9 Successors and Assigns; Participations .

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally; No Assignment by Borrower . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments and Participations by Lender . Lender may at any time assign to an assignee all or any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all of its Revolving Credit Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it) and grant participations in the Loans without the consent of the Borrower. Any Lender that assigns any part of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or sells a participant any interest in the Loans shall maintain a register that contains the name and address of each assignee or participant that acquires an interest in the Loans and the principal amounts, and stated interest thereon, of such Person’s interest in the Loans and (ii) obtain from the assignee or participant the documentation required under Section 3.6(e) of this Agreement (it being understood that the documentation required pursuant to Section 3.6(e) shall be delivered to the participant lender).

 

48


SECTION 11.10 Confidentiality . Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and other representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by, or required to be disclosed to, any rating agency, or regulatory or similar authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by Applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) in connection with the exercise of any remedies under this Agreement or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 11.10 , to (i) any assignee of or participant in, or any prospective assignee of or participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, Participant or proposed participant, or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (f) with the consent of the Borrower, (g) to recognized bank trade publications, such information to consist of deal terms and other information customarily found in such publications, or (h) to the extent such Information (I) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 11.10 or (II) becomes available to Lender or any of its Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Borrower or (i) to governmental regulatory authorities in connection with any regulatory examination of Lender or in accordance with Lender’s regulatory compliance policy if Lender deems necessary for the mitigation of claims by those authorities against Lender or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates. For purposes of this Section 11.10 , “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses or any proposed acquisition by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, other than any such information that is available to Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or information that is generally available to the public regardless of when it is disclosed to Lender by Borrower or any Subsidiary. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

SECTION 11.11 Performance of Duties . Each of the Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents shall be performed by the Borrower at its sole cost and expense.

SECTION 11.12 All Powers Coupled with Interest . All powers of attorney and other authorizations granted to Lender pursuant to any provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable so long as any of the Obligations remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification obligations not yet due and payable), any of the Commitment remain in effect or the Revolving Credit Facility has not been terminated.

SECTION 11.13 Survival .

(a) All representations and warranties set forth in Article V and all representations and warranties contained in any certificate, or any of the Loan Documents (including, but not limited to, any such representation or warranty made in or in connection with any amendment thereto) shall constitute representations and warranties made under this Agreement. All representations and warranties made under this Agreement shall be made or deemed to be made at and as of the Closing Date (except those that are expressly made as of a specific date), shall survive the Closing Date and shall not be waived by the execution and delivery of this Agreement, any investigation made by or on behalf of the Lender or any borrowing hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement, the indemnities to which Lender is entitled under the provisions of this Article XI and any other provision of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall continue in full force and effect and shall protect Lender against events arising after such termination as well as before.

 

49


SECTION 11.14 Titles and Captions . Titles and captions of Articles, Sections and subsections in, and the table of contents of, this Agreement are for convenience only, and neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 11.15 Severability of Provisions . Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions hereof or thereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 11.16 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness; Electronic Execution .

(a) Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterparty hereof. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of Lender in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

(b) Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any Applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the Texas Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

SECTION 11.17 Term of Agreement . This Agreement shall remain in effect from the Closing Date through and including the date upon which all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations not then due) arising hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall have been indefeasibly and irrevocably paid and satisfied in full and the Revolving Credit Commitment has been terminated. No termination of this Agreement shall affect the rights and obligations of the parties hereto arising prior to such termination or in respect of any provision of this Agreement which survives such termination.

 

50


SECTION 11.18 USA Patriot Act . Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and other information that will allow Lender to identify such Borrower in accordance with the Act.

SECTION 11.19 Independent Effect of Covenants . The Borrower expressly acknowledges and agrees that each covenant contained in Articles VI , VII , VIII or IX hereof shall be given independent effect. Accordingly, the Borrower shall not engage in any transaction or other act otherwise permitted under any covenant contained in Articles VI , VII , VIII or IX , before or after giving effect to such transaction or act, the Borrower shall or would be in breach of any other covenant contained in Articles VI , VII , VIII or IX .

SECTION 11.20 Inconsistencies with Other Documents . In the event there is a conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and any other Loan Document, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 11.21 FINAL AGREEMENT . THIS AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

[Signature pages follow]

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed under seal by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first written above.

BORROWER:

 

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.
By:

/s/ George Martinez

Name: George Martinez
Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


LENDER:
PROSPERITY BANK,
By:

/s/ Robert Dowdell

Name: Robert Dowdell
Title: Regional President

 

Signature Page to Credit Agreement


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF NOTE

 

A-1 Exhibit A to Credit Agreement


NOTE

 

$30,000,000 December 22, 2014

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC., a Texas corporation (the “ Borrower ”), promises to pay Prosperity Bank (the “ Lender ”), at the place and times provided in the Credit Agreement referred to below, the principal sum of THIRTY MILLION DOLLARS ($30,000,000) or, if less, the unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender from time to time pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and between the Borrower and the Lender. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

The unpaid principal amount of this Note from time to time outstanding is subject to mandatory repayment from time to time as provided in the Credit Agreement and shall bear interest as provided in Section 3.1 of the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest on this Note shall be payable in lawful currency of the United States in immediately available funds to the account designated in the Credit Agreement.

This Note is entitled to the benefits of, and evidences Obligations incurred under, the Credit Agreement, to which reference is made for a statement of the terms and conditions on which the Borrower is permitted and required to make prepayments and repayments of principal of the Obligations evidenced by this Note and on which such Obligations may be declared to be immediately due and payable.

THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO THE CONFLICTS OR CHOICE OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

The Borrower hereby waives all requirements as to diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and (except as required by the Credit Agreement) notice of any kind with respect to this Note.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

A-2 Exhibit A to Credit Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note under seal as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.
By:
Print Name:
Print Title:

 

A-3 Exhibit A to Credit Agreement


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF NOTICE OF BORROWING

 

B-1 Exhibit B to Credit Agreement


NOTICE OF BORROWING

Dated as of:                     

Prosperity Bank

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This irrevocable Notice of Borrowing is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and Prosperity Bank (“ Lender ”).

1. The Borrower hereby requests that the Lender make a Revolving Credit Loan to the Borrower in the aggregate principal amount of $            .

2. The Borrower hereby requests that such Revolving Credit Loan be made on the following Business Day:                     . (Complete with a Business Day in accordance with Section 2.2 of the Credit Agreement for Revolving Credit Loans.)

3. The aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Loans outstanding as of the date hereof (including the Revolving Credit Loan requested herein) does not exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment.

4. All of the conditions applicable to the Revolving Credit Loan requested herein as set forth in the Credit Agreement have been satisfied as of the date hereof and will remain satisfied to the date of such Revolving Credit Loan.

5. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

 

B-2 Exhibit B to Credit Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Notice of Borrowing as of the day and year first written above.

 

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.
By:
Print Name:
Print Title:

 

B-3 Exhibit B to Credit Agreement


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF OFFICER’S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

C-1 Exhibit C to Credit Agreement


OFFICER’S COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

The undersigned, on behalf of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation (the “ Borrower ”), hereby certifies to Lender, each as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below, as follows:

1. This certificate is delivered to you pursuant to Section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among the Borrower and Prosperity Bank (the “ Lender ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Credit Agreement.

2. I have reviewed the financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated as of                     and for the                     period[s] then ended and such statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the period[s] indicated.

3. I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement, and the related Loan Documents and have made, or caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and the condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the financial statements referred to in Paragraph 2 above. Such review has not disclosed the existence during or at the end of such accounting period of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default, nor do I have any knowledge of the existence of any such condition or event as at the date of this certificate [ except, if such condition or event existed or exists, describe the nature and period of existence thereof and what action the Borrower has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto ].

4. Calculations determining the financial covenants contained in Article VIII of the Credit Agreement are set forth on the attached Schedule 1 and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the financial covenants contained in Article VIII of the Credit Agreement as shown on such Schedule 1 and the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the other covenants and restrictions contained in the Credit Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

 

C-2 Exhibit C to Credit Agreement


WITNESS the following signature as of the day and year first written above.

 

ALLEGIANCE BANCSHARES, INC.
By:
Print Name:
Print Title:

 

C-3 Exhibit C to Credit Agreement


Schedule 1

to

Officer’s Compliance Certificate

 

FINANCIAL COVENANT: SECTION    COVENANT    ACTUAL     REQUIRED

8.1

   “Well Capitalized”      Yes

8.2

   Minimum ROA                     Minimum of 0.65%

8.3

   Loan Loss to Non-Performing Loans                     Not less than 75%

8.4

   Non-Performing Assets                     Not to exceed 35%

 

  C-4   Exhibit C to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 1.1

F&M SHAREHOLDERS

 

Shareholder Name

   Aggregate
Outstanding
Principal Amount
 

Anthony Wayne Corder 2007 Trust

   $ 1,000,000   

John Michael Corder and Mary Ann Corder

   $ 1,000,000   

FOURO, Ltd.

   $ 250,000   

Leon and Odessa Hudson

   $ 500,000   

Debra Lee Lancaster and Mark R. Lancaster

   $ 500,000   

Earl L. Lester, Jr.

   $ 500,000   

Richard T. Mitchell and Irina Mitchell, JTWROS

   $ 1,000,000   

George W. Mullane, Jr.

   $ 9,000,000   

Larry Neely

   $ 500,000   

James C. Oquin and Sandra Oquin

   $ 250,000   

Elizabeth Diane Simmons 2007 Trust

   $ 1,000,000   

Charles C. Stanley and Janet L. Stanley

   $ 500,000   

Charles A. Stanley and Nancy Stanley

   $ 1,500,000   

Zarsky Industries, Inc.

   $ 500,000   
  

 

 

 

Total:

$ 18,000,000   

 

Schedule 1.1 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.1

JURISDICTIONS OF ORGANIZATION

 

Entity Name

  

Jurisdiction of Organization

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.    Texas
Allegiance Bank Texas    Texas
Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust II 2    Delaware
Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust III 1    Delaware
FriendTX Holdings, Inc. 3    Texas

 

2   Entity will be a Subsidiary of the Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) following the consummation of the acquisition by Borrower of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. (“ F&M ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between Borrower and F&M dated as of July 28, 2014, as amended from time-to-time.
3   Entity will be a Subsidiary of the Allegiance Bank Texas following the consummation of the merger of Enterprise Bank with and into Allegiance Bank Texas.

 

Schedule 5.1 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.2

SUBSIDIARIES AND CAPITALIZATION

 

1. Subsidiaries of the Borrower as of the Closing Date:

Allegiance Bank Texas, a Texas chartered state bank

 

2. Capitalization of the Borrower and Bank as of the Closing Date:

 

Entity

  

Capitalization

Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.    19,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, authorized and 6,999,740 shares of common stock issued and outstanding
Allegiance Bank Texas    20,000,000 shares, par value $1.00 per share, authorized and 3,218,600 shares issued and outstanding

 

3. Shareholder and other owners, as applicable, of each Subsidiary:

 

Subsidiary

  

Shareholder

Allegiance Bank Texas    Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.
Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust II 4    Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.
Farmers & Merchants Capital Trust III 1    Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.
FriendTX Holdings, Inc. 5    Allegiance Bank Texas

 

4   Entity will be a Subsidiary of the Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) following the consummation of the acquisition by Borrower of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. (“ F&M ”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Agreement and Plan of Reorganization by and between Borrower and F&M dated as of July 28, 2014, as amended from time-to-time.
5   Entity will be a Subsidiary of the Allegiance Bank Texas following the consummation of the merger of Enterprise Bank with and into Allegiance Bank Texas.

 

Schedule 5.2 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.6

PENDING TAX AUDITS

None

 

Schedule 5.6 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.9

ERISA PLANS

None.

 

Schedule 5.6 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.10

MARGIN LENDING

None.

 

Schedule 5.10 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.13

LABOR AND COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS

None.

 

Schedule 5.13 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 5.21

INDEBTEDNESS AND GUARANTY OBLIGATIONS

 

1. Credit Agreement dated November 15, 2013, between Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, and Compass Bank, as heretofore amended, restated, or otherwise modified (the “ Prior Credit Agreement ”). 6

 

2. Credit Agreement dated December 22, 2014, between Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, and Prosperity Bank, as amended, restated, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Credit Agreement ”).

 

6   The indebtedness outstanding under the Prior Credit Agreement is to be repaid in full with the proceeds of the initial loan made under the Credit Agreement.

 

Schedule 5.21 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 9.2

EXISTING LIENS

None.

 

Schedule 9.2 to Credit Agreement


SCHEDULE 9.5

TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES

Tax Allocation Agreement dated April 1, 2013 by and between the Borrower and the Bank.

 

Schedule 9.5 to Credit Agreement

Exhibit 10.5

 

LOGO

CONSULTING AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT is made the 5 th day of August, 2013 between ALLEGIANCE BANK, a Texas banking association having a principal place of business at 8727 W. Sam Houston Parkway N., Houston, TX 77040, hereinafter referred to as “Allegiance,” and Lawrence G. Fraser, an individual who resides in the State of Texas, hereinafter referred to as “Consultant” (the “Agreement”).

WHEREAS, this Agreement is being entered into in connection with the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization, dated as of August 5, 2013 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among Allegiance Bancshares, Inc., a Texas corporation, Allegiance and Independence Bank, N.A., a national bank (“Independence”); and

WHEREAS, Consultant’s agreement to and in compliance with the provisions of Article VI of this Agreement are a material factor, material inducement and material condition to Allegiance’s participation in the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Moreover, Consultant acknowledges that a substantial portion of the value of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement is Consultant’s promises to refrain from competing with Allegiance as identified in Article VI hereof; and

WHEREAS, prior to the entry into the Merger Agreement, Consultant was an owner and officer of Independence and is receiving a substantial benefit as a result of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound hereby, it is hereby agreed as follows:

ARTICLE I

TERM

Allegiance hereby engages Consultant as a consultant and Consultant hereby accepts such engagement with Allegiance for a period of two (2) years (the “Initial Term”) beginning as of the Effective Time (as defined in the Merger Agreement). Following the Initial Term, Consultant’s engagement shall continue by automatic, successive, one-month “evergreen” renewals (each such successive renewal period together with the Initial Term, the “Term”), unless either party declines to renew prior to such date. A party declining to renew must provide to the other party written notice of the non-renewal at least fourteen (14) calendar days prior to the end of the then-current term. Non-renewal of engagement following the Initial Term will be considered termination of engagement subject to the provisions of Article VIII. However, if the Merger Agreement is terminated for any reason before the Effective Time occurs, Consultant will not be engaged under this Agreement, all of the provisions of this Agreement will terminate and there will be no liability of any kind under this Agreement.


ARTICLE II

DUTIES OF CONSULTANT

2.1 Duties . As of the Effective Time, Consultant is hereby engaged by Allegiance as a consultant of Allegiance, as more particularly described on Schedule A hereto, and shall perform such other work as may be assigned to him subject to the instructions, directions, and control of Allegiance, which shall be consistent with the type and nature of work normally performed by senior banking officers. Consultant shall report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of Allegiance.

2.2 Location . Consultant shall work in Houston, Texas and shall be furnished with an office and other business facilities and services sufficient to carry out his duties of office.

2.3 Changes of Duties or Location-Mutual Consent . The duties and title of Consultant and the location at which Consultant shall work may be changed from time to time by the mutual consent of Allegiance and Consultant without resulting in a rescission of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any such change, the consulting of Consultant shall be construed as continuing under this Agreement as modified.

ARTICLE III

ENGAGING IN OTHER EMPLOYMENT

During the Term of engagement pursuant to this Agreement, Consultant shall devote no less than 40 hours per month and no more than 80 hours per month to the business of Allegiance during Allegiance’s normal business hours and Consultant shall not directly or indirectly render any services of a business, commercial, or professional nature relating to banking or financial matters to any other person or organization, whether for compensation or otherwise, without prior written consent of Allegiance.

ARTICLE IV

COMPENSATION

4.1 Compensation . As compensation for consulting services rendered under this Agreement, Consultant shall be entitled to receive from Allegiance an annual fee (“Fee”) of no less than $185,000 paid semi-monthly and prorated for any partial period during the Term of this Agreement. The Fee shall be subject to review in accordance with the then existing procedures of Allegiance.

4.2 Independent Contractor . It is expressly agreed that Consultant is acting as an independent contractor in performing services hereunder. Allegiance shall carry no worker’s compensation insurance nor any health or accident insurance to cover Consultant. Allegiance shall not pay any contributions to Social Security, unemployment insurance, federal or state

 

2


withholding taxes, nor provide any other contributions or benefits which might be expected in an employer-employee relationship. Consultant acknowledges he is adequately insured for all such events and will hold Allegiance harmless from any claim for such benefits.

ARTICLE V

REIMBURSEMENT OF BUSINESS EXPENSES

5.1 Out of Pocket Expenses . Consultant is authorized to incur reasonable business expenses for promoting the business of Allegiance, including expenditures for entertainment, meals and travel and other similar business expenses. Allegiance will reimburse Consultant from time to time for all such business expenses provided that Consultant presents Allegiance with appropriate documentation of such expenditures in accordance with Allegiance’s established procedures relating to such reimbursements.

5.2 Reimbursements in General . All reimbursements under this Agreement shall be paid to Consultant as soon as administratively practicable after Consultant has provided the appropriate documentation, but in no event shall any reimbursements be paid later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent required by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”): (a) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement provided under this Agreement during a calendar year will not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement provided in any other calendar year, and (b) the right to reimbursement provided under this Agreement shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

ARTICLE VI

NON-DISCLOSURE, NON-COMPETITION AND NON-SOLICITATION COVENANT

6.1 Non-Disclosure Obligations .

(a) “Confidential Information” means and includes Independence’s and Allegiance’s confidential and/or proprietary information and/or trade secrets, including those that have been and/or will be developed or used and that cannot be obtained readily by third parties from outside sources. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, the following: information regarding past, current and prospective customers and investors and business affiliates, employees, contractors, and the industry not generally known to the public; strategies, methods, books, records, and documents; technical information concerning products, equipment, services, and processes; procurement procedures, pricing, and pricing techniques; including services provided, pricing, type and amount of services used, financial data; pricing strategies and price curves; positions; plans or strategies for expansion or acquisitions; budgets; research; financial and sales data; trading methodologies and terms; communications information; evaluations, opinions and interpretations of information and data; marketing and merchandising techniques; electronic databases; models; specifications; computer programs; contracts; bids or proposals; technologies and methods; training methods and

 

3


processes; organizational structure; personnel information; payments or rates paid to consultants or other service providers; and other such confidential or proprietary information. Consultant acknowledges that Independence’s and Allegiance’s respective businesses are highly competitive, that this Confidential Information constitutes a valuable, special and unique asset used by each of Independence and Allegiance in its business, and that protection of such Confidential Information against unauthorized disclosure and use is of critical importance to Independence and Allegiance.

(b) Allegiance promises and agrees that during the Term and as part of the engagement under this Agreement, Allegiance shall provide Consultant with Confidential Information. Consultant acknowledges that (i) Allegiance has devoted substantial time, effort, and resources to develop and compile the Confidential Information; (ii) public disclosure of such Confidential Information would have an adverse effect on the business of Allegiance; (iii) Allegiance would not disclose such information to the Consultant, nor would it engage or continue to engage the Consultant without the agreements and covenants set forth in this Article VI; and (iv) the provisions of this Article VI are reasonable and necessary to prevent the improper use or disclosure of Confidential Information.

(c) Consultant agrees that Consultant will not, at any time during his engagement with Allegiance or after the termination of such engagement with Allegiance for any reason, make any unauthorized disclosure, directly or indirectly, of any Confidential Information of Allegiance, or third parties, or make any use thereof, directly or indirectly, except in working for Allegiance. Consultant also agrees that Consultant shall deliver promptly to Allegiance upon the termination of consulting or at any other time at Allegiance’s request, without retaining any copies, all documents and other material in Consultant’s possession relating, directly or indirectly, to any Confidential Information or other information of Allegiance, or Confidential Information or other information regarding third parties, learned as a Consultant of Allegiance.

(d) Nothing in this Section 6.1 prevents Consultant from communicating with or transacting business with individuals or entities which were customers, prospective customers, investors, consultants or service providers of Allegiance or Independence during Consultant’s engagement once Consultant’s engagement with Allegiance has terminated, so long as Consultant’s conduct is in compliance with Section 6.3 of this Agreement.

6.2 Non-Competition Obligations . Following the Effective Time, Allegiance shall provide Consultant with Confidential Information relating to Allegiance’s business and specialized training regarding Allegiance’s methodologies and business strategies, which will enable Consultant to perform services for Allegiance. Consultant also will have immediate access to, or knowledge of, Confidential Information of third parties, such as actual and potential customers, suppliers, partners, joint ventures, investors, financing sources, etc., of Allegiance. Ancillary to the consideration to be provided pursuant to Section 6.6 hereof, including but not limited to Allegiance’s agreement to provide Confidential Information to Consultant and Consultant’s agreement not to disclose Confidential Information, and in order to protect the Confidential Information, Allegiance and Consultant agree to the non-competition provisions set forth in this Article VI.

 

4


6.3 Consultant Obligations . Consultant agrees that, for the Non-Competition Period, Consultant will not, except as a consultant of Independence or Allegiance, in any capacity for Consultant or others, directly or indirectly:

(a) compete or engage, anywhere in the geographic area comprised of the area that is both (1) within the Houston Metropolitan area and (2) within the fifty (50) mile radius surrounding each of the banking centers of Independence, each of the banking centers of Allegiance as of the Effective Time or Clear Lake and Pasadena where Allegiance has plans for additional branches (the “Market Area”), in a business which is a federally insured depository institution, or compete or engage in a different type of business which Independence or Allegiance has plans to engage in, or any other business which Independence or Allegiance engaged in, during the twelve (12) month period before the termination of Consultant’s engagement, if Consultant learned information regarding the proposed plans or the business in which Independence or Allegiance engaged;

(b) take any action to invest in, own, manage, operate, control, participate in, be employed or engaged by or be connected in any manner with any partnership, corporation or other business or entity engaging in a business which is a federally insured depository institution anywhere within the Market Area, except as expressly permitted by Allegiance in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consultant is permitted hereunder to acquire and own, directly or indirectly, up to one percent (1%) of the issued and outstanding securities of any publicly traded financial institution conducting business in the Market Area and may maintain any ownership interests in other businesses held as of the date of this Agreement;

(c) call on, service or solicit competing business from customers or prospective customers of Independence or Allegiance if, within the twelve (12) months before the termination of Consultant’s engagement with Independence or Allegiance, Consultant had or made contact with the customer, or had access to Confidential Information about the customer; or

(d) call on, solicit or induce any employee of Independence or Allegiance whom Consultant had contact with, knowledge of, or association with in the course of employment with Independence or consulting with Allegiance to terminate employment from Independence or Allegiance, and will not assist any other person or entity in such activities.

6.4 Non-Competition Period . The Non-Competition Obligations set forth in Article VI of this Agreement shall apply from the date of this Agreement through the date that is either (a) the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the date on which the Effective Time occurs or (b) the last day of the Term of this Agreement, whichever is later (the “Non-Competition Period”). However, if the Merger Agreement is terminated for any reason before the Effective Time occurs, Consultant will have no non-competition obligations under this Agreement, all of the provisions of this Agreement will terminate and there will be no liability of any kind under this Agreement.

 

5


6.5 Non-Competition Covenant Reasonable . The parties to this Agreement hereby agree that the non-competition provisions set forth in this Article VI are ancillary to this Agreement, which is an otherwise enforceable agreement. Consultant agrees that any work performed by Consultant for any competitor of Independence or Allegiance during the Non-Competition Period inevitably would lead to Consultant’s unauthorized use of Independence’s or Allegiance’s Confidential Information, even if such use were unintentional. Because it would be impossible, as a practical matter, to monitor, restrain or police Consultant’s use of such Confidential Information other than by Consultant’s not working for a competitor, Consultant agrees that restricting such employment as set forth in this Agreement is the narrowest way to protect Allegiance’s interests, and the narrowest way of enforcing Consultant’s consideration for the receipt of Allegiance’s specialized training and Confidential Information (namely, Consultant’s promise not to use or disclose that Confidential Information and/or specialized training).

6.6 Consideration . After the Effective Time, Allegiance agrees to provide Consultant with immediate access to Confidential Information relating to Allegiance’s business and to highly specialized training regarding Allegiance’s methodologies and business strategies, which will enable Consultant to perform his job for Allegiance. Consultant also will have immediate access to, or knowledge of, new Confidential Information of third parties, such as actual and potential customers, suppliers, partners, joint venturers, investors, financing sources, etc. of Independence and Allegiance.

6.7 Enforcement and Legal Remedies . Allegiance and Consultant acknowledge and agree that breach of any of the covenants made by Consultant in this Agreement would cause irreparable injury to Allegiance, which could not sufficiently be remedied by monetary damages; and, therefore, that Allegiance shall be entitled to obtain such equitable relief as declaratory judgments; temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctions, without posting of any bond, and order of specific performance to enforce those covenants or to prohibit any act or omission that constitutes a breach thereof. If Allegiance must bring suit to enforce this Agreement the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its attorneys’ fees and costs related thereto.

6.8 Tolling . In the event that Allegiance shall file a lawsuit in any Court of competent jurisdiction alleging a breach of the non-competition provisions of this Agreement by the Consultant, then any time period set forth in this Agreement including the time periods set forth above, will be extended one month for each month the Consultant was in breach of this Agreement, so that Allegiance is provided the benefit of the full Non-Competition Period.

ARTICLE VII

PROPERTY RIGHTS

7.1 Trade Secrets and Confidentiality . While this Agreement is in effect, Consultant will have access to and become familiar with Confidential Information owned by Independence or Allegiance and regularly used in the operation of the business of Independence or Allegiance.

 

6


Consultant shall not disclose any such Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, nor use it in any way, either while this Agreement is in effect or at any time thereafter, except as required in the course of his employment with Independence or engagement with Allegiance. All Confidential Information, whether or not prepared by Consultant, shall remain the exclusive property of Independence or Allegiance, as applicable, and shall not be removed from the premises of Independence or Allegiance, as applicable, under any circumstances without the prior written consent of Independence or Allegiance, as applicable, provided , however , that Consultant may remove such items for the purpose of furthering the business of Independence or Allegiance if such action is consistent with the past practices of Independence or Allegiance. All items removed from the premises of Independence or Allegiance and all copies or summaries thereof shall be returned to Independence or Allegiance upon the termination of Consultant’s employment with Independence or engagement with Allegiance, as applicable.

7.2 Business Plans and Improvements . Consultant agrees that he will promptly from time to time fully inform and disclose to Independence or Allegiance all processes, designs, improvements and business plans which he now has or may hereafter have while this Agreement is in effect which pertain or relate to the business of Independence or Allegiance or to any experimental work carried on by Independence or Allegiance, whether conceived by Consultant alone or with others and whether or not conceived during regular working hours. All such processes, designs, improvements, formulas, business plans, technologies and discoveries shall be the exclusive property of Independence or Allegiance, as applicable.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION RIGHTS

8.1 Termination for Cause by Allegiance . Allegiance may terminate Consultant’s engagement for Cause (as defined hereinafter), such termination to be effective immediately upon written notice to Consultant. Any termination of Consultant’s engagement under this Section 8.1 will not be in limitation of any other right or remedy which Allegiance may have under this Agreement, at law, or in equity. The term “Cause” means (a) fraud, embezzlement, theft or misappropriation of funds or other property of Allegiance, (b) self-dealing or gross negligence in the performance by Consultant of his duties pursuant to this Agreement, (c) the repeated failure or refusal by Consultant to perform his duties to Allegiance as provided herein, other than due to Disability, (d) the commission by Consultant of any willful acts of bad faith or gross misconduct against Allegiance, (e) the indictment of Consultant for a felony or other criminal act involving dishonesty, whether or not relating to his consulting with Allegiance, (f) the repeated breach of a lawful, established policy or procedure of Allegiance that causes actual or potential harm to Allegiance; provided that with respect to clauses (c) and (f), Allegiance shall give Consultant written notice of the breach or other failure on the part of Consultant and the actions necessary to correct such breach, if applicable. If Consultant fails to cure the breach or failure within fifteen (15) days of receipt of such notice or if the breach or failure is incurable, Allegiance may proceed to terminate Consultant’s engagement for Cause without further notice. Consultant’s failure to meet a specific production goal or target shall not constitute a “failure to perform duties” for purposes of sub-part (c) above if Consultant has acted in good faith to try to achieve or accomplish such goal or target.

 

7


8.2 Termination by Allegiance Upon Consultant’s Disability . Allegiance may terminate Consultant’s engagement upon a determination of Disability (as defined below), such termination to be effective immediately upon written notice to Consultant. The term “Disability” means Consultant’s inability to perform his usual services to Allegiance because of mental or physical illness or injury for 120 consecutive days or 180 days in any twelve-month period, which inability to perform will be determined by a mutually agreeable physician.

8.3 Termination Upon Consultant’s Death . In the event of Consultant’s death, Consultant’s engagement under this Agreement shall immediately terminate.

8.4 Termination by Allegiance Other Than for Cause, Disability or Death . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Allegiance may terminate Consultant’s engagement with Allegiance for any or no reason during the Term (i.e., other than for Cause or Disability), such termination to be effective immediately upon the giving of written notice to Consultant from Allegiance.

8.5 Termination by Consultant Without Good Reason . Consultant shall have the right, at his election and for any reason prior to the expiration of the Term of this Agreement, to voluntarily terminate his consulting with Allegiance upon thirty (30) days written notice. For purposes of this Agreement, “voluntarily terminate” shall mean termination of engagement by Consultant without Good Reason.

8.6 Termination by Consultant for Good Reason . Consultant shall have the right, at his election to terminate his engagement for Good Reason. The term “Good Reason” means any of the following reasons: (a) the material diminution of Consultant’s duties and/or responsibilities under this Agreement and/or reporting structure, after receipt by Allegiance of written notice from Consultant, and failure of Allegiance to cure such diminution within fifteen (15) days of such notice; (b) Allegiance’s transfer of Consultant’s place of engagement to a location outside a twenty (20) mile radius of Consultant’s location as of the Effective Time, without compliance with Section 2.3 hereof; or (c) any reduction in, or failure to timely pay, Consultant’s compensation, including any amount owed to Consultant under this Agreement.

8.7 Certain Payments Following Termination of Consulting .

(a) If Consultant’s engagement with Allegiance is terminated by Allegiance for Cause or Disability or if Consultant voluntarily terminates engagement with Allegiance without Good Reason, Consultant shall thereafter be entitled to receive from Allegiance payment of any accrued but unpaid Fee and allowances and reimbursements through the date of such termination, and Consultant’s obligations set forth in Article VI shall continue during the Non-Competition Period.

(b) If Consultant’s engagement with Allegiance is terminated by Allegiance for any reason other than for Cause, Disability or death or by Consultant for Good Reason:

(1) during the Initial Term, Consultant shall be entitled to receive from Allegiance (A) payment of accrued but unpaid Fee, allowances and reimbursements through the date of such termination and (B) provided Consultant executes a

 

8


release in a form acceptable to Allegiance (the “Release”) within forty-five (45) days after receipt of such Release provided by Allegiance and Consultant does not revoke the Release during any applicable revocation period, Consultant shall be entitled to a lump sum payment, on the sixtieth (60th) day following the date of termination, equal to payment of the Fee for the remaining portion of the Initial Term of this Agreement, less any applicable statutory deductions. Further, the Non-Competition Period for Consultant’s obligations set forth in Article VI shall be shortened to the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the date on which the Effective Time occurs; or

(2) after the Initial Term, Consultant shall be entitled to receive from Allegiance payment of accrued but unpaid Fee, allowances and reimbursements through the date of such termination. Further, Consultant’s non-competition obligations set forth in Article VI shall automatically cease.

(c) If Consultant’s engagement with Allegiance is terminated by Allegiance upon Consultant’s death, Consultant’s legal representatives shall thereafter be entitled to receive from Allegiance payment of any accrued but unpaid Fee and allowances and reimbursements through the date of such termination, and Consultant’s obligations set forth in Article VI shall automatically cease.

8.8 Code Section 409A .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of Consultant’s termination of engagement with Allegiance, Consultant is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code, then to the extent that any amount to which Consultant is entitled in connection with the termination of his engagement is subject to Section 409A, payments of such amounts to which Consultant would otherwise be entitled during the six (6) month period following Consultant’s termination of engagement will be accumulated and paid in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month after the date of Consultant’s termination of engagement. The first sentence of this paragraph shall apply only to the extent required to avoid Consultant’s incurrence of any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code or any regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment under the terms of this Agreement would constitute an impermissible acceleration of payments under Section 409A of the Code or any regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder, such payments shall be made no earlier than at such times allowed under Section 409A of the Code.

(c) If any provision of this Agreement (or of any award of compensation) would cause Consultant to incur any additional tax or interest under Section 409A of the Code or any regulations or Treasury guidance promulgated thereunder, Allegiance may reform such provision; provided that Allegiance shall (i) maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without violating the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and (ii) notify and consult with Consultant regarding such amendments or modifications prior to the effective date of any such change.

8.9 Return of Property . Upon the expiration of the Term or the termination of this Agreement or of Consultant’s engagement hereunder for any reason, Consultant (or Consultant’s executor or personal representative in the event of Consultant’s death or Disability) shall, within ten (10) days thereafter, return to Allegiance all property of Allegiance, including, but not limited to, all keys, credit cards and all other property of Allegiance in Consultant’s possession.

 

9


ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1 Notices . Any notices to be given hereunder by either party to the other may be effected either by personal delivery in writing or by mail, registered or certified, postage prepaid with return receipt requested. Mailed notices shall be addressed to the parties at the addresses appearing in the introductory paragraph of the Agreement, but each party may change its address by written notice in accordance with this paragraph. Notices delivered personally shall be deemed communicated as of actual receipt; mailed notices shall be deemed communicated as of three (3) days after mailing.

9.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and, effective after the Effective Time, supersedes any other consulting agreements or understandings, written or oral, between Allegiance and/or its predecessors and the Consultant. The Consultant has no oral representations, understandings or agreements with Allegiance or any of its officers, directors or representatives covering the same subject matters as this Agreement. This Agreement is the final, complete and exclusive statement and expression of the agreement between Allegiance and the Consultant and of all the terms of this Agreement, and it cannot be varied, contradicted or supplemented by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous oral or written agreements.

9.3 Governing Law . All questions concerning the validity, operation and interpretation of this Agreement and the performance of the obligations imposed upon the parties hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Texas. Exclusive venue of any dispute relating to this Agreement shall be, and is convenient in, Texas. Consultant agrees that he will not contest venue in Texas or the application of Texas laws to any dispute relating to, connected with or arising under this Agreement.

9.4 Modification . This Agreement shall not be amended, modified, or altered in any manner except in writing signed by both parties.

9.5 Failure to Enforce Not Waiver . Any failure or delay on the part of either Allegiance or Consultant to exercise any remedy or right under this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver. The failure of either party to require performance of any of the terms, covenants or provisions of this Agreement by the other party shall not constitute a waiver of any of the rights under this Agreement. No forbearance by either party to exercise any rights or privileges under this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver, but all rights and privileges shall continue in effect as if no forbearance had occurred. No covenant or condition of this Agreement may be waived except by the written consent of the waiving party. Any such written waiver of any term of this Agreement shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose given.

 

10


9.6 Survival . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the provisions of Article VI shall survive early termination or expiration of the Term of this Agreement.

9.7 Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect, as if this Agreement has been executed without any such invalid provisions having been included. Such invalid provision shall be reformed in a manner that is both (a) legal and enforceable, and (b) most closely represents the parties’ original intent.

9.8 Attorneys’ Fees and Costs . If Consultant asserts a breach of contract claim against Allegiance and does not prevail on the merits of such claim, then Allegiance shall be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements from Consultant, but the aggregate value of such fees, costs and disbursements shall be limited in amount to the attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements that Consultant incurred in the pursuit of such breach of contract claim (or, in the event Consultant secures pro bono representation, the attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements that Consultant would have incurred in the pursuit of such breach of contract claim, but for the pro bono representation). If any other action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the substantially prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which he may be entitled.

9.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.10 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Allegiance and Consultant, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, including, without limitation, any successor by merger, consolidation or stock purchase of Allegiance and any entity or person that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of Allegiance.

[Signature Page Immediately Follows]

 

11


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Consulting Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

ALLEGIANCE BANK TEXAS:
By:

/s/ Steven F. Retzloff

Name: Steven F. Retzloff
Title: Chairman
CONSULTANT

/s/ Lawrence G. Fraser

Lawrence G. Fraser

[Signature Page to Consulting Agreement]


Schedule A

Duties and Responsibilities

 

1. Asset/Liability Management – recommend to management purchase/sale of investment securities

 

2. Consult with senior officers, as requested.

 

3. Assist in marketing and solicitation of new customer relationships, as requested.

 

4. Assist management in retaining employees of Allegiance, as requested.

Exhibit 21.1

Significant Subsidiaries of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

  

State of Organization

Allegiance Bank    Texas

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 23, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement. We further consent to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP

Dallas, Texas

August 24, 2015

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 19, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Allegiance Bancshares, Inc. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement. We further consent to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ Seidel Schroeder

Brenham, Texas

August 24, 2015

Exhibit 23.3

Consent of Independent Auditor

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 30, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Farmers & Merchants Bancshares, Inc. and subsidiary, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement. We further consent to the use of our name as it appears under the caption “Experts.”

/s/ Harper & Pearson Company, P.C.

Houston, Texas

August 21, 2015